LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION,

WITH

EXERCISES IN CAESAR, LIVY, AN1 CICERO

BY
J.

FLETCHER,

M.A.

of Latin, f'-mrirV f-r'rrr

J.

HENDERSON,

M.A.

Principal of St. Catharines Collegiate Institute.

TORONTO:
PUBLISHED BY TH-E COPP, CLARK COMPANY,
1894.

LIMITED,

Entered according to Act of the Par1ia?nent of Canada, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety -four, by THE COPP, CLARK CO.,
LIMITED,

Toronto,

Ontario, in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture.

PREFACE.
This book contains two parts.
Part
I.

consists of a concise

and

main principles of Latin syntax, with illussimple statement of the and exercises. The rules of Syntax are not intended to be
trations

learned by heart

in connection with they are to be studied carefully to memory. the illustrations, many of which should be committed The exercises have been made longer than is customary, in order
;

to afford

a wider scope for

selection.

A knowledge,

on the part of

the pupil, of the Latin declensions and conjugations is presupposed. The authorities followed in the treatment of Latin Syntax are mainly

Hime. A few sections have Madvig, Roby, Kennedy, Bradley, and been added on Latin Style, for which we are mainly indebted to the and Nagelsbach. works of Potts, Postgate, Nixon, Klotz,
Bradley,

Part

II.

consists of exercises in continuous English

based on

Bell. Gall, B. l.-vi.), on Livy (B. XXI. and xxn.), Caesar and on some of the common orations of Cicero. These exercises be are intended to be written, but it is recommended that they

pe

translated orally as well.

until after

In no case should an exercise be attempted

based.

a thorough study of the Latin on which the exercise is The exercises do not, of course, exhaust the material

of the Latin text,

and teachers

will find

it

necessary to give their

classes additional exercises of a character similar to those given

here,

and adapted to the grade of the pupil. Passages taken from similar English authors and involving a knowledge of vocabulary
to that of the

exercises,

may

also

be given with advantage to

J.

advanced

pupils.

F.

J.H.

June joth,

1894.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PART
SECTION.
I.

I.

LATIN SYNTAX.
PACK.
i

Concord and Apposition

Accusative with
Infinitive

2.
3.

4
5

Accusative with Infinitive (Continued)

4.

Pronoun of Third Person with and Promising

Infinitive

Verbs of Hoping
6 8
10

5.

The
The

Relative
Relative (Continued)

6.
7. 8. 9.

Final Clauses

Ut

with Subjunctive

pv-sv^v^-v^

12
J

Consecutive Clauses

f^u^^J^Modal Verbs
Sequence

Ut-Clauses with Verbs of Asking

16 17

10.
II.

Verbs of Fearing.

Classification of Tenses.,. .Law of

19
.
.

12.

Verbs of Doubting and Hindering.

Subjunctive in Simple Sentences.

Quominus. Quin.

22

13. 14.
15.
16. 17.

Utinam
nonne,

24
26

Imperative
Interrogative Sentences.
Indirect Question

Use

of ne,

num

28 30
*

Use of

Indirect Question for an English

Noun

32 33

18.
19.

May, Can, Must, Ought how translated Notes on the Tenses. Fore ut for Inf. Fut
Idiomatic Uses of Latin Verbs

34 38
41

20.
21. 22.

Supine, Gerund, Gerundive

23.
24.

The Gerund and Gerundive (Continued) The Participle The

Participle (Continued).

45 47
51

Ablative Absolute

Vlll

TABLE OP CONTENTS.
PAGE.

SECTION.
25.

The

Participle (Continued).
Infinitive.

Active Periphrastic Conjugation

53
55

26.

The The

Tenses of Infinitive
Possessive Genitive, Partitive Genitive

27.

Genitive.

59

28.

Genitive of Quality, Subjective and Objective Genitive, Gen.

of Price.

Gen. of Definition.

Gen. with Adjectives

62
65

29. 30. 31. 32. 33.

The

Genitive with Verbs.

Interest

and Refert

The Dative
Dative with Verbs

68 70
73
Ablative

The

Ablative.

Cause, Manner, Instrument

Ablative of Comparison and Ablative of Difference. of Respect and of Price

Ablative with Verbs and Adjectives of Plenty and
Relation of Place.
places

76

34.
35.

Want

80

Locative.

To,

from,

in,

with names of

82

36.

Relation of Time.

Time When. Time

How

Long

85

37.

Personal and Demonstrative Pronouns

Reflexive Pronouns.

87
91

38.
39.

On

the translation

Use of se " of Any." Quis, quisquam, quivis

Noun, Adjectival, and Adverbial

94

40.

Classification of Sentences.

Clauses
41.

98
Local and Temporal Clauses.

Adverbial Clauses.

Postquam,
102
Substitutes

Dum, Priusquam
42.

Temporal Clauses
for a Perf

( Continued).

Syntax of

Quum.
Qui

Part.

Act

106

43.
44. 4546. 47.

Final and Consecutive Clauses.

Qui

final.

consecutive

..

109 113 Il6

1

Causal and Concessive Clauses

Comparative Clauses.
Conditional Sentences
Classification

Idiomatic uses of ut (as)

19

of Conditional

Sentences.

Exceptions to the
122

Rules
48. 49.

Indirect (or Oblique) Narration ....

127
.

Summary

of Rules for Turning Direct into Oblique Narration

131

5'
51.

Conditional Sentences in Oblique Narration

Virtual Oblique Narration.

134
137

Assimilation

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
SECTION.
52.

IX
PAGE.

On Some

Special Idioms of Latin Syntax.

" Without

"

and a
139

<\S

Participial
53. 54. 55.
56.

Noun

Notes on the Numerals

143
I

The Roman Calendar

147

Roman

Currency

150
153

57.
58.
59.

Interest. Weights and Measures. Latin Idiom in the use of words. Abstract Noun

156 160
164

Other Substitutes

in Latin for the Abstract

Noun

Abstract Adjectives and Adverbs

Difference of Idiom (Continued)
. .

60.

168
172 176
181
,

6l.
62.

Equivocal Words, Metaphor,

etc.

Order and Emphasis

Connection, Rhythm, etc.

\f

63.
64.

The Latin Period

186

Appendix
Preposition

193
193

Rules for Gender

198
201

Verbs followed by ut

On

Certain Conjunctions, etc

201

Vocabulary Index to Part

I

205

245

PART
Exercises on

II.
".

Caesar.

255

Exercises on Livy

309

Exercises on Cicero

334

PART

I.

LATIN SYNTAX,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

1.

CONCORD A&P APPOSITION.

1.

If
;

plural

and

the

first

a sentence has two or more subjects, the verb must be if the subjects differ in person, the verb will agree with person rather than with the second and with the second
:

rather than with the third

as,

Ego

et soror

mea ambulabamus.
ridetis.

My sister and I lucre walking.

are

Et tu et frater tuus
laughing.

Both you and your brother

Here in the first example ambulabamus is plural because there are two subjects, and it is in the first person, because it agrees with ego rather than with soror. Kot^ |foa.t in Latin the first person

comes before the second.

Note

_
ego
(/),

also that the personal pronouns

pi.)

tu (you,

sing.),

nos (we), vos (you,

2.

are expressed

when emphatic.
all
:

Tf_a._gfMTtginrp_hafi

two ojjmnrp subjects

of the thircl_per-

sonjjthe verb as^..mle agrees with the_nearest^ Cibo potioneque fames et sitis depellitur.

as,

Hunger and

thirst

are removed by food and drink.

Mini principatus et imperium delatum

est.

Sovereignty

and
fleet

power have been conferred on me. Rex et regia classis profecta est.
set out.

The king and the royal

solet.

nor wealth

Neque mores neque fortuna spectari is wont to be considered.

Neither character

LATIN PUOSE COMPOSITION.

Other forms, however, are common.

Thus

Uxor mea
plural,

et filius rgprtui sunt.

My tuife and son

are dead (verb

and
et

participle agreeing with

masculine rather than with

feminine),

Nox
delayed

tJie

praeda hostes remorata sunt* Night and plunder enemy (participle neuter, though both subjects are
This
is

feminine.
of things.)
3.

often the case

when

the subjects

are

names

collective

noun may have a

with the idea of

number expressed by

plural verb, the verb agreeirlg the noun as,

:

Magna
The

pars interfecti sunk...

rcat part lucre killed.

usual.

singular would, however, be

is

more

Such a construction
4.

called a sense construction.

The words 'Mnen " and "things " need

:

not be expressed
is

joined with an adjective, if the meaning by the ending of the adjective as,
goni,
But,
if

sufficiently

when shown

mala^jfo^ thi?te s evils. ambiguity arises, the noun is expressed

DJCZL:
(n,fint

good

as,

Tntnrn

pi

V,

flfrtf

fiffit""

but

rerum futurarum, of
i.e.

the

future (futurorum might mean of posterity,

men

about to

be}.

APPOSITION.
5.

An

appositive noun agrees in case and, where possible, in

to

gender with the noun

Ille leg-is

which

it

refers

as,

inventor

fuit.

He was

the inventor of the law.

Athenas, omnis doctrinae inventricem, omitto.

the inventor of all learning.
6.

7 omit Athens

The words

ivhen,

as, for,
:

used before

an

appositive in

English, are omitted in Latin

as,
'Ji'hen

Hoc consul

feci.

Tin's

I did

consul.

CONCORD AND APPOSITION.

7.

3
l

The

island

Latin for The city of Rome is TTrhs Rffr* an d f r tne of Cyprus, insula ^Cyprus Latin using nouns like cityr
appositively.

town,

etc.,

Note.

The verb
:

usually agrees with

thus appositively
Volsinii,

as, Volsinii,

a town of the

urbs or oppidum used' Tuscorum oppidum, crematum est.Tuscans, was burned.

names of persons. word vir, homo,

Frater

8. Latin avoids the addition of adjectives to proper nouns or It prefers to add the adjective to the genetid
etc.,

used appositively

as,

tUUS.JPJrJr.^jaairnna

Athenae, urbs amoenissima.

city of Athens.

Vn^r ftftllantjirntkpr The lovely Athens, or

the lovely

Note.

This idiom

will
as,

translate

added

to

an adjective

Nemo hunc

the unemphatic English so reg-em, virum stultissimum, s/'

observat.

No

one respects so foolish asking.

EXERCISE
N.JS.Put
I.

I.

the verb at the

end of

the tentence.
2.

You and he

are well

and we are

well.

Both riches and

poverty influence the mind. 3. And a large multitude of men cast the corn into the river. 4. Power and honors were decreed you by
the people. 5. Both his father and mother were dead. had been besieged for many days (ace.) 7. of Athens city
6.

The:
was.

He

going to the island of

Sicily.
\

8.

Philosophy

things human and divine. does not know everything. boy.

ii.

9.
v

Even
10.

the knowledge of so wise a man as the magistrate

is

He

did the same things

\

You and

all

my

friends will be killed to-day.

13.

12.

when a The
I

lovely city of Thebes has been stormed. see the games.

Both you and

will
j

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

2.

ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.

or / knew In English we say either I know him to be wise construcof the two former the has only that he is wise; but Latin
tions.

Thus

Scio

eum

sapere.

/ know

that he

is wise.
is

This

is

one of the commonest of Latin constructions and

called

the accusative with infinitive.

RULE.

The

rule

is

as follows

Verbs meaning to know, think,

like

iUjuxztain, it is clear, it is say (or the like), true are followed not as in English by a noun clause introduced with infinitive. by that (ut) but by the accusative

and expressions

The

be learned by heart following examples should

Caesarem advenire. He says that Caesar Puto te errare. / think that you are wrong. Bern ita esse video. / see that the thing is so.
Dicit

is

approaching.

We perceive that fire is hot. the enemy is near. Respondet hostes adesse. He answers that he says Negat se id fecisse. He denies that h^ has done it (i.e., = that he has not done it; TLego Jsqy not?)
Sentimus ignem
calere.

Certum

est te amari. // is certain that you are loved.

// is incredible that pigs
is

Incredibile est sues volare.

shouldfly.

Note Note

i.

The

accusative before the infinitive

called the subject

of the infinitive. of saying, thinking, etc., end of a sentence. beginning instead of at the
2.

The verb

is

usually put at the

statement depending on a verb of saying, thinking Note 3. or the like, is said to be in indirect narration or oratio obliqua. Thus in Dicit Caesarem advenire, Caesarem advenire is in indirect
narration as opposed to Caesar advenit, Caesar is approaching^ whichus said to be in direct narration or oratio r?cta.

ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.

EXERCISE
i
I

II.

2. They say that he has think that he will attack this city. them. 4. Many defeat shall we that gone away. 3. I believe that each man loves his He says useless. are 5. think that books He believes that own. 6. He says that we shall see the king. 7offended against have that answer will you the gods exist. 8. They 10. I think that he calls is white. snow that see the laws. 9. 12. I is short. Rome the nurse of heroes. 1 1. They say that life

We

is

clear that thev are all away.

13.

He

says that he loves

beautiful city of Athens.

3.
1.

ACCUSATIVE WITH
The verb
is

thinking

or of a Mat-elapse, depending on a verb of saying Thus tense. a after in past English changed
:

He

says that Caesar is

that you are

approaching

becomes He
that

said that

Caesar was approaching,

I think
wrong*

wrong becomes I thought

in

you were

There
Trius
:

is

no such change

the tense of the infinitive in Latin.

Dixit

Caesarem advenire.

He said that

Caesar was approaching

= Caesar advenit, Caesar is approaching}. (direct narration Putavi te errare. I thought that you were wrong (direct narration

=tu

erras,

you are wrong).

effective rule 2. In turning English into Latin, the simple and in such cases as the above for determining the tense of the infinitive the 2, note 3) ; Find first the direct narration (see is this
:

tense of the verb in direct narration

infinitive.

is

the required tense of the

Thus

He
ji

said that they were writing. scritmnt, they are writing}

Pixit eos scribere

(direct

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

He said that the messenger had come. Dixit nuntium advenisse = nuntius advenit, the messenger JULS come}. (direct He said that the man 'would die. Dixit hominem moriturum esse (direct = homo morietur, the man will die].
Note.

The

perfect

inf.

does duty in indirect narration for the

:

of direct imj|gj^:t and pluperfect

/

as,

dormiisse (direct = do'rmiebat,

Dixerunt eum quotidie They said that he used to sleep every day. he used to sleep). 4/fy Titu^f
said that they ha,d fled lefavjgjgzaied. Dixit eos fugisae "= fugSrant, (cfirect they hadjtfd),

He

priusquam advenisset

EXERCISE
i.

III.
2.

He knew
end of

that the wicked were not happy.

life

He

told us

that the

was near

for

were always wrong. 4. He made. 5. It was clear that they would take up arms against their 6. They told him that he could not write Latin. 7. They country.

thought that the many said that a poet was born and not
all.

3.

He

answered that the place pleased them very much, 8. He thought that the multitude of the stars was great. 9. AH expected that he would attack the city. 10. He said that he was a Roman citizen, ii. He knew that my brother was brave. 12. He answered that
children were always loved by their parents.

4.

PRONOUN OP THIRD PERSON WITH

INFINITIVE.
Verbs of Hoping- and Promising
1

1. Balbus dicit se id facturum esse and Balbus dicit eum id" facturum esse, both mean Balbus says that he will do it. What is A very important one. Balbus the difference between them ? dicit se id facturum esse means B. says that he (B.) will do it j Balbus dicit eum id facturum esse means B. says that he (some One else than B.) will do it.

PRONOUN WITH INFINITIVE.

RULE.

The

rule, therefore, is this

He,

she, they, referring to

the

verb are translated by se; not referring to the subject of the main ille. main the of verb, by is, or, if emphatic, subject
Note.
Similarly his, her,
its, their,
;

of the referring to the subject

to the subject of main verb are expressed by suus not referring Balbus domum suam the main verb, by the genitive of is: as, - his own house). Balbus domum vendit. Balbus sells his house ( Balbus sells his house = the house of some one else).

eras vendit.
2.

In the use of the ace.

with

inf.,

care should be taken to

avoid ambiguity

that is apt to arise

from joining a personal subject

and object together.

conquer the Romans;

Thus

Aio te Romanes vincere posse

or,
:

I say

that the

may mean / say that you can Romans can conquer you.

To

avoid ambiguity say

Aio Romanos a te vinci posse,

Romans
3.
'

(i.e.,

I say

that the

for / say that you can conquer Romans can be conquered by you).

the

Verbs meaning t*JiatelJlW&&<>J3U^^ infinitive as in English future infinitive and not a present
to live a long time. Sperat se diu victurum. He hopes inf. act. Esse may be omitted from the fut. Note.

a
:

as,

luro

me

haec facturum. / swear

to

do

it.

Promittit se venturum.

Pie promts to come.

Note.

ace. of the pronoun After such verbs as the above, the

infinitive.
is

must be used before the

4.

The use

of a verb of saying or thinking parenthetically

not

common

in Latin.

Thus

'You were absent, he thought

is

Putavit te abesse.
It is

Note.-lnquit, he says, is the only exception. duce the exact words of a speaker as,
:

used to

intro-

'DicamtibVMnquit,'<omnia.>>

I will tell you"

says he, "every-

thing?

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION,

EXERCISE
I.

IV.
2.

You promised

to

bring everything with you.

3.
I

He undertook
4.

to finish the business.

believe that he killed his slave.

5.

We
city,

knew

that they would waste the land. he thinks. 6. They called out that he

They

will

storm the

make war upon them.

felt

8.

No

had fallen. 7. He hopes to one denied that the soul was the

better part of us. 10. They 9. He swore to destroy their cities. that a great danger was at hand. n. He said that he was their friend. 12. He swore that he would not do it.

5. 1.
its

THE RELATIVE.
is

The case own clause

of a relative pronoun
its

gender,

number and person by

/,

determined by the verb of the antecedent r

as,

Ego, qui, te laudavi^rex sura.

king.
Is,

who praised you, am

/,

king.

Ego, quern tu laudavisti, rex sum.

cui librum dedisti, adest.

whom you

praised,

am
is

He,

to

'whom you gave the book,

here.

2.

The

relative

in
is

omitted in English

the objective or accusative case never omitted in Latin as,

:

so often

Artem,
3.

quam

novi, exerceo.

I practise

the art

I know.
its

relative

may

agree with the predicate of

own

clause

instead of with the antecedent: as,

Thebae, qugd Boeotiae cagu.t

Boeotia.
4.

est.

Thebes,

which

is the

f capital o

The

relative, like the

adjective or participle
different

I.,

2),

when

referring to one or

more nouns of
as,

gender,

may always
They

agree with the

last

Neque homini neque

spare neither

ferae

quam
sec.

consoiciunt parcunt.

man nor beast

they

THE RELATIVE.
:

Note. Other forms of agreement are common as, Pater et mater qui mortui sunt. Father and mother who were dead (relative plural, and agreeing with masculine rather than feminine).

and

Inconstantia et temeritas quae digna non sunt deo. Fickleness rashness which are not worthy of a god (relative neut. pi., be-

cause the antecedents are the names of things).

5.

The antecedent

of a relative pronoun

is

often omitted

as,

Dividebat agros quibus volebat. whom he wished.

He

distributed lands to those to

6. When the antecedent is emphatic, the relative clause is thrown forward and the main clause introduced by is or idem (same) as,
:

Qui id

fecit, is abiit.

The

man who
is

did it,

is

gone.

The antecedent (when a noun)

clause
:

in that case put in the relative

as,

Quos campos viridissimos videram, eosdem vastatos the fields desolate, which I had seen very green.
7.

vidi.

/ saw

superlative referring to the antecedent

:

is

often put in the

relative clause

as,

Urbem, quam habebant optimam, perdiderunt.

the best city they had.

They have

lost

So too emphatic adjectives of number and amount

as,

Duces qui pauci supersunt. Leaders few of

8.

whom survive.
is

noun used appositively as an antecedent

:

attracted into

the relative clause

Abiit

as,

Roma, qua
city in

Rome, a
9.
id

in urbe a puero habitaverat. which he had livedfrom boyhood.

He departedfrom
is

relative

referring to
as,

a whole sentence

expressed by

quod

or

quae res:
vicisti,

Invidiam
cillima est).

id quod difflcillimum est (or quae res difflYou have vanquished envy, which is a most difficult

thing to

do.

10
10.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

What, as a

relative,

is
:

translated
as,

by
is

id

quod

or

ea quae

(that which, the things which)

Ea,

quae recta sunt, laudantur.

What
V.

right, is praised.

EXERCISE

i. young man hopes to live a long time, a thing which when old he can not hope to do. 2. The horse, which drew him, shook off the >oke. 3. He who easily believes, is easily deceived. 4. miss Pompey, who was the light of Italy. 5. Govern your

We

temper, which,

if it

does not obey, commands.

6.
I

They value
send you

patriotism by which they have the best horseman I have. 8.

part of the state,

become

great.

7.

will

What is crooked, is base. 9. The which had made war, was punished (invert rel.).

10. Fortune and honor which come to all. u. He sent away the few ships he had. 12. He used to say (impf.) that wisdom was the

principal thing.

6.
1.

THE RELATIVE.

(Continued.)
fol-

Many

demonstrative pronouns and adjectives are often

lowed by a corresponding relative pronoun.

correlatives.

These are

called

The
as ;

same.... as j

idern^ following correlatives should be learned talis qualis, such as : tant_u_..,_ji" o -p*-" g
:

-fl.ui .__/&?
.

as great

..^r?

semper fuit. He is the same as he always was. Res eodem statu quo antea stat. The matter stands in the same position as before.
Talis est qualis

Idem

tot...^mQ|j est qui

many

as

as,

semper

fuit.

He is

of the same character as he

tu.

always was.

Tantam voluptatem habeo quantam

sure as you.

I have
The

as

much

plea-

Tot erant milites quot fluctus maris.

soldiers

were as

many

as

tJic

waves of the ^j^

JBrn, so (limiti,

Note.

The adverbs

adjectives or adverbs) are

expressed by tarn: as, Tarn bonus homo. As good as you, is Tarn bonus quam tu. 9

Such a good man.

THE RELATIVE.

11

2. The adjectives primus (first), ultimus (last), solus and < unus (alone), are used adverbially in Latin, where in English they are used as predicates of a relative clause or joined to an infinitive
:

as,

Primus mala nostra

evils.
;

sensit.

He was

the first

who

perceived our

Primus venit ultimus

last to go.

abiit.

He was

the first to

come and the

The verb of a relative clause in indirect narration (i.e. dependon a verb of saying or thinking) is in the subjunctive mood as, ing Laudat quod honestum est. He praises what is honorable. But:
3.
:

Dicit se,

quod honestum

sit,

laudare.

what

is

honorable.
If,

&

He

says that he praises

however, the person using the indirect narration example) makes a statement on his own authority, the indicative will be used in the relative clause as, Gaius dicit se captives, quos habebat, dimisisse. Gaius says that lie lias dismissed
Note.
(a historian for
:

the captives

whom

he

had

(i.e.

had

says he had). Hence, too, in orations the indicative is used in a relative clause dependas, Dicam ing on a verb of saying or thinking in the ist person
;
:

habsret would mean,

whom the whom Gaius

narrator affirms

Gaius

quae dicenda esse

4.

arbitror.

/ will say what I think ought to

is

be said.
:

Who

.not,
:

or but, after a negative

form of non) as, Nemo esb quin te dementem putet. There is no one who does not think you mad (or but thinks you mact). Qui

qu^^qui+ne, not

old

non

is

rarely found.

EXERCISE VI.
i.

They were the only ones who did

what
is

it.

2.

He s^s
is

that they

will praise

expedient.
4.

3.

Their love towards us

the

same

as

it

always was.
5.

father was.

He

one denies that you are such as your 6. The ships says that what is right is praised.
7.

No

were as many as they ever were. were as many as they ever were.

He thought that the ships He was the first who promised to help us. 10. There 9. I think that what isdkt is praised. was none who did not think?*riim the sS^| 11. He says that he
8.

admires the animal that

the
first

is

called

man.

12.

believe that he

was

to call

down phildlophy from heaven.

12

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

7.

FINAL CLAUSES.
Subjunctive.

Ut with
1.

In the sentence
to sue

He

sends ambassadors to sue for peace, the

for peace express the Purpose for which the ambassadors were sent, and the infinitive is called the infinitive of purpose. The infinitive of purpose is never found in Latin, an adverbial

words

clause introduced by

ut (in order that) being used instead

as,

Legates mittit ut pacem petant.

for peace.

He

sends ambassadors to sue

Note
Note
it

i.

Ut,

meaning

that, requires
is

the subjunctive.

2.

The

ut-clause of purpose

called a final clause because

expresses the purpose or end

(finis)

of the action of the

main

verb.
2.

When

a not

is

required in the final clause, ut becomes ne: as,

Hoc

dico ne te laedam.

say this not to offend you

(i.e.

to

avoid offending you).

clause will often translate the English to prevent: as, Aves pennis fovent pullos ne frigore laedantur. Birds dj&ish their young with their feathers to prevent
in
final

Note.

Ne

to

them from being

hunby

the cold.

3. When a comparative used for that instead of ut

is
:

used in the
as,

final clause,

quo

is

often

Hoc
4.

facio

quo

sis tutior.

/ do

this that

you

may

be safer.

The verb

of a final clause after a past tense in the principal

"~
:

clause

becomes imperfecrsubjunctive

as,

Te laudavit ut a te laudareHr.
praised by you.

He praised you

that he might be

This is due to a special law (known as the Law o* Note. Sequence of Tenses) which requires that after a past tense the It verb of a subordinate clause should be imperfect or pluperfect.
will

be illustrated in

1 1.

FINAL CLAUSES.
5. In a final clause,

^
;
>

ne quis (and not ut nemo) /to*g(adj.) is ne ullus is ne quid (and not ut nihil) ttotnoiking ut nunquam) as, ne is unquam never (not that (not ut nullus)
That nobody
is
;
:

Portam claude ne quis excedat.

go
out.

Shut the gate that no one

may

Abii ne quid viderem.

/ went away that I might see

nothing.

Clamant ne ullum verbum audiatur.

They are^houting that no

word may
revile.

be heard.

Hoc fc*te ne unquam

6.

vituperent.

Do

this that they

may

never

For
,

et

ne (following ut or a previous

ne),

neve

(or neu)

is

used

as,

that Hoc dico ut bono animo sit neve perturbetur. / say this be disturbed. Abibo ne not and be may he may of good courage eum videam neve audiam. / will go away that I may not see or

hear him.

EXERCISE VII.

jfbst Ut

" for "to" and

in.

order to" expressing

jntrtose...

2. They pretend to see us. I. He went away that he might not are be mad, that they may not be banished. 3. I think that prizes to wrote He zealous. more be 4. given to boys that they may warn us. 5. He killed himself that he might not^ee-the country be overthrown. 6. We teach our children in order that they may

good

him

might displease no one. 9. We do us 10. He sent not live to eat. away that we might have no hope 12. In order to be 11. Do this that you may be free. of safety. lie hid (lated) free we obey the law. 13. In order that no one may
consul.
8.
I

citizens.

7.

They took him from the plough

did
it

in order to

make

that

or escape, he has sent out

all

the cavalry.

14

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION

8.

CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES,

1. In the sentence He lives in such a way that he has nothing, the clause introduced by that expresses the result or consequence Such a clause is called a conof the action of the main verb.

secutive clause
clause.

and must be

carefully distinguished

from a

final

2.

consecutive clause
:

is

usually introduced by ut (so

l^p\ and

requires the subjunctive

as,

Ita vivit ut nihil habeat.

He

lives in

such a

way
in

thct he has

nothing.
3.

The

rule for the sequence of tenses (laid

down

7,

4) does

not apply to consecutive clauses after a past tense. The perfect subjunctive is used of a single act, the imperfect of a repc: orTorTttrrSSuTone as,
:

Tantus timer omnes occupavit ut rex ipse fugerit. seized all, that the king himself fled (pi a single act).

Such fear

Tanta tempestas coorta est ut nulla navis cursum tenere posset, So great a storm arose that no ship could hold its couKJjjjjjfi a continuous act).
\

Note.
4.

The impf.

is

used of a repeated, continuous, or habitual act.

required in the consecutive clause, ut

If a negative

is

non

is

used and not

as in a final clause
fuit

ne

as,

Tarn caecus
not see
fh'.*
f

ut

me non

viderit.

He was
:

me

(or as not to see me).

So too
(adj.) is

is

nothing is ut nihil, that no ut nunquam as,

:

so blind thai lie did That no one is ut nemo, ut nullus, and that never

Talis erat ut

nemo

ei crederet.

He was

of such a character

that uo one used to believe him.

He was
modo

Tarn improbus fuit ut nihil eum unquam a scelere revocaverit. so wicked tJiat nothing ever recalled him from crime.
Ita insulam vexavit ut ea restitui in aiitiquum
potuerit.

He

so harried the island that it could in

statum nullo no way

be restored to its ancient condition.

CONSECUTIVK CLAUSES.
Note.
tive or

adverb

limitingit is

a verb,
(

is ita, sic,

or adeo; limiting an adjec-

tarn

6,

i.

Note).
:

5.

Ut consecutive is used after the following demonstrative words

eiusmodi, such (in a disparaging sense)
so
;

Tails, such;

tantus, so gredt,

stick;

tot,

many;
.^

toties, so

often;

sic, ita, tarn,

so; adeo, to

such a degree.
It

i^ted"used
fieri

after the following

fit,

impersonal verbs and pjirases

restat,

acciditSwrenit, contingit,

it

happens ;

reliquum
it

est,

/'/

re;

mains;
nullo

potest,

it

is possible
it

(literally^

may

happen}

modo
:

tantum
//

impossible; sequitur, ik fallows; abest, itisj;ofar_from; expedit, it is expediett; ^ccedit,

fieri

potest,

is

is~added

as,

Qui

fit

ut

nemo contentus

vivat?

How
//

does

it

happen that no
the

one lives contentedly ?

Accidit ut primus id nuntiaverit.
first to

happened that he was

announce

it.

Tantum abest ut omnes miremur ut nobis non satisfaciair ipse So far are we from admiring all, that Demosthene~s \ himself does not satisfy us (lit., so far off is it that we admire all, etc.)
Demosthenes.

EXERCISE VIII.
2. i. Italy is so covered with trees that it seems an orchard. Their strength was such that we did not dare to take up arms. 3. It was so hard that no one could do it. 4. His ears are so closed to the truth that he will not hear it from a friend. 5. It remains

6. He was so I should say a few words about good fortune. from loving, that he even hated Jier. 7. Such is the power'of goodness that we love it even in an enemy. 8. The river was so

that
far

deep that no one could cross it. 9. I am not so ignorant.as not to 10. He was so grieved that he never took anything that. more deeply to heart. 1 1. He broke his word so often that no one 12. They took away his sword that he might ever believed him. hurt no one. 13. He said that he had been fighting for (pr0 + ab\.) the country 14. It may happen that he is sometimes wrong. 15.

know

To

this

was added tht--he was

blind.

1C

LATIK PROSE COMPOSITION.

9.

UT-CLAUSE WITH VERBS OF ASKING.

to ask, in

1. Verbs meaning an ut-clause, not as

command, or advise, are followed by English^by the infinitive as,

:

Rog-o te ut id facias.
Ixnperat ut clipeos
shields.

/ ask you

to

do

it.

gergujjiaijt.

He

orders them to strike their

Moneo
Note.

te ut

aurum

reddas.

/ warn you

to restore the gold.

inf.

lubeo (order), and veto (forbid), take the

:

and not
ordered

the ut-clause

as,

Eos pedem referre

iussit (vetuit).

He

(forbade) them to retreat.

2. After a past tense, the

verb of the ut-clause becomes imperfect

(7,

4.

Note)

as,

Rog-avi ut id faceres.

I asked you

to

do

it

Imperavit ut clipeos percuterent.

their shields.
3.

He

ordered them to strike

When
:

not

is

required in the ut-clause, ne

is

used instead of

ut non

as,

Monui te ne uxorem duceres. 1 warned you not to marry. So too ;_ne quis is used for ut nemo (thai no one), ne quid for ut nihil (that nothing), ne ullus for ut nullus (that no), and ne

unquam

for

ut

nunquam
facias.

(that never)

as,

Te rogo ne quid

/ ask you

to

do nothing.

Obsecravit eum ne fidem never to break his word.

4. Or,

unquam

violaret.

He
:

entreated

him

and not,

after

a verb of asking,

is

neve

as,

Te rogavi ne eum accusares neve multares. / asked you not accuse and not to punish him.
Neither
.

to

nor would be neve.

.neve.

meaning an ut-clause as,

:

5. Verbs

to effect, decide, or strive are also followed

by

EARING.
Sol
ish.
efflcit

MODAL VERBS.

17

ut omnia floreant.

The sun makes everything flour-

Decernit ut consules dg^ggfcma habeant.

consuls shall hold a levy.

He

decrees that the

Cura ut hoc
Note.

facias.

Take care

to

do

this.

when they
redlre.

Statuo, constituo and decerno, resolve, take the infinitive are followed by an infinitive in English as, Statuit
:

He decides

to rettirn.

6.

saying (2,

Verbs meaning to warn^ when stating a fact, become verbs of i ) and require the accusative with infinitive as,
:

hand.

Nos monet hostes adesse. ffe 'warns us that the enemy is at So too Hoc tibi persuadebo te errare. I ivillpersuade you
:

of

this,

that

you are wrong.

EXERCISE IX.
I.

will

persuade him
5.
I

to return.

2.

3.

He

ordered us to supply him with corn.

begged them to help 4. I warned him to

6.

us. set

out at once.

warn you

that they will set out at once.

We

implored them not to kill women and children. 7. Take care to understand this. 8. They passed a decree that no one should scourge a Roman citizen. 9. They warned us that as many had

been banished as ever.

in the market-place.
I
1

10.
1.

He said

that

we were asked to assemble

to decree anything.
12.
14.

beg of you not

go away. 13. Beg them not to come. He was so timid that he was afraid to enter the city. 15. So were we from reviling, that we even admired them ( 8, 5).
to

resolved to ask

him

far

10.

VERBS OP FEARING.
to

MODAL VERBS.
Thus
:

1. Latin

verbs meaning to fear, take a peculiar construction

which seems

admit of no explanation.

Vereor^te veniat.

/ am afraid that he

will come.

Vereor ut venial

/ am

afraid that he will not come.

18

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Note. The English future after verbs of fearing, is expressed by the subjunctive the present subjunctive, if after a present or future tense, the imperfect if after a past (7, 4, Note): as,

Timeo nt labores sustineas, / am afraid tJiat you will not endure your labors ; timebam ne ea evenlrent, / was afraid that those things would happen.
2. Phrases like periculum eat, there is danger, take the construction of verbs of fearing : as,

he

Periculum erat ne te verbis obrueret. would overwhelm you with words.

3.

There was danger that

Many verbs (called modal verbs) take an infinitive after them as, audeo (dare), cogo (compel), conor complete their meaning (endeavor}, constituo and statuo (determine), cunctor (hesitate),
to
:

cupio

(desire},

debeo

(oughf), desino (cease), disco (learn), dubito

incipio (begin), malo (prefer), nescio (not /enow how), nolo (be unwilling), obliviscor (forget), paticr .(allow}, paro (prepare}, possum (be able}, scio (know how}, soleo (be accustomed},
(hesitate^,

vereor (fear), volo

(be

willing** as,
to die.
to

Malo mori.
Debeo

I prefer

id facere.

/ ought
Cease to

do

it.

Desme
Note
i.

mirari.

wonder

(or cease wondering).

Of these verbs volo and nolo

:

often take the subjunctive

with or without ut

as,

Hoc

(ut) facias

velim.

/ should like you

to

do

this.

Note
in

2.
:

English
4-

Vereor (fear) has the inf. in Latin when it has the He is afraid to return. as, Veretur redire.
infinitive is in the

inf.

tive

A noun or adjective with the modal and not in the accusative as,
:

nomina-

Vult esse servus.

He

wishes to be a slave.

CLASSIFICATION OF TENSES.

LAW OF SEQUENCE.

19

EXERCISE X.

CD I am

afraid that
to die.

you

will

not bear

it

you are afraid the camp. 4.

him.
L

We
I

^ There was danger

all

were afraid that

I

do^not think that would attack his soldiers would desert

.

2.

that he

5.

fear

can not grant you

that.

6.

am

afraid that

you
8.
I

do not love me. wish to speak but

to

begin to think that the man is mad. N I do not dare. 9. He said that he knew

how

10. They thought that he was by brigands, n. Stop talking. 12. He said that they were accustomed to walk every day. 13. I warn you that your ships are lost., 14. No one is so good as never to sin (8, 4). 15. He said that he could not respect so foolish a 6. They have warned us never to enter king (use nego, say nof).

conquer the country's enemies. afraid lest he should be captured

Persuade him not to restore the gold. 18. I forgot to say that he has gone to see the king. 19. He seemed to be the
the
city.

17.

first

man

in the state.

11.

CLASSIFICATION OF TENSES.

LAW OF SEQUENCE.
1.

The

following classification of Latin tenses should be carefully

mastered.
Latin tenses are divided into two classes,

Primary and Secon*

dary (or Historical}.

Thus

amat, he loves
Perfect (pres. perf.), amavit, he has loved.

Future,

(Present, Future-perfect,
f Imperfect,

amabit, he will love. amaverit, he will have loved.

amabat, he was loving.

amavit, he loved. amaverat, he had loved.

jPSHp^tindef.),
\

Pluperfect,

20
Note.
fect,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

The only

which has a double

difficulty in this classification lies in the perThus amavit means either he has force.
:

loved or he loved.

In the former case, it. is called tint present perfect in the latter the past indefinite (or aorist (or perfect with have)
;

perfect}.

2. This classification

is

important in view of the fact that the

tense of the subjunctive in a subordinate clause is primary when the tense of the verb of the main clause is primary, and secondary when the tense of the verb of the main clause is secondary. This
law,

known
It

as the

Law

of sequence of tenses has been referred to

:

already.

may be

stated thus

LAW OF SEQUENCE OF
A primary tense in

TENSES.

the principal clause, is followed by a primary tense in the dependent clause ; a secondary tense in the principal
clause, is

followed by a secondary tense in the dependent

clause.

Thus:

Rogat Rogabit
Rogaverit

~\

He He He

asks

will ask

\youtocom*.
J
J

will have asked

\

Rogabat
Rogavib

vteut venires
J

Rogaverat

He was asking He asked He had asked

you to come.

EXAMPLES OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY

SEQUENCE.
Laudant ut laudentur
(primary sequence in
:

They praise that they may be praised

;

final clause

p. 12, i).

Laudabant ut laudarentur.
praised (secondary sequence

They praised that they might be

in final clause).

Obsecrat

eum ne

fratrem occldat.

He

implores him not to kill

his brother (primary sequence).

Obsecravit

eum ne

fratrem occideret.

He

implored him not

to

kill his brother (secondary sequence).

CLASSIFICATION OF TENSES.

LAW OF SEQUENCE.
that

Timeo ne peccaveris.
(primary sequence).

/ am afraid

you have done wrong

Timebam ne

pecavisses.

/ was afraid that you had done wrong

Secondary sequence). Video causas esse multas quae eum impellant: / see that there are many causes which urge him on (primary sequence).
Vidi causas esse multas quae
causes were

eum

impellerent.

saw^-that the

Eum

many which iirged him on (secondary sequence). monui ne hoc faciat. / have warned him not to do
ne hoc
faceret-

this

(primary sequence).

Eum monui
ary sequence).

I warned him

not to do /^(second-

Note. Occasionally the secondary sequence is found even with the present-perfect (perfect with have} as, Haec non ut vos excitarem locutus sum. / have not said this to rouse you.
:

EXERCISE XI.
2. They have asked I. He will easily persuade you not to come. him to stand for the consulship. 3. We asked him to help us. 4. I was afraid that he would not return. /. A law is short in order 6. I will ask him that it may be more easily understood (teneo).

not to do anything against his will. 7. I was afraid that he would 8. He strove to teach them wisdom in war. ruin the country. 9.

He said that he would obey all the laws that were passed. 10. u. I was There was danger that he would not do it ( 10, 2). afraid that he would die. 12. He was so timid that he did not dare to enter the camp. 13. He used to say that the life, which had been given us, was short. 147 He said that he hoped to finish the business shortly (p. 7, 3). 15. He was the last of all to promise to 1 6. He wrote us to tell him what we had heard (p. 9, 9). obey. 18. 17. He broke his word so often that no one believed him. They said that they had come to learn. 19. He was so angry that
he answered nothing.
20.

He

used to say that

many lived

to eat.

22

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

12.

VERBS OF DOUBTING AND HINDERING.

are fol1. Verbs meaning to doubt, when used_jadth a negatj^ lowed in Latin by the subjunctive with quin ( = c^xfnow, and ne, as, not, old form of non)
:

Non dubito quin me mirere. / do not doubt tfiat you wonder at me

Nemo dubitat quin hoc turpe sit.

base.

No

one doubts

that this is

2.

in Latin

Verbs meaning to hinder, prevent, and the like, are followed by the subjunctive with quominus = by which the less
(
:

in order that not}

as,

Senectus non impedit quominus literis utamur. not prevent us from enjoying literature.

Old age does

that

Per me

stetit

quominus ad te scriberet.
of preventing, prohibeo

//

was owing to me
i

he did not write to you (impf of secondary sequence:

"Note.

r,

2).

Of verbs

is

more

usually followed

by the infinitive: going out.

as,

Prohibent eumexire.

They preve?it him from

3. Verbs of hindering
tive with

when used with

virtual negative (like vtx, hardly),

may be

a negative, or with a followed by the subjunc-

quin

as,

Vix inhiberi potuit quin saxa iaceret.

vented from throwing stones.

He

could hardly be pre-

4. The following verbs and phrases, of much the same nature as the above, are also followed by quin (but that} with the subjunctive
:

Nemo

est (quin).

There
(quin)?
(quin).

is

none but

(p.

u,

4).

Quid causae est Fieri non potest

What

reason

is there

against?

// can not be but that.

Temperare mini non possum (quin). / ca?i not refrain from. Minimum (baud multum) abesse (quin). Be very near. Facere non possum (quin). / can not help. Thus Facere non potuit quin bellum inferret. He could not heCp making war.
:

VERBS OP DOUBTING AND HINDERING.

Nihil praetermisit quin nobis persuaderet.

23
un-

HeJ^e^mthmg

done

to

persuade

us.

Mil mil urn (iihfnifaquig.j^mnes interficerentur.

little

All were within

is there

cc

of being killed. Quid causae est quin id velit?

What

reason

against
to

his

wishing

it

(lit.,

what of cause

is there}.

Fieri

non potest quin exclamem.

Quin
nay:

// is impossible

for me not

cry out.

Note.
not, (b)

is

used with the indicative

In the sense of
\<lki>

as, (^uin

conscendimus equos?

don't

(a) why we mount

say

our horses ? (Quin=qui ne, it In one word.

how

not ?)

Quin,

uno verbo

die.

Nay,

EXERCISE XII.
Nothing prevented us from building a city. 2. Nothing shall me from speaking the truth. 3. No one can doubt that he has returned. 4. He could hardly be prevented from laughing. No one doubted that he had killed his friend. 6. They never saw him but (quin) they called him thief. 7. The storm will pre8. We can not object to others vent them from coming. dissenting 10. He 9. No one is so wise that he can not learn. (use quin). n. It was owing has left nothing undone to finish this business,
i.

deter

you that the wedding did not take place. 12. Nothing ever him from praising what deserved praise. 13. I was afraid* that they could not be prevented from making war. "14. I do not hesitate to say that he has gone away to see the king. 15. No one was so powerful that he could do everything. 16. He could not
to

deterred

help sending a letter every day.

-

24

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

13.
1.

SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES.

is

The Subjunctive
as,

used

in

simple sentences:

(a) In Wishes:
Moriar.

May I
is

die!
:

Felix

sis.

May you

be fortunate!

The

negative

ne

as,

Nevivam si scio. May I not live if I know! (b) In Commands or Exhortations : as, Hoc facianaus. Let Abeat. Let him go away.
The
do
negative
is

us do

this.

ne

as,

Ne abeat. Let him

this.

not

go away.
in

Hoc ne faciamus. Let

us iwt

Note.

Of commands

the second person, the imperative

;

is

command is affirmative ne with the perfect subwhen the command is negative: as, Ad me veni. Come to junctive, me. Ne id feceris. Do not do it.
used when the
(c)

To

soften an assertion

as,

[me.

Velim mini ignoscas

Crederes.

(ut omitted).

/ should
to see you.

like

you

to

pardon

Mallem te videre. / shotild prefer

Y/iu wnnJi1._Ji'we believed.

Hoc dixerim.
Quid faciam ? Quid facerem?
This
It is
is

This

I would have

said.

(d) In questions that imply deliberation: as,

What am I to say ? ( What shall 1 What was I fo have said? $*/*by an

say ?)

called the deliberative subjunctive.

:

often introduced

as,

An ego non venirem P O tig]it I not

(e)

to

have come?
iS)
:

To

express duty or possibility (see

as,

Hoc non fecisses.

This
is

You ought not to have done it. Aurum reddidisses. You should have restored the gold.
called the potential subjunctive.
It is

of rare occurrence.

SUBJUNCTIVE

IN

SIMPLE SENTENCES.

25

SYNTAX OF UTINAM.
2.

When

the subjunctive
is

is

used
It
is
:

in
is

wishes,

utinam (Of
:

that,

would that!)

usually added.

used as follows

When

the fulfilment of the wish

possible,
as,

utinam

is

joined with

the present or perfect subjunctive

Utinam
Utinam

adsit.

O!

that he

may

be there (in the future).

adfuerit.

O!

that he

may have

been there (just now).

When

fect subjunctive i^

the wish can no longer be realised, the imperfect or pluperused the imperfect when the wi^h is referred to

the present, the pluperfect

when

it is

referred to the past

).

as,

Utinam Utinam

adesset. ..
adfuisset.
is

O ! that he were here (now O ! that he had been here (in

non)
:

the past).

The

negative

ne

(rarely

as,

Utinam ne hoc
occurred to

in

mentem

incidisset.

Would

that it

had not

my mind !
EXERCISE XIII.

i.

do
to

it.

Let us not lose this opportunity. 2. I should be unwilling to 4. Do 3. Let us remember that we owe this to our parents.

not think that

we

shall often
!

remain.
alive
!

6.
!

O
8.

he were

have such a fleet. 5. Do not ask him 7. Would you had never been born. Would that they had sent me the bravest men
that
all traitors

they had him. ii.

9.
I

May
life

perish

10.

O
be

that
safe.

could find
12.

was

afraid that
is

he would not
I

Let us

remember
this
city.

that
14.

should like you to come to 13. that he may listen to you. 15. Let us always
short.
!

be the same. 16. O that we had been living then. 17. What should I have said? 18. I should advise you to be silent. 19. You would suppose she was a goddess. 20, Why should I enumerate
the multitude of their ships
?

26

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

14.
1.

THE IMPERATIVE.
of

singular

The second person and plural) when

the

the imperative is used command is affirmative

(in
:

both

as,
this.

Vive valeque.
2.

Live and farewell.

in the third
:

Audite hoc.
is

Hear

A command

person

usually expressed

by the

present subjunctive

as,

Aut

bibat aut abeat.

Let him either drink or go away.

3. When the command is negative, ne is used with the perfect subjunctive for the 2nd person of the imperative, and with the present subjunctive for the 3rd person of the imperative as,
:

Ne

transieris

numen.

Do

not cross the river.

Ne cantet.
4.

Let him not sing.

The

present subjunctive

may be
the

the

negative imperative character: as,

when

prohibition

used for the 2nd person of is of a general

Ne multa discas sed multum.

much.
5. In prohibitions, instead of
(pi.

Do

not learn

many

things but

nolite) with the infinitive, or

is

ne and the perfect subjunctive, noli cave (pi. cavete) with ne and the
as/

subjunctive,

frequently found

Noli

aljire.

Do

not

go away.
not do that.

Cavete ne Ulud

faciatis.

Take

care not to do that,

Do

Note.

The ne

is

often omitted after cave, cavete.

6. Or, or

and not,

in negative imperative sentences is

neve or

neu:

as,

Illud

ne

feceris

neve

dixeris.

Do

not do or say that.

Sequere neve retrospexeris.

Follow and do not look back.

THE IMPERATIVE.
7.

27

a mild

The imperative command as,

:

of facio (do)

is

used also as a paraphrase for

Fac ut sciam. Fac ut

8.
is

Take care that I know

Let him know.
in-to (-tote)

(let

me know).

sciat.

The imperative

often called the future imperative

it is

usually found in wills

:

and laws, though

sometimes used

merely for emphasis

as,

Mortuum
in the
city.

in urbe

ne

sepelito.

Thou

shalt not bury a dead

man

Servus meus

liber esto-

Let

my

slave be free.

EXERCISE XIV.
I.

Go away
4.
5.

opportunity.
desert.
in
7.
it.

3.

depart from this city. Do not believe that

2.
I

-Let

him not

lose such

an

am

afraid that

you

will

Thou

Preserve this town, Jupiter, and the citizens who dwell shalt not kill (use ne). 6. Do not be moved by pity.
8. Do not praise the wicked. 9. Let that they will live long. 10. Take care that you 1 1. Do not think that this will prevent him from

Do

not be troublesome.
soon.
12. 13.

them not believe

write

me

coming.
praise.

Let us advance that

Let no one deter you from praising what deserves we may hear more easily. 14
in order to arrive earlier.
15.

Let us start

now

Let him leave

16. I believe that he was Athens, a city in which no one is safe. buried in the same tomb in which his distinguished father lies. 17.

He
to

that the best

has ordered them to attack the camp. 18. It often happened men were rejected. 19. So far was he from wishing

city.

have the province, that they could not persuade himto leave the 20. He was so ill that he could not write.

28

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

15.

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
NE, NONNE, NUM.

Interrogative sentences in Latin (when not headed by an interrogative pronoun or adverb) are usually distinguished by one of the
1.

The order of interrogative particles, -ne, nonne, num. not, as in English, mark an interrogative sentence.
2.

words does

The

particle -ne (which is written after the

:

sentence), asks for information

as,

Amatne?
(i.e.,

first word in the Does he love? The

answer

will

be

either,

amat, he loves

Yes\ or nonamat, he

generally appended to the emphatic word (which is then put first): as, Filiusne amat? Does the son love? (i.e. = 7s it the son that loves?)
(i.e.,

does not love

No).

The

particle -ne

is

Note.

Yes or No,

in use.

answer

to

questions, has

no

single

equivalent in

common

They

are usually expressed by repeat-

ing the verb, as seen above.

3. Nonne expects the answer Yes: as, Nonne puer amat ? Does not the boy love? The answer expected is, amat, he loves (i.e., Yes) Nonne is generally the first word in the sentence.

4. Num expects the answer No: as, Num puer amat? Does the boy love? or the boy does not love, does he? 1 he answer expected Num is generally the first is, non amat, he does not love, (i.e., No).

word
5.

in the sentence.

The

following are tha

:

more common

interrogative pronouns

and adverbs

Quis or quisnam, who?

Uter, which of the

two?

Quo, whither? Quando, when? (quum

interrogative.)

Quantus, how great? Quotus, which in the series ?

ateet,

is

never

how many?
what kind?

Qualis,

how? Quam, (with how?

Qui,
or
<l

adjs.,

or

adverbs)

Quemadmodum,

uom 6do,
how

;
\

Cur,

Quoties,

often?

Quare,

\why?

Quamobrem,

Quamdiu, how long? Quousque, how fan?

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.

29

Thus

Quis es?

Who

are you?

Quota hora est?

What

o'clock is it?

Cur id

rog-as ?

Why
in

do you ask that ?

Quae tandem causa te impellit? What motive, pray, impells you?

Note.

Tandem,

an vjnterrogative

sentence,

means prav.

Quisnam hoc fecit?

Who

in the

world has done this?

Quod facmus admlsit?

Note.
used,
it

What

crime has he committed?

Quod the adjectival form of quid, what? If quid were would take the genitive as, Quid facinoris admisit ?
is
:

6. Whether whether .or

.

or

in

a
. .

double

question,
as,

is

utrum

....

an;

not,

utrum.

.an non:

Utrum
or Juno ?

Pallas hoc fcit an luno ?

Whether has Pallas done

this

Utrum haec vera sunt an non ?

Note.

Whether

is this

true or not ?

sometimes omitted, sometimes replaced by the appended -no: as, Hoc an illud fecisti? Whether did you do this or that ? Nostine me an ig-noras ? Do you know me or dorft you
is

Utrum

know me?
7.

A rhetorical question
servi esse vultis ?

is

often introduced
it

by an;

as,

An

Can

be that you

want

to be slaves ?

EXERCISE XV.
\ I.

Do

you think that he will

come ?

2.

Who

said that he re-

fused to obey? 3. Whether is it water or wine? ^'4. Is there one world only, or more? 5. Are those your words or not ? 6. Is the
of the stars odd or even ? ^j. Do you think that death is an eternal sleep or the beginning of another life ? 8. Does he know the glory of virtue ? Yes. 9. Why do you not ask him to follow justice ? V 10. Has he not sejit an ambassador to persuade

number

us?

11.

How

coming from ?

do you know all this ? (plur.) 1 3. Whither are you going ?

12.
1

4.

Where are you Are you asking

30

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

to betray his country?
it

16. 15. You don't hear me, do you? be that they are taking up arms against their country ? 17. Why does he pretend that he is teaching his brother? 18 Don't you hope that he will find what you have lost? I9. How did it happen that there was no one present ? 20. When did you hear the orator ? 21. Why do you give nothing to the poor? \J22. How

him Can

could he pretend that he was unwilling

16.

INDIRECT QUESTION.
:

1. question dependent upon a verb of asking, knowing, telling, or the like, has its verb in the subjunctive as,

Unde venis?
Scio

Where are you coming from.

But

unde

venias. __/
is

know where you

are coming from.

Here unde venias

2.

called
in

an indirect (or dependent) question

is

Whether, or

if,

an indirect question,
Tell

num

as,

Die mini

num

venerit.

me whether (if)
:

he has come.

Whether

annon

or is utjnini_. ... an ; but or not is in the direct question) as, (as

.

...

necne and not

Quaeritur utrum interfectus he has been put to death or not.

sit

necne.

The question

is

whether

3 The law
observed

of sequence of tenses
,

(
:

n,

2)

is

to be

strictly

in the indirect question.

Thus

Primary.

Secondary.
fagas.

Rogo Rogabo
Rogavi

Rogabam
Rogavi
sis.

fageres.

quid

egeris.
-j

quid

egisses.
-]

[acturus
\

RogaveramJ
I was
asking\
<

[acturus esses
(you were doing.

/ ask I shall ask

I have asked

Cyou are doing.

\youhavedone

I asked

\youkaddone.
\
I

\whatl
I

(or did].

\what\
I
;

\yoit are
to do.

going I had asked <--

^ you were to do.

going

INDIRECT QUESTION.

31

The future subjunctive active* is formed from the future with sim, which becomes essem after a secondary tense participle will do. Rogavi quid as, Rogo quid acturus sis. / ask what you
Note
I.
:
.

acturus esses.

I asked what you

Rogo quid turn

vyquia an.

""

Note

2.

From

tense, Latin says

reluctance to join an impf. subjun. with a primary egeris (not ag-eres) for / ask you

what you were doing then.

4. After nescio or

haud scio (I

don't

incertum est (It

:

is

uncertain)
"NTftsmo

implying an affirmative
.n

know), dubito (/ doubt), whether'is possim

dicere.

an as, Constantiam dico? Consistency, do I say ?

long- suffering.

n^iing

pa.tiftnt,ia.m

I dont know whether I can not

better say

Note
Note

I.

In cases like the above, nescio an has the force of

(i.e., is

I al-~

most think
2.

used affirmatively).
a~:hr>n

Some r~(\ 0r athcr 1T said it. Nescio quis hoc dixerit is 7 dorit know who has said it. In the former nescio quis is an indefinite pronoun, Some one or other, I dortt know who.
Nep^1r^j3Jiii

dixit

is

7<

5. In sentences like You know the skill with which he speaks, Latin prefers the indirect question and puts the noun in the dependent clause as,
:

Scis
speaks.

quanta arte loquatur.

You know

the skill with

which he

EXERCISE XVI.
Don't you know* whether you have conquered or not? 2. I should like to know whether these are your words or not. 3. Ask him what he thinks about the matter. 4. Tell me if your friend has
l.

returned.
believe

5.

We
often

all
I

how

know how daring you have advised them.

me when

you will set out. 8. Why don't been? 9. I almost think that he is not happy. 10. I did not know whether he was a wise man or a fool. I saw what 1 1 you would
.

6. You will never Take care to inform you ask him where he has

are.
7.

asked them where they had laid my book. 13. Did you know by whom the city was founded? 14. Tell me how many letters you wrote yesterday. 15. Have you heard how many they are? 16. I will ask the road by which he will return.
do.
12.
I

32

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

17.

USE OF THE INDIRECT QUESTION FOB* AN ENGLISH NOUN.

noun
:

1-

Latin often uses the indirect question where English uses an

as,

abstract or verbal

Rogavit quot hostes essent.

Scio cur redieris.

He

asked the number of the enemy.

I know

the reason of your return. destination.

Dicam

tibi

quo eamus.

/ will tell you our

Quid de ea re sentiat exponet.

the matter.

He

will explain his view of

Vides quaLe periculum

2.

sit.

You

see the nature

of the danger.
relative

The

indirect question
:

must be distinguished from the

clause.

Thus

Scio quid quaeras.

quaeris.

/ know your
answer
to

question. question.

But,

Scio

quod

/ know

the

your

Dico quae sentiam.

/ state my

opinion.

But, Dico

quae

sentio.

/ say what I mean.

EXERCISE XVII.
Use the indirect question for
italicised nouns.

tell

^rT^I see the suddenness of the danger (use quam). 2. Can you the source of that rumor. 3. I have heard the origin of the custom*.. -4. You see the character of the man. 5. Let us ask him

the date of his departure. 6. Shall we ever his death ? 7. I did not know the size of the
that

know
city.

the
8.

manner

of

Let us wait

we may see the issue of the matter (use evado, turn out). 9 10. one foresaw the extent of the danger. They knew the n. The motive of his act was plain to all. reason for his action, 12. Tell me his opinion of the whole affair. 13. You know now the manner of his life from boyhood. 14. Have they discovered the

No

enemy's position ?

15.

You know

the agents, in this crime.

17.
it

What
that
I

happen that you did not allow them to return? 19. Why were you afraid that I would not speak the truth? 20. It happened that no one opened the gate
of the city.
.

prevented them from attacking us? 18. How does could not praise it.

The plan was such

MAY, CAN, MUST, OUGHT.

18.
I
1.

33

MAY, CAN, MUST, OUGHT.

is

May,

in

miinitive: as,
2.

a principal sentence, Mihi ire licet. / niay

:

expressed by licet with the

go.-

Ca?i is

possum

as,

Id facere possum.

I can do

it.

Licet expresses permission, possum powerj but Fieri potest ut is, // may happen that (it is possible that): as, Fieri potest ut opus confectum sit. // is possible that the work has been

Note.

finished. 3.

Ought or

should, expressing duty,

is

debtor

oportet

as,

Venire debes.
Note.

You ought to come. Hoc me facere oportet. / ought to do Ought or should

in
is

it.

usually expressed, however, by the

to be: as,

gerundive

-dus with the verb

a)t

Id faciendum est.

This

ought
4.

to be

done (p 45,
is

expressed by necesse est and the infinitive, or (or persons) the subjunctive, with or without ut: as, Tibi mori necesse est (or Tibi rnoriare necesse est). You must
die.

Must

geruncrWe in

Must, implying obligation, is usually expressed by the These -d^is and the verb to be: as, Hi audiendi sunt.
listened
to.

men must he
fieri

Note ^E-Must, expressing

potuit quin,
fieri
it

ncn)
5.
is

strong, probability, is Haud (or non) could not have been but thai : as, Haud (or He must have seen her. p^fciit quin earn vidsret.

The English perfect infinitive used after might, could, ought, expressed in Latin by the present infinitive as,
:

Hoc mini facere licuit. / might have done it. Hoc facere potui. / could have done it. Hoc facere debuisti. You ought to have done
6.

it.

An
:

in the

dative,

adjective joined to an infinitive with licet or necesse est, is if the pronoun is expressed if not, in the accusa;

tive

as,

Licet vobis esse igjiavis. Licet esse ignavo. We

be cowards).

You may

be cowards.
(lit.,

But,
// is

may

be

cowards

allowable to

34

LATIN PROSK COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XVIII.
i.

You should have warned him

tell

to consult the judge.

2.

should

us their names.
4.

3.

It

may be

that he advised

They them to

They could not have killed women and children. them whether they could have done it or not. 6. 5. Will you ask how many prisoners have been taken ? 7. You might
surrender.

Do

not ask

F. O that he would not do it. have left the city immediately. She was so blind as not to see him. IO; He must have forgotten 1 1. You can allow none to his friend (gen.}. go away. 12. I ought to have asked him to set out at once. 13. I should like to know how many cities were taken. 14. O that we had warned him not to come. 15. She was the first to ask when we would do it. 16. Were you afraid that I would not speak the truth? 17. Who can hope to persuade him? 18. He said that he did not speak Latin. 19. They began to write at once in order that they might 20. He promised that he would remain there. out. 21. May I go
!

9.

go into the garden to pluck a flower

19.

NOTES ON THE TENSES.

1. Latin has only one form for the three forms of the English Thus Scribo is / write (indefinite), I am writing present. (progressive) and / do write (emphatic).
:

^
:

2.

The

present

is

used, for vividness, of past time

as,

Continue milites in castra mittit- Forthwith he sends the soldiers This is called the historic present. into the camp.
3.

The
:

present

is

used with adverbs of past time, for the English

perfect

as,

/ have been doing this (or iampridem) facio. a for longtimg, Tertium iam annum hie sumus. We have been here So too now three years. Tres iam menses te videre cupio. / have been
:

Hoc iamdudum

longing

to see you for three

months.

NOTES ON THE TENSES,

Note.

65

The imperfect
:

will

pluperfect for a long time.

4.

as, Illud

iamdudum

of course be used for the English / had been doing that faciebam.

The

imperfect represents an action in past time as incomplete,

'

repeated, continuous, or habitual

as,

Saxa
them.

in eos dovolvobant.

They were rolling down stones on They often heard of him.

Hunc saepe

audiebant.

Hie ara vetus stabat.

Here an old altar used to

stand.

Consilium mutavit; videbat enim nihil confici posse. He changed his plan; for he saw that nothing could be done (imperfect of continuous action.)
Note. The impf. will often translate the English began, tried, They began attempted, etc.: as, Ad proelium sese exjDgdiafcant. Urbem servabam. / was tryto jirepjire themselves for battle.

ing
5.

to

save the

city.

The
fas,

(perfect with have}

fect)

Latin perfect represents both the English present perfect, and the English past indefinite (or aorist per-

Scripsi.
6.

/ wrote,

or

/ have

written.

Latin perfect indicative with postquam, quum priut prfmum, ut, simul ac (or, before a vowel, atque) is used for the English pluperfect with when, after (that), as soon as : as, -

The

mum,

Postquam haec
away.
7as,

audivit, abiit.

After he had heard this, he went

The

Scripseram, I
or
to

pluperfect represents an action as finished in past time had written.

After qui

quum

sense

(i.e.

it is used idiomatically, in a frequentative express frequency or repetition), for the English

perfect: as,

Qui id dixerat, poenamdajaat.

Whoever said that, was punished.

36

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Quum
saw
8.

the rose, then he judged that

rosam viderat, turn ver esse arbitrabatur. it was spring,

Whenever he

future represents an action as going on, and the action as complete, in future time as, an perfect Scribam, I shall write; scripsero, I shall have written.

The

future-

After when, if, etc., English often uses the present tense refer-In such a ring to the future: as, / will send him, when he comes.

case Latin requires the future, or if the action of one verb is represented as over before that of the other begins the future-perfect / will send him, when as, Eum mittam quum redibit (or redierit).
:

he comes.
Note.
In fact

when

there

is

a future in the main clause, there

:

is

usually a future or a future-perfect in the subordinate clause as, Haec civitas, dum erit, eum laudabit. This country, while it exists,

will praise him.

FORE UT FOR FUTURE INFINITIVE.

9.

Many

tive (active or passive),

verbs have no supine and, therefore, no future which is formed from, the supine.

infini-

Such

verbs form their future infinitive by means of fore or futurum esse as, (to be about to be), and ut with the subjunctive
:

Dicit fore ut

haec poscant.
it to be

things
things}.

(lit.

he says

He says that they will demand these about to be that they demand these

Dixit fore ut ea poscerentur.

be

He

said that these things would

demanded (imperfect,
H,2).

in

accordance with the law of sequence J

Note. This construction is often used (as more convenient) even' with the verbs that have a supine as, Dixit fore ut rex mitteretur. He said that the king would be sent.
:

FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE, ACTIVE AND

10.
It

PASSIVE.

has been shown

(which
is

(p. 31, 3.
is

tive active

wanting)

i.) that the future subjuncsupplied in Latin by the future

:

Note

participle

and the verb sum.

sis.

Thus

Scio quid acturus

/ know what you will

do.

NOTES ON THE TENSES.

Sciebam quid acturus
perfect, after

37
(im-

esses.

/ knew what you would do

a secondary tense).

The future subjunctive passive, and the future subjunctive active of verbs that have no supine, are formed by means of the impersonal
futurum
sit (or esset)

with an ut-clause.

Thus

Future Subjunctive Active. Rogo num futurum sit ut puer discak

will learn.

/ ask whether

the boy

Rogavi
the boy

num

futurum esset ut puer

cGsceret.

I Basked whether

would learn.

Future Subjunctive Passive* Non dubito quin futurum sit ut puer doceatur.
that the boy will be taught.

/ do

not doubt

Non dubitavi quid futurum esset ut puer doceretur. doubt that the boy would be taught.
EXERCISE XIX.
i.

/ did

not

You

it

will

will do be done.

it

when you

3.

2. When it is please {volo). ordereu, After he had left the city, he fled to his father.

Philosophy flourished in Greece. 5. Whenever he came to a town, he shut himself in his litter. 6. He used to say that the boy would learn. 7. I doubt whether the gate will be open. 8. I have
4.

known that he was a fool. 9. He began to tell me where he was coming from. 10. I did not doubt that the king would be ii. Let those come who are (will be) able. killed, 12. I had long thought that it could never happen. 13. I never doubted that he would tremble. 14. It was uncertain whether the boy would learn. 15. No one doubted that he would be put-at-the-head-of the army. 16. They knew what we would ask. 17. Tell me who you are and what you wish. 18. You now see how hard it is,
long

38

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

20.
1.

IDIOMATIC USES OF LATIN VERBS.

verbs like dicor (7

Some

am

said),

videor (/ seem), putor (/

am

thought}, and feror (7

:

am

said), prefer the personal to the im-

personal use

as,

Dicitur rex fuisse.

It is said that he

Videtur esse sapiens.

2.

was king. It seems that he is wise.

Many

verbs (especially verbs of motion) prefer an impersonal

:

passive use te-fche personal use in the active

g,

Ad aedem ventum
come.)

est.

They came

to the temple (literally, //

is gone).
:

was

So too
is

Itur, people

go

(lit., it

The agent
Note.

expressed by a (or ab) with the ablative

est.

as,

Ab omnibus ambulatum
appropriate noun as subject

Everybody walked.

Such verbs are often best translated by substituting an

:

as,

Clamatum

est,

a shout was raised.

3- A verb that governs a dative must, when used in the passive, be used impersonally, the nominative in English becoming the dative of the indirect object in Latin
:

as,

Tibi credo.

1 believe you. But: Tibi creditor. Your glory is envied. Gloriae tuae invidetur.

You arc

believed.

4.

Some
:

verbs are followed by an accusative of kindred form or

meaning

as,

Somnium

somniare.

To dream a dream.

This is called the cognate accusative. used only in the passive.

5.

Such verbs are generally

Latin often uses a neuter pronoun or adjective with a verb,

:

where English has a noun

Id rogxx

as,

7 make

Idem promitto.
Nihil respondet.

this request. 7 make the same promise.

He gives
makes

no answer.

Hoc

gloria.tur.__/7/?

this boast.

IDIOMATIC USES OF LATIN VERBS.

39

Eadem

peccat.

He commits

the

same

sins.

Nihil succenset.

He

is

not at all angry.

Illud tibi assentior.

In that

I agree with

you.

Note.
style,

Such idioms as the above, are very characteristic of Latin which loves brevity, simplicity, ami point.

6.
tives,

Verbs meaning to ask, teach, or conceal, govern two accusaone of the person, another of the thing as,
:

Me primum

sententiam rogavit.

He asked me my

opinion

first.

Quis te musicam docuit ?

Nihil nos celat.

Who

taught you music ?

He

conceals nothing from. us.

In the passive, the accusative of the person becomes the subject, and the accusative of the thing is retained as,
:

Filius

musicam a patre doctus

est'

The son was taught music

by his father.
7-

Many

intransitive

verbs become transitive in Latin

:

when

compounded with a
.

preposition

as,

Convenire aliquem.

Have an
(cheat),

interview with a person.

So too

Circumvenire

aggredi (attack), oppugnare (at-

tack a place), obsidere (besiege), mire consilium (form a plan), coire societatexn (form a partnership), obire mortem (die).

and postulo, I demand, take the accusative of wi-th a (or ab), from : as, Pacem ab Romanis petiverunt, they asked the Romans for peace (=they asked peace from the Romans) librton ab amico postulavit, he .demanded a book from his friend. Quaero, to ask, seek, takes the accusative of the thing and the ablative of the person with a (or ab), e (or ex), or de as, Causara e viro quaesivit, he asked a reason from the man (or, he asked the man for a reason).
Note.
Peto, I ask,

the thing and the ablative of the person

8.

Many

intransitive verbs (especially those expressing motion)

the preposition ad (to), circum (around), per (through), praeter (past), trans (across), or super (above), take an accusative after them governed by the^pjrejgo.si^ofl agj

when compounded with

40

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Cato flies
to the hustings.

Cato rostra advolat.

Equites Roman! senatum circumstant.

the senate.

Roman knights surround

went through
the

Murmur contionem
assembly.

pervasit.

A murmur

Here the accusative depends on the preposition. The sentences might have been expressed thus Ad rostra Cato volat equites Roman! circum senatum stant murmur per contionem vasit
:

So too, the transitive verbs, transduco (or tradnco), I lead across, and transporto, / bear across, may take two accusatives in the active, one depending on the verb and the other on the preposition
:

as,

Hannibal copias Iberum traduxit. Hannibal led the forces across

the Ebro.

Caesar milites navibus flumen transportat.

soldiers across the river in ships.

Caesar conveys his

9. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, naming, regarding and showing, take two accusatives in the active as,
:

Populus Romanus Ciceronem consulem creavit.

people elected Cicero consul.

The Roman

predicate

Here Ciceronem is the direct object, and consulem and is called the predicate accusative.
;

is

a part of the

In the" passive, these verbs take two nominatives the direct object of the active becomes the subject nominative, and the predicate accusative of the active becomes the predicate nominative of the
passive
:

as,
est.

Cicero consul a populo Romano creatus consul by the Roman people.

Cicero

was

elected

Such verbs are called

factitives.

EXERCISE XX.
i.

Tell

them not
I

you think that

ask you the same question again. 2. I; id would ask peace from you ? 3. Were you afraid
to

SUPINE, GERUND, GERUNDIVE.

that

41

he had formed the same plan as before ? 4. Who doubte he would be made consul? 5. He ought not to have con these plans from you. 6. Do not suppose that he can lea army across the river. 7. I believe that he will ask nothing from 8. He tried to persuade (impf.) us that only fools were fortuyou. 10. He nate. 9. He thought that his fault had been pardoned. wishes to be thought wise. 1. I warn yo that they can not be trusted. 12. It is said that the gallant Crassus has been killed. 14. It was said 13. He was so silent that he seemed to be wise. that he was the father of his country. 15. Did you bring him here to teach us this? 16. It seemed that all the tribes had conspired 18. You will be 17. You have been long envied. against them. answered that this can not be done. 19. Did they not make the same answer as before ? 20 I was afraid that he would wish to have an interview with me.
(quifi)
1 i

21.
1.

SUPINE, GERUND, GERUNDIVE.

:

Latin verbs have two supines, one in -turn and one in -tu
to love;

as,

Amatum,
Note.

amatu,

to be loved.

These forms are

really the accusative

and ablative respec-

tively of a verbal noun in -tus (Gen., -tus).

2. The supine in -turn denotes purpose, and verbs of motion as,

:

is

used only after

Legates mittunt pacern petitum.

for peace.
Note.

They send ambassadors

to sue

The supine
it is

in -turn

governs the same case as the verb

from which
3.

formed.
in -turn
is

The supine

used with

iri
:

(pres. inf. pass, of ire,

as,

to go), to

form the future

infinitive passive

Dicit

urbem jcaptum

iri.

He

says that the city will ue taken, or,

42
lly,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

He says
city.

TJrbem

that people are gone (i.e., it is gone j p. 38, 2) to is the ace. after the supine captum.

ease,

is used after adjectives expressing difficulty, pleasure, worth or the reverse, and after a few substantives, like fas (right\ nefas (wrong), scelus (wicked.

The

supine in -tu

credibility,

ness): as,
Difficile est dictu.
(literally,

// is difficult to be said, or

/'/

is difficult to

say

in the saying).

Scelus est relatu.

Horrible to relate !

GERUND.
5.

The gerund

is

a neuter verbal noun ,n -dum, corresponding

-ing.
It is

to the

English participial noun in

inflected as follows

FIRST CONJUGATION.

SECOND CONJUGATION.
monendi, of advising. monendo, to or for advising. monendurn, advising.

GEN. amandi, of loving. DAT. amaiido, to or for loving.

ACC. amandum, loving. ABL. amando, with, by, from or
in loving.

monendo, with,
in advising.

by,

from

or

THIRD CONJUGATION.
GEN. DAT. ACC. ABL,
regendi, of ruling. regendo, to or for ruling.

FOURTH CONJUGATION.
audiendi, of hearing. audiendo, to or for hearing.

regondum, ruling.
regendo, with, by,
in ruling.

audiendum, hearing.

from

or

audiendo, with, by, in hearing.

from

or

6.

The gerund has

As a noun,

partly the nature of a

noun and

partly that of

a verb.

it

may be governed by
:

It adjective, or by a preposition. case and in being limited by an adverb

another noun, or by an resembles a verb in governing a

as,

lus vocandi senatum.

The right of summoning the

in the genitive

senate.

(Here the gerund

is

governed

by

ius,

and governs

senatum

in

the accusative, because vocare governs that case.)

Docendo discimus. Born for ruling.

We

learn by teaching.

Natus ad regendum.

SUPINE, GERUND, GERUNDIVE.

43
,

Parcendo inimlcis gloriam paravit.

ing his enemies,

He won

distinction by spar-

Note I. The gerund has often the force of a passive as, Res difficilis ad tolerandum. A matter hard to be borne. Dedit eos ad trucidandum. He gives them up to be butchered,
:

Note

2.

The
of

norhinative

and (except
is

after a preposition) the

accusative

the

gerund
est,

supplied
is

by

the

infinitive

as,

Ambulare iuoundum
he hates being a slave.

walking

delightful / odit servire,

GERUNDIVE.
Instead of the gerund with an accusative, Latin idiom uses a Thus Born for ruling men is peculiar construction of its own. not often expressed by Natus ad viros reg-endum, but by Natus
7:

ad viros regendos, where reg-endos agrees with viros in gender, number, and case, and is called the gerundive. So too In epistolis scribendis (in writing letters) is used for In scribendo epistolas and Consilium urbis capiendae (the plan for taking the city) for Consilium capiendi urbem.
:

Note. The gerundive seems to have a passive meaning. Thus In epistolis scribendis = In letters to be written = in writing letters. Consilium urbis capiendae = The plan of the city to be taken = of
:

taking the

city.

8. The rule for turning the gerund into the gerundive is easily deduced from the above examples. The direct object of the gerund is attracted into the case of the gerund, and the gerund (then called the gerundive) made to agree with the object in gender, number and
case.

9.

The
is

to express

which

and of the gerundive, is often used, purpose, with causa, on account of, for the sake of, written after its case as,
genitive of the gerund,
:

Hue querendi causa

venerunt.

They have come here for the

is

purpose of complaining.

ing off cold (lit.,

Vestis est frigoris depellendi causa. Dress is for the sake of, etc.).

intendedfor keep-

44
Note.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

It has been seen that the English infinitive of purpose be turned into Latin in several ways. Thus
:

may

They send ambassadors

(a)

to sue for peace.

p.

Legates mittunt ut pacem petant (Final clause; Note 2).

12,

I.

() Legates mittunt pacem petltum (Supine ;'p. 41, 2). mittunt ad pacem petendam (Gerundive). (r) Legates
(d) Leg-atos

mittunt pacis petendae causa.

;.

/_

EXERCISE XXI.
I. He sent his boys to hear the orator Cicero. 2. We are now ready for reading a book. 3. They have formed the plan of crossing the river to attack the enemy. 4. There is no doubt that he

is

the most suitable

man

for carrying

on the war.
6.

5.

come here

for the sake of refitting their ship?

Tell

Have they me when

they will have an opportunity of finishing the work. 7. He used to say that we learned by seeing and hearing. 8. What prevented

him from becoming skilful has gone to ask them wher

a short
life

in
<
:

conducting the government? 9. He .:il. 10. He used to say that

lor living well.
I r.

was long enough

12.
I

went to walk;
to

he, to sleep.

tuld

him how much gold was given for restoring

said that they would not

the temple.
slaves.
14.

13.

They

go there

be

gained great glory by burning their villages. 15. 16. I Horrible to say, they butchered both women and children.

He

believe that they

came

to the

camp

to

complain of their wrongs.

7.

He was the only one who ever saved the country by delaying. 18. He used to say that ruling a state was easier than resisting pleasure.
19.
is

They thought that seeing was not always believing. 20. Spring 21. Can you tell whence this comes ? the time for sowing seed.

THE GERt ND AND GERUNDIVE.

Y

22.
1.

THE GERUND AND

The gerund
and not
the gerundive
-is

to

be used

an accusative case of verbs that do not govern (a) In the

Parcendo
(b)
inimlcis.

as,

By

inimicis). sparing enemies (not parcendis

Where euphony would be For Amicos videndi causa. amicorum videndorum causa).
(c)

violated

as,-

the sake

of seeing friends (not

Where ambiguity

results

as,

the sake of teaching something (not Aliquid docendi causa.' For mean some one). alicuius, which would

PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION.

2.

The gerundive

is

often used to express obligation: as,

enemy that ought to be (or must be) feared. the From this use of the gerundive, a whole conjugation called the gerundive from formed Passive Periphrastic Conjugation-is ;and the verb sum, / am. Thus
Hostis timendus.

An

Present,

/ / amandus sum. | amandus

es,

am

to be loved.
etc.

thou art to be loved,

Imperfect,

/ was to be loved. f amandus eram, be loved, etc. | amandus eraS) thou wast to ero, / shall have to be loved. amandus eris, thou wilt have to be loved, (amandus

etc.

And
3.

so on.

The agent
:

is

expressed in the passive periphrastic conjugation

by

the dative

as,

Parentes nobis amandi sunt.

4.

Our parents should be

is

loved by us.

The passive

periphrastic conjugation

generally used to trans;

late the English should^ ought, must (expressing obligation) Ex civitate pellendi sunt. They must be banished.

as,

46

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

the verb in English is active, the object becomes the suband the subject becomes the dative of the agent as,
:

When

ject in Latin,

Aqua mihi bibenda

drunk by me).
5.

est.

1 must drink water

(water must

be

Intransitive verbs

dative, or the ablative,

and verbs that govern the genitive, the must be used impersonally in the passive
:

periphrastic conjugation

as,

Nobis

eundum

est.

We must go ( = it must be gone by

est.

us).

Omnibus moriendum
of the
citizens.

All must
est.

die.

Civibus a te consulendum

You should consult

the interests

Inimicis a nobis

parcendum

est.

We must spare

our enemies.

Utendum
Dixit tibi
(lit.,

est iudicio a te.

You must use your judgment.

be believed

that

it

credendum esse. He said that you should must be believed to you).

a verb does not govern the accusative, the agent is expressed in the passive periphrastic conThis appears from the jugation by a (or ab) with the ablative.

Note.

When

(to avoid ambiguity)

above examples.
6.
(let

With do

(give), trado

(hand
:

over), euro (take care of), loco

is

out a contract), conduce (take a contract), the gerundive used for the English infinitive as,

Terrain habitandam dat.

Pontem faciendum

curat.

He gives them the land to dwell in*. He has (or gets) a bridge built.

EXERCISE XXII.
Translate "'should" "ought" and '''must" by the Gerundive.
I.

did not

You ought to have advanced your know what ought to be done.

sell his

friends to offices.
3.

2.

He
5.

Do
6.

you think that he

resist us.

should

house?

4.

We

must spare those who

He
1

has come in order to help his friends.

This idiom
is

He

has promised to
Thus
:

also explained as the nominative of the gerund.

Eundum

nobis est = Going istow=we must go.

THE PARTICIPLE.
hand over
9.

47

this

bridge to us to guard.
state.
it

7.

You should

consult the

interests of the

He

said that

must obey the magistrate. was both hard to do and hard to tell. 10. The
8.

The

citizen

purpose of fighting the Gauls. answer them or not? 12. He said that he must find the book that he had lost. 13. Tell us when you formed the plan of selling the house. 14. They Say that the baggage ought to be left in the camp. 15. They have come here for the sake of learnto the river for the
ii.

army marched

Am

to

16. He won glory by aiding the ing something about the city, 17. He ought to have been loved poor and sparing the vanquished. on account of his goodness. 18. We must go to the harbor to see 20. He the ships. 19. Don't you think we ought to obey the law? used to say that the art of conducting the government was a diffi-

cult (one).

THE PARTICIPLE.
1. The participle has partly the nature of a verb and partly that of an adjective. Hence the name (pars and capio). Like a verb,
it

verb from which

has voice, tense, and number, and governs the same case as the like an adjective it has declension it is formed
;

and gender, and agrees with nouns.

2. Apart from the gerundive (explained have in Latin three participles
:

p. 43), transitive

verbs

(a)
(<)
(c)

A present participle active :

A future participle

as,

amans, loving. having been

active! as, amaturus, about to love,

perfect participle passive: as, amatus, loved,

loved.
3.

The

Latin participle

is

used to express an English clause

as,
if,

in-

troduced by who, when, while,

though, because: as,

Non parcimus
Epistola ad
(while, as)

resistentibus.

We do

not spare those

me

scribentem venit.
writing.

The

letter

came

who resist us. to me when

I was

48

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Eis vel morientibus

non

ig-noscet-

He

will not forgive them,

even though

(if) they are dying.

Caesar, haec veritus, suos eduxit.

Caesar, be cause he

was afraid

of

this,

led out his men.

Note.

The above

principle,

which

is

one of the most important

:

in Latin syntax,

may be

stated as follows

The

Latin participle,

apart from its adjectival force, is used to express the adverbial relations of time, condition, cause, concession, or attendant circumstance.
4.

Of two

co-ordinate verbs in English connected by and, one

:

is

usually to be turned by the participle

as,

Eum
to

arreptum Romam drag him to Rome.

trahgjjajnt.

They seized him and began

Ingressus consedit.
Note.

He entered and sat down.

most important principle and, taken in con3, largely accounts for the compactness

This

is

also a

nection with the principle of of the Latin sentence.

5- The present participle is strictly used to denote time contemporaneous with that of the main verb as, Hoc dixit moriens. This he said while dying.
:

It is often,

however,
:

especially in the oblique cases

used

in

more general sense

as,

Pugnantium clamor.
6.

The shouting of combatants.

is

The

present participle
:

often used in Latin to express an

English abstract noun

as,

Mini interrog-anti respondit.

Lug-entium lacrimae. mourning?)

He

replied to

my

question.
e.,

Tears of mourning

(i.

of persons

Gratulantium clamores.
Note.

Shouts of congraticlation.

quite in accordance with the genius of Latin which avoids personification and the use of abstract terms.

This

is

7-

The

case absolute in Latin

It is

is

the ablative

not, as in English,
:

the nominative.

often found with the participle

asj

.,

THE PARTICIPLE.
Haec
facta sunt, Tullio regnante.
(i.e.,

49

This -was done in the reign

*f Tullius
8-

Tullius reigning).

Of

all
'1

active.

bus

Latin verbs, deponents alone have a perfect participle locutus is having spoken, and secutus, having
:

followed; but victus is not having conquered, but having been conquered; auditus is not having heard, but having been heard : as, Hac re audita, abiit. This fact having been heard, he departed.

The use
active
is

of the perfect participle passive as a perfect participle common elementary mistake.

SUBSTITUTE FOR PERFECT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE.

9.

How

then shall

we

translate Havi?ig taken the city*

:

By

the perfect participle passive in the ablative absolute 1

as,

Urbe capta,
Note.

rediit.

Having taken

the city, he returned.

of a perfect participle active accounts for the of in Latin the ablative absolute. use frequent

The absence

present participle active, when used as it is so comfor the past participle, must be translated by the perf. part, of a deponent or by one of the substitutes for the
10-

The

monly in English

perf. part. act.

Thus

Leaving home, he came to Athens.

venit.

Domo

profectus,

Athenas

Having heard this,

Proflciscens would
ing.
in

he departed. Quo audito, abiit. mean while leaving; audiens, while

hear-

a good rule never to use a present participle the nominative in Latin, unless you can put while before the
In fact
it

is

participle in English.

11.
to

the participle.
facient,

demonstrative pronoun can not be joined, as in English, Thus: Those doing this, will be punished, is

Qul hoc
5

poenas dabunt (not

ii

facientes).

See paragraph

above.
1

Other substitutes

will

be

Cepissefe, and taken the city.

postquam urbem

mentioned further on. cepit, are both

Thus

Quum urbem
forms for having

common

f.O

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

12.

The agent with

xnihi

the perf. part. pass,

is

frequently expressed
:

by the dative instead of by a (or ab) with an ablative

as,

Omnia haec
studied by me.

perspecta sunt.

All

these points

have been

Instead of the perfect indicative active, the perf. part. pass, I have, is used (chiefly with verbs meaning" to know ot find ouf) to denote a continuous effect: as,
13.

with habeo

Fidem quam habent diu notam.

known.

Faith which they have long

14. The perfect participle passive (in agreement with a noun) is often used in Latin for an English abstract or verbal noun as,
:

Nuntiata clades eos pennovit. The announcement of the disaster

moved tJiem.
So too
:

Ab

urbe condita.

From

the foundation of the city.

Post regem interfectum.

After the murder of the king.

EXERCISE XXIII.
The asterisk
*

shows where a participle should be used.

* the I. Seize those *

spoke these words to handed over the * his he rode to me. 4. Mounting horse, army past the whole line. * 5. It is said that he was killed by a pirate while crossing to Africa. * * this 6. Forming 7. This city, though design, he left the camp. 8. I believe that he will it desired to do so, could not detain him. * his gi.ve up province and return immediately. 9. Having heard their words, he ordered them to be arrested * and thrown into 10. We are all desirous of hearing many things, n. Let prison. 1 2. the river. Receivus ask if he will attack them while *
slay him.
*
2.
I

man and
3.

standing by.

When

departing, he

crossing
I

ing

* the

letters,

he dismissed the messenger.

14.
I

13.

He

defeated *
*.

and pursued them.

think that

hear shouts of joy

15.

* a 16. To my comSeizing spear, he prepared to defend himself. * that he had broken his he no made answer. 17. The word, plaint 18. will attack weather was such that no ship could set out. them as * they are starting from the camp. 19. He determined to

We

THE
return at once, because *

PARTICIPLE.

51

son, pulsion of the letter caused loud clamor.

he had delayed there so long. 20. Do you think (that) they have been ordered to go? 21. I doubted whether the gate of the city was open (use pateo). 22. We do not believe a liar, even if he * speaks the truth. 23. After the ex* of the * the father came to 24. The
Italy.

reading

^24. PARTICIPLE. -(Continued).

The Ablative Absolute.
1.

The

case absolute in Latin

as has been said

participle
is

is

the ablative

and the ablative absolute with a

of Latin idioms.

one of the commonest

The

ablative absolute

is

used

as

we have seen

as a substitute for

the perfect participle active (which is wanting) and also for transas it frelating the English present participle active when used

quently

is

for the perfect participle active.

Thus

Having heard this, he suddenly returned to the camp. Hoc audlto, ad castra subito rediit (abl. abs. used for perf. part. act. of
audio).

Taking

urbem

the citadel, Caesar entered the city. Caesar, arce capta, intravit (abl. abs. for the English present part. act. used as
act.).

a perf. part.

2. The ablative absolute is also constantly used to express an English main clause or a clause (or phrase) of time, cause, condition, concession, or attendant circumstance: as,

(abl. abs. for

They charged and defeated them main clause).

Impetu

facto,

eos vicerunt

Caesar, when he had learned this, returned to the senate-house. Caesar, hoc cognito, ad curlam rediit (time).
rebus, virtus

Though everything is lost, courage remains. manet (concession).

Perdltis

omnibus

52

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

the general

As

had been

killed, they fled.

Imperatore interfecto,

diffugerunt (cause).

Note.

The

ablative absolute

is

the bealways placed at or near

a noun It should not include more than ginning of the sentence. verba haec and as, object and participle, or a noun, participle he went away. these words, was I As saying abiit.
:

Me

dicente,
3.

(while)

The

ablative absolute

must introduce a new

subject.

Thus

the land. Hostes, The enemy, as they were retreating, laid waste se recipientibus). hostibus se recipientes, agros vastabant (not

him. Manlius Gallum Manlius, having killed a Gaul, spoiled caesum spoliavit (not caeso Gallo, eum spoliavit).

The

and would here be wrong because the nouns (hostes be in the abl. abs., are requirec would naturally which Gallum), other in the ace. the sentence, one in the nom. and the
abl. abs.

4 As

the verb

sum

has no present

ablative absolute

is

often joined

participle, to an adjective predicatively

a noun in the
,

other noun

as,

Vivis fratribus.
alive).

In his brother*

his brothers being life-time (i.e.,

Salvis legibus.

Te duce. Te invito.

laws Without violation of the laws (i.e., the Under vour command (you being leader]

Against your will (you being Without success (the thing being undone). Without waiting for a guide.

unwilling).

5.

The

ablative absolute should be noticed: following uses of the

Brutus. Bruto consule. In the consulship of Gaius. advice the Gaio. of Suadente By With the assistance of the Gauls. Adiuvantibus Gallis. Without your assistance. Te non adiuvante. the of Caesar. killing necato. After Caesare Te repugnante. In spite ofyour opposition.

,6

It will

absolute reprebe seen, then, that the Latin ablative

(a)

fents in

English

a principal verb,

(*)

a perfect participle

THE PARTICIPLE.
(<r)

53
for the perfect participle
if,

a present participle active

when used

active, (d} a clause

(*)

beginning with when, while, though, adverbial phrases of manner or attendant circumstance.

etc.,

Care should be taken in translating Latin, to turn the ablative absolute idiomatically (i.e., into the proper English equivalent)', this will soon make the student familiar with its main uses.

EXERCISE XXIV.
7'he asterisk * I.

shows where the ablative absolute should

e used.

After* wasting the land, they returned. 2. On * the receipt of * the letter, he left the city. 3. The money was paid in my presence.
to Italy, I believe, during * the reign of Will he go away without * consulting any one? 6. The enemy were * disturbed by our arrival and we immediately * the defeat of their attacked the camp. 7. On army, the city sur8. When * he had spoken thus, the ambassadors withrendered.
4.

They came
5.

Romulus.

drew.
the war

9.
is

He

promised not

to fight against

my will.

10.

When*

n. He \vas unended, we shall restore our prisoners, 12. This willing, in the absence of* the first legion, to join battle * * his 13. He called victory he gained with very few wounded.
friends together

and

killed himself.
15.

they consulted them.

sallied forth.
16.

He

They

was opened and gate the merchants together and set out when * the winter was not yet
14.

called

ended.
sea.
1

should

On * the approach of summer they begin to sail the 8. He ought to have told us when he would return. 19. I have restored you the money. 20. I am afraid that many
17.

have been persuaded.

Active Periphrastic Conjugation.

1.

The future
:

participle active

is

used to express futurity or

intention

as,

Plura locuturos dimisit.

dismissed them.

When

they were about to say more, he

Venio agros visurus

/ come

to see the fields.

54
2.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

From

the

fut. part. act.

and the verb sum,

is

formed a whole

the active periphrastic conjugation. conjugation called / am about to love (or I intend to love).

Amaturus sum. Amaturus eram

so on.

(fui).

/ was about

to love

or

I intended to

love).

And

the place This conjugation- as has been seen-supplies quid Bogo is wanting as, which of the future subjunctive active, sequence). do. will (Primary what ask 7 you facturus sis.

Note

Bogavi quid facturus esses.

(Secondary sequence
;

7 asked what you would

do.

"~rrpa}.

EXERCISE XXV.
2. They asked intend to come. They will tell you when they said that n He the country. 3 hhrTwhy he was going to betray a do to are what going them they was easy to do. [>~ Ask were. 6. I doub of kind what they him ask people to I intended 5 we ask them what o'clock whether he would ever drink it.Q^hall to find the rest. 9me with come would he 8 He said it is? here. (ic^He used to say that come have not forget why you
f

the fields. ox had been given us for the sake of ploughing fire (use part.}. on set it and the city lieve that they took used to say we ask him whether he is ready or not? (_14-He
Shall that judges should favor nobody.
141

work (abl.

not suitjudgment, was you not to come. Cl6_Hesaid so deep that no was river The 17. able weather for sailing. whether his father had retu To
that, in his
it
,

me. abs.\ you must help

5.

When you have done you Do not forget that warned

I

could cross

18.

my

he answered No.

l*T You

of your against the will sword. the all he put magistrates to the

question should not have delayed there so long 20. After the capture of the father.

THE
26.
1.

INFINITIVE.

55

THE INFINITIVE.
a neuter noun and
:

The

infinitive is properly

is

often therefore

used as the subject or object of a verb

as,

Humanum

est errare.

Multis displicet

To err is human. totum hoc philosophari.

// is

AH

this philosophis-

ing displeases many.

Meum
2.

est parere.

mine

to obey.

Invidere

morbum
redire

appellat.

He

calls

envying a

disease.
:

The

subject of the infinitive,

licet.

if indefinite, is

omitted

as,

Incolumem

One may return unhurt.

3 Many verbs
meaning
victory ;
:

take an infinitive after them to complete their

as,

You Vincere scis; victoria uti nescis. you do not know how to use one.
For a
1

know how
list

to

win a
sefe

Such verbs are called modal verbsp.

8, 3.

of modal verbs,

4. In the historians, the present (or, rather, imperfect) infinitive

is

often used instead

series

of the imperfect indicative, especially

when

of actions is described; as,

clamare.

Omnes

All kept crying

out.

Caesar quotidie eos frumentum ing them daily for corn. Pars cedere, alii insequi neque
;

flagitare.

Caesar kept importun-

signa,

neque ordines observare

nihil consilio agi

fors

omnia

regere.

Some

retired,

others ad-

vanced; they observed neither standards nor ranks ; was done of design ; chance guided everything.
This
5.
is

nothing

called the historic infinitive.

The

subject of the infinitive

est.

is in

the accusative

as,

Te hoc facere mirum Note

That you should do

infinitive

this, is strange.

But the subject of an

:

depending on dicor
p.

(/ am said\ videor (/ seem\ and the like (see

38,

i),

is

in the

nominative

as,

Homerus

dieitur ca-ecus fuisse.

// is said that

Homer was

blind.

56
6. After

LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION.

verbs of saying and thinking, the accusative with in2.

finitive

is

used, as explained in

TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE.

The The
note
tense of the infinitive after verbs of saying and thinking must

be carefully noticed.
pres. inf.
3).

Thus

of direct narration represents the pres. ind.

(p. 4,

The//. inf. represents the/w/. The perf. inf. represents both

present and
indefinite
;

ind.

the imperf. ind.,

the perf. (both

1,

i),

and the pluperfect.

every day.

Thus:

are afraid.

used

to sleep

He

says that they

arrived yesterday,

had fled before he came.

timere
(for

timent

actual words used).

quotidie dormiisse (for dormiebant). morituros esse (or fore) (for morientur, they wit*
die).

Dicit eos

<
\

advenisse

(for advenerunt, they have come). heri advenisse (for heri advenerunt, they came yes-

terday).

fugisse

priusquam venerit

(for fugerant, they

had

fled}.
7-

The

in the past tense, causes same as the above

:

tense of the infinitive after a verb of saying or thinking more difficulty (see 3) but the rule is the
;

The

the tense used in the actual

tense of the infinitive is present, past, or future, according as words is present, past, or future. Thus :

He said
words
:

that

snow was
est.)

white.

Dixit

nivem esse albam

(actual

nix alba

He
man

said that he

was a young man

words
:

centem

fuisse (actual

Dixit se olim adolesonce. olim adolescens eram, / was a young

once).

THE

INFINITIVE.

57

non ignoturos said that they would not forgive. Dixit eos will not forgive. non words they ignoscent, (actual

He

to his son. They said that he bequeathed the kingdom filio words regnum legavit.) eurn nlio regnum legavisse (actual
:

Dixerunt

He knew

that the city

:

had been fortified.

est, the

Scivit
city

urbem munitam
fortified^)

esse (actual words

urbs munita

has been

said that they had fled before the Romans arrived. words fugisse priusquam Romani advenissent (actual

He

Dixit eos
:

fugerant

priusquam Romani advenerunt, they had

arrived?)
8.

fled before the

Romans

An
:

infinitive

to

formed from futurum esse

junctive
as,

is correspond to the future-perfect active sub(or fore) and ut with the perfect

Dicit fore ut ceciderit.

He says that he shall have fallen

(actual

word: cecldero).
Dixit fore ut cecidisset.

He

said that he should have

fallen

(n,2.) 9. An
sive
is

infinitive

corresponding to the pluperfect indicative pas-

formed from the perfect participle passive and fuisse: as, He says that the city had been attacked before the king arrived. Dicit urbem oppugnatam fuisse priusquam rex advenerit (actual words urbs oppugnata erat, the city had been attacked}.
:

10.

An

infinitive

corresponding
is

to

the

future-perfect

of de.

ponent or passive verbs fore: as,

formed from the perfect

participle

and

He said that the war would soon be finished. Dixit debellatum mox fore (actual words debellatum mox erit, the war will
:

soon be finished. )
11. the

a verb has no supine,, fore (or futurum esse) ut with active or subjunctive is used as the infinitive for the future,

When

passive (see p. 36, 9)

as,

IJiopeJkaf / hoped that

id nobis.

ii

iviU 4rr//rf

it

would

'*- Scero_fle ut eontingat id nobis. happen to us. Speravi fore ut contingeret

'"

He

says that this will be demanded,

Dicit fore ut

hoc poscatur.

58

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

be demanded.

He said that that would

ceretur.

Dixit fore ut illud pos-

12. Memini, I remember, is used with the present infinitive (and not the perfect) of a past event within the knowledge of the per-

son referred to

as,

Memini
dicebas).

te

hoc

dicere.

/ remember that you said

this (direct

Tiber

Meministis Tiberim corporibus compleri. was filled with bodies.

You remember

thai

13. For verbs followed by an infinitive in English and an utclause in Latin, see
9.

14. For the infinite of purpose, see p. 43, 15.

9,

note.

The

accusative with infinitive

It is
is

is

used to express indignation

or surprise. rogative -ne

called the infinitive of exclamation. The interfrequently added to the first word, as if the sentence
in

were interrogative

form

as,

Mene
Note.
is

abiisse.liullo salutato.
to

To think
anyone!

that

1 should have gone

away, without saying farewell

The

accusative alone

is

often used in the

same way.

It

called the accusative

that

I am!

of exclamation : as, O! contumeliosum honorem.

Me

miserum. Wretch
insulting

What an

honor!

EXERCISE XXVI.
i.

He

that in this
I

believes that the city will have been captured. 2. He said way I would have gained the crown. 3. To think that
!

to fight.

should have been so unlucky 5. He used to say that

it

4.
it

He

determined to compel us
to deceive.
7.

was base

6.

He

thought that

was sweet

to die for one's country.

When

he had

encouraged the soldiers (p. 47, 3), he ordered them to advance. 8. To live honorably is to live happily. 9. Ought I not to send a messenger to warn the consul ? 10. To think that I should be here and

you

in

Italy

n.
I

was not so

foolish as to tell

(p. 14, 4).

believe that he will gladly learn it. ber hearing that he died in his own house. 14
12.

him everything 13. I rememI

he would recover (convalesce).

15.

He

used

to

say that

hoped that it was

THE GENITIVE.
better to give than to receive. of all who lived at that time.
16.
17.
It is

59 was the wisest

said that he

He had
know

know
this.

the truth.
19.

18.

should like to

long been anxious to your reason for doing

6).

ploughed (p. 46, thought (that) the city had been taken before that time.
Note.

He

asked

me

to get the field

20.

He
is

That, after an English verb of saying or thinking,

sometimes omitted.

27.
1.

THE GENITIVE.
added
the
to another to express pos-

One noun

in the genitive is
:

session or cause

as,

Romanorum
Note
if

naves.

The ships of

Romans.

Iniuriae Gallorum.
i.

The wrongs done by the Gauls.

This genitive usually stands before the noun it governs is an adjective with the noun, the genitive stands between the two, in order to give compactness to the phrase as, Pulchra regis fllia. The beautiful daughter of the king.
and,
there
:

Note

2.

The

genitive of possession
:

may

often be used for an

English adjective
citus, the royal

as,

Corporis robur, bodily strength; regis exer-

army.

ad Apollmis

ad Vestae (to the temple of Vesta); temple of Apollo), the possessive genitive is used with the governing noun templum or aedem understood.
Note
3.

In phrases like
(to the

2.

The

possessive genitive

is

used with sum,

/ am, in

the sense of

to belong to: as,

Hie versus Plauti non

est.

This verse
is.

is

not Plautufs.

Summae

est dementiae.

It

the-keigkt-^/-~mudness.
like part,

This genitive

may

often
:

be translated by a noun
as,

mark,
to

characteristic\ duty, etc.

Stulti est in errore perseverare.

// is the

mark of a fool
command.

persist in error.

Imperare Caesaris

est.

// t$ Caesar's fastness to

60

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Note. The possessive pronoun is used, however, instead of the genitive of the personal as, Tuum est parere. // is yoifr business
:

to obey (not tui est).

PARTITIVE GENITIVE.
3.
is

The
:

genitive, as in English, denotes the

as,

whole of which a part

taken

Magna
the Gauls.

exercitus pars.

A great part of the army.

The Belgae are the bravest of

Gallorum fortissimi sunt Belgae.

This

is

called the partitive genitive.

The governing word

Multi vestrum.

usually expresses

number or amount :

as,
(lit.,

Many

of you.

Quid novi?

What news?

what of new?)
This genitive is common after parum (too little), nlhil (none), quantum (how much} as,
:

satis (enough), nimis (too much),

aliquid (some),

tantum

(so

much),
too

Satis eloquentiae, sapientiae

little

parum.

Enough

eloquence,

wisdom.
also found after adverbs of place
:

It is

as,

Ubi gentium?

Where

in the

world?
(lit.,

Eo

stultitiae venit.

He

has reached such a pitch of folly

come thither of folly).

Note.

Nostrum and vestrum

(not nostri

and vestri) are used

with partitives for of us and of you: as, Uterque nostrum. of Us two. But Memor nostri fuit, he was mindful of us.
4.

Each

The

partitive -genitive

must ncrtbe used

of,

in the following cases:

is

(a)
as,

To

express the English

where there

no partition implied:
trecenti

Nos omnes, all of us ; tota Asia, the whole of Asia; nos vemmus, three hundred of us have come.
(V) With an adjective of the 3rd decl. base (not turpis).
:

as, Nihil turpe,

nothing

THE GENITIVE.
a preposition as, (<:) After the night ('not ad multum).
:

61
noctem,
to

Ad multam

late

hour of

(d} If the governing word is in any case but the nominative or accusative: as, Tanta pecunia, at so much money (not tanto

pecuniae.)
(e) After words like top, bottom, middle, etc., which are expressed by adjectives in agreement as, B summo monte, from the top of the hill; medio in foro, in the middle of the forum : ad imam
:

quercum,
forces;
at the

to the foot

primum

end of

ver, the beginning the book.

of the oak; reliquae copiae, the rest of the of spring; in extreme Mbro,

EXERCISE XXVII.
was the only one who escaped of all the Greeks. 2. They bottom of a well. 3 v Let us ask him whether he got this much (tantum) profit out of it. 4. I know which of you two is favored. 5.,; Don't you see how much glory you have lost ? 6. He used to say that no one ever thought that he had too much money. used to say that everybody thought he (_jL~He had wisdom enough. 8. Don't you think that it is the part of a judge to obey the laws ? c^ Ask him if this house belonged to his
said that you could see stars from_the
;

excellent father.
their empire.
,-

10.

They
it

said that

all

of the cities belonged to

ii> Is

parents?
I

12.

To

not the duty of children to obey their love riches is the mark of a small mind. 13.
to receive the beautiful gifts of the queen. is much good and nothing mean in the man.
will receive.
16.
I

They have gone away

14. 15.

believe that there

You do not know how much pleasure you

of

he has tery many saved him. 17. They were so grateful that they built an altar in the middle of the city. 18. Let us come to the living, two of whom are left. 19. Tell me which of you two came first. 20. May we never reach such a pitch of misery
believe that his friends
\

whom

62

LATltf

PROSE COMPOSITION.

28.
1.

GENITIVE OP QUALITY.
genitive
is

noun

in the

added
a

to

another to express a
ability.

quality: as, Vir

summi
is

ingenii,

man

of Ike highest
in

The

ablative

used to express a quality

much
:

the

same

way, except perhaps that the genitive denotes rather permanent as, Vir longis qualities, the ablative external and accidental ones cruribus, a man with long legs (or a long-legged man).
Note.

Quantity and amount are expressed by

this genitive: as,

Agger viginti pedum, a mound of twenty annorum, a boy of ten years.

2. Neither the genitive

feet high; puer

decem

nor the ablative of quality can be used

without an adjective.
vir

Thus
;

summae

fortitudinis

man of courage, not vir fortitudinis.)

: :

vir fortis (or

Note.

When

(pndowed with)
praeditus.

is

the corresponding adjective is wanting, praeditus used with the simple ablative as, Vir virtute

A man

of valor.

3.

SUBJECTIVE AND OBJECTIVE GENITIVE. A genitive is used, with nouns derived from verbs, to denote
:

the subject of the verb implied in the governing noun

as

Morsus
59,
i).

canis.

The

bite

of a dog.
(bite)

Here canis repiesents the

(See p.

subject of the verb

mordeo

implied in morsus.

genitive is also used, with nouns derived from verbs, to denote the object of a verb implied in a governing noun as,
:

Timor mortis.

The fear of death.

timor.

Here mortis represents the object of timeo (1 fear), implied in Thus, propter mortis timorem=quod timeo mortem (because 1 fear death).
is

This

called the objective genitive.

objective genitive may represent even a dative case or the as, object of a preposition
:

The

THE GENITIVE.
Literarum studium.

63
(where the gen. rep-

Zeal for literature

resents the object of studeo,

am

zealous for).

Aditus laudis, an avenue

to

honor (from adire ad laudem).

Fiducia virium, confidence in strength. Consensio omnium rerum, agreement in everything. Dissensio reipublicae, disagreement on politics. Contentio honorum, a struggle for office.

So too

GENITIVE OF PRICE.
4. The price at which a thing is bought or sold is expressed the genitive, when the price is stated indefinitely as
:

by

Magni, at a great price. Parvi, at a small price* Tanti, at so great 'a price.
Quanti, at
Pluris, at

how great

a price.

a greater

price.

Minoris, at a less price. Maximi or plurimi, at the greatest price. Minimi, at the least price.

Quanti id vendit?
[veneo,
to be sold,

At what price
The

does he sell it?

tithes sold at

Minoris decumae venierunt.

a lower figure

from venum,
is

to sale (adverbial ace.)

it is

+ eo,

to go~\.

Note.
ablative
:

When
as,

the price

definitely stated,

expressed by the

Emit

domum duobus
and more.

talentis et pluris, he bought

house at two talents

GENITIVE OF DEFINITION.
5.

genitive

is

often

added
This

to a noun, to limit or define

it

as,

Virtus iustitiae.

The virtue ofjustice.

Haec vox

voluptatis.

word

"pleasure."

Nomen
This
is

insaniae.

The word "madness".

called the genitive of definition.

GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES.

6. Adjectives are followed by a genitive when they express plenty and want or contain a verbal notion: as,

64
Plenus avium.
Bationis expers. Patiens laboris.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. Full of birds. Destitute of reason. Capable of (enduring)

labor.

Conscius

recti.
sui.

Impotens

Conscious of rectitude. Powerless over one's self.

Tenax

propositi.

Tenacious of purpose.

Cupidus contentionis.
luris perltus.

Longing for

contention.

Skilled in law.

Spei egenus. Destitute of hope. Imperil capax. Capable of command.

Note

i.

present participle,

when

it

loses all idea of time

:

and

as, Amans simply expresses a fixed quality, governs the genitive desirous to his devoted appetens gloriae, patriae, of gloryj country ;

patiens laboris, capable of enduring labor (as opposed to patiens laborem, while enduring labor). It is, in that case, compared like an ordinary adjective.

Note
to),

2.

are followed

Similis (like), dissimilis (unlike\ andproprius (peculiar by the genitive and (more rarely) the dative as,
:

Similis sui, like one's self;

virorum proprium, peculiar

to

to

men.

Similis

and

dissimilis

seem
;

be used with the genitive of internal

likeness

(character etc.)

with the dative, of external likeness

(form

etc.)

EXERCISE XXVIII.
he thinks that life is full of care. 2. He used to was eager for revolution. 3. Tell me whether this fault is peculiar to old men. 4. Do you think that we shall have this hunger for gold labor ? from an 5. I believe that escape gained has been the cause of ma^y evils. 6. Do not ask them to sell at a lower price. 7. He should have had some gratitude for kindness. 8. -X>o not forget that he has the strongest love for his friends. 9. I was afraid that he valued the safety of the country less (say at that he had been more like you. 10. O n. less) than his own. 12. Where I have never known a man of such ability as he is.
i.
I

am

afraid

say that this city

shall we find a man of greater sense ? 13, Nothing prevented him from becoming a leader of experience. 14. He used to say that men of authority were rare. 15. So great was the rejoicing that a

THE GENITIVE WITH

VERBS.

65

16. I believe that snakes thanksgiving of fifteen days was decreed. 17. Cato used to of vast size are found in the island of Cyprus. 18. Do not buy at at a penny. say that a useless thing was dear so high a price a useless thing. 19. I forgot to say that he sold 20. Tell us at how great a price this the house for five talents.

ship will be sold.

29.
1.

THE GENITIVE WITH VERBS.

',
:

cusative of the person

Verbs meaning to accuse condemn, and acquit, take the acand the genitive of the thing as,

Accusat

me

furti.

He

accuses
est.

Repetundarum damnatus
(lit.,

me of theft. He was condemned for extortion

things that should be recovered j supply rerum).

Sacrilegii absoluta est.

.

She was acquitted of sacrilege.

after

Th e punishment,
in the genitive or
est.
est.

such verbs as the above,

:

is

ex-

pressed

damnatus damnatus

He He

(more commonly) the ablative as, Morte was condemned to death. Capitis (or capite) was capitaflv condemned (caput, a man's poli-

tical rights.}

2.

Verbs meaning
:

to remind,

remember, forget, ex pity, take the

genitive

as,

Me
as,

beneflcii sui

admonebat.

He

reminded me of his kindness.

tfye

Note.

Admoneo may

also take

ace. of
this.

a neuter pronoun

Hoc nos admonet.

He

reminds us of

Offlcii

Huis diei semper meminero. / shall always remember this day. ne obliviscaris. Do not forget your duty. Miserere nostri.
us.
i.

Pity

Note

Instead of memini,
(it

mentem
itive
:

venit

comes into

my

mind),

as,

Mini in
Q

mentem

venit

/ remember, the phrase Mini in may be used with the geneius diei, / recollect that day*

66 Note
-ari,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

2.

Miser-eor,

-eri,

-tus (or -itus)

as,

sum, I deplore, bewail: he bewails our misfortune.

-atus

sum is I pity; but miseror, Casum nostrum miseratur,

3. The five following impersonal verbs, expressing emotions, take the accusative of the person feeling, and the genitive of the source of the emotion Miseret, piget, poenitet, pudet, taedet as,
:

Miseret me tui. I pity you (lit., it fills me with pity for you}. Me non solum poenitet stultitiae sed etiam pudet. 1 am not only sorry for my folly but even ashamed of it.

Notice the phrase

Non solum -sed

etiam, not only

but also.

Me
with

fratris et piget et taedet.

/ am annoyed at and disgusted I believe that

they are sorry

my

brother.
belli poenitere.
it

Credo eos huius

for this war
Note.
(lit.,

that
five

repents them for).

These

verbs respectively express to fill with pity, an:

They are all transitive. Thus noyance, sorrow, shame, or disgust. Eum facti nee poenitet nee pudet, he feels neither remorse nor
shame for
his act.

INTEREST AND REFERT.

4. Interest

and

refert, it is

concerns, take a peculiar construction.

of importance (or consequence} to, it If the person to whom it is of

importance is expressed by a noun, the genitive of the noun is used if by a personal pronoun, the ablative sing, feminine of the
;

corresponding possessive adjective

as,

Regis interest.

// is of importance to the king.

interest.

But

Mea, tua, sua, nostra, vestra,

(sing.),

ject of

him, us, you a sentence p.

;

// concerns me, you (pi.) [eius=/#z>/z her, not referring to the sub7, i].

The

degree of importance is expressed by a neuter adjective, an adverb, or a genitive of price as,

:

Multum
Nihil
interest.

(or magni) eius interest.

difference, to

// is of great importance, it

makes a great

him.
is

eorum

interest.

//

of no importance to them.

Plus

// is of

more importance.

TEE
5. Interest

GEtfltlVE

WITH VERBS.
infinitive,

67
an
ut-

clause, a pronoun, or

and refert may have as a subject an an indirect question as,

:

Omnium
live well.

interest

bene vivere.

// is for the interest of all to

// is

Multum interest ut copiae nostrae conveniant. importance that our forces should assemble.

of much

Non possum
tant
it is.

dicere

quantum
sitis.

intersit.

/ can not say how impordifference

Nihil interest
are.

quot

//

makes no

how many you

EXERCISE XXIX.

Do not forget the poor. 2. Is it not the proof of a good man remember the poor? 3. He was within a little of being condemned to exile. 4. Everybody accuses the general of rashness and is tired of this war. 5. It makes a great difference to us whether 6. O that they had not accused him of they are innocent or not.
i.

to

impiety.

7.

They
It is

are sorry for their fault.

for their folly.
9.

8.

Others

feel neither

shame nor sorrow

brother.
10.

He

the

mark

of a

mean

said to have pitied his mind to love wealth, n. I

is

it is not your part to obey. of the utmost importance to a country that the men of the highest ability should take part in politics. 13. I forgot to say that 14. Do not say that it makes no they are sorry for their conduct.

am ashamed
12.
It is

that

you should say that

difference whether

thinks that

you learn or not. 15. I will ask him whether he concerns our safety. 16. Is it a mark of folly to be sorry for one's sins ? 1 7. Let us ask him when the captives will be 18. It is for both your interest and mine that pardoned. they
it

should do
dismissed.

this.

19.

When
And

20.

He

said that

the war was ended, all the soldiers were it was of great importance not only
so
it

to us but to you.
22.
I

21.

remember allowing him remind them of death.

to

happened that do it. 23. I

was not

presejit.

am

afraid this will

68

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

30.
1.

THE DATIVE.
because
it

The

dative

is

derived from dare (give),

as,

often

follows verbs of

giving :

Da mihi
and
is

aliquid.

Give me something.

(Me here
one,

is

for to

me,

called the indirect object).

to

Suadere alicui, give advice give aid to some one.

So

some

and

auxiliari alicui

2.

The
as,

dative, as a rule,

may

be used for the English to or

for:

Modum
3.
to

pone

irae.

Set a limit to anger.

Non mihi sed

The
dative
as,

meis.
is

Not for myself but for my friends.

used with sum,

I am,

in the sense of to belong to,

have :
Est

tibi liber.
tibi

Est

nomen Marcus.

You have a book. Your name

is

Marcus.

Instead of the nominative, in the last example, the dative (Marco) or the genitive (Marci) may be used.
4.

Note.

The

dative

is

used for the English from, after verbs meaning

to take

away :

as,

Earn morti

eripuit.

He snatched her from

:

death.

5. The dative of a personal pronoun is used idiomatically of a person remotely interested in a statement as,

At

tibi

subito Racilius venit.

But^ I

tell

you, suddenly came

Racilius.

An ille mini liber, cui mulier imperat? Shall I call him whom a woman commands? (lit., to me, in my opinion}.
This
6.
is

free

called the ethic dative.

The

dative

is
:

also used idiomatically

as,

where we should expect

and use a genitive

Pompeio ad pedes se
Pompey's
feet.

proiecere.

They threw themselves at

THE DATIVE.
7.

69
is

Instead of the usual a (or ab) with the ablative, the dative
of the agent after a passive verb, in the following cases
:

use

(a)
(b)

With \hz gerundive

(p. 45, 3).

(p. 50,
1

With the

perfect participle passive

2).

dative is added to certain verbs (especially sum, do, habeo, 8. venio, mitto) to express the purpose or design of the action of the

verb

as,

Cui bono est?

To

Hoc mini culpae dedit.

Nobis auxilio venient. aid to us).
This
is

whom is it useful? .(lit., for a good). He set this down to me as a fault.

They will come
to

our aid

(lit.,

for an

called the dative of purpose.

9. Adjectives and adverbs expressing usefulness, ease, nearness, likeness or the opposite (usually followed by to or for in English), are usually followed by the dative in Latin as,
:

Utilis reipublicae.

Useful to the country.

difflcilis.

Tibi facilis, nobis

Easy for you,

(i.e.,

difficult

for

us.

Patri similis.

Like his father

in appearance).

Note.

Similis takes the genitive

(p. 64,

when

it

expresses likeness of

character

note

2).

Locus urbi propinquus. A place near the city. Convenienter naturae vivit. He lives agreeably

to nature.

Propior (nearer), and proximus (nearest), often take the ace. prope, propius, proxime, always as, Prope te sedet, he is sitting near you.
i.
;
:

Note

Adjectives expressing fitness are followed by ad (with than by a dative: as, Ad bellum gerendum aptus, fit for carrying on war. So too, natus (born), paratus (ready) and rudis
2.

Note

ace.) rather

(inexperienced )

3. Many adjectives are followed by in, ergu, or adversus, towards, to: as, Acer in hostem, benignus erga amicos, fierce to

Note

the <,nemy,

kind to friends.

70

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Correct usage in this, as in other respects, can only be learned from a study of the Latin writers.

EXERCISE XXX.
2. I will tell him that all should must make provision for the safety of the 4. I was afraid that they would become unfriendly to us. country. 6. Ask him why he is 5. Don't you think that he is unlike himself? so disagreeable to us. 7. I am ashamed that he is not better fitted 8. O that they had a cottage near the sea. 9. for the work. Nothing can prevent him from being hostile to the multitude. 10. They were so savage (acer) at him that he dared not visit the city, i r. Let us ask him whether he will show us the way or not. 12. It is of the utmost importance to our safety that you should be friendly to the country. 13. He used to say that it was the lot of all to err 14. Did they not think that he was a mean-minded (p. 59, 2). man? (p. 62, i). 15. O that this had never occurred to his 16. I believe that he used to be very kind to us. mind. 17. He used to say that the sea was destruction (p. 69, 8) to sailors. 18. Ask them to stay in order to be a protection to the city. 19. He said that their ship was now a hindrance to them. 20. A man of honor will never be persuaded to betray the country.
i.

He

shall

pay

me
I

the penalty.

have done

it.

3.

31.
1.

DATIVE WITH VERBS.

its

Sum, I am, and

liber.

compounds (except possum, / am

:

able}

are followed by the dative

as,

Est mini

/ have a
desunt.

book.

Amici non

ttbi

Friends are not lacking to you.

took part in the battle.
:

Proelio interfuit.
2.

He

Most impersonal verbs are followed by the dative

licet et expedit.
:

as,

Mini

// is allowed

me and expedient for

me.

So too
(it is

Hbet

(it pleases}, accidit

is

and contingit

(it happens}, liquet

dear), convenit (it

agreed upon).

DATIVE WITH VERBS.

3.

71
followed by a

Verbs compounded with bene, male,

:

satis, are

dative

as,

Optimo
Mihi

viro maledixit.
satisfecit.

nunquam

He reviled a most excellent man. He never satisfied me.

compounded with the prepositions ad, ante cum), in, inter, ob (on, against), post, prae (before), sub (under), or super (above\ often govern an accusative of the direct and a dative of the indirect object as,
4. Transitive verbs
(for

con

Populus Romanus bellum Gallis made war on the Gauls,

Note.

intulit.

The Roman people

subject, while the indirect object is

In the passive the direct object of the active becomes the still retained as, Bellum Gallis
:

a populo Romano illatum

est.

War was made on

the Gauls by the

Roman
5.

people.

Intransitive verbs

compounded with the above-mentioned

:

prepositions, often govern the dative

as,

Caesar exercitui praefuit.

Consiliis consulis obstat.

Caesar commanded the army.

He

opposes the plans of the consul.

of verbs (other than those

6. The following is a useful tioned) that govern a dative

:

list

men-

'

firedo believe.
fides
)

subvenio, aid.
a person).
ig-nosco,

confido.

\ trust (of
J

pardon* f

servio, serve.

faveo, Jayor.
-

invideo, envy.

pareo, obey.

nubo,

wed (of a woman).

indulgeo, indulge. placeo, please.

displiceo, displease.

studeo,

am

zealous.

vaco, have leisure.

obsto, stand in the way.

repugno, oppose. knmlneo, threaten.

occurro, mee.

impero, command.
suadeo, recommentf.
\

resists, resist.

persuadeo, persuade.
irascor,

noceo, hurt.

am

angry.

medeor,
to,

heal,

tempero,

set

bounds

refrain.

72
7.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

The

following verbs differ in

:

meaning

according as they

govern the dative or accusative

Consulere

Consulere aliquem. Consult a person. alicui. Consult a persons interest,

aliqxiid.

Prospicere

Foresee something.

Provide for some one. Cavere (aliquem). Be on one's guard against. Cavere (alicui). Consult interest of. Moderari (aliquem). Govern (some one}. Moderari (alicui rei). Set limits to (some tiling).
Prospicere alicui.
8.

The verbs dono (give) and circumdo (surround) have a double

Thus
:

construction.

He
dat,

or

surrounds the city with a wall. Urbi murum circumdat.

crown.

Urbem muro
corona
(abl.)

(abl.)

circum-

They give him a

(dit.)

Bum

donant, or Ei

coronam donant.
following idiomatic uses of the dative with verbs should
:

9.

The

be noticed

Mortem

alicui minari.

Pecuniam

alicui imperare.

Aliquid alicui
Aliquid alicui

To threaten a person with death. To demand money from a person. probare. Justify a thing to a person. To supply one with something. suppeditare.
(lit.,

Hunc tibi antepono. I prefer this man to you. Hunc tibi posthabeo. I prefer you to this man tJiis man ajter you).

/ reckon

passive

10. Verbs that govern a dative can not be used personally in the they are still joined with a dative, but must be used im;
:

personally

as,

Nemini a te invidetur.
Dicit divitibus invideri.

No one is etivied by you. He says that the rich are

Not even he
is injured.

envied (\\\..,

that

it is
illi

envied

to the rich.)

Ne
word

quidem nocetur.

Note.
is

Observe the Latin

for not even

and that the emphatic

placed between ne and quidem.

THE ABLATIVE.
EXERCISE XXXI.
I.

73

You do what
4.

(dat.)

Balbus and me.

him.

He
6.

2. It was agreed upon between pleases you. 3. He said that what pleased me, pleased could not persuade me that he helped the poor. 5. Will

they not set so excellent a general as this at the head of the army?
(P- 3> 8).
7. It is

Ask them how

it

happened that no one was spared.

not the part of a good man to consult his own interest. 8. Do not be angry with those you love. 9. It is not a mark of wisdom for a man to revile men (use inf.). 10. Are you advising

him not
would

to feel sorrow for his conduct?

12.
I

1 1

Do you

think he fears

for the safety of the country?

satisfy

no one.

13.

It is

afraid that the peace of the utmost importance to all that

was

the laws should be obeyed. 14. So just was he that he favored no one. 15. Have not the gods made provision for the life of man?
16.

wishes to

Will he prevent this city from being wrested from us? i7/He know how he can please everybody. 18. I believe that

money has been demanded from almost all the states. 19. I should recommend him to get Caesar's approval for the act (use profyo). 20. Let us advise him to provide for his own safety. 21. Does he
prefer the country's safety to everything? everything threatened us with death. 23.
22.

He

used to say that

He

said that his consul-

ship did not please Antonius.

his idleness.

24.

The

idle will

one day repent of

32.

THE ABLATIVE.

it

1. The ablative gets its name from auferre {take away}, because expresses separation or motion from : as,

Urbe excedes.
Fugit Corintho.

You

'will

depart from the

city.

He

fled from Corinth.

2. The ablative without a preposition expresses motion from with names of towns and small islands and with domus and rus as,
:

Rhodo, Rome.

Roma

prefect! sunt.

They

set

out

from Rhodes, from

the coimtry.

Domo,

rure, exiit.

He

departed

jrom home, from

74

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

From, with the name of a country, is expressed by the prepositions a or ab, e or ex, or de, with the ablative as,
:

Aut ex Asia aut ex Graecia or from Greece.

venit-

He came

either from

Asia

3. The ablative without a preposition is used with any noun for the English from, after the following verbs abstinere (abstain from), abire (depart from, abdicate}, desistere (desist from},
:

cedere

(retire from}, pellere (drive from}, liberare or solvere (free front), levare (lighten from), prohibere (keep away from): as,

Bello abstinuit.

He

abstainedfrom war.

Nos

tecto prohibet.

He

keeps us

from

the house.

Oppugnatione
Italia cedit.

desistunt.

They

desist from the attack.

He

retires from Italy.

Civitatem dominatu liberavit.

potism.
4.

He Jreed

the country

from

des-

The
or
:

ablative

is

used, without a preposition, for the English

from from

of, after

adjectives expressing want,

freedom from, sprung

as,

Liber (or vacuus) cura. Free from care. Orbus parentibus. Bereft of parents.
Extorris regno.

Banishedfrom

the kingdom.

Consulari familia ortus.

Sprung from a consular family.

CAUSE, MANNER, INSTRUMENT.

5.

The

ablative
as,

is

used to

express the cause, manner, or in-

strument :

Gaudio exsultat, He leaps with Deum pura mente veneramur.

minds.

ioy.

We

worship

God with pure

Hastam manu

tenet.

Eum
Note

gladio interfecit.
i.

He holds the spear in his hand. He killed him with a sword.

is usually expressed by ab before vowels and consonants, a

The agent

after a passive verb,

(or ab) with

the ablative

THE ABLATIVE.
:

75

before consonants only as, Ab illis deserti sumus, we have been deserted by them; a (or ab) Caesare interfectus, killed by Caesar.

done)
sunt.

secondary agent (one through whose instrumentality a thing is is expressed by per (with ace.) as, Omnia haec per te facta
:

All
2.

this

was done through your instrumentality.

Note
is

not

common

ace.),

Unless to express a mental state, the ablative of cause cause is usually expressed by ob or propter (with on account of; by causa or gratia (with gen.), for the sake
;
:

of a negative cause, by prae (with abl.) as, Beatiores sunt propter illam scientiam, they are happier by reason of that knowledge; hoc reipublicae causa facit, he does it for the public interest; prae lacrimis loqui non potuit, he could not speak for of; and,
tears.

Note

3.

The

ablative of
;

manner

is

not used unless there

is

an

adjective with the noun abl.) is to be used as,

:

in other cases the preposition

cum
it it

(with

Hoc summa

diligentia feci,

the

greatest

care.

But hoc

cum

dilig-entia feci,

/ did / did

with with

care.

manner, cum may be omitted casu (by chance), iure (rightly), iniuria (wrongly), iussu (at the command of), iniussu (without the comIn the following phrases of
:

consilic

(from

design),

mand
6-

of).
it

With, when

means

Cum
So too
:

fratre veni.

Cum

febri,

in company with, is cum as, / came with my brother. with a fever; cum telo, with a weapon.
:

Note.

Cum when
its
is

written after

case:

used with a personal or relative pronoun, is Pax vobiocum, peace be with you. But

Quicum

often written for

quocum.

SE XXXII. EXERCISE
I.
I

have heard that he behaved with the greatest kindness.

!

2.

could not hear you by reason of the clamor. 3. Tell me why he was banished from Thebes. 4. O that he had set out from

He

home immediately.

5.

Though born of the noblest parents, he did

76

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

6.

not abstain from crime.

his attempt.
8.
7.

Do

not imagine that he will desist from

Rome to free his friend from debt. Freed from this fear, he will depart from Italy. 9. It makes no 10. No difference whether you perish by pestilence or the sword. one can doubt that he won the good-will of all by his character, 12. Are not the walls ii. They will be sorry for this some day.
set out

He

from

without defenders?

13.

It

is

of importance to the country that

commerce should be exempt from taxation. 14. The Latins obtained the citizenship by the Julian law. 15. Was he killed by his own soldiers? 16. I regret that he could depart from Athens with
17. I believe that they are disgusted with their forresignation. 1 8. I will say, with your permission, that he acted with tune. 19. He said that he always satisfied others, never himself. honesty.

20. You, whom I preferred unworthy of confidence.

to all others,

have shown yourselves

33.

ABLATIVE OP COMPARISON AND ABLATIVE OF DIFFERENCE.

the

1.

conjunction

The word than after a comparative is usually expressed by quam: as, Tu callidior es quam ego. You are more cunning than I.
Note.

case as the

The second member of the comparison is in the same as, first, when each is joined with the same verb
;'

Nemini plura
than on

tribuit

me; maius

mihi, on none has he bestowed more est specie quam re, /'/ is greater in appear-

quam

ance than in reality. But when the first member of the comparison is in the ace., the second is also in the ace., whether the verb can be repeated with it or not as, Putat victoriam meliorem esse
:

quam
clades
2.

cladem, he thinks that victory

sit).

is better

than defeat (-quam

Instead of

used when the

or accusative
:

first

quam after a comparative, the member of the comparison is

ablative
in the

may

be

nominative

as,

ABLATIVE OF COMPARISON AND DIFFERENCE.

Ille

77

patre melior

est.

He

is better

than his father.

Putat Europam minorem Asia less than Asia.

Note.

esse.

He thinks
in

that

Europe

is

The
:

ablative

must be used,

this construction,

with
the

Punicum bellum quo nullum mains gessere, Punic war, than which they did not wage any greater.
a relative
as,

3. Unless

in

short phrases (like

below), an adverb in the comparative quam, and not by the ablative as,
:

those given in paragraph 5 is usually followed by

Nihil dulcius

quam

luscinia cantat.

Nothing sings more sweetly

than the nightingale.

and amplius (more) and minus (less), when joined with are indeclinable and do not affect the case of the word numerals, to which they are joined as,
4. Plus
:

Plus quing-enti capti sunt.

More than

five hicndred were taken.

less

Minus septingentos occiderunt.

hundred.

They killed

than

seven

Plus tertia parte interfecta, se receperunt.

More than a

third

part being slain, they retreated. Plus annum tecum vixit. He lived with you more than a year.

Here the case following the comparative parison were instituted.

is

the

same as

if

no com-

5. Comparatives are often joined with sp^, opinione, exspectatione, iusto or

aequo

(right), solito (usual)

as,

Serius spe omnium. Later than all hoped. Celerius opinione venit. He came sooner than was expected. Plus aequo. More than right.
6.

An

ablative

is

added

to
:

comparatives and superlatives to

as,

define the degree of difference

Multo

me

senior.

Mitch older than I (\\\.., by much).

little

Paulo acrius.

more sharply.
before j paulo post,

So too

paulo ante, a

little

little later*

78

lATitf

PROSE COMPOSITION.

Note. The English the .... the with two comparatives (Anglo Saxon instrumental case=j/ that ---- by that} is expressed by quanto eo (by what tanto (by how much by by so much) or quo as, Quo quis melior est, eo beatior, that), with two comparatives
.

the better one

is,

the happier he

is.

7. To express phrases^ like With more courage than success, Latin uses two comparatives as,
:

Bellum fortius quam felicius^gerit. more courage than success.

He

carries on

war

with

Magis eloquens than wisdom.

quam

sapiens

est.

He

has

more eloquence

Note. Plus and amplius express amount, are used with a verb, and correspond to the comparative of much; magis expresses degree, is used with an adjective or adverb, and corresponds to the comparative of truly, highly as, Hoc mag-is idoneum est quam illud, this is more suitable than that ; ilium plus amo quam te, / love him more than I do you.
:

8.

Quam
:

pro, with a comparative,

is

used to express

dispro-

portion

as,

Proelium atrocius

quam pro numero

pug-nan tium.

A battle more
rather j

severe than might have been expected from the

9.

number of combatants.
too,

The

Latin comparative has often the force of

:

the superlative, the force of very

as,

Liberius

vivit.

He

fives too freely.

Maximas
Note.

copias armat.
is

He

equips very large forces.

in this latter case to the superlative
:

Quam

often

added

with or without possum, to express the highest possible degree as, Exercitum quam proximo hostem (possum) habeo, I have the army vastitatem efficit, he very near the enemy ; quam maxima

spreads the widest possible devastation.

10. Phrases
tive

l-ike Too great for may be expressed by the comparaand the ablative phrases like Too great to by the comparative
;
:

and quam ut with the subjunctive

as,

ABLATIVE OF COMPARISON AND DIFFERENCE.

79

Ampliores humane genere honores consecutus est. He obtained honors too great for the human race. Maior fuit quam ut servus esset. He was too great to be a
slave.

ABLATIVE OF RESPECT.
11.

An

ablative
is

is

used to express that in respect to which a

:

statement

true of the subject

erat.

as,

Ennius arts rudis

In respect

to art,

Ennius was rude.

You were not tota re sed temporibus errasti. with respect to the whole matter^ but in the dates.

Non tu

wrong

ABLATIVE OF PRICE.
12.

The price

at

stated definitely, expressed

which a thing is bought or as, by the ablative

:

sold

is,

when

Unam

orationem viginti talentis vendidit.

He

sold one oration

for twenty talents. So too : Religionem pecunia mutavit.

money.

He

changed his religion for

For the genitive of

price, see p. 63, 4.

p. 51, i.

13. For the ablative absolute, see

EXERCISE XXXIII.
i. He is more spirited than you. 3. public meeting than for a court.

2.

That speech was

fitter for

The more one

has, the better.

4.

than

helped no one more than me. 5. He has a larger house 6. They say that he has been long lame in one (have). arm. 7. I believe that in appearance the city is free. 8. Don't you think that a shameful flight is worse than death? 9. Do you

He

wiser than we? 10. Do not grieve more than is used to say that nothing was sweeter than the light just. of truth. 12. Is not necessity more powerful than art? 13. He is an old man in body he will never be an old man in mind. 14. Do

think that he
11.

is

He

you think that

lieve that

more joy (gen.) than sorrow. 15. I behe might have been much happier than he was. 16. Shall we sell our native land for gold? 17. That victory cost them
life

contains

much

blood.

18.

On what

terms does he teach?

At a very small

80
fee.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

20. Is he not more 19. Shall we give him fess than them? you than me? 21. I am afraid that he has become very unlike himself. 22. I heard that our men, after attacking the place in

like

vain, retreated to their ships.

23.

It is

so easy to do, that even

could have done

sible (gitam + of the general, very

to the river as quickly as pos25. In the absence superl.\ they attacked us there.
it.

24.

Advancing
of the
fell.

many

men
27.

deserted.

26.

believe that

more than a thousand men

He had more

kindness than

wisdom. 28. He spoke with more spirit than sense. 29. The enemy are so many that we do not dare to go forth from the camp. 30. Where are the friends I had in the consulship of Plancus? 31.

Who

can

tell

great consequence to
tribes in courage.

us at what price the slave was sold? 32. It is of all that the house should be sold at the highest
33.
I

possible price (use quant).

34.

believe that they excel all other

35.

He was
to

too good to be put to death.

The

figure

was too large

be human.

34.

ABLATIVE WITH VERBS AND

ADJECTIVES.

(use\ fruor (enjoy), fung-or {perform^ potior vescor (feed on), dignor (deem worthy), and their com(gain},
1.

The verbs utor

pounds, are followed by the ablative

Fung-ar vice
cotis.

as,

/ will perform

Viribus male utuntur.

the office of a whetstone. They make a bad use of their strength.

:

Note. This ablative is really instrumental myself with j fruor = / enjoy myself with, etc.
2. Verbs

thus

utor=7 busy

affluo), are followed

Mundum
men.

meaning to fill with (compleo) or abound in (abundo by an ablative without a preposition as, hominibus complevit. He has filled the world with
:

Affluit divitiis.

He

abounds in wealth.
to be without,

3. Verbs meaning
tive
;

or to need, govern an abla-

as,

ABLATIVE WITH VERBS AND ADJECTIVES.

81

Sensu

caret.

Pane
Note.

eget.

He is devoid of feeling. He is in need of bread.

is

Egeo and indigeo

est

Pecuniae indiget, he
4.

(need), govern also a genitive iW need of money.

as

Opus
tibi

aud usus est (there

person to

whom and

is need), take a dative of the the ablative of the thing as,

:

Quid
So
:

opus est verbis?

What need have

There
is

yott

of words ?

Opus

est consulto, properato.

need of deliberation^

haste.

Note.

noun

as,

Opus may, however, take the accusative of a neuter proQuod non opus est, asse carurn est, what you do not
a penny.
:

need, is dear at
5.

The

and confido

following verbs are also followed by an ablative fido (rely on\ of a thing, (see p. 71, 6); g-lorior (boast of\
at),

doleo (feel grief

gaudeo

(delight in)

as,

Natura

loci confldit.

He

relies

on the nature of the ground.

Casu meo
Note
this
i.
:

dolent.

They feel pain at

my

disaster.

accusative

These verbs may also take a neuter pronoun in the as, Hoc g-loriatur, he makes this boast j id doleo, I feel
5).

pain
2.

(see p. 38,

Note

Fido and confido take the

dat. of the person,

but the

ablative of the thing : as, non tibi sed exercitu not trust in yoti but in my army.

meo

confido,

do

6. The ablative is used after the adjectives digrnus (worthy of), indignus (unworthy of), fretus (relying on), praeditus (endowed with\ contentus (content with) and plenus (full of) as,
:

Poena

dig-nus.

Worthy ofpunishment.
Relying on your protection.
courage.
(see p. 74, 4).

Fretus praesidio tuo.

Virtute praeditus.

Endowed with
Full of anger

Plenus ira

(or irae).

EXERCISE XXXIV.
I.

Tell

me why you
3.

performed
I

this idle office.

hill

2.

Have you need

men.
4.

qf my protection?

saw that the

was

destitute of

&2

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

skill

This does not need

so

much

as labor.

5.

Do not

put too

much

6. I believe that he performed reliance (use verb) in your general. the duties of his office with fidelity and courage. 7. What could man endowed with the have been more fortunate than this? 8.

highest ability, he was considered (Jtabeo) unworthy by his countrymen of even the lowest office. 9. He used to boast that he had a

mind that was without care. 10. Departing from Rome, he enjoyed his good fortune as a private person in Africa. 1 1. He made a good use of victory, a very difficult thing to do. 1 2. He wished to know on what herbs they fed. 13. He said that he would be conthan you are.
believe that
tent with the smaller part. 14. I was considered more like him 16. 15. Tell me at what price he bought the horse. He said that you could not procure (paro) friends with gold. 17. I

them

to

we shall get possession of the town. 18. We must ask come and help us (p. 69, 8). 19. In their father's life-time
;

they abounded in gold now they are in need of bread. 20. I begged them to show themselves worthy of the liberty they enjoyed

must order the rest of the forces to start before (use have). 21. the beginning of spring. 22. I have heard that they fortified a camp on the top of the hill with the utmost speed (use quam + superl.).
23.

We

money

Nothing is more uncertain than life. 24. He was so in need of that he sold a house for two talents. 25. These facts he
!

ascertained through the instrumentality of scouts. 26. How vain the hope 27. That done, I had no fear that the city would be
taken.
28.

What

is

more

excellent than virtue?

29.

Do
I

not

tell

me

that a merchant will sell for less than

he buys

at.

30.

believe
31.
I

that they

buy

at the lowest

price

and

sell at

the highest.

prefer writing to speaking.

35.
1.

RELATION OP PLACE. LOCATIVE.

place (place where) was originally expressed by a separThis case is called the locative; it is seen -i (pi., -is).

At a

ate case in
in

domi
2.

(at home)) ruri (in the country),

humi

(on the ground).

is

To

express at or in a place,

when the noun

the

name of a
:

town or small island, the

locative takes the following forms

If the

RELATION noun
is

Otf

PLACE.

LOCATIVE.
is

83
used
;

of the ist or 2nd decl. sing., the genitive

:

if

not,

the ablative

as,

Romae

(at

Rome}, Rhodi (at Rhodes), Tibure (at Tibur\ Athenis

(at Athens}.

3. To express at or in a place, when the noun is not the a town or small island, in with the ablative is used as,
:

name

of

In urbe.

In the
is

city.

In

Italia.

In

Italy.

But

if

there
:

an adjective with the noun, the preposition In the middle of the city. In the whole of Italy. a place, when the noun
is

may be

omitted

as,

Media urbe.
Tota
4.
Italia.

Motion

to
is

the

name

of a town or
;

small island,

motion

from

expressed by the accusative without a preposition a place, by the ablative without a preposition as,
:

Romam
from
Note.
direction,

rediit.

He

returned

to

Rome.

Corintho

fug-it.

He fled

Corinth.

Ad Romam
of Rome.

would mean in the neighborhood, or in the

Abiit

He
Ex

With other nouns a preposition is required went off to the forum. In Africam venit.
:

as,

ad forum.
to Africa.

He came

Asia decedens.

While departing from Asia.

5. In expressing the relation of place, rus (country) and domus (home) take the same construction as the names of towns and

small islands

as, ruri, in the

country; domi, at home ; rus, to the

country ;

domum, homes domo, from home.

To
his father at Rhodes, Latin says

6. For phrases like father to Rhodes : as,

To his

Rhodum ad patrem
So too
:

venit.
iit.

He came

to his

father at Rhodes.

Ab

Italia
like
is

domo
In the

He came from
of Rome,
as,

his

home

in Italy.
(p. 3, 7),

For phrases

city
:

to the city

of Rome

the preposition
the city of

required

Ad urbem Romam
Rome.

legati missi sunt.

Ambassadors were sent to

84

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

In urbe Athenis diu doraicilium habebat.

city of

He

lived long in the

Athens.

The preposition is retained here even if an adjective is added; but the proper noun is then placed first in the case reas, Antiochiae, in urbe opuquired by paragraph 2 or 4 above lentissima, moratus est, he delayed in the wealthy city of Antioch.
Note.
:

7-

An

adjective can not be

:

joined to a noun in the locative

case.

Thus

In the whole of Corinth

is

tota Corintho, not totlus Corinthi.

to

The

possessive adjective

may however be added

domi

as,

Domi meae. In my house.

So too Domum veterem domum,
:

But, Veterl domo, in Ihe old house.

meam
to the

venit.

He

came

to

my
:

home.

But,

Ad

old home.

8. Motion along is expressed by the ablative as, Ibam forte Via Sacra. I chanced to be going along the Via Sacra.
9. Extent of space
is

expressed by the accusative

as,

Aggerem, pedes trecentos latum, exstruxerunt. mound three hundred feet broad
Note.

They built a

Distance
millibus

is

sometimes expressed by the ablative

aberat.

as,

Duobus

passuum

He was two

miles

off.

EXERCISE XXXV.
I. Do you know when they will bring the corn from Rhodes to Karthage ? 2. I believe that their camp was pitched in a suitable 3. He was considered the most eloquent speaker in the place. whole of Greece. 4. Nothing prevented him from sailing from Corinth to Athens. 6. 5. What place in the whole sea was safe? It was said that he came to Italy in the reign of 7. Tarquinius. He says that he has studied in the learned city of Athens. 8. Ask him how long he stayed at Utica. 9. He said that he intended to cross to Brundisium in Italy. 10. They went to see the king at Capua.

1 1.

Tell

me when the army will

not
at Tibur.
14.

set out for its winter quarters in Gaul.

12.

Has he

come here from the camp

I

at Aricia?

13.

He must
here.

go to

my house

believe that they have

come

RELATION OF TIME.
from a very populous

TIME WHEN.
15.

TIME

HOW

LONG.

85

(celeber) city.

He

has collected a very

large fleet from Tyre and Sidon to intercept their ships. ^16. I had an interview at Baiae with men fresh from Rome. 17. They were

defeated by the
that

Romans both by
from heaven.

sea and land.

-19.

18.

It

was said

an ox had

fallen

They seldom come from

the country into the city. 20. They escaped from the city by the Colline Gate. 21. He came, a little before, from Ephesus to Italy.
22.

Their camp was about thirteen miles from the sea.

23.

the only one who ever reached the top of the mountain. men in ancient Rome did not know how to read. 25.

24.

He was Many

They must

send an army to Scipio in Spain: ^ 26. Have you ever stayed in the populous city of London ? 27. I believe that they enjoy their leisure better than we. 28. The beautiful city of Antioch was only a few miles from the sea. 29. I could not sell my house in Capua
;

bought it at. ^ 30. To our enquiry whether the Gauls had conquered, he answered Yes. 31. Do not forget that you are from an honorable sprung family.
at the price
I

36.

RELATION OF TIME. TIME WHEN. TIME

HOW LONG.

1. Time at which (time when), and time within which, are expressed by the ablative without a preposition as,
:

Hora
Vere
is

sexta.

At

the sixth hour.

et 'aestate.

In spring and summer.

Faucis diebus.
also used).

Within a few days

(inter or intra

paucos

dies,

Note i. The preposition in (with the abl.) is used of time to express emrjhasis as, In tempore, at the right moment in aetate provecta, in spite of advanced age.
:

Note 2. Words that do not strictly denote time, when used to mark a period of time, require a preposition as, In bello, in the war. But when an adjective is added, the preposition is omitted
:

as, Bello Puiiico; in the

Punic war.

86
2.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Duration of time (time how long)
a preposition
:

is

expressed by the accusa-

tive without

as,

Ag-er multos annos quievit.

The field lay fallow many years.

is

Note.
required.

Per

is

used to express duration when greater precision

3. Ago is abhinc, followed by the words expressing time, in the accusative or ablative as,
:

Abhinc decem dies

out for

Rome

(or diebus) ten days ago.

Romarn profectus

est.

He

set

Note.
4.

Abhinc precedes the expression of time.

:

The following phrases will be useful Decem annos post. Ten years after (post Decem annos ante. Ten years before.

is

an adverb).

Nonaglnta annos natus. Ninety years old. Minor decem annos hatus. Less than ten years old. Maior decem annos natus. More than ten years old.
Priore anno
Pridie

The year before he The quam pervenit. day before he arrived. The day after Postridie quam.

quam
.

e vita excessit.

died.

In posterum diem.

For

the following day.

Solvet ad Kalendas.

He

will pay by the first of the month.

EXERCISE XXXVI.
asked him why the nights were so long in winter. 2. Do me that you knew this four years ago. 3. There is nothing to prevent him from doing it within three hours. 4. It is said that he died at Tarentum when scarcely thirty years of age. 5. It was to the interest of the country that he should be shut up in pris'on during (per} the rest of his life. 6. At dawn he will move his camp to the foot of the hill. 7. Six months ago, he might have acted
i.

not

tell

otherwise.

8.

He knew
10.

ditch twenty feet deep.

better than you that we could not cross ra 9. Are not the swallows absent in the
!

winter months?

that

had seen him the day before he

PERSONAL AND DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

died. vil. Ask them to do it within the next how many months you intend to be "a way.
will stay in the beautiful city of

87

ten days. 12. Tell me 13. I believe that they

London

for

a few years.
15.

14.

Will

they remain in this city the whole summer ? 16. they will sail to the island of Rhodes.

On

On

the fourth day the same day the

1 7. Tell me at what bridge built across the stream. o'clock they intend to be here. 18. should have sent them flowers in summer. 19. In three months these two legions will be

Romans had a

We

20. Are not our harbors closed all winter by ice ? sent into camp. 21. I set out from home in the morning and returned home in the

evening.

22. After delaying in

Rhodes

for three

months, they
within

were unwilling

to return.

23.

He

ordered the

fleet to follow

ten days. 24. I regret that I should have been deceived by this man for three whole months. ',,.-25. Wretch that I am I promised
!

pay him to-morrow. 26. The same day I asked him how much the ship had cost. 27. They attacked the place with more daring than discretion. 28. Don't you think that he is more than thirty
to

years of age

2Q.

believe that in this battle

hundred men
ago.

fell.

30.

The

art of writing

more than five was invented many years

37.

PERSONAL AND DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

the
first

1.

The pronouns of

and second persons are

:

rarely ex-

pressed, except for emphasis or contrast

as,

Ego laudo sed tu

Bg-o illud dicam.

vituperas.

/ praise,
i.e.,

expressed because in antithesis,

but you blame (pronouns opposed to each other).

this

For my part I will say

(pronoun expressed

because emphatic).
Note.
partitively

The
:

genitives

as,
:

Unus nostrum,
as,

nostrum and vestrum are always used one of us. Otherwise nostri and
nostri,

vestri are used

Memor

mindful of

us.

2. The personal pronouns of the third person are wanting, but are supplied by the demonstratives is, hie, or ille, this, that.

88

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

for he, she, Is is
as,
I

The common words

Latin, are
is,

it,

ea, id.
:

used to refer

when they are expressed in to some person or thing

already mentioned

Apud
is

Helvetios long-e nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit Org-etorix

fecit.

coniurationem nobilitatis

Among

the Helvetians,

Orgecon-

was by far the noblest and most wealthy; he formed a spiracy among the nobility. (Here is refers to Org-etorix.)
torix

Is expresses the article a or the, used emphatically Note. before a relative as, Redde eum librum quern abstulisti, restore
:

the book

which you took away.

is

3. Hie, this,

the demonstrative of the ist person.

It refers

to the person or thing

near

me

(the speaker)
:

as,

Hie liber, this book. So too Haec patria, this land of ours ; haec vita, this present life his sex diebus, within the last six days.
;

It refers to

4. Iste, that of yours, is the demonstrative of the 2nd person. the person addressed as,
:

Iste liber, that book near you; ista opinio, that opinion you Jwld; iste amicus, that friend ofyours. It often has the idea of contempt,

and

is

suit, just

therefore often found in the sense of an opponent in a lawas hie means my friend here, my client here (i.e., the one

near me).
5.
Ille,

that yonder,

is

refers to a person or thing other

the demonstrative of the 3rd person. It than those present. It may ex-

press, therefore
(a)

The remote
:

in time,

as opposed to the present (which

is

expressed by hie)

as, Ilia antlquitas, thatfar-offpast ; illis

diebus

in those by-gone days.

(b}

famed Medea;
6.

That well known, the celebrated : as, Ilia Medea, the farille Caesar, the renowned Caesar.
are then used
:

ille are often contrasted. They Of two (a) persons already mentioned.

Hie and

In

this

case

hie

relates

to the

nearer, the latter;

ille,

to

the

more remote, the

former ; as, Romulum Numa excepit; hie pace, ille bello melior fuit. To Romulus Numa succeeded; the latter excelled in peace^
the former in war.

PERSONAL AND DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

(b) For the one and the other
other (et
:

89

as,

neither the one nor the other y et hie et

ille,

Neque hoc neque illud, both the one and the

illi

eb=both

and).
as,

(f) For some and others: some wish peace,, others war.
7. Ille
is

Hi pacem,

bellum cupiunt,

joined to
ille

Non multum

quidem (indeed), with a concessive force as, quidem nee saepe dicebat, sed Latine loquen:

do cuivis erat par. Latin he was equal

He did not speak much

to

or often, but in speaking

not.., yet...).

any one (=although he did

Note i. -The pronouns tu and vos, when used with quidem, have the same concessive force, but are of rare occurrence as, Oratorias exercitationes non tu quidem reliquisti sed certe philosophiam illis anteposuisti. Rhetorical exercises you have not in:

deed abandoned, but you have at all events preferred philosophy

them.

to

Note
8.
after

2.

Certe, at all events

certo,

for

certain.

Ille often
:

begins a sentence to refer to a noun-clause coming

as,

Illud vereor
is

ne fames in urbe

sit.

This

is

what

(the following

what) I am afraid of, that there will be famine in the city. Scitum est illud Catonis. The following saying of Cato is good.

9. In phrases like the demonstrative as,

:

My house and My

that of

my friend,
and

Latin omits

Domus mea

et amici veniit.
63, 4).

house

that of

my friend
art of forof mag-is,

have been sold (p.

getting to

Oblivionis artem that of

quam memoriae
memory
is

malo.

I prefer the

more, and volo, I wish,

(malo, being compounded naturally followed by quam).

Note. If a change of case is required, the noun must be repeated: as, Liberi nostri cariores sunt amicorum liberis, our children are dearer than those of our friends (liberis, abl. after

comparative

p. 76, 2).

10. In phrases like This is life, the demonstrative agrees in Latin with the predicate noun as,
:

90

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

est vita.

Haec

This

is life.

Ea demum
happiness.

est vera feHcitas.

This (and this

only]

is

true

11.

And that too is et Bum cognovi optimis

is

is (or isque): as studiis deditum, idque

known him

to be de-voted to

a puero. / have sound learning and that too from a boy.

12. Idem, same,

time, at once: as,

often used to express our also, at the

same

Cicero orator erat idemque philosophus.

and, at the same time, a philosopher.
13. Ipse,
self,
:

Cicero

was an orator

may be added

for

emphasis

to a noun, a

pronoun,

or a numeral

as,

Caesar ipse imperavit.

Caesar Jiimself commanded.

Tu
Se'

ipse lioc fecisti.

You yourself did this.

ipsum

interfecit.

He

killed himself.

Ipse

navem

aedificavit.

He built

the ship by himself.

Triginta ipsi dies.

Exactly thirty days. Adventu ipso hostes terruit. By his mere (very) arrival, he
Ipse hoc
vidi.

frightened the enemy.

/ saw

this

with

my own
:

eyes.

Ipse
sive

is

also

added

in the genitive, singular or plural, to

a posses-

pronoun to express the English own

ipsius culpa. ipsius

as,

Mea
Sua

My own fault.
His own
house.
friendship.

domus.

Vestra ipsorum amicitia.

This gen.
is

Your own

in apposition with the gen. implied in the possessive

eg-o).

(mea=mei, of me, gen. of

EXERCISE XXXVII.
I.

2.
3.

Tell
I

He thought me when

town would be stormed on the same night. that friend of yours intends to set out for Rhodes. believe that he sailed in seven days from Athens to Italy.
that the

4.

Ask him how long this

legion will remain in camp.

5.

You

have.

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
a small town, no doubt
(p. 89, 7),

91

says that he belongs to a very large city

7.

but a very populous one. 6. He and that too a famous one.

Restore us the freedom you have snatched away from us. 8. He complained that his own house had been burnt by the soldiers. 9. Of these two gods, the former was distinguished as a horseman, the 10. For my own part I do not know how it was latter as a boxer. done; ask him. n. Do not inquire with regard to that matter of
yours.
12.

The

following saying of the poet

is

well

known, that

Fortune aids the bold. 13, You must give back this money to-day. 14. Fool that I was! I preferred gold to honor. 15. What need have you of these ships? 16. Tell that friend of yours that I don't know what I ought to say. 17. You have had a bridge built, no doubt; but who will use it? 18. One ought not always to believe even the master himself. 19. Everyone says that those things should be left in camp. 20. He said that he had come to Karthage
within the last few days. 21. He also begs us to wait for him in Corinth. 22. I saw him on the same day with my own eyes, lead23. Ask him why he sent us the ing an army across the river.

same things as
be
in Greece.

He says that on that very day he will he not at the same time a great philosopher? 26. This only, he said, was true wisdom, to control one's self. 27. The top of the mountain was occupied by him at dawn.
before.
25. 24.

Was

28.

He

undertook the war

29.

in the

the middle of summer.

He

said that

end of winter and finished it in we had always preferred

it

our safety to that of the country. 30. Is cide whether this concerns you or not?

not your business to de-

38.
1.

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
pronoun
is

A
:

reflexive

one that

refers to

the subject of a

verb

as,

Tu te laudas. You praise yourself. ferring to the subject of laudas.

The
the
first
first
:

Here

te

is

a reflexive

re-

and second personal pronouns are used as and second persons as,

reflexives of

92

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Ego me laudo. I praise myself. Nos nos laudamus. We praise ourselves. Tu te laudas. You praise yourself.
Vos vos
Note.
laudatis.

You praise yourselves.

-met
is

The

suffix

added

to a reflexive for

emphasis

as,

An temet

contemnis?

Do you

despise yourself?

USE OF
2.

SE.

The forms
:

sui,

sibi,

oneself; or him, her,

etc.),

se (himself, herself, itself, themselves, usually refer to the subject of the~ mairT

verb

as,
interfecit.

Brutus se
Cicero
Cicero

Brutus killed Jiimself.

effecerat

ut Curius

had managed

consilia Catilmae sibi proderet. that Curius should betray Catiline's plans to

him
3.

(Cicero).

When
eum

ject of the verb

used as the subject of an infinitive, se refers to the subon which the infinitive depends as,
:

Scio

dixisse se id fecisse.
refers to

/ know he said

that he

had

done
4.

it

(Here se

eum).
if it

Se

may

refer to the object of a sentence,

:

may do

so with-

out ambiguity

as,
cog-it.
is
:

Reliquos se converters
5.

He

compels the rest to turn.

self,

In certain phrases, se

used for
as,

without any reference

to the subject of the sentence

Haec per
themselves

se expetenda sunt.
for their

These things are to be sought in

(i.e.,

own

sake).

So too
fidence.

Sui compos, master of one's self; sui flducia, self-con-

6.

When

him, her,
is

etc.,

refer to the subject of

:

a subordinate

clause, ipse

generally used

as,

to

Rogavit ut eos dederent qui ipsos prodidissent. He asked them surrender those who had betrayed them (se would refer to the

subject of rog-avit).

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
7.
se.

The Thus

rules for the use of

:

suus are the same as

for the use of

(a)

Suus usually

refers to the subject of the

main verb

as,

Eos

gladio suo
(b)

interfecit.

He

killed them with his sword.

:

lussit eos

Suus may be used of the object, if no ambiguity arises as, ad sua quemque signa redire. He ordered them to

return each to his

own

standard.
is

Note.
(c)

Quisque, each,
is

often joined in this

way with

suus.

Suus
:

used

in certain phrases without

any reference to the

sponte, of one's

as, Sui cives, one's subject own accord.

own countrymen; sua

(d) His, her, etc., referring to the subject of a subordinate clause, are expressed by the genitive of ipse: as, Rogavit ne se dederent iis qui inirmci sui et ipsorum essent. He begged them not to give him

up

to those

who were

his enemies

and theirs.

8. In turning He killed Cams with his own sword (i.e., Caius's sword), it is better to make Caius the subject of a passsive verb in order that suus may, as usual, refer to the subject as,
:

Caius gladio suo ab eo interfectus with his own sword.

9. Inter se

est.

Caius was killed by him

may be used
as,

to express the English reciprocal pro-

noun one another :

other.

Furtim inter se aspiciebant.

They looked furtively at one an-

Inter se differunt.

They

differ

from one

another.

EXERCISE XXXVIII.
he did not pity you, but himself. 2. Hannibal banished. 3. Don't you think that he said he could do it? 4. I believe that they were all killed with his sword 5. He said there were many in the city who would never forgive him. 6. He should have known that they had destroyed his native 7. After selling his house, did he not recity and their own allies. main many years at Athens? 8. He begged them not to injure him
I.

He

said that

his

own countrymen

94

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

and their own friends. 9. Have they not begged Caesar to Kelp them? 10. It does not concern me whether he returned to his countrymen or not. 1 1. I hear that Caesar has been obeyed by all. 12. It is said that the cityof Rome was founded by Romulus. 13. He asks whether he ought not to be believed. 14. You know how to praise yourselves. 15. He said that he would drive the enemy from our
borders.
16.
I

believe that his father

begged

his son to

come

to

him

at once.

17.

He

took these precautions that the enemy might

not surprise him. 18. The following was what I was afraid of, that they would be banished. 19. This he said was life, to have the
20. He thought that, without greatest freedom and knowledge. his aid, they would never cross the river. 21. I hear that you are

ashamed of your conduct, and

that the
23.

that he

is not.

22.
is

Don't you think

not a true friend?

man

(use

is)

who

is

always praising you

He
to

him
this

says he will lead them back to camp at dawn. 24. Advise go into the city and look for his friend (supine). 25. To (hue) was added (the fact) that he had killed himself (use ut).
said that the birds returned in the spring.
27.
I
I

26.

He

am

afraid

that riches are dearer to that

many

than honor.

you should take a walk every day.

persuaded 29. Have they made a

28.

am

good use of
at our

own

this opportunity? 30. ought to grieve, not only troubles, but also at those of our friends.

We

39.

ON THE TRANSLATION OP "ANY."

QUISQUAM, AND QUIVIS.

QUIS,

1. The English any is translated by the indefinite pronoun quis, quae (or qua), quid (or quod), after si (if), nisi or ni (unless), ne, num, quo or quanto (p. 78, 6, note) as, Si quis hoc dicit, errat. If anyone says this, he is wrong
:

Nisi quid vis, abibo.

Unless you

want anything, I will go away.

Is anyone angry with children?

Ne quid nimis

facias.

Do
eo

not do anything to excess.

?

Num
Quo
the

quis infantibus irascitur

quis callidior est,

is.

invisior.

The more cunning anyone

is*

more hated he

TRANSLATION OF "ANY.'*
Note
i.

QUISQCAM AND QUIVIS.

Instead of quis, quisquam

may be used

phatic any : as, Si wise, he was.

quisquam sapiens

erat, is erat.

for aa emIf anyone was

Note
lest

2.

Of

quod, an adjective

the two neuter singular forms, quid is a pronoun, as, Vereor ne quid subsit doli, / am afraid
:

any guile may lurk beneath; est ? Is any other duty greater ?
2.

num quod

offlcium aliud maius

Any,

in the

sense of any

you
as,

please, every, is quivis (from

quis, any,

and

vis,

you wish)

Non
visit

cuiusvis est adire Corinthum.

(p. 59, 2).

// is not every one

who can

Corinth

Instead of quivis, quilibet

may be used

as,

Periculum quodlibet adire paratus. you please.

3. After a negative,

Ready

to face

any danger

any

is

quisquam, or

if used

as an adjective

ullus

as,

Nee quisquam hoc

Negat quemquam

Nee
more
In
all

ulla res

Nor will anyone say this. He denies that anyone wishes this. unquam atrocior fuit. Nor was anything ever
dicet.
id velle.

atrocious.

tive,

these cases the pronoun, taken in conjunction with the negahas the force of none or no one.

Note.

Instead of

And no

prefers Nor anyone; nee quisquam, therefore, often begins sentence. So too, for et nullus use nee ullus (as above), et nunquam, nee unquam.
4.

one at the head of a sentence, Latin a Latin

and

for

Quisquam and

ullus are also to be used for

i.e.,

any

after

what

is

called a virtual negative,

plies 'a negative.

a word or construction that imSuch words are vix (scarcely}, sine (withouf),

comparatives, and interrogatives that expect the answer

No

as.

Vix quisquam

reperiri potuit.

Scarcely anyone could be found.

Hoc

sine ullo auxilio feci.

Fortior fuit

/ have done this without any help. quam quisquam amicorum. He was braver than

96

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

(a virtual negative,

any of his friends

friends

because virtually

none of his

was

so brave}.

Num tu me existimas ab ullo malle mea legi quam a te ? Do you think that I would prefer my works to be read by anyone rather than by you ?
5. Any, where quispiam as
:

it

means some

(i.e.,

not none}

is

aliquis or, rarely,

Si ad aliquam spem commodi Fortuna nos reservavit, bene est. If Fortime has reserved us for any hope of advantage, it is well. Nemo est sine aliqua virtute. No one exists without some virtue.

Note.

Aliquis has usually the force of some one

as,

Vult aliquie

videri, he wishes to

seem some one.

indefinite quis should

6. Other

compounds of the
o?ie,

be noticed.

Thus:
(a)

Quidam, some

a certain

one, a, is

used of a person or
:

thing

known

to the speaker but not fully described

as,

Tempore quodam quidam homo Aesopo lapidem

upon a time a certain

impegit. Once

man threw
:

a stone at Aesop.

Note

i.

Quidam

is

bold or figurative expression (as it were} upon the watch.

lish,

frequently used to apologise for the use of a as, In vigilia quadam mansi. I kept

In that case, in translating into Eng-

quidam may

usually be omitted.

Note 2. Quidem (indeed), so commonly joined to pronouns, should be carefully distinguished from quidam. See p. 89, 7.
(b)

Nescio quis, some or other,

is

used as a single word

is

as,

Nescio quis prope near me.

me

loquitur.

Somebody or other
This, in

speaking

Hoc nescio quo pacto

happened
(c)

contigit.
2).

some strange way> has

never begins a sentto each, let

(p. 31, 4,
is

note

Quisque

the English each, every

it

ence: as,

Quod cuique
forward).

obtingit, id quisque teneat.

What falls

each person keep (notice the relative clause, as

usual

thrown

^TRANSLATION OF "ANY."

QUISQUAM AND QUIVIS.

97

Quisque
it is

is frequently joined to the reflexive suus, in which case written after, never before, suus as,
:

Suae quemque fortunae maxime poenitet. Every one

dissatisfied

is greatly

wzth his

own

fortune.
:

is frequently found with a superlative as, philosophis optimus quisque confltetur multa se ignorare. All the best of the philosophers admit that they are ignorant oj

Quisque

Ex

many

things.

(d) Instead of

num

quis, ecquis

is

often used to express im-

patience

as,

Ecquis hoc ostium aperiet ?

(e)

Will anyone open

is

this

door ?

Quisnam, who, pray,

titai

also frequently used for quis in

:

questions, to express impatience

as,
?

Quidnam

negotii fuit in meis aedibus

What

business had

you, pray, in

my

house ?

(p. 60, 3).

EXERCISE XXXIX.
i. No one will attempt anything without assistance. 2. Scarcely anyone knew the magnitude of the disaster. 3. Do not be angry with anyone. 4. Such a thing may happen to anyone. 5. Nature can do anything, and indeed without any trouble. 6. When he hears anything of that kind, he always says that the story is in8. Do you think that vented. 7. Let each one keep his own.

9. He knew better than anyone that justice ever injured anyone? some of the soldiers had been killed. 10. If anyone will dare to

11. What may happen to anyone, defend him, he shall live. may happen to you. 12. Don't you think that the cleverer a person is, the more hated he is ? 13. Once upon a time a certain man set out to find Atlantis. 14. Is it my fault, if some persons are afraid of me ? 15. He thought that he was something in oratory (gerund 6. He begged that some part of his work of dico). might be
1

reduced (minuo).
it

17.

If

was he.

8.

believe that he

anyone bore the hardships of life bravely, was more learned than any of us.

19.

Was

it

spared ? 20. him. 21. It

of importance to anyone that this man should be I will hardly say this, that all good mien are sorry for
is

clear to

anyone that the farmer must plough hi=

98
fields

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

in spring.
22.
I

come

to

Rome

that day.

believe that scarcely anyone intended to 23. I am afraid that some disaster is

24. Scarcely any letters can reach us. 25. Do not threatening. 26. It seemed that all hesitate to say whether you need any help.

loyal

men were estranged from us. 27. Does anyone know the purpose of his coming ? (p. 32, i). 28. It happened that I was in the city on that day. 29. It remains that I should show that everyman.
31.

thing has been made for the sake of that he is ashamed of his mistake ?

30. Will

Whom does this

anyone believe concern

pray

1.

CLASSIFICATION OP SENTENCES. Sentences are either simple, compound, or complex. A simple

40.
:

sentence contains only a single statement

Civitas

as,

pacem amat.

The

state loves peace.

compound sentence contains two or more

:

statements, usually

connected by a conjunction or a relative

as,

Fratrem tuum vidi et eum (or quern) brevi consulem fore spero. I saw your brother and I hope that he will soon be consul.

Each statement

in

a compound sentence
i.e.,

is

called a clause,

and the

clauses are said to be co-ordinate,

of equal grammatical value.

Note.
clauses.

The

relative is often

used

in Latin to

connect co-ordinate

2. A complex sentence contains two or more clauses, one of which (the main clause) contains the principal assertion, while the others (the subordinate clauses) stand in a subordinate or depend-

ent relation to
3.

it.

Dependent or subordinate clauses are

called noun-clauses, ad^

jectival clauses, or adverbial clauses, according as they perform the function of a noun, adjective, or adverb. Thus, in I know who he
is,

the clause

the

Who he is is a noun-clause, object of know; in I saw man whom you seek, the clause Whom- you seek is an adjectival

CLASSIFICATION OF SENTENCES.
clause, qualifying

99

man ;

in

He came
town
is

clause That he might see the

that he might see the town, the an adverbial clause of purpose,

modifying came.

NOUN-CLAUSES.
4. As shown in 9, a noun-clause introduced by ut follows verbs meaning to ask, command, or advise : as, Peto ut aurum reddatur. I ask that the gold be restored ( =the restoration of the gold).
5.

As shown
sit.

in

16,

a noun-clause (indirect question)

etc.
:

is

found

depending on verbs of asking, knowing,

Scio quis
6.

as,

/ know who

he

is.

Quod meaning
est hoc,

because, the fact that, with the indicative, often

:

introduces a noun-clause in Latin

as,

Magnum
quished.

quod

victor victis pepercit.

This

is

an im-

portant matter, the fact that

when

victorious he spared the van-

Quod, with the indicative, is often found in this sense after verbs and phrases of emotion like gaudeo, laetor (rejoice), queror (complain),

glorior (boast), iuvat

(it delights),

dolet

(it

grieves),

gratum est (it is pleasant), minim est (it is wonderful) : as, Vehementer laetor quod scripsisti. / am very glad that you
have written.
Mini gratum est quod venisti.
to

Your coming
rogasti.

is

very welcome

me.
:

So too

Peropportune accidit quod id

accident.
will often
:

Your asking that

was a lucky
This quod

be useful

in

translating English verbal or

abstract nouns

as,
is

His saving the country patriam servavit.

a wonderful thing.

Mirum

est

quod

I pass over
omitto.

his betrayal of the king.

Quod regem

prodidit,

7. A noun-clause, introduced by ut with subjunctive, or by quod with iudic., is used after accedit, in the sense of it is added: as,

100

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

accessit ut caecus esset.

Hue

To

tJiis

was added
is

the fact that

he was blind.

Accedit quod patrem

love
8.

tuum amo.

There

added the fact that 1

your father.

A noun-clause,

to define a previous

noun

introduced by ut with the subjunctive, is used as, (usually the subject of sum, I am}
:

Commune
comes
sit.

vitium est in liberis civitatibus ut invidia

// is a

g-loriae

common

vice in free states that

envy

is the at*

tendant of glory.

best

Cultus deorum est optimus ut eos pura mente veneremur. The worship of the gods is to adore them with a pure heart.

ADJECTIVAL CLAUSES.
9. All clauses introduced by the relative qui, quae, quod, are
adjectival
tive
:

when they can be changed

into

an attributive adjecKings,

as,

Reges, qui boni sunt, good) are loved.

amantur (=boni

reges).

who
seek.

are

Virum video quern

quaeritis.

/ see

the

man whom you

ADVERBIAL CLAUSES.
10. Adverbial clauses modify verbs and adjectives, and are in troduced by a conjunction or a relative adverb. They are divided
into eight classes as follows
1.
:

Local (those that denote place), introduced by ubi (where),

(whither).

und (whence), and quo

2.

Temporal (those

that

denote

time),

introduced by

quum
(before

(when),

dum

(while),

postquam

(after that),

priusquam

that), etc.
3.

4.

Final (those that denote an end or purpose) see 7. Consecutive (those that denote a consequence or
;

result)

see
5.

g 8.

Causal (those that denote a cause or reason), introduced by or quia (because),, quum or quoniam (since).

CLASSIFICATION OF SENTENCES.
6.

101
etsi,

Concessive (those that denote a concession) introduced by

quaxnquam, quamvis, etiamsi (although).

7. Comparative (those that denote comparison or proportion), introduced by ut (as), quasi, velut (as if) &c.

8.

Conditional (those that denote a condition), introduced by

si

(if), nisi (unless),

dum

(provided that).

EXERCISE XL.
I.

rich
3.

To this will be added the fact that the accused (use is quij is a man. 2. The second thing is that you should do something great. I was afraid that the letter you wrote me was lost. 4. It seems
is

he

many

very like the brother whom you saw. 5. Don't you think that things are better than wealth ? 6. He wrote me to come as

quickly as possible to Italy.

7. I saw your sister at Athens and heard that she was soon to start for Rome (co-ordinate rel.). 8. You loiew how slow he was. 9. We shall soon know which of you

lieve

10. Tell him to give you the gold to keep. n. I betake a contract for burying the dead. 12. You should not linger in town against the wish of your father. 13. Shall I ask him to tell us whether the house is selling low or not ? 14. I asked
is

favored.

he

will

him

to

do

it

at once.

15.

told

them the date of the intended

16. There is no doubt that there were abdication (use verb). brave men before Agamemnon. 17. After he had set out to attack

the camp, he heard that it had been taken ing this, he did not hesitate to follow them.
less

by storm.
19.
I

18.

Learnis

believe there

water in the well than ever.

into them.
22.
23.
I

20.

The

ships were so high that

their custom, to sell
to

we could not climb

house
at

their horses in the spring.

21. This was Does he intend

Baiae to-day
to
us.
24.

go to his countrybelieve he denies that he has sent

anyone enough

He

used to
is

for him.

25.

This

say that anything at all was a great thing, namely, that all will be

26. It is not for anyone to assert that they will obey the spared. laws. 27. What does it matter to you whether he has accepted
gifts

or not

28.

consult their

own

30. He help us. 31. Let us not boast of doing what so

a wonderful thing their being unwilling to 29. I am very sorry that you came to used to complain of men's forgetting their friends.
It is

interest.

many

others have done,

102

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

41.

ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. LOCAL AND TEMPORAL CLAUSES.

Local adverbial clauses add to the statement of the main
:

1.

clause the idea of place

as,
est.

is

Nolo vivere ubi tyrannus a tyrant.

I do not wish

to live

where there

Quo
what

vult et

qua

vult, vagatur.

He

strolls

where he will and in

direction he will.

Note.
rection.

| Ubi expresses rest\ quo, motion towards; and qua,

\

di-

2.

The verb

of the local adverbial clause

(p.

is
;

in the indicative
(b)

except (a) in indirect narration

final force (i.e., is

4,

note 3)
:

when

it

has a

used to express a purpose)

as,

Dixit se, quo vellet, vagari. He said that he strolled where he wished (direct=quo volo vagor. / stroll where I wish]. Massiliam abiit ubi exulet. He has gone off to Massilia to live
in exile there.

and purpose;

i.e.,

(Here the adverbial clause expresses both place ubi=ut ibi, that there}.

TEMPORAL CLAUSES. POSTQUAM.

PRIUSQUAM.
3.

DUM.

the

Temporal adverbial clauses main verb as,

:

define the time of the action of

Haec

feci,
is

dum

potui.

I did this while I could.

feci.

Here the clause

dum

potui

temporal, limiting the main verb

POSTQUAM.
Temporal conjunctions meaning after that, as soon_.as^ like postquam, simul, simul ac (or, before a vowel, atque), ubi, ut (primum), quum primum, are followed by the indicative: as, Simul atque fcaec audivit, abiit. After he had heard this, he went away, or No sooner had he heard this, than, Q^c.
4.

Note.

-The

perfect

is

used after these conjunctions for the

English pluperfect.

TEMPORAL CLAUSES.

DUM.

103
col-

Postquam id animadvertit, copias suas Caesar in proximum lem subducit. After he had noticed this, Caesar withdraws
forces to the nearest
hill.

his

Ubi se paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida incendunt. When they thought they were ready, they set fire to the towns. Ea res ut Helvetiis nuntiata est, eum causam dicere coegerunt.

When
plead

this fact

was reported to

the Helvetii, they compelled

him

to

his cause.

Nostri, simul in arido constiterunt,

impetum

fecerunt.

Our

men, as soon as they had set foot on dry land, made an attack.
Note.

Postquam with the

8)
:

perfect indie,

may be sometimes used

which
is

to supply the place of the perfect part. act.

Latin (p. 49,

as,

Postquam haec

vidit,

Seeing (i.e., having seen) ingemuit.

this,

wanting in he groaned.

DUM.
5. Temporal conjunctions meaning while or until, like dum, donee, quoad, take the indicative when they mean while, as long as : as,

Dum
the

ea Romani parant, iam oppidum oppugnabatur. While Romans were making these pi eparations, the town was already
hie ero, te
i.

being besieged.

Dum
Note

amabo.

I shall love you,

while

I am

here.

the time expressed by the dum-clause includes the time of the action of the main verb, the present tense is used in

When

Latin instead of the English past.

Note

2.

When
is

the future tense

used

the time of the temporal clause is really future^ in Latin for the English present.

6. Dum, donee, quoad, meaning until, take the indicative when used to express time alone as,
:

Dum

rediit Marcellus, silentium fuit.

There was silence until

Marcellus returned.

was

Milo in senatu fuit eo die, quoad senatus dimissus est. in the senate on that day, until the senate was dismissed.
veniet

Milo

Non

dum

scripsero.

He

will n?t c<um

till

/ write.

104
Note.
pres.,
is

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Dum (until)

is

followed by the fut.-pf. for the English

the action expressed by the verb of the temporal clause to be over before that of the main verb begins.

when

But when dum, &c., express some further idea of purpose or

expectation
(i.e.,

are final as well as temporal), they require the

subjunctive: as,
.

Dum

naves convenirent, exspectavit.

(i.e.,

should assemble

He waited till the ships in order that they might assemble; purpose).
Let them put off
till

See

p. 20, 2.

Differant
cools
(i.e.,

dum

ira defervescat.

their anger

in order that their anger

may

coot).

Impetum hostium sustinuit quoad ceteri pontem interrumperent. -withstood the attack of the enemy till the rest should break down the bridge (i.e., that they might break down the bridge).

He

Note.

Dum
:

for

dummodo, provided

that,

is

joined with the

subjunctive as, Oderint that they fear.

dum

metuant.

Let them hate^ provided

PRIUSQUAM.
7. Temporal conjunctions meaning before that, like priusquam and antequam, take the indicative when they mark simple priority in time as, Priusquam lucet, adsunt. They are here before it is
:

light.

Filios convocavlt,

antequam mortuus

est.

_He

called together his

sons before he died.

These take the future-perfect for the English present, the action expressed by the verb of the temporal clause is to be over before that of the main verb begins as, Antequam aliquo loco consedero, ne longas a me litter-as exspectaverfs Before I
Note.

when

settle (literally, shall

have

settled)

somewhere, do not expect a long

letter

from me

(p. 26, 3).

8. Antequam and priusquam take the subjunctive, however, when used to express soH!e further v&K&jtiUkttiention or purpose

or of a prevented result : as, Priusquam se hostes ex terrore reciperent, in fines eorum exercitum duxit, Before the enemy recovered from their panic^ he

TEMPORAL CLAUSES.
led his

105

army

into
,

their

territory

(final

\=in order that they

might not recover etc.) Priusquam pugnaretur, nox intervenit. Night came on before See p. 38, 2. the battle 'was fought (result prevented).
Note,

Antequam and priusquam

as,

are

often

written in two

drops before it rains. Written not the until: as, Non for used often are English thus, they prius respondebo quam tacueris, I shall not answer until you

words

Ante rorat quam

pluit, it

are silent,
9. In indirect narration, the verb of a temporal adverbial clause
is

in the subjunctive

as,

Dixit eos, ut primum luceret, adesse. there^ as soon as it was light.

He

said that they were

EXERCISE XLI.
2. No sooner had i. As soon as he hears this, he will go away. they departed, than a second army was seen approaching. 3. I should like you to be in a country where you are known. 4. He will wait until the rest of the ships assemble there. 5. They will

not

come here
7.

until

we

write them.
I

regard to the other matters,

self.

wilt

6. Before I answer him with answer him with regard to my-

They kept gradually advancing until they came to the I believe that they had already crossed the Alps into 9. He did Italy, two hundred years before they captured Rome. 10. He not leave the city before he had an interview with me.
camp.
8.

told
1 1.

me, that before he

set out

he would have an interview with me.

I

Wait until he comes. 12. unti-l I return to Rome. 13. until his father was killed.
desires to avoid Charybdis.

will

He
14.

not tell him why I sent for you, did not take part in the battle He falls into Scylla while he

was

He used to say that, while there (anima\ there was hope. 16. He was detained until the consul was consulted. 17. While he was fortifying the hill, the enemy stormed the camp. 18. They did%t cease to fly until they reached the river. 19. Before he had any pleasure in life, death took him away. 20. They were sent back to the place (eo) from which they came. 21. Wait until you are obeyed.- 22. He decided
15.
life

106

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

he
it

to consult the senate before

in the senate that

set out.

23.

thought that he was

24.

day

until

was dismissed.

Do you

believe

always drops before it rains ? 25. He sustained the attack until the bridge was broken. 26. All this was done before I left 27. You can do nothing more pleasing to me than this. Italy.
that
it

28.

can make him as gentle as a lamb.

than compassion. say that he did not know Greek.

29.

He

used to say

that nothing dried. more quickly than a tear.

30.

worthy of a good
are

man

31. Tell

Nothing is more me where they

who 32. They did not take up arms until the trace had expired (exeo). 33. It is his part to say whether he thinks that this concerns him or not. 34. Provided that you have the zeal, you will always have the ability.

42.

TEMPORAL CLAUSES. SYNTAX OP QUUM.

when, simply expressing contemporaneous time
:

1.

Quum (cum)
quum

(called

temporal} takes the indicative

as,

Quum
Aedui.

Caesar in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant When Caesar came into Gaul, the Aedui were the leaders

of the one party. Quum verba faciunt, maiores extollunt.

extol their ancestors.

When

they speak, they

Nondum profectus erat quum haec g-esta sunt. departed when these thi?igs took place.
Te videbo

He had not yet

quum

potero,

rure rediero, country, you will be in Rome.

Quum

/ shall see you when I can. tu Eomae eris. When I return from

the

In these sentences, quum is a relative adverb and corresponds to a suppressed correlative turn (then) in the main clause.

Note. Quum when it refers to the future, takes the fut. tense for the English pres., and the fut.-perf. when the action of the verb of the temporal clause is over before that of the main verb begins.
2.

Quum
:

meaning

since (called

quum

causal], requires the sub-

junctive

as,

TEMPORAL CLAUSES.
Quae quum

SYNTAX OF QUUM.

107
so,

ita sint, Catilina, perge.

As

this

is

Catiline

',

go

on.

3. But when used with the imperfect or pluperfect tense, quum usually takes the subjunctive, even when no idea of cause is

implied

as,

Decessit Agesilaus quum in when he had entered the harbor.

portum

venisset.

Agesilaus died

SUBSTITUTES FOR PERFECT PARTICIPLE ACT.

4.

Quum
:

with the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive,

perf. part,

is

a comin

mon
Latin

substitute for the

as,

active,

which

is

wanting

Quum
parted.

haec

dixisset, abiit.

Having spoken

these words, he de-

There
(a)

are, therefore, four substitutes for the perf. part, active

Quum +
subj.

imperf. or pluperf.

(b)

Postquam +

perf. indie,

(f)

The

ablative absolute.

(d)

The perf. part, of a synonymous deponent.

:

Thus Having spoken

:

these words,

is

(a)

Quum

haec

dixisset.

(c) His dictis (

said).

these

things

(b) Postquam haec (d) Haec locutus.

dixit.

5. Quum with the indicative (called quum frequentative) often used for quoties, as often as, whenever.

is

In this sense, the perfect is used for the English present, pluperfect for the English past as,
:

and the
see the

Quum rosam
rose,

vidi,

turn ver esse arbitror.

it is

Whenever I

then

I judge

that

spring.

Quum impetum fecerant, hostes

they

cedere cogebantur.
retire.

Whenever

made a charge

',

the

enemy were forced to

After quum, however, in this sense, the subjunctive Livy and Tacitus as
:

is

used by

108

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Cum
6.

hoc

vidissent, convolabant.

Whenever they saw

this, they

flocked together.

Quum

with the subjunctive, sometimes has a concessive force

as,

meaning although :
Pylades

quum

sis,

dices te esse Orestem.

Though you

art

Py lades, you

will say you are Orestes.

Note. This meaning of quum may be used to translate the English instead of or without, with a verbal noun as, Quum dicere deberet, tacuit. Instead of speaking, he held his
:

peace

when he ought to have spoken). hostes persequi deberet, ad urbem rediit. (or without) following up the enemy, he returned to the
(literally,

Quum

Instead
city.

oj

7.

Quum
:

with

the

impf.

subjunctive,

is

often

joined

with

audivi

as,

Saepe

eum

audivi

quum

diceret.

/ have often heard him saying

Thus
:

(dicere or dicentem might also be used).

8.

Quum
. .

is

never used interrogatively.

When do you
9. Cum. on the other,

intend to speak ?

Quando

(never

quum) dicturus

oa?

.turn are often found in the sense

On the

one

hand

both

and

as,

Hie

cum ab

ceteris turn a

Xenophonte laudatus
Xenoplion.

est.

He was

praised both by the others

and by

EXERCISE XLIL
i.

When

this bridge is destroyed (fut.-pf),

?

who

will contract to

build another

When he had conquered Carthage, he returned to Rome. 3. When I hear him speak, I shall know whether he is the man or not. 4. When the ships were approaching Britain, a
2.

violent storm arose.

his help,
I

5. Being persuaded myself that we needed wrote to him to come. 6. When you have finished your

work, you may go. 7. When they had reached the top of the hill, they saw a broad plain below them. 8. Phocion always remained poor, though he might (possum; p. 33, 5) have been rich. 9. When
I

was

at Athens,

used to hear Zeno.

10.

Instead of going to

FINAt AND CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES.

Athens,

100

you remained
12.

at

Rome.

1 1

When

see him,

vo

Arpmum.
he
left

When you
13. 14.

read

this, I shall

I shall go on perhaps have had an

lot,

Being discontented (use poenitet) with his Who can tell me when he intends to return ? 1 5. The more they have, the more they ask for. 16. When I saw that he spoke with judgment, I applauded. 17. Caesar told 18. He did not show Cato that his (Cato's) words dipleased him. what he thought himself. 19. The battle was not ended until the general was killed. 20. He used to say that a storm always threatened before it rose. 21. Though they could not have done much, still
interview with him.

the country.

they might have spoken (p. 33, 5). 22. It never seemed to me that anyone could be happy when he was in misfortune (pi. of malum).

Having conquered the greater pa^rt/of"the island, he died at 24. Whenever he came to a to\vR, he demanded hostages. 26. Nature 25. Observing this, he marched against them at once. wished one (alter) man to stand in need of another (alter] for what one has, another lacks. 27. He said that we must return the money to-morrow. 28. When you had finished your work, you should have helped your friend. 29. By disbanding the army, he declared that the war was ended. 30. I did not know how many men there were. 31. You must pay when the day of payment 32. It is many years since you have been doing (gerund) conies.
23.

Citium.

this
is

(cum

4-

pres. ind.

p. 34, 3).

33.

Do you

think that anything

harder than stone ?

43.

FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. QITI FINAL. QUI CONSECUTIVE.

final clauses, see
is

1.

For the syntax of ordinary

7.

2.

The

relative qui (called qui final)

:

often used with the sub-

junctive to express a purpose

Misit legates aui

as

pacem

peterent.

He Snt ambassadors to suefor

peace (qui=ut

ei,

that they).

Note. Relative adverbs, like ubi (where) and undo (whence), are used, like the relative pronoun, to express a purpose as,
:

110

LATI* PROSE COMPOSITION.

ubi habitaret
leg-it.

Domum

He

chose a house

where he might
to

dwell (ubi=ut ibi, that there)\ Cupit habere unde solvat.

He

wants

to

have means

pay

(unde-ut inde, that

thence).

3. In English, the infinitive is often used to denote a. purpose, but in Latin it is never so used in good prose. Such an infinitive may be expressed in Latin, as shown already, in various ways.

Thus
follows
:

He

sent ambassadors to sue for peace

may be

expressed as

Legates misit ut pacem peterent (v& final).

Legates misit qui pacem peterent (qui

final).

Legates misit ad pacem petendam (gerundive ace. with ad). Legates misit pacis petendae causa (gerundive genitive with
causa).

Legates misit ad pacem petendum (gerund ace. with ad). Legates misit pacem petendi causa (gerund genitive with causa). Legates misit pacem petitum (supine after verb of motion). Legates misit pacem petituros (future part, active, expressing a
purpose).
4.

For the syntax of ordinary consecutive

clauses, see

8.

QUI CONSECUTIVE.
5.

The

relative qui (called qui consecutive} is often

:

used with the

subjunctive to introduce a consecutive clause

as,

Non is sum qui hoc faciam.

that
6.
(a)
7).

I am not the one

to

Here

is

qui has the force of such as

is

to,

do it (qui=ut ego, of such a kind as to.

:

Qui consecutive

used

in the following constructions

With

certain indefinite expressions, like sunt qui (there are

some who), habeo qui, (/ have who), reperiuntur qui (there are found who), nemo est qui (there is no one who), quis est qui? {who is there who ?), niliil est quod (there is nothing that), est cur (there is reason why), quotusquisque est qui (how few there are

who) as, Sunt qui putent

:

nihil sibi litteris

opus

esse.

There are some

who

think that they have no need of literature.

QUI FINAL AND QUI CONSECUTIVE.

Nihil eat

Ill

quod dicere velim.

There
is

is

nothing that

I wish

to say.

Nihil est cur irascare

There

no reason

why
to

you should be
defend himself

angry.
Nil habet

quo se defendat. He has nothing

with.
(b)

After dignus (worthy), indignus (unworthy), and idoneus or

(fit}
:

aptus

as,

Dfgnus

est qui ametur.

He is worthy
be).

to be

loved (he is worthy

that he should be loved, he deserves to

(c)

After

quam

(than) with a comparative

as,

Maior est quam cui resist! possit. He is too great -greater than to whom it can be resisted).
Note.

to be resisted

Possum, 1 can,

is

used impersonally, only when joined

with a passive infinitive.

(d) In negative
(so), or

and interrogative sentences,

after tarn, sic,

adeo

tantus

(so

qui haec faciat.

great); as, Nemo tarn (or quis tarn) ferreus est No one is (or who is) so iron-hear ted as to do this.
is

7. Instead of qui non, quin with the subjunctive

as,

often used

Nemo

est quin sciat.

There

is

no one who does not know.

dubito (doubt), nego (deny), ignoro (be ignorant), when joined with a negative or virtual negative,* that is expressed by quin (=qui ne, how not) as,
So, too, after
:

Negari non potest quin turpe

nied that
it is

sit

fidem

fallere.

// cannot be de-

dishonorable to break one's word.

sit

Non

dubitat quin animus

immortalis.

He

does not doubt

that the soul is immortal.

quis ignorat quin haec vera sint? that this is the truth ?

Num

Is anyone ignorant

Note Quis means any and quanto.

*

after si (if), nisi (unless), ne,

num, quo

Words

like

vix, scarcely

and questions that expect the answer No.

112

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

is

8. Qui, with the subjun.,

also used in a restrictive sense

sit,

as^

Nemo, qui quidem paulo prudentior

hoc dubitat.

No

one,

who

at least is a
:

man

of some
sciam.

sense, doubts this (p. 78, 9).

So, too

Nemo quod

No

one as far as

I know.
;

9. Qui with the indie., refers only to the antecedent the subjun., involves also the idea of a class as,
:

qui with

Is

sum qui id feci. I am

/ am

the one

who did it.

faciam.

the one to do it

(i.e.,

But of such a kind as

:

Is to

sum
do

qui

id

it).

EXERCISE XLIII.
i.

Nothing
2.
3.

is

so obscure that

(gerund).

Men were
I

camp on.
about
tunities.

she

it can not be found out by inquiry, sent to pick out a place suitable to ennot worthy to rule? 4. They have nothing to talk

(re!.).
6.

5.

He
7.

is

not the

man

to

make a bad

use of his oppor-

Is

he the

man

another (alter) ? wise to be here ?

He is

9.

a fit This book

one thing (alter) and think person to be trusted. 8. Is he not too

to say
is

too difficult to understand.

10.

There are some who are too faithful to sell their country for gold. 12. I do ii. He has committed a crime too great to be forgiven. not doubt that you have spoken the truth. 13. He had nothing to
14. I sent a man to tell you the truth. 15. Aelius used to say. 16. They are always write speeches for others to deliver (use qui).

asking

me what

am

doing.

some

(alius) that (relative) they

17. Men are found who may give to others. 18.

take from
Is

anyone

so foolish that he can understand nothing? 19. He was unworthy to have that honor conferred upon him. 20. He sent forward five
21. How few there are who are like legions to attack the camp, 22. They were too proud to ask for money. him 23. There is him from can it. He is that 24. doing prevent nothing asking for a
!

pen to write with. 25. Who is there who would wish this ? 26. It happened that he was the first to announce it at Rome. 27. He 28. We need a consul to left a legate to finish the business (reL) influence (flecto) the populace. 29. This I had to say (rel.) on 30. There was nothing new to ask you (re/.) 31. He friendship. wishes to have a place (quo) to go to. 32. No one if at least he will be absent is a. man (use rel.)

CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.

113

44.

CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLASSES.

Because and Although.

1.

mentioned

Causal adverbial clauses state the cause or reason for the fact In English they are usually inin the main clause.
:

troduced by because

as,

Tacent quia periculxun metuunt.

fear danger.

They are

silent because they

or

2. Causal clauses are usually introduced by quod, quia \because) quoniam (=quum iam, since now), seeing that.

duce

by the indicative when the reason they introgiven on the speaker's own authority they are followed by the subjunctive when the reason they introduce is given on the authority of another as,

They

are followed

is

He was banished because he was just (or for being just). Here esset would mean that this was the reason usually given, for the truth of which, however, the speaker would not vouch.
Patria expulsus est quia iustus erat.

Socrates accusatus est quod corrumperet iuventutem. Socrates was accused because (as was alleged] he was corrupting the young men (corrunapebat would mean that the speaker vouched for the
truth of the charge).

Note.
(praise),

This quod is common after queror (complain), laudo gaudeo (be glad), doleo (be sorry). See p. 99, 6.
in the sense of since, is often
:

3.

Quum (cum),

used to introduce a

causal clause (p. 106, 2)

as,

Haec quum

ita sint, abibo.

As

this is so,

I shall go away.

4. The relative qui (called qui causal) is often used with the subjunctive to introduce a causal clause as,
:

Pecasse videor qui a te discesserim. It seems I have done wrong, inasmuch as I have parted from yoti (peccasse=peccavisse).
Note.
In this sense, qui
is

often strengthened
as,

quippe or utpote, indeed, as being: 9

by the addition of Multa de me questus est

114

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION,

quippe qui in me incensus esset. He complained at length of me inasmuch as he had been exasperated against me
5.

Qui causal

is

very

commonly found

after exclamations: as,

Me
this /

miserum, qui haec fecerim.

Wretch that I

am for

doing

Note.

The

accusative case

is

often used in exclamations.

It is

called the acctisative of exclamation.

6. Non quod or non quo, with the subjunctive, introduce a rejected reason as,
:

is

often used to

Hoc laudo non quod honestum

this,

sit,

sed quod utile

it is

est.

I praise

not because

De
&c.

expedient. consilio meo non scrips!, non quo celandum esset sed quia, I did not write you about my plan not because it required to
,
',

it is

honorable but because

be concealed but because

c.

So too

Non quin, not but that : as, Non quin me anaes sed quod abire cupio.
:

Not but that you

love

me, but because I

am anxious to

go.

CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.
7. Concessive adverbial clauses are those that

make some

con-

cession, in spite of which the statement of the main clause They are usually introduced in English by although : as,

is true.

The Bomani, quamquam proelio fessi erant, tamen procedunt. Romans, although they were weary with fighting, nevertheless advance.

tive

state a fact, take the indica8. Concessive clauses, when they state a supposition, the subjunctive as, ; Caesar, quamquam nondum eorum consilia cog-noverat, tamen
:

when they

suspicabatur. Though Caesar had not as yet discovered their plans, he nevertheless was suspicious.
Etsi falso in suspicionem venisses,
buisti.

"

tamen mini ignoscere

de-

Although you had

been falsely suspected ( which you were

not: a supposition), still you should have pardoned nem venire=the passive of suspicor, I suspect}.
9.

me

[li?

suspicio-

The

following are the commor. concessive conjunctions, and

CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.

the
:

115

moods with which they are used Quamquam (though), and utut (however), with indicative licet, quamvis (lit., as you wish\ etsi, etiami, ut, quum ("all meaning although}, with subjunctive tametsi (although, even if} all compounds of si (if}, and following
;

the

same

rules for

mood
is

(p. 119).

Note.

and

also used with single words as without influence on the verb of the clause as,

Quamvis

an adverb

Ille,

quamvis

facetus, odio est.

He

whatever his wit [Odio esse,

passive of odi,

to be for

however witty, an object of

is hated (or hate, is the

/ hate\.
used conces:

10.
sively.

The

It is

relative qui, with the subjunctive, is often called qui concessive as,

saw

Caesar, qui haec videret, tamen aciem instruxit. = this, still he drew up his line ( qui quamvis).
11. Latin concessive conjunctions

Though Caesar

may be

used to express Eng-

lish

notwithstanding, whatever : as, In spite of his being a good man, he was condemned. Is quam-

phrases like In spite

vir

of,

quam

bonus
Is,

erat,

condemnatus

est.

However
quitted.

guilty he

may

be (whatever his guilt\ he will be acsit,

quamvis nocentissmus
is

absolvetur.

12.

Quamquam

often used co-ordinately, in the sense of

and

yet:

as,

Quamquam
thought
it

ego putabam id non posse.

impossible.

And

yet

I for my part

was

EXERCISE XLIV.
ing that you

Although they are brave, still they may be defeated. 2. Seehad promised, you should have kept your word. 3. As they were not able to withstand our attack, they retreated to their camp. 4. They were glad because they had recovered their man in that (since) you have been banished 5. Unhappy ship. from your country. 6. He was accused of corrupting the young men (use because). 7. He was thrown into prison because he had killed his friend. 8. That being the case, take up your arms. 9. He was angry with me for preferring gain to friendship (as he said).' 10. Was he not banished because he was just? ii. You are praising
i.
!

116

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

for

him

doing what
it is

am

sure he did not do.

13.

12.

There are some

for

who deny that

true.

He was despised by them

they

knew

him(ret.) 14. He is not a proper person to be received. 15. They are too brave to be conquered. 16. This life is too short to be the whole
I pity you who have not slept for three whole few there are who believe him! 19. He sent two sons there, that they might be taught literature. 20. There are

life

of

man

(re!.)

17.

nights.

18.

How

mind and body perish together. 21. Hand 22. You have reason to rejoice. 23. He wished to hinde$ me from coming. 24. There was no one but thought him mad. 25. The general, who saw that he could not
some who think
a sword to
that

me

kill

with.

26. Who is there of you it, ordered the men to advance. worthy of his country who will not pray for this ? 27. He was too merciful to punish them. 28. Though he is worthy of punishment, I pity him. 29. To think that you should be unable to hear it 31. Give 30. You will hardly find anyone to believe it. me a stick with which I may drive away the birds. 32. Of all men of those at least I know (re/.) he has the best ability.

prevent

who

is

45.

COMPARATIVE CLAUSES.
:

1. comparative adverbial clause expresses agreement (or the opposite) with the statement of the main clause as,

Ut sementem
you do
clause.
(lit.,

feceris, ita

metes.

You shall reap

seeding.
is

according' as

shall have done)

your

Here the clause introduced by ut

an adverbial comparative

The following words, used to introduce a comparative clause, are followed by ac (or, before a vowel, atque) for than, as, from, &c.
:

Alius (other), aliter or secus (otherwise], similis (like), dissimilis (unlike), par (equal), pariter or aeque (equally), perinde or pro-

inde or iuxta (just as), contrarius (opposite), pro eo (in proportion)

:

as,

COMPARATIVE CLAUSES.
Se gerit
you.
Simili fortuna
long-e aliter

117

ac tu.

He

behaves very differently

from

atque antea utimur.

We

are having the same

fortune as before.

Amicos aeque ac semet

friends as

dilig-ere oportet.
(lit.,

We
;

should love our

p. 55, 2).

much as

ourselves

one should, &c.

:

Contra (opposite) takes Contra

quam

as,

quam

pollicitus es, fecisti.

You have acted

in violation

of your froinise.
Nihil aliud {nothing else)
is

followed by

Bellum suscipitur ut
videatur.

nihil aliud

War is

undertaken in

quam or nisi as, quam (or nisi) pax quaeslta such a way that nothing but peace
:

seems sought for.

2.

Comparative
as,

clauses

introduced by

quam may

take

the

construction of the
ut:

main

clause, or the subjunctive with or without

Nee

ultra saeviit
('lit.,

less cruelty

quam satis erat. Nor did he show any neednor was he cruelfurther than was enough). quam
(ut) indicaret.

Perpessus est omnia potius everything rather than inform.

He

endured

Bum
Note.
that he

aggrediamur potius quam propulsemus.

In the same way,

Let us attack

rather than repel him.

Dixit se quidvis potius

quam connects two infinitives as, perpessurum quam exiturum. He said

:

would endure anything rather than go

fall

forth.
:

3. Comparative clauses
(a)

into
is

two classes

Where

the comparison

stated as a fact

as,

Omnia, sicut acta sunt, memoravit.

thing, just as
(b)
it

He

has narrated every-

was

done.
is

Where

the comparison

stated as a

mere supposition
seek

as,

Honores petunt quasi honeste vixerint. They they had lived honorably (=while they have nof).

office ,

as if

The

first

class take the indicative

the second, the subjunctive.

118

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

4. The following are the common comparative conjunctions that are usually joined with the subjunctive Tanquam, or tanquam si, quasi, velut, or velut si, as if: as,
:

Tanquam hoc
Velut
si

difficile sit.

A s if this were hard.

ad
nos.

Asia

sit

clausa, sic nihil perfertur

Just as

if

Asia were

closed,

no news reaches us
. .

[p. 123, II. (b)~\.

is

5. The English the. Latin in two ways

:

.the with

two comparatives,

expressed in

(a)

By quo
(or

eo (or quanto

tanto) with two comparatives

as

quanto)

quis est melior,

eo (or

tanto)

difficilius

suspicatur. /Quo

The

better

man

is,

the

more

difficulty

he has in

suspecting
(b)

(p. 78, 6).

By Ut

quisque,...ita, with two superlatives: as,

est, ita difflcillime suspicatur.
:

Ut quisque

vir

optimus

The

better

man
to

is,

&c.

Note.

This might also be translated

In proportion
is good,

a marts

goodness, &c., or, In proportion as a

man

&c.

IDIOMATIC USES OF UT,

6.

AS.

The

following idiomatic uses of ut, as, should be noticed

sic
it

(a) Ut fortasse vere, his answer was true, yet

parum was not very expedient

utiliter respondit.

(concessive

Though and

restrictive).
(b)
(c)

Valde frugi

erat, ut servus.
illis

He was

very thrifty for a slave.

Multum, ut

temporibus, valuit.

He had great

influence

for that time.

(d} Multae etiam, ut in nomine Romano, litterae. ledge of literature, too, for a Roman.
(e)

A good knowWith
his usual

reticence, he
.

Pauca, ut semper taciturnus made a brief reply.

erat, respondit.

(f)

great,

Magnus pavor, ut in re improvisa, fuit. The panic was as was natural in so unexpected an occurrence,

CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.

119

EXERCISE XLV.
I.

He
3.

shall

can.

They acted
is

be punished as he deserves. 2. I will bear it as I as if the enemy were already at the gates. 4.
I

Though he
you
for
direct.

absent,
6.

will

come
as
if

You speak

to your aid. he were here.

5.

We will fight as
He
praised us

7.

8. He spoke as if no one having behaved so well (p. 1 13, 2). were dissatisfied with his lot. 9. He shut the gate to keep out the enemy. 10. He talks as if he thought that it was all over with

him.
I

IT.

He was
fool.
I

were a
if 1

13.

too proud to accept money. 12. He acts as if The more a man reads, the more he knows.

angry with you, you may say what you wish. 15. 16. Even Varius does not hesitate to lead out his troops (use ne-quidem). 17. However you have behaved towards me, still I will praise you. 18. They tell a very different tell other things than). 19. They placed the story from you (say
14.

Though

am

As

cared for that

it had been (use contra are acting otherwise than I wished. 21. They have not been praised as much as they deserve. 22. She gave him

image in the opposite direction to what

20.

quarn).

You

a sword to
praised as

kill

himself with
24.
I

(p.

1 1 1,

6).
I

23.
felt.

wish he< would come

Philosophy
is

(use utinam).

spoke just as
it

25.

not

much

as

deserves.

26.

They move backwards with

an opposite motion to that of the sky. 27. He will be punished in proportion as he deserves. 28. She has as much sense as beauty 29. He asked me whether I was in good health, and I (use par). answered Yes. 30. A boy should know more than he says. 31. After dismissing the army, he returned to Rome. 32. He said that he would perish sooner than that I should be harmed. 33. Let them fight rather than be slaves. 34. Though they had rest from battle, still they did not cease from labor.

46.

CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.

conditional sentence contains (a) a main clause, (b) an ad1. verbial clause stating the condition on which the statement of the main clause is, or would be, true as, If he says this, he is wrong,
:

The

clause containing the condition

is

called the z/-clause,

120
2.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

The common
:

types of the

conditional

sentence

are

as

follows

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
IF- CLAUSE.
1.

MAIN CLAUSE.
errat.
this^^

Si quis Si quis

haec

dicit,

If anyone says

he

is

wrong.

haec

dixit,

erravit.

If anyone said this,

he was wrong.
(or dixerit),

2.

Si quis

haec dicet

errabit.

If anyone says

(literally,

shall

say or have said} this,

f 3.

he will be wrong.
erret.

Si quis haec dicat. If anyone were to (or should} say

this,

he would be wrong.

4.

Si quis Si quis

haec

diceret,
this (now},

erraret.

If anyone were saying

5.

he would be wrong.
erravisset.

haec dixisset, If anyone had said,Jhis (in

the past) he would have been wrong.

Note.

in type 2), Latin uses the future, or

Instead of the English present, referring to the future (as if the action of the verb in
is

the if-clause
perfect.

over before that of the main verb begins

the future-

3.

Unless, or if not with

^

tfce

force of u?iless,

is nisi

or ni: as,

arma sumpsisses, deletus esses. arms, you would have been destroyed.
Nisi Nisi

Unless

you had taken up

If the doctor were not But when if not cannot be turned into unless, it is expressed by si non: as, Cur mihi noces, si ego tibi non noceo? Why do you harm me if I do not harm you ?
here, the boy

medicus adesset, puer moreretur.

would

be dying.

4.

Any,

after si or nisi, is quis: as,

poenas dabit. punished (literally, shall have done

Si quis ita fecerit,

If anyone does
so).

s0,

he will be

CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.
5.

121
(i.e.,

Whether ...
if.
. .

.or,

introducing alternative conditions

is

with
:

the force of

.or if\

expressed by sive (seu)....sive (seu)

as,

Sive adfuisti sive abfuisti, nihil dico.

Whether you were present

or absent^

I say

nothing.

an

must be carefully distinguished from utrum.. introducing a dependent double question and used as the subject or object of a verb as,
Sive.... sive
(p. 29, 6),
:

Note

Utrum
willing.

velit

an

nolit rog-o.

I ask whether

he is willing or un-

6. But if, introducing a corrected condition, is sin (=si+ne, if not); if not (without a verb) is si minus (or, rarely, si non) as,
:

respondeo sin nihil rogas, taceo. Ifyou ask, I answer; but if you dorft ask, I hold my peace. Si haec fecerit, gaudebo si minus, aequo animo feram. If he has done it, I shall be glad; if not, 1 shall bear it with patience.
Si rogas,
; ;

7. Nisi forte (or vero)

is

often used to express an ironical ob-

jection

as,

Nisi forte existimatis

think that he

eum dementem fuisse. Unless indeed you was mad (==you surely do not think).
EXERCISE XLVI.

you should ask me that, I would answer nothing. 2. If I knew the name of this flower, I should value it more highly. 3. If you bore adversity well, you will bear prosperity joyfully. 4. If I
I.

If

should deny

it, I

should be telling a falsehood.

5.

If

dogs barked

in

the day-light, they would be killed. 6. If you were here, you would think otherwise. 7. If I had set out that night, I should

have seen him. 8. If I am present, I will speak. 9. Whether you were absent or whether you were present, you will be punished. 10. If they had distrusted him, they would not have put him at the head of the army. n. If he were to deny it, it would be the height of folly. 12. I should not ask you to do this, if I thought you would refuse. 13. Whether this is true or false, all will believe it. 14. If he had not come to our aid, it would have been all over with us. 16. If you had 15. If he were here, he would be laughing.
not applauded, he would have been ashamed.
17.

If they

had not

122

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

detained me, I should have been here first 18. If he is at the head of the army, the country will be safe. 19. If they should swear they were innocent, I would not believe them. 20. Will you ask how much I ought to give ? 21. He asked me whether I would rather be an orator or a poet. 22. Let us return home for fear they come in our absence. 23. If anyone had ordered this, he would not have been obeyed by anyone. 24. If he should ask at what hour he would be put to death, they would tell him. 25. If he is a man of courage, he will refuse if not, he will do it. 26. Learning is nothing else but recollecting. 27. You surely do not suppose that all the captives have been put to death. 28. If I am at home, my heart is abroad but if I am abroad, my heart (animus) is at home. 30. Don't 29. If this were not so, he would be here. think that I write longer letters to any one. 31. Whether he reads or writes, he wastes no time.
;
;

47.

CLASSIFICATION OP CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

Exception to the Rules. The common types of the conditional sentence are easily learned with a little attention and practice. They are classified as
1.

follows

Conditional sentences are divided into three classes

I.

SIMPLE PRESENT AND PAST CONDITIONS.

will be known.

This class
classes are
is

easily recognised
It

when

the second and third

includes

all

conditional sentences in which

It

nothing

implied as to the fulfilment of the condition.

:

has the

indicative in both clauses

as,

Pecuniam
Pecuniam
Note.

si
si

habet, dat.

If he has money^ he gives

it.
it.

habuit, dedit.

If he had money, he gave head of the sentence. for si, at the head of a

Si rarely stands at the

Hence the
si-clause.

common

use of quodsi (but if)

CLASSIFICATION OF CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

123

II.

FUTURE CONDITIONS.

of the condition
types
(a)
:

This class includes conditional sentences in which the fulfilment Of these there are two is referred to the future.

Where

the condition
si

is

regarded as likely to be

fulfilled

as,

Pecuniam

habebit, dabit.
it.

If he has (Old Eng., shall have)

money, he will give

Here the

fut. indie, is

used in both clauses.

But the

fut.-perf. is

used in the z^-clause when the action of the verb of that clause is to be represented as over before that of the main verb begins as,
:

Hoc

si fecerit,

morietur.

If he does

this,

he shall die

(literally,

shall have done).

(b)

Where
:

the condition
in

Such sentences have

clause
as,
si

is regarded as unlikely to be fulfilled. English would or should in the main

Pecuniam
give
it.

habeat, det.

If he should have money he would

^

Here the present subjunctive

III.

is

used

in

both clauses.

CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT.

all

This class includes

conditional sentences in which the con-

dition is represented as not fulfilled.

Of

these also there are two

types
(a)

Where

the condition

is

in

English the word

now (expressed

referred to the present. These have or understood) in both clauses

:

as,

Pecuniam
give
it

si

haberet, daret.

If he had money (now), he would

used
both clauses.

(now).
is

Here the imperfect subjunctive

(6)

in

Where

the condition

is

referred to the past.

:

This type ha

in

English woitld have in the majn clause

as,

124

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

dedisset.

Pecuniam si habuisset,
have given
it.

If he had had money, he would

used in both clauses.
the ^-clause

Here the pluperfect subjunctive

Note
i.

is

In sentences of Class

III.,

may

refer to

the past, while the

as, Illi si

main clause

refers to the present, or vice versa:

haec

fecissent, viverent.

If they had done

this,

they

would now

be alive.

Note 2. The first type of Class III. is also used of past time to express continuous action : as, Haec si sentirent, sapientes essent. If they had held these views, they would have been wise.
2.

Instead of the usual forms for

would or would have

(in the

main clause of the conditional

frequently found
(a)
(b)
(c)
:

sentence), the following forms are

The The

active periphrastic conjugation (p. 54).

passive periphrastic conjugation (p. 45).

verb or phrase denoting duty, possibility, or propriety, like possum, oportet, debeo, decet (it is becoming) : as,

Any

Quid,

si

hostes ad

urbem

veniant, facturi estis?

What would

you you

do, if the enemy should come to the city ? (here facturi estis, are likely to do, do you intend to do, is much the same as faciatis,

would you
Si

do, the ordinary form).

unum diem

morati

essetis,

had delayed a
died}.

single day, all

omnibus moriendum fuit. If you would have had to die (or would have

Si similem hostem habuisset, magna clades accipi potuit. If he had had a similar enemy, a great defeat would (or might) have been

sustained.
ulla pietas in te fuisset, colere debebas. This man, if been any affection in you, you should have (i.e., would have) honored.
si

Hunc,

there

had

Si ita putasset Milo, optabilius ei fuit.

it

If Milo had thought

so,

would have been preferable for him.

3. An important exception to the regular rules for mood in such conditional sentences must be noted. It is as follows
:

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

125

The indicative, and not the subjunctive, is used in the main clause of the conditional sentence when the verb of that clause is
(a) In the periphrastic conjugation, active or passive (p. 54, 45).
(b)

Possum, I can; debeb,

ought; oportet,

it is

needful\ &c.

as,

letter,

Ni litteras misisset, agros relicturi erant. they would have lejt their lands.

If he had not sent the

Consilia si processissent, interflciendus fuit. If the plans succeeded, he would (or must) have been put to death.

had

Totus exercitus deleri potuit, si persecuti essent victores. The whole army would (or might) have been destroyed, if the victors

had followed up.

4.
all

Provided that is expressed by dum, by modo, or by dummodo, with the subjunctive (with ne for non in negative clauses) as,
:

dum metuant. Let them hate provided that they fear. Let them come, provided that they Veniant dum ne maneant.
Oderint

do not remain.
5. Si, nisi, si

non

(or

minus) may be used with single words

fuit.

as,

Historia nil nisi annalium confectio

History was nothing

but the compiling of annals.

Cum

spe, si

non optima, at aliqua tamen

vivere.

To

live

with

some hope, if not the highest.

Note. At tamen should always be joined to single words, never used to introduce a sentence.

EXERCISE XLVII.
i.

If

they
2.

make an

attack upon this town, they will capture

it

easily.

warning (p. 48, 6), this would never have happened. 3. If you do not return, you will injure all of us. 4. If you had been consul that year, you would have shown the same courage as he did (p. 54, 2). 5. If I had gone there, I
should have had to put up with his insults
(p. 45, 2).
?

H ad he

very

listened to

my

6
7.

If the rest If

were

killed,

would you be

likely to

escape

(p. 54, 2)

you had

126
wished to capture
8.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

this city, you should have collected more troops. he had been a stranger, you should have helped him. 10. Pro9. Had he been a good man, I might have influenced him. vided you ward off this danger, we shall consider you a friend. 11. If he had remained in Rome, he might have been destroyed. 12. If your country were to speak thus to you, she ought to obtain her request. 13. Provided I can collect an army, I will join you

Even

if

immediately.
(use
lit

ita).

not know.

be

grateful.

Though you are away, we shall never forget you Whether you will trust it to him or not, I do 16. Whether you are willing or unwilling, I shall always 17. Whether you were present or not, concerns your14.
15.

promised that he would never return to Rome Unless indeed you fancy it was the old man who was applauded (p. 121, 7). 20. Even if your father had punished 21. If you, you should have remembered that he was your father. you had acted otherwise, the same result would have occurred (say the same thing was about to happen). 22. He wanted to prevent me from speaking. 23. O that the king were here himself. 24. Havself alone.
18.

He

unless victorious.

19.

ing answered thus, he departed without saying good-bye to anyone 26. You (p. 52, 4). 25. He ought to have done what he promised. are not the one to consider poverty a disgrace. 27. What does it

matter to us that the city has been captured ? 28. Even if you had been falsely suspected, you ought to have pardoned me. 29. If he had not manumitted them, they must have been given up to torture. 31. They 30. If they had delayed a single day, all must have died.

were thrown into prison until they paid the fine. 32. He was too cautious to admit that he preferred you to us. 33. Hardly any one doubted that the consul would be obeyed.

INDIRECT NARRATION.

48.
1.

INDIRECT (OR OBLIQUE ) NARRATION.

1
',

statement depending on a verb of saying thinking, perceiving, knowing, or the like, is said to be in indirect or oblique
narration.

Thus, in
Dixit se
citizen,
tion.

civem

Romanum

esse,

he said that he was a

Roman

the words se civem

Romanum

esse are in indirect narra-

The

actual words used were Civis

Romanus sum, / am a
becomes
infinitive

Roman
2.

citizen; these are said to be in direct narration.

direct

The main verb of

narration

in

indirect narration,

and the subject of

(p. 4).

direct

narration becomes

accusative before the infinitive

will

The

tense of the infinitive

Crf~the

be present, perfect, or future^ according as TrTe~-~tense actual words was present, perfect, of future. Thus
:

DIRECT.
Civis

INDIRECT.
Dixit se civem

Romanus sum.
citizen.

Romanum

esse,

/ am a Roman
Civis

He said that he was a Roman citizen.

Dixit se civem Romanum futurum esse (or fore.) He said that he should be a Roman
citizen.

Romanus

ero.
Citizen.

I shall be a Roman
Civis

Romanus eram
(or

(or fui).
citizen.

Dixit se

civem

Romanum
was
(or

fuisse.
been)

/ was

have been) a

Roman

He

said that he

had

Roman

citizen.

tivfr is

Note. After verbs meaning to hope or promise, the future infinj-_ used in^ead of the English present infinitive as. Promisit^
:

se

venturum

esse.

_Je promised to

come

(p. 7, 3).

-*v

3.
it

is

determine the tense of the infinitive in indirect narration, best to find the tense of the main verb in direct narration :
tJic

To

the tense of

main verb in

direct narration is the tense

of the

infinitive in indirect narration.

1

Thus, in Caesar said that he

had

speeches.

The term* oblique narration is sometimes limited so as to apply only to reported It is more convenient to use it in the wider sense.

128

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

;

therefore,

written, the direct narration is / have 'written, scrips! the indirect, is Caesar dixit se scripsisse he said that he was an
;

orator,

is

dixit se

oratorem esse (direct=orator sum).

ist

Note.

Pronouns of the

or 2rd person

become pronouns of

the 3rd person, in reporting speeches in indirect narration.

havej:lie^subiunctiy&:^s. Dixit se eos, queS cepisset,

sent

and adverbial clauses in> indirect narration 4. All adjectival "-------~^> --- i ----- "- '^==^-C> vp---__

T^^

must

doxnum misisse. He said that he had home those whom he had taken (direct eos quos cepi domum misi, / have sent home those whom I have taken).
Dixit se, quoties potuisset, rediisse. He said that he had turned as often as he could (direct=redii quoties potui, / have turned as often as I could).
rere-

In accordance with the rule for the sequence of tenses the verb of the dependent adjectival or adverbial clause will be in the impf. or plupf. subjunctive in indirect narration after
I.

Note

(p. 20, 2),

a secondary tense.
subordinate clause, when inserted in a passage in on the authority of the writer or reporter, takes the indicative as, Oertior factus est Xerxes id agi ut pons, quern

Note

2.

indirect narration
:

ille

in Hellespont

fecerat, dissolveretur.

was intended, i.e., to break down (Xerxes) had built over the Hellespont.
that this

Xerxes was informed the bridge which he

Here the clause

quern.... fecerat has the indicative, because the

writer vouches for the truth of the statement himself.

5.

iunctive. ip

^rp-Hanre with foe law of sequence Sim as. Ne cunctarentur. Let them not delay (he said) (direct^ne cuncta
:

mini, do not delay).

Ne

illud faceret.

Let him not do that

(dir.

=ne

feceris

p. 26, j).
in

6. Questions that expect

;

an answer

arg_pnt-

ir^he subjuqctivq

jndirect narration rhetorical questions (exclamations afldapjJgaJg), in the infinitive: as,

INDIRECT NARRATION.

129

(Scnpsit) quid de praeda faciendum esse censererit? {He wrote) what did they think sJiould be done 'with regard to the booty? (direct = quid ____ censetis? what do you think?}.

honorable?

Quid esse turpius? cur eos dubitare ? What was more diswhy did they hesitate? (direct = quid est turpius? cur dubitatis ? what is more dishonorable ? why do you hesitate ?}
7-

in a fut.-perf jndi'rgtk-f*

becomes,

in indirect, jgerf. subjun. after q

primary fpnsp
esse.

arn^ plunerf.

subjun. after
Dicit

a secondary
qui id

as,

eum
who

fecerit,

poenas daturum

He

says that

the one

docs this^ shall be punished.

Dixit
the one

eum qui id fecisset, poenas daturum esse. He who did that, should be punished (direct = qui

said that
id fecerit,

poenas dabit, he who shall have done that shall be punishea).

8-

narrative

hy the
:

Tiis^ria.n

being^expressed

as,
:

Regulus reddi captives neg-avit esse utile illos enim bonos duces esse. Regulus denied that it was expedient that the captives should be restored: that they were good leaders.
9.

I sav ---- not

in Latin is nego.

in Latin to put the negative

firsts -as,

forward in the sentence,

which, owing to the tendency is usually put

Neg-abat se

praemium ullum accepturum.

He

said that he
is

(Note. accept any reward. often dropped in indirect narration).

would not

Esse with a participle

EXERCISE XLVIII.
(N.B.
Indirect narration is to be used all through the exercise).

i. What (they asked) was more base than to adopt a policy at the suggestion of the enemy? 2.. Let them remember (he said) what he had told them. Let them not forget the kindness they had

received.

3.

He

said that he
to

had not sold

his house.

4.

They

said that

he used

groan as often as he saw his son

(p. 107, 5).

10

130
5.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

did not doubt (he said) that all were weary of the war. that they should march by night (saying)
:

He

6.

They voted (censeo)

that they could easily reach the defile. would not be wanting to his friends. 8.

7.

He

promised that he

Why

(he asked) did they

When would they dare to demand redress? (rhetorical quest.) 9. He called out (clamo) that, as far as he was 10. He used to say that the able, he would follow their footsteps.
obey a few centurions
?

soul

was immortal, u. What was he to do (he asked)?. They were calling out that it was all over with us. 12. He said that he was ready to die for the country. Must not all die some day? (he
14.

13. Did they intend to destroy the city? (he asked). Don't you think that they should have fought with men, and that women and children should have been spared? 15. Do not

asked).

ask him whether he did

or not.
1

6.

He

all this at the instigation of your brother maintained that the assassination of the father

would not profit them until they banished the son. 17. He answered that he blushed (pudet) for the country that could banish a man of such ability. 18. They said that they were ready to sacrifice (posthabeo) their liberty to that of the nation. 19. For -myself,
even in-the-face-of (in) this great danger, I could not believe that it was all over with the army. 20. He was easily persuaded that men are valued in proportion to their public usefulness (say : in propor21. He tion as they have deserved -well of the country; p. 1 16, i).
thought that

we ought

to attack

them before they could recover

22. Whenever he heard anything of the their presence of mind. 23. The law kind, he said that the story was a fiction (use fing-o).

(he said) forbade anything to belong to anyone who refused to obey Let them, therefore, take away all his property the magistrates. from him. 24. He said that no one who was worthy of his country

held such a view.

Let them lay aside their

fear.

Would they ever

have such a golden opportunity? 25. He used to say that the more hidden a danger was, the more difficulty there was in
avoiding
it.

DIRECT INTO OBLIQUE NARRATION.

31

49.

SUMMARY OF RULES FOR TURNING

RECT INTO OBLIQUE NARRATION.

DI-

1. The following is a summary of the rules already given for turning direct into oblique narration :
"""*( i)

The main verb

of

direct

narration becomes infinitive in

indirect narration.
(2) All adjectival

and adverbial clauses take the subjunctive

in

indirect narration.
(3)

Pronouns of the

ist

and 2nd persorVusually become pronouns

of the 3rd person.

E.g.:

ego, nos

become
" " " "

se

meus, noster tu, vos

tuus, vester
hie, iste

suus
iUe,
illi

illius,
ille, is

illorum
"

(4) Adverbs of present time become (after a secondary tense) adverbs of past time. E>g. :

mine
heri (yesterday)

becomes
"

iara,

tune
,

hodie (to-day) eras (to-morrow)

" "

pridie (the day before) illo die (that day)

postridie (next day)

So

Hie (here) becomes

ibi (there)^
-

(5)
tives).

Imperatives become subjunctives (usually imperf. subjunc-

A
are expressed

by the accusative (6) Rhetorical questions infinitive ; questions that expect an answer, by the subjunctive.
(7)

and

>

A future-perfect

present,

used in a dependent clause for the English becomes perfect subjunctive after a primary tense, and

pluperfect subjunctive after a secondary.

2.

The

following examples of oblique narration should be care:

fully studied

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

(a) Aristotle

says that there

are

certain
live

animals produced

dam

which
(ft)

a single day.
his

Aristoteles ait bestias quasnasci quae unum diem vivant.

As

to

having

iinex-

pectedly fallen on one canton,

when

those ivho

had

crossed the

Quod improvise unum pag-um adortus esset, quum ii, qui flumen transiissent, suis auxilium
ferre

river were not able to bear help to their comrades, he should not

non possent, ne ob earn rem aut suae mag-nopere virtuti

tribueret aut ipsos despiceret; se ita a patribus maioribusque
suis didicisse, ut virtute con-

him not) on that account presume exceedingly on Ids valor or look down on them; that they had learned this from their fathers and ancestors, i.e.,/0 fight
(i.e., let

tenderent.

with valor.
(c)

What would happen

(he

asked), if he carried the

law?

set? (direct = quid pertulero ? The

Quid

fie-

e^

si

leg-ern pertulisfiat si

legem

deliberative

subjun. [24, (d)] is unchanged in indirect in narration, unless

accordance with

p. 20, 2).

Why were they living (they asked)? Why were they reckoned
(ct)

Quid se vivere? quid cives censeri? (direct=quid vivimus?

quid cives censemur?)

as citizens ?
(e)

They said that, while he was

Dixerunt urbem, dum

moraretur, captam
fuisse.

ille

delaying, the city had been taken.

(_/)

He said that he

ate to live.

Dixit se, ut viveret, edere.

(g) Let them go (he said)where

they wished.
(h)

Abirent quo vellent.

Let me die (he

said), if

Se velle mori
(direct=moriar

nisi g-auderet

am

not glad.

nisi

g-audeo, let

me
(i)

die, &c.).

He said he would do what

Dixit se,

quod

vellent, factu-

they wished.

rum[direct=faciam quod volent, I will do what they (shall) wisti\.

OBLIQUE NARRATION.

133

EXERCISE XLIX.
(N.B.
I.

Use indirect narration all through the exercise.}

"

Go

"
x

he

said,

" create consuls. "

2.

We

had

all

to die

some

day (he

the use, by declining the contest and deferring the day of death, of earning the coward's reputation ? 3. He told us that we ought not to wait till we ascertained whether they
said).

What was

intended to fight or not. 4. He sent a horseman to the army to say that our hope of victory was in proportion to the speed with which we could advance (p. 1 18, 5). 5. He said that it was of the utmost

consequence to the country what they did ; ancestors from whom they were sprung.
difficulty in

let
6.

them remember the

He

said that one's

ness.
self.

The

suspecting others was proportionate to one's own goodman who had made such an assertion was impious him-

^,/They ought to wait until they saw what the result would be. 7. Could anyone have supposed that so able a general would not have sent out scouts to ascertain the number of the enemy ? 8.

quer or
all his

Let them advance (he said) and resolve that they must either condie. 9. He said that he did not blush to own that he owed
training to the literature of Greece.
10.
I

believe that, in

pardoning enemies and aiding friends, he will out-do all of us. 1 1. He said that he required more men to prevent our lands from being 12. Consider (he said) the greatness of laid waste by the enemy. your debt to your ancestors. 13. What ought he to have done? (he

Should he have obeyed so unworthy a man as the magisasked). trate? 14, They answered that nothing would prevent them from being put to the sword. 15. He said that he was ashamed to think
that they did not see what ought to be done. 16. Do not believe that I will lose such an opportunity of seeing you. 17. Do you think that he will ever forget how much you, have injured him ? 18.

He

answered that he had not as yet learned to

I

of the country to his own. 19. gained some credit at Athens.

sacrifice the safety believe that twenty years ago he 20. I know that all the wise are
is in

convinced of
folly.

this, that

a man's obstinacy
22.

21.

He
he

said that their children were dead.

proportion to his Let them follow

him and avenge them.

to say that
is

hated by
till

through our territory

few there are who would venture It is said that he led the army he reached the foot of the hill. 24. He
all
!

How

23.

134
said that they
treaties.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

had to carry on war with an enemy who despised Let them, therefore, refuse to believe him or trust to his promises. 25. He denied that anyone had asked how long he had
stayed at Veii.

50.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCE IN OBLIQUE NARRATION.

1. The above rules may now be applied to turning the common types of the conditional sentence into oblique narration. The verb of the main clause becomes ace. with inf., and the verb of the

z/-clause subjunctive, as follows

DIRECT.
1.

OBLIQUE.
dat.

Pecuniam si habet,

becomes Dicit

se, si

pecuniam ha-

beat, dare.

If he has money, he gives

it.

He

says that if he has money,

he gives

it.

Pecuniam
(or

si

habuit, dedit
it.

dabat).

If he had money, he gave

2. (a)

Dicit se, si pecuniam habuerit, dedisse. He says that if he had money, he gave it.

Pecuniam

si

habebit

(or

ha-

buerit), dabit.

Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat (or habuerit), datu-

If he has money, he will give

it.

rum esse. He says tliat if he

he will give.
it.

has money,

(b)

Pecuniam

si

habeat, det.

If he should have money, he would give it.

,

Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat, daturum esse. He says that if he should have

money, he wo^^ld give

it.

3. (a)

Pecuniam si haberet, daret.

If he had money would give it.
(noru),

he

Dicit se, si pecuniam haberet, daturum fuisse. He says that if he had money
(now), he would give
it.

(3)

Pecuniam siUabuisset, dedlsset.

Dicit se, si
isset,

pecuniam habudaturum fuisse.

had had

If he had had money, he would

have given
it.

He

siys that if he

money, he would have given

it.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCE IN OBLIQUE NARRATION.

135

Note i. The future (habebit) in the z/-clause of direct narration, becomes present subjunctive (habeat) in the indirect, after a primary
tense.

Note 2. The present subjunctive (det), in the main clause, becomes future infinitive (daturum esse) in indirect narration.
Note
clause
3.

(i.e.,

The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive in the main daret and dedisset), are expressed in indirect narration by
(i.e.,

the future participle with fuisse about to give}.

daturum

fuisse, to

have been

in

2. After a secondary tense, the verb of the ^/-clause is accordance with the rule for the sequence of tenses
:

changed
(p.

20).

Thus

DIRECT.
1.

OBLIQUE.
becomes
Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet, dare. Dixit se, si pecuniam habuisset, dedisse.
Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet. (or habuis- 1
set), daturum esse. Dixit se, si pecuniam daturum haberet,
'?
.j

Pecuniam
Pecuniam
(or

si

habet, dat.
habuit, dedit

si

dabat).
si

2. (a)

Pecuniam

habebit

(or

habuerit), dabit. ()

Pecuniam

si

habeat, det.

3. (a)

Pecuniam
daret.

si

haberet,

Dixit se, si haberet,

fuisse.
"

pecuniam daturum

(b)

Pecuniam
dedisset.

si

habuisset,

Dixit se, si pecuniam habuisset, daturum

fuisse.

Note i. The future-perfect in the z/"-clause of becomes pluperfect subjunctive in oblique.

Note
daret,
2.

direct narration,

is

For 2 (b\ the form Dixit fore ut, si often found (p. j6, 9).

pecuniam haberet,

EXERCISE
I.

L.

anyone had suggested such a course (a) 2. Do not at Rome, he would have been opposed by anyone ? think that, if this general had been more unlucky than any of his a glorious victory as this ? contemporaries, he could have won such
you think that
if

Do

136

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

been (i.e., if they had) in office, they would 3. He said that, had they have encountered the same storms as we had. 1 4. He said that, if the enemy once reached the top of the hill, it made no difference to anyone whether we stood our ground or fled. 5. He answered that, if we had known the extent of the danger, we would never have asserted that our army was too brave to be routed. 6. I believe that if the announcement of this victory had been made, you would tear the whole city ringing with shouts of joy and triumph. 7. Do you think that, if you had ordered the soldiers to desist from butchering the vanquished, you would have been obeyed? 8. He said that, if they had obeyed the general, they would have conquered. 9. He told them that, if they wished to have peace, he must be consulted. 10. They answered that it was of no importance to them whether 1 1. Don't you think that, if he were here, all they stayed or went. would be well ? 12. He said that, if he were here, he would give no 13. He said that, if the harvest was large, the quarter (use parco). 14. They thought that, if we had not decountry would be rich. tained them, they would have arrived sooner. 15. If they had not put as experienced a general as yourself (p. 3, 8) at the head of the army, I believe we should have had no hope of safety. 16. I thought that, if anyone else had said this, he would not have been believed by anyone. 17. I am persuaded that, if he showed remorse for his conduct, he would be acquitted. 18. He answered that, if we knew the extent of the danger, we would not go out. 19. I always thought that, if you used your own judgment, you would do better than anyone. 20. He wrote that, if he had received the letter, he would have hastened as quickly as possible to Rome.
(&)

Turn

into oblique narration after dixit, the sentences in Exer-

cise 47.
'Apply,
all

through, the important rule of p. 127,

3.

VIRTUAL OBLIQUE NARRATION.

ASSIMILATION.

137

51.

VIRTUAL OBLIQUE NARRATION.

ASSIMILATION.
is

frequently used in a Latin subordinate clause statement of the clause depends on some verb of saying understood as,
1.

subjunctive

to express that the

Laudat Panaetius Africanum quod

fuerit abstinens.

Panaetius

praises Africanus because (as he says) he

was

abstemious.

This elegant use of the principle of oblique narration is called It is often found in a causal clause virtual oblique narration.
(p. 113, 2):

as,

Socrates accusatus est quod corrumperet iuventutem. Socrates was accused because (as was alleged) he was corrupting the young

men.

Here the subjunctive implies oblique

narration.

word or words of some one

2. Virtual oblique narration is used else as,

:

when a speaker quotes the

de-

Frumentum, Aedui quod polliciti essent, flagitabat. He mandedfrom the Aedui the corn which they Jiad promised (here

the

verb of the rel. clause is -quoted in virtual oblique -narration from the original words of the Aedui ; hence the subjun.). Socrates exsecrari eum solebat qui primus utilitatem a hire seiunxisset. Socrates used to execrate the man who first had separated expediency from right (here the fact referred to in the rel. clause is not vouched for it is given on the authority of Socrates).
;

3.

The verb

of a subordinate clause,

when depending upon a verb

This
is

in the subjunctive, is itself often put in the subjunctive.

called assimilation

as,

Concedit ut absim

cum
is

aliquid agatur.

He
is

allows

me

to be

away when something mood of absim).

going on (agatur

assimilated to the

Erat in eo memoria tanta ut, quae commentatus esset, verbis eisdem redderet quibus cogitavisset. There was in him such

power of memory
in the

that ideas he

had

excogitated^ he reproduced

same words in which he had thought them out (the verbs of the two rel. clauses are assimilated to the mood of redderet).

138
4-

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. Verbs of saying and thinking are not inserted parenthetically

into a sentence in Latin.

Thus

You were, he

said, mistaken.

Dixit te errare.

He has, you
Note.
think),

think,

gone away.

Putas

eum

abiisse.

Phrases like ut aiunt (as they say), ut opinor (as 1

(as

^t puto

I fancy),

are,

however, found.

5. Inquit, he says or said, is the only verb of saying that is never used to introduce oblique narration. It is always used in quoting

the exact words of another and

three words of the quotation
:

it

is

placed after the

first

two or

as,

At Caesar: "Minime

vero," inquit,

"hoc probo."

But Casar

said : " 2 by no means approve of this."

6. Credo, I believe, is sometimes used parenthetically, but always an ironical sense as,
:

in

Credo, etiam tabulae proferentur. will even be produced.

The account-books,

I suppose,

EXERCISE

LI.

i. They accused him of having (as they alleged) betrayed the king (use quod). 2. He used to walk at night because (as was said) he could not sleep. 3. He gave me all the books which (as he said) his father had left him. 4. He demands that you should

remove this scruple which (as he says) is goading him day and night (pi.) 5- When he had reached the top of the hill, he pointed out streams which (he said) flowed towards Italy. 6. Cato used to wonder that a soothsayer did not laugh whenever he saw a soothsayer.
7.

He

sent

them another king

8.

since the one that

that

had been

given them was useless.

said)

You complain

we do

not hold the

same views. 9. He passed a law concerning the murder which (as he had been committed (facio). 10 Avail yourself of this blessn. The person who saw it (subing while you have it (subjun.). 12. He begged them, since they had not jun.) would wonder. helped him in his life-time, not to leave his death unavenged. 13. This man so they tell me was born rich. 14. He said that, if the Romans made peace with him, he would remain where they

SPECIAL IDIOMS OP LATIN SYNTAX.

ordered him to remain.
1

139

15.

When

do

it,

shall return to

Rome.

6.

He,

(ille)

believe, will quickly recover. 17. Thereupon the other " All this I will do." said: 18. Ask him whether he expects
I

ever to be rich by sacrificing his

friends,
19.

own

interests to

those of his

At your suggestion they were persuaded to set out to the attack upon our camp, without waiting for a guide. 20. If he did this, I would show my gratitude if not, it would be of small
;

consequence to me. 21. It is not easy to say whether this man should be spared by us or thrown into prison. 2 :. To my complaint that he had broken his word, he replied that he had done
nothing of the kind. 23. At your suggestion, they attacked and stormed the camp. 24. Fearing for the safety of his father, he fled
of this victory filled the 26. It is difficult to see how he singing. could have gained the battle by withdrawing his troops. 27. Don't you think that he felt shame and remorse for esteeming so highly
to in Italy.
25.

me

The announcement

city with shouting

and

man as Catiline ? 28. If they had defeated our army and captured this city, not a soul would be alive to-day. 29. When the soldiers had reached the summit of the mountain, they
such a wicked
congratulated the general upon the conquest of Italy (use quod+7^.) 30. I believe that, if he had made the same mistake as you, he would long ago have repented of it. 31. After saluting the general
of the enemy, he rode rapidly

away without waiting

for anyone.

52.

ON SOME SPECIAL IDIOMS OP

LATIN SYNTAX.
Participial

"Without" and a
1.

Noun.

gerund can not be joined with sine, the Phrases, therefore, like Without injuring himself, 'without your perceiving it, c., must be paraphrased into some synonymous form of words, and this turned into Latin.
ablative of the

The

usual preposition for without.

Thus:

140

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

aids others without injuring himself.
Allis subvenit,

He
sibi

non

nocens.
it.

I did it without your perceivi?ig

ditum.

Hoc

feci, te

non

sentiente.

They condemn him without hearing him.

Eum damnant

inau-

He cries without feeling grief. Flet nee dolet. He never led out his army without examining- the position of the ground. Nunquam exercitum eciuxit nisi explorato locorum situ. He speaks without persuading anyone. Dicit nee cuiquam persuadet.

We

returned without

accomplishing anything.

Re

infecta

rediimus.

Those cannot fall without these falling with them.

Cadere

ilia

non possunt ut haec non concldant. To think of my going away witJi out saying good-bye

to

anyone !

Mene

abiisse, nullo salutato

See

p. 58, 15.

2. It has been seen (p. ji, j>y note i) that the fut. subjun. act. ia formed from the fut. participle with sim, which becomes essem after a secondary tense. Therefore
:

They are so

terrified that they will not fight is

sint.

Adeo

territi

sunt

ut non pug-naturi

They were so terrified that they would not fight. Adeo territi erant ut non pug-naturi essent (would, here, is simply the historical tense of will.}

"WOULD HAVE"
3.

IN

A DEPENDENT CLAUSE.

(of the main clause of a conditional sentence) inserted in a dependent clause that already requires the subjunctive, is not to be turned by the pluperf, subjun., but by the

Would have

when

periphrastic conjugation.

Thus

/ did not doubt that he would have taken the city. Non dubitavi quin urbem capturus fuerit. (consecutive sequence p. 14, 3). I ask you "what you woultt have done. Rog-o te quid facturus
;

fueris.

So great was the slaughter that you would not have survived. Tanta caedes fuit ut non superfuturus fueris.

SPECIAL IDIOMS OF LATIN SYNTAX.

141

And

so in the passive
it

Therefore

happens

that, if

would have
Note.

been sustained.

I had given the Eo fit ut, hoc si

order,

a disaster

iussissem, clades

accipienda fuerit (or accipi potuerit).

These examples show the Roman fondness for strict rule. They chose a form which would express (a) that or an the clause was conditional (b) that it was consecutive,
adherence to
;

indirect question, etc.

(i.e.

a double dependence).

tional

been (in the main clause of an ordinary condisentence) requires in oblique narration the periphrasis futurum fuisseut. (to have been about to be) as, 4.

Would have

He said that, if life could have been longer, it would have been adorned with many arts. Dixit, si vita longinquior esse potuisset, ornata esset). futurum fuisse ut multis artibus ornaretur (dir.

This periphrasis
as,

is

also used (a) in the active,

when a verb has no

no necessity
for
it
:

supine.; (b) for the sake of variety,

when

there

is

(a)
(b)

I had hoped I know

that

that this

would have happened.

taken the
city,

Speraveram
if he

futurum

fuisse ut id contingeret.

we should have

had

not

been there.
fuisset.

Scio futurum fuisse ut

urbem caperemus

nisi ille ad-

5. Certain

idiomatic

uses

of

the

si-clause

deserve

notice.

Thus:
(a) Exspectabat
si

hostem

elicere posset.

He was

waiting in

the hope that he could draw out the enemy (here the si-clause is in virtual oblique r&x\3.\\QVi= determined that, if he could draw the

enemy

out, he would fight them}. mini denuntiavit si pugnavissem. He Mortem (b) me with death in case I fought (here the main clause of

threatened
the condi-

tional sentence is contained in

mortem=si pugnaveris, moriere). si non audiisses. / sent a messenger ad te misi forte (c) Nuntium to you, in case you had not heard (\\eve the si-clause expresses purpose and therefore has the subjun.;= that you might hear).

142

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

6. Coepi means both / begin and / began. used when an active infinitive follows as,
:

The

active form

is

Urbem
The
follows
:

aedificare

coepit.

He
is

began

to

build the

city.

passive form, coeptus sum,

as,

used when a passive

city bega?i to be built.

infinitive

Urbs
7-

aediflcari coepta est.

The

Other

tioned,

common ways of may be given. Thus

is

turning although, beside those men:

Though he

a good man, he sometimes sins

(a) Ita est vir tion he is a good

(b)

optimus ut interdum peccet

(i.e.,

on

this condi-

man,

that, etc.; restrictive use).

est,

Vir sane optimus

sed tamen peccat (usual concessive

force of sane, no doubt, if you will).

(c)

Licet vir optimus

sit,

tamen peccat

(licet,

it

is

granted,

though).
8.

may

For the present participle pass, as, usually be employed

:

(if

required), a relative clause

The accused is
9.

rich.

Is,

qui accusatur, vir dives

passive,

est.

For the
:

future

participle

a periphrasis must be

found

as,

Caesar,

periret (or

when about to be killed, iam periturus) &c.

etc.

Caesar,

quum

in eo esset ut

EXERCISE LI I.
i.

They poured round

2.
I

in

the hope of finding

if

some means of
it

approach. been heard.

believe that,
^

this

had been

said,

3.

ou

will find out,

when you come.

it

would have* 4. Had he

done

so, there is

no doubt that he would have done

5.

to the public

disadvantage was he exempted from the law, in from the city ? 7. The enemy were waiting, in the hope that we would cross. 8. There is no doubt that, if I had ordered it, you
(abl.)

He

tried in the

Why

hope of helping us. 6. case he should be absent

would have done

it.

9.

There was no doubt

that, if
10.

he had not

been there, the city would have been taken.

If

it

had been

NOTES ON THE NUMERALS.

right,

14$

n. you were the one (tails) who would have done it. notice. 12. He went without shall my giving you Nothing happen I never visit you without 13. away without consulting anyone. 14. All this he did without your coming away more learned. 15. He never saw him without flinging a stone at him. approval. 1 6. He couid not have condemned him without hearing him (say
unheard}.
1

17.

He

8.

believe that

been destroyed.
not set
sail.

Rome without waiting for the army. they had delayed a day, the city would have 19. The storm was so great that the fleet would
returned to
if

20. You showed on that day how you would have you had been there. 21. It came (p. 38, 2) to this (eo, thither) that, if they had had a high-spirited enemy, they would have been defeated. 22. There is no doubt that, if enough daylight (dies) had remained, they would have been stripped of their camp. 23. Ask them what they would have done, if the enemy had come to the 24. He was so able that he would have been chosen, if he city. had been in a private station (privatus). 25. You showed what kind of magistrate you would have been. 26. There is no doubt that the enemy would have turned their backs. 27. They rushed from the temple with such speed that they would have filled the city with tumult. 28. He said that he had received the thanks of parliament because he had not despaired of the country. 29. Whether it is constitutional or not may be questioned but whether it is or not, it is approved of by all patriots. 30. I shall advise him to go from Rome to Athens and to remain there three months. 31. He told us that the man would have recovered, if the doctor had not arrived too late. 32. The besieged (p. 142, 8) were not altogether without

behaved,

if

water.

53.
1.

NOTES ON THE NUMERALS.

Cardinal numerals are indeclinable except (i) unus, one; duo, two; tree, three; (2) the hundreds, beginning with ducenti, two hundred; (3) the plural of mille, a thousand.
2. Mille, plural
it is

a thousand,
declined.

is

indeclinable in the singular, but in the

144

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION

Note. Mille, in the singular, may be either an adjective or a noun with the word depending on it in the genitive as, Mille homines or rnille hommum, a thousa7id men. In the plural it is as, Decem millia hominum, ten thousand men always a noun
: :

= ten
3.

thousand of men).
like 21, 22, &c., when between 20 and et viginti, duo et viginti, or viginti unus,

Compound numbers
unus

loo, are written

viginti duo, &c.

out et)
one.

Above one hundred, the greater number precedes (with or withas, Ducenti unus, or ducenti et unus, two hundred and
:

Et

is

rarely expressed

as,

Caesar Gallorum duo millia quingentos sex

tured 2^506 Gauls.

cepit.

Caesar cap-

4. Firs^ second, third, in enumerations, is unus, alter, tertius

as,

Bquibus generibus, unum est ex iis qui...., alterum ex iis, &cOf these classes the first consists of those who. the second of those, etc.
.

5.

The

ordinals are used in expressing dates

as,
<

Anno post urbem conditam septingentesimo quinquagesimo quarto natus est Christus. Christ was born 754 years after the
foundation of the
city.

A.D. millesimo octingentesimo octogesimo

t&rtioA.D.

1883.

urbis conditae quinquagesimo quarto. In the 54th year the building of the city (i.e. the beginning of the Roman era of subtract from 754 for year B.C.).
;

Anno

is it?

est? Hora, prima, secunda, tertia, &c. What hour Seven, eight, nine o* clock, etc. (i.e., reckoning from sun-rise at six o'clock ; time was measured by a sun-dial).

Quota hora

6.

The

distributive

numerals are used

express our so many at a time, so many each, with a car(a) dinal numeral as, Pueris binos libros donavit. He gave the boys
:

To

two books
(b)

apiece.

To

express multiplication : as, Bis bina quattuor sunt.

Twice

two are four.

NOTES ON THE NUMERALS.

145

no singular or a different mean(c) With substantives that have as, Bina castra, two ing in the singular and plural, respectively Castrum is a fort; duo caatra, would mean two forts. camps.
:

Note

I.

In that case the plural of unus

is

used for singuli:

as,

Ex

unis duas mini confides nuptias.

You will make for me two

weddings out of one.

Note

2.

When

the distributives are used with a numeral adverb,

:

they have the force of cardinals

as,

Ter deni, thrice ten; vicies centena, two thousand.

7. Mille

definitely large

and sescenti number

(six:
:

hundred) are used to express an

Is it not better to die

in-

as,

Nonne
times?

millies

mori satins est?

a thousand

(i.e.,

deaths?)

Sescentas epistolas uno tempore accept sand letters at one time.

8. Fractions

/ received a thou-

with
:

for the

numerator are expressed by an

ordinal with pars

as,

Tertia pars, \
pars, yyViJ'

centeslma pars,

yig-

(=i per

cent.)

milleslma

Dimidium, however,
the

is ^.

9.

Where

numerator

is
:

one
as,
.

less

than the denominator, the

cardinals with partes are used

Duae
tithes.

partes, f

tres partes, f

Tres quintae

is

quattuor septimae, \

decumae

(tenths),

Dimidio plures, half as many again ( = more by half);- duplo plures, double as many ; alterum tantum, half as much again.
is

10. In the first place, in the second place, in the next place, lastly primo, deinde, turn, postremo.

EXERCISE LI 1 1.
I. One camp seemed now made out of two. 2. His wine was guarded with a hundred keys. 3. The Lacedaemonians have now been living seven hundred years with one set-of-customs (mores). ^ ' heard that he had a thousand horsemen in that place. 5. Have

11

146

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

you heard that he arrived at three o'clock ? 6. If he had given I believe that 1200 good men would have been lost. 7. So great was the slaughter the 12,422 of our men were slain. 8. The towers were carried up to 120 feet each. 9. He was born in the year 1889. 10. Let us ask him what he would have done with n. Speaking thus, he sent forward more than only 220 horsemen, looo men (#. 77, 4). 12. I believe that he has surrounded the city with five camps. 13. Out of 100,000 citizens, no one came to his aid. 14. I almost think that as many are missing as have been killed. such just things 15. So reasonable was your request (say you asked) that it would have been spontaneously (ultro) granted. 1 6. Seeing that the forces of the enemy were too numerous to be routed in a single engagement, he resolved to prepare for a protracted war. 17. If we had remained for more than six months at Rome, we should not have been able to see anyone when we returned to Athens. 18. It was most fortunate for me, fighting in
that order,
:

spite of your opposition (abl. abs.)> that I gained the victory without the loss of a single soldier. 19. Your friends were persuaded

condemn these men to death. By pardoning them now, you will show that you blush (use pudet) for such cruelty. 20. Do not be angry with anyone without some cause. 21. We must admit that he gained much credit by amassing wealth and aiding the poor. 22. Whenever summer began, he used to go to Athens. 23. Are you not ashamed and penitent for the desertion of your friend ?
to
24.

in
is

In proportion to a man's apparent meanness, will be his severity pronouncing judgment. 25. Can we doubt that the universe

administered by divine wisdom

style (oratio)

make our
27. Is
28.

26. He said that we would ? more copious (plenus) by reading his books.

anything good which does not make its possessor (rel.) good? Thereupon, after saluting the general, he rode away, without anyone answering him. 29. Throwing themselves at the king's 30. Nor should we feet, they begged him not to destroy them. listen to those who tell us that we ought to be angry with children.

when he

how he lived both at Veii and at Rome, and from Utica for Carthage. 32. He said that it was Let them wake of the utmost importance what steps they took. up (expergiscor) at last and follow him.
31.

Let us ask him

set out

THE ROMAN CALENDAR.

147

54.

THE ROMAN CALENDAR.

1. The days of the month at Rome were reckoned bacitwards from three points of the month called respectively Kalendae, Nonae,

and Id-us (-uum).

2.
call.

The word Kalendae

It

is

derived from the old Latin calo,

was the day on which the new moon was proclaimed,

to divide)

i.e.,

the first of the month.

Idus (from root vid,

eight of the months,

was the name given

to the I3th of
:

and

to the I5th of the other four

In March, July, October, May, The Ides were on the fifteenth day.

The Nones
the months,

(or ninths)

was the name given

:

to the 5th of eight of

and

to the 7th of the other four

The Nones were on

In March, July, October, May, the seventh day.

or

The word Nonae

Nones

is

according to the inclusive

Roman method
in

derived from nonus (ninth), being of counting, " the ninth

day before the Ides."

The Romans,

counting the days before a

particular date, counted in both the day from which they reckoned and the day to which they reckoned. Thus the Ides of March

the Ides)
3.

were on the i5th and, therefore, the Nones (i.e., the gth day before fell on the 7th, counting in both the i$th and the 7th.

The names

of the twelve

Roman months

are as follows

lanuarius, Februarius, Martius, Aprllis, Maius, lunius, lulius (or Quintilis), Augustus (or Sextllis), September, October, November,

December.

These names are all adjectival and are used in agreement with the names (given above) of the divisions of the month. Each month had the same number of days as at present.
4. On the third day before the Ides of March, would naturally be this form, however, is not Tertio die ante Idus Martias (p. 85, \). found, but, instead of it, the strange corruption Ante diem tertium Idus Martias (the preposition being regarded, apparently, as govern-

ing diem instead of Idus).

148
:

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Thus On the third day before the Ides of March. tium Idus Martias, or, as usually written, A. d. iii

Ante diem
Id.

ter-

Mart.
is

N
5.

te.

Instead of the above, the form

translate
:

iii

Id.

Mart,

also found.

To

Find how many days shall expect you on March nth. before the Ides (or I5th) the nth falls, and add i, in accordance Thus 15- 11=4 and with the inclusive method of the Romans.
;

We

adding i, the I ith of March- is the ^th day. before the Ides of March. (The days, according to Roman ideas, were these the I5th, I4th, 1 Therefore: We shall expect you on 3th, 12th, nth, i.e., five]. March nth is A. d. v. Id. Mart, te exspectabimus.
:

For convenience,

it is

better to

add the

before subtracting

thus

15+1-11 = 5.
I was 'present on August ^rd. A. d. iii. Non. Aug. adfui Nones of August = the 5th 5 + 1 3 = 3).
;

(date of

He was born
30 days

in Sept.

Sept. 231'd. i in Oct.

Natus

est

a. d. ix.

Kal. Oct. (32 - 23 = 9

+ i,

for the

Roman

method).

He died on the $rd of June. A- d. iii. Non. lun. mortuus est (Nones on 5th 6-3 = 3). / spoke in the Senate on October 2ist. A. d. xii. Kal. Nov. in Senatu
;

dixi

(31+2-21 = 12).
The day immediately
the I4th

6.

before the Kalends, Nones, or Ides

is

called pridie: as,

On

March.

Pridie Id. Mart, (ace.)

Dec. Jist, prid.

Kal. Ian.
7. The phrase ante diem came to be regarded as an indeclinable noun, and was joined with a preposition as, He invited me to dinner for Nov. idth. In a. d. xvi Kal. Dec. me
:

in

coenam

invitavit.

8. In leap-year the

Romans
:

intercalated a

and the 26th of February

a. d. vii.

i.e.,

between

a. d.

day between the 25th vi. Kal. Mart, and

(i.e.,

Kal. Mart.

The day

inserted

was

called bissextus

the 6th twice] because the 6th day before the Kalends twice. Leap-year was called annus bisextUis.

was reckoned
battle

Thus A. d. bisextum Kal. Mart, pugnatum fought on the intercalary day in February.
:

est.

The

was

THE ROMAN CALENDAR.

EXERCISE LIV.
i.

149

believe that the

to

man

died on the 7th of June.

2.

The

city

began

be blockaded (p. 142, 6) on the 8th of May. 3. He remained at Rome from the 3rd of August till September 8th. 4. Did you hear that he left for home on the 2oth of March ? 5. Shall you be here on April 13th? 6. The Senate was called together for the 2ist of November. 7. He promised that he would pay on the Greek Ka8. If he had arrived by (ad) the 28th of June, he would have been safe. 9. Don't you think that, if he had been killed on the 2nd of June, we should have heard of it by this ? 10. On the 5th of May, at sunrise, he led out the 5th and 7th legions to (qui) attack 1 1. O that he had been in Rome on the the enemy in the rear. 12. I believe that he did not start for Rome till 5th of December. the loth of April a circumstance that he regretted to the last day of his life. 3. I believe that he went to Rome that winter on 14. I heard that he April 22nd, and remained there twenty days. stayed at Lucca from March 3rd until April 2ist, and that then he I understood that he had crossed from Lucca to Athens. 15.

lends.

denied again and again having promised to pay you at Tibur on

have been expecting you since April he would have set out on July I4th. 18. They have ordained a thanksgiving from the nth to the 2oth of October. 20. 19. You promised to stay with me on May 2ist. Instead of joining his father at Rome on the last day of August, he preferred to linger a whole month in the beautiful city of Athens. 21. In the battle of Cannae (Cannensis) more than 46,000 Romans 22. I think that he has already reigned six years (p. 34., j>). 23. fell.

May

7th,
17.

1894.

16.

We

loth.

believe that

said that Homer flourished before the foundation of Rome. The town was besieged from the I4th of March till the i5th of May. 25. Let us ask him whether he will come to Rome on December 4th. 26. Have you not heard that he gained the vicIt is

24.

tory without the loss of a single

man ?

27. All this

he did
did not

at

my

suggestion, without hoping for

any reward.

28.

know

when they intended

to come to our assistance. 29. Will anything prevent those standing near from ridiculing us? 30. Don't you think that, if he had remained at Aricia six months, the town

would have been saved

150

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

55.
1.

ROMAN CURRENCY.
the table of

The

following

is

Roman money
:

true for the last

two
I

centuries, approximately, of the Republic

as = Xd.
i

(i cent).

4 asses =

sestertius = 2d (4 cents).

4 sestertii (16 asses) =i denarius=8d (16 cents).

25 denarii (100 sestertii or 400 asses)
i

aureus^iys (over

$4).

The as was

a copper coin; the sesterce and denarius, silver; and

the aureus, gold.

2.

The

following table of approximate values

:

is

useful,

and

easily

remembered

1,000 sestertii
"

=
==

8 los (over $40).

10,000

100,000
1,000,000
3.

" "

=
the

^8 5
.850

=^8,506

money
It

The sesterce* was at Rome.

:

common

unit for expressing

sums

of

was used as follows

(a)

Up

to 2,000, the ordinary

:

numeral adjectives were used with

eleven

sestertius

as,

Centum

sestertii

a hundred sesterces; undeni

sestertii,

sesterces each.
(b)

Above

2,000 and up to a million, the neut. plur. sestertia was

:

used for the thousands

as,

Triglnta quinque sestertia.

Thirty-five

thousand sesterces.

Sestertia tria et quadring-enti octoginta sestertii=j,^So sesterces.

Sestertia

unum

et triginta et quingenti sexaginta sestertii=

31,560
*

sesterces.
derived from
often written

Sestertius

is

semis

(half)

half= 2J ; hence

it is

H S (ii semis).

and tertius (third), i.e., the third a It was originally worth 2J asses.

ROMAN CURRENCYc

151

(c) For a million and sums above a million, the numeral adverbs were used with one hundred thousand sesterces. Thus
:

Decies centena millia sestertium (for sestertiorum). One million sesterces (lit., ten times one hundred thousand sesterces).
Vicies centena millia sestertium.

Two

million sesterces.

Quadragies,

etc.

Four

million sesterces.

But, for the sake of brevity, each of the above was written without the centena millia. Thus Decies sestertium, vicies sestertium
:

etc.,

or

H S decies, H S

vicies, etc.

(d) When a sum requires more than one numeral adverb to express it, the numerals must be added together if the larger stands first, but multiplied if the smaller stands first as,
:

Millies quingenties sestertium.

One hundred and fifty

sesterces (

millions,
100,000).

Ter vicies sestertium.

(e) If

Six million

= 3 x 20 x

written in figures, thousands were denoted by a line over the figure, hundreds of thousands by top and side lines.

the

sum was

Thus:

H
que

XXI 1

XXXVCCCCXVI
decem
et

= vicies ducenta triginta quin-

millia quadringenti

septem nummi =^,^5,^/7

ses-

terces.

Note. (/)
is

Nummus

(a coin)

is

frequently used instead of sestertius.

The genitive plural sestertium, used in expressing large sums, sometimes treated as a neuter noun and declined as,
:

Syngrapha sestertii centiens facta sesterces was drawn up.

on a fortune of two millions.

est.

A
He

bond of 10,000,000
kept

In vicies sestertio splendide se gessit.

up great

state

EXERCISE LV.
i.

2.

He paid a He will lend

debt to the amount of (ad) 800,000 sesterces.

you 10,000 sesterces each.

3.

believe that he

took away from them forty millions of sesterces. 4. There was no doubt that he borrowed 600,000 sesterces. 5. He kept up greater state with a fortune of five millions than we did. 6. Can you call

152

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

willing to throw away (perdo) twen restored gold and silver to the amount of ten
;

him a miser who was

of sesterces
millions.
?

7.

He

8.

He

ordered 640,000 to be carried to your house

believe he draws from his estates 600,000 sesterces. 9. He hired a house for six thousand sesterces (abL\ 10. He left less than two

hundred thousand sesterces, n. He promised to pay me $65,000 12. I believe he still owed them 1,800,000 at Rome on March 2ist. on January 3rd. 1 3. If you had been there, you would have sesterces received 1,036,696 sesterces. 14. If six or seven thousand sesterces are wanting (desunt) to make up (ad) the four hundred thousand, you shall be a plebeian. 15. If he had been a rich man, the $50,000 would have been paid. 16. Do you think he will give a hundred millions of sesterces for this villa? 17. Tell me how he can buy it 18. I have bought an for less than twenty thousand sesterces. estate at forty millions. 19. On the I4th of March he will pay you 20. Give them sixty sesterces each. 21. How 110,000 sesterces. few there are who would venture to say that he wished to be hated 22. And no one knew why he was envied. 23. He asked by all where the seven hundred millions was which was in the accountbooks. 24. It is difficult to see how he could have gained the battle by withdrawing his troops. 25. Fearing for his safety, he fled to me at Rome. 26. At your suggestion, they attacked and stormed the camp. 27. He said that, if had not received your letter, it would have been all over with him. 28. If he had not consulted the interest of the country, he would never have been forgiven. 30. It was of the utmost 29. Let us advance rather than retreat.
!

consequence to us that a general of such high ability as this should be at the head of the army. 31. He is more generous than wellborn. 32. Whatever his poverty, he will give you something.

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

INTEREST.

153

56.

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. INTEREST.

1. The word As (Greek flf) was used to express any unit, and it was divided into twelve parts (unciae) to express twelfths of the unit.

The names of

these divisions should be noted.

DIVISIONS OF THE
As
(the unit).

AS.

(de-uncia=<?72 ounce 0^"}=^. Dextans, -antis (de-sextans = a sixth off} = \% or f. Dodrans, -antis (de quadrans =tf_/tf2^/^ off} = or

Deunx, gen. -uncis

Bes, bessis (bis

as?)

= T82 =f

|.

Septunx, -uncis (septem uncia) = T7^-. Semis or semissis, gen. semissis (semi -as, a half^as) = T63? or Quincunx, -uncis (quinque uncia) = ^.
Triens, -entis (tres) = -/^ or
\.

\.

Quadrans,

-antis (quattuor)
(sex) = T%

= 132
\.

or

\.

Sextans, -antis

or

Uncia = T

V
Of
the above divisions, semis, triens, quadrans, and

Note

I.

sextans were used as coins.

Note
2.
like

2.

Both inch and ounce are derived from uncia.

unit

These divisions were used for dividing into twelfths any iugerum (an acre), pes (a foot\ libra (a pouna] as,
:

Arare semissem

iugeri.

To plough half an

acre.

Obeliscus centum viginti quinque

obelisk

pedum

et dodrantis.

An

125% feet high.

Tres librae
3.

cum

semisse.

3^ pounds.
also in bequests
estate.
estate.
:

They were commonly used

Heir
to the

as,

Heres ex asse.

whole

Heres ex semisse.

Heir

to

half the

Heres ex uncia.

Heir

to one-twelfth.

154
4.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

They were used

1

to express not only fractions

:

whose denomi-

nator was

2,

but

many mixed numbers

(i.e.,

as,

Quartus quadrans, j J
Semis
tertius, 2\.

the fourth

number a

fourth).

Semis sextus, $\.

(or

Lignum bessem alterum

inches in diameter
5.
(i.e.,

bessem alterum latum). A. log 20

:-f).

the second f =

fenus),

divisions were used for reckoning interest (usurae, which was due monthly. Thus Asses usurae (units interest, e., one a month for the use of a was also called It hundred), twelve per cent, per a?mum. centesimae usurae (i e. the hundredth interest), because in one hundred months a sum equal to the principal (sors) would have been paid.
:

The same

The

following table gives the Latin for interest from

to 12%

% per annum.
12

Deunces
Dextantes Dodrantes

(i.e.,

per month).

Septunces Semisses

usurae

Quincunces
Trientes

Quadrantes
Sextantes

Unciae

So too

Binae centesimae, 24% per annum

etc.

ternae centesimae,

36% per annum,

Thus

Pecuniam assibus usuris

collocavit.

He invested money at 12%.

Dodrantibus usuris grandem pecuniam apud eum collocavit. He placed a large sum of money in his hands at 9%.

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

INTEREST.

155

EXERCISE LVI.
i.

His height was

4.

five feet nine.

3.

fourths of his estate.

2. He made him heir to threeYou could have been heir to seven-twelfths

of his estate.

.He has

left

me

fifteen million sesterces,

which

is

5. I have been waiting for him nearly two-thirds of his estate. 6. If he had begun then, one-third of an acre would half an hour.

have been ploughed now.

and a

he jumped twelve feet was 252 feet 3 inches high. 10. The 9. Two acres and a half (pi,} have been assigned to each. will assigns to each three acres and seven-twelfths, n. I shall borrow $40,000 from him on the 1st at 5 %. 12. I hear the boy's 13. I understand that the interest will be height is 5ft. 10 in. reduced (redigo) from 1 to 5 %. 14. He has lost five-sixths of his money. 15. He paid them $10,000 on May 2ist. 16. He gave one man three hundred sesterces, another three thousand. 17. Can anyone plough an acre and a third a day? 18. He left a small sum with me at 4 %. 19. I believe the tree was five and a half feet high. 20. Could anyone have been willing to pay interest at 48 % per
7.

It is

said that

quarter.

8.

The

hill, I

believe,

annum ?

They will tell us that, having saluted the general of he rode back to the camp to finish the work. 22. Even if anyone had ordered them to remain until our sailors came up to their aid, they would have left immediately. 23. No doubt he was most deserving of death, but he ought to have been spared when he asked for pardon. 24. Did you think that he would gain much glory by killing women and children? 25. You should have answered that you intended to hand over the bridge to them to guard. 26. On receipt of the letter, he dismissed the messenger 27. He used then, seizing a spear, he prepared to defend himself.
2
r .

the enemy,

to say that

many

evils

happened

to all of us.

28.

knew

that our

nouse would not

high a figure as we bought it at. 29. To my complaint that he had injured his country, he answered that, if he had done so, he would pay the p'enalty. 30. Fearing this, Caesar
sell at as

led out his

camp.

attacked the enemy's he could do such a thing at Rome, he would have done it at Athens also. 32. On the 27th of September he told me that he was tired of war that he had won
and, in spite of

men

my opposition,

31.

He

used to say

that, if

glory enough by destroying armies and capturing

cities.

156

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

57.

LATIN IDIOM IN THE USE OF WORDS.

1. Hitherto, attention has been drawn almost altogether to the difference between English and Latin in point of grammatical construction ; the words used to illustrate the rules of syntax have been,

as far as possible, such as occur in both languages. the simplest English, however, can be turned word for
Latin,

None but
word
into

and care and thought will always be necessary, apart altogether from a knowledge of syntax rules, in order to obiain the proper form (i.e., the right words) in which to express in Latin even
ordinary English ideas.
2.

DICTIONARIES.

And

here

it

may be remarked

that,

though

the study and verification in the Latin Lexicon of the use of words is of the greatest value, the use of the English-Latin Dictionary should be discouraged ; it should be restricted, as far as possible, to
turning up the authors read.
lary,

names of

things not

commonly mentioned

in the

Compared

and many words no corresponding words in Latin. The idea must be caught from For example I bethe English and expressed in the Latin form. lieve in the existence of God, is not to be expressed by Credo in Dei there is no such word in classical Latin as existentia. existentia Knowing that Latin avoids abstract nouns, and changing the noun into a verb, we get Credo Deum esse, which is shorter, simpler, and more forcible than the English, and could not be got out of the
:

to English, Latin has a small vocabuof common occurrence in English have

that

English-Latin Dictionary. It can not, in fact, be too often repeated, it is the English idea, and not the English word, that is to be
;

expressed in Latin
entirely re-cast.

the English form must, as a usual thing, be

IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. No exercise can be better for showing and impressing the great difference between the two
3.

languages in this respect than the constant translating of Latin For example authors into adequate and idiomatic English. Occisus Caesar multis pulcherrimum facinus videbatur. The assassi?iation of Caesar seemed to many a -very glorious deed.
:

Regnatum

est

Romae a condita urbe ad

tos quadraginta quattuor.

liberatam annos ducenKings reigned at Rome two hundred

LATltf IDIOM IN

THE USE OF WORDS.

157

and forty -four

liberation.

years, dating from the foundation of the city to its

Infelicissime

pugnatum

est.

most disastrous

battle

has been

fought.

Rem

prope prolapsam

restituit.

He restored what was almost a

lost cause.

And

so on.

lary

Such practice extends the student's knowledge of Latin vocabu and cultivates close observation, without which no intimate It is only acquaintance with Latin idiom can be acquired.
from the careful study of the Latin authors that such acquaintance is gained.

THE ABSTRACT NOUN.

4. Certain differences in English and Latin idiom in the use of language have been already pointed out, and may be re-stated here
:

(a) Latin often uses the indirect question where English uses an abstract or verbal noun as,
:

Illud quaeritur
is

unde hoc periculum ortum

sit.

The question

what

is

the source of the danger.

Read 17 again, or verbal nouns.

(b)

and observe generally that Latin uses few abstract

Latin often uses an impersonal verb (especially of motion) to

:

express an English noun and verb

as,

Pugnatum est, a battle was fought ; clamatum est, a shout was raised; ad arma concurritur, there is a rush to arms (see p.
3 8, 2).

So too
remorse
(c)

Huius

rei

eum

poenituit.

This thing filled him with

(p. 66,

3).

English verbal noun into a verb as,

:

An

may

often be turned

by changing k

Tecum pugnat, he is in conflict with you; hoc respondet, he makes this reply; haec praecepit, these were his maxims; hoc fremebat vulgus, such was the popular cry; multa cogitat, his thoughts are many; quid mentitus est? what falsehood has he
told? occurrebat
ei,

the thought occurred to

him

(see p. 38,

5).

158
(cT)
:

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

The

present participle

is

often used for an English abstract

noun as, Mini querenti,

p.

to my complaint j te repugnante, in spite of your ium voces, expressions of indignation (see indignant opposition;

48, 6).
(<?)

The

perfect participle passive

:

is

often used in Latin for

an

English abstract or verbal noun

for the loss of the

as,
est.

Propter classem amissam condemnatus

fleet.

He was condemned
p.

Post expulsum fllium.

50, 14,
(/)

After the expulsion of the son (see

and

p. 52, 4, 5.)

A noun-clause
:

introduced by
as,

quod

will often

take the place

of an English noun

Mini gratum est quod

pleasing to me. Idcirco adfui
presence

venisti.

The fact of your coming The reason of

reflection that

is

quod ei sub venire volui. was my wish to aid Jiim. Quod ei subveni mini iucundum est. The him is delightful to me (see p. 99, 6, 7).

my

I aided

(g) The comparative adverbial clause will often take the place of an English noun and preposition as, Feci perinde qf riftVmV / have acted in accordance with my duty.
:

_. perinde acjmeritus accordance with his deserTsfseep. 1 16).

. [

est.

He was

punished in

(h)

The

genitive

is

characteristic,

mark, token

used to express the English task, duly, custom, as, ludicis est sequi veru.rn, it is the
:

duty of a jtidge to follow the truth

of, i.e
,

(literally

to

follow the truth

is

belongs to a jtidge)-, hoc est praeceptoris, this is the business of an instructor ; sapientis est res adversas aequo animo
ferre, it is the characteristic
:

resignation (literally

of a wise man to bear adversity with with an even mind). See p. 59, 2.

Note. With possessive pronouns, this genitive is not used, but the neuter of the corresponding possessive adjective as, Tuurr:
:

(not tui est) videre, it is your duty to

see.

To

these

may

be added the following

fLATIN IDIOM IN THE USE OF WORDS.

(z)

150

The
:

Latin infinitive will often supply the place of an abstract

noun

as,

Humanum

est errare.

Error

is

human.

Liberius dicere mini

non

licuit

not allowed me.

So too: Beate
(lit.,

Greater freedom of speech was vivere, happiness (also, beata vita) ;

felicem esse, success

to be lucky).

dependent adverbial clause (/) an English abstract noun as,

:

may

frequently be used to turn

Hoc malum ut
went away.

vitaret, abiit.

For the avoidance of this

absente).

evil^

he

Hoc

accidit

dum

abfui (or

me

This occurred in

my

absence.

And, generally speaking, it may be said that Latin avoids the abstract noun and prefers to use the verb instead.
(k]

relative clause

may be

used to turn an English noun in -er

or -or, expressing an agent : as,

Qui patrem

meum
in

interfecerunt.

My father's

murderers.

Qui videbant
Note.
in Latin
;

ea, flebant.

The spectators wept.

an agent), are
is

Nouns

-tor or -sor (expressing

common

but the relative clause in this sense

usual.

EXERCISE LVII.
(In doing the exercise avoid the use of abstract nouns.)
2. He was angry, I believe, Will he prefer life to death ? with the by-standers. 3. He was better than any of his predecesi.

sors on the throne (use regno, to reigri). 4. During your presence, he kept silence. 5. He did not take any account of my threats. 6. Such was his fear that he left the city. 7. I went to Rome to have an interview with them. 8. He made a voyage in the middle of He hopes for freedom at an early date. 10. He winter. 9. u. You should yield obedience to the promised us our freedom, 12. This tends to (say belongs to laws. p. 59, 2) the preservation of liberty. 13. This step was taken to secure the safety of the city. 14. In spite of his innocence (p. 115, 1 1), he was condemned. 15. His conduct was very different from yours. 16. My interview with him was a lucky accident. 17. What is you opinion of such men? 18.
;

160

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Your action in this matter (use facio) was criticised. 19. Their sudden transformation is marvellous (use muto). 20. The murder of Pompey was a great misfortune. 21. He seemed born for the
protection of the people.
22.

In proportion to his readiness (use

promptus, ready), each man was advanced to office [p. 1 18, 5, ()]. 24. I feel 23. Every evil seems harmless at its birth (use part.). distress that you have received no information from him. 25. I believe he feels regret (p. 66, 3) for his conduct. 26. By the removal of the tyrant (rex\ the safety of the city has been secured. 27. This,

he

said,

brief exhortation, induced

was the earnest wish of his heart. 28. The general, after a them to remain. 29. Fancy how great
I felt

was the joy

(say

How much do you think I rejoiced?}.

30. Shall

we praise him

being a painter ? {use quia). 31. Let us assume a case (aliquid) of somewhat wide application (use patet late, it exfor

tends widely). 32. He hurried away to announce Caesar's presence with all his forces. 33. The resistance ceased after midnight. 34. It is quite within the range of possibility that his political opinions are
identical with your own. 35. This city has always been loved by her subjects (use praesum). 36. On reaching the gate, they imme37. He asked that an investigadiately demanded admittance.
tion

be made (use quaero)

lost

into the loss of the fleet.

39.

38.

have

He. believes in the nothingness of all this (use nullus esse). 40. Lovers are always foolish. 41. He has taken his daughter to bear him company
never

my

belief in the existence of God.

(una esse,

to be together).

58.

OTHER SUBSTITUTES IN LATIN FOB THE ABSTRACT NOUN.

(sing, or pi.) of an adjective an English abstract noun as,
: ,

1.

The neuter

may

often be used

to express

Aliud est lion estum

expediency, another.

util e aliud.

Honor

(or duty) is one thing;

Vera

et falsa disiungunt.

They distinguish truth and falsehood.

SUBSTITUTES FOB TfiE ABSTRACT NOUN.

In
fact,

161

to express

the neuter adjective or pronoun will often be used in Latin an English noun for which the word thing might be used,
is

but a more pretentious noun

preferred.

Thus

Haec sequebatur, he purstied these objects ; magna ausus eat, he ventured on great enterprises ; hoc unum me consolatur, this one
consideration (or reflection) affords

me

consolation.

50 too
the earth

Amissa erant per quae humus had been lost.

exciditur.

The

tools

for digging

Hoc audeo dicere. / venture to make this assertion. Hoc mini molestum est me non esse-bonum ciyem. This thought
is

a painful to me, that I am not patrio?T* gloria constat ex tribus his si diligit eum multitude, si The highest glory depends fidem habet, si honore dignurn putat. upon the following three conditions : if the multitude loves him,

Summa

puts trust in him, thinks him worthy of honor. 51 modo haec stabunt. If only the present condition of the
country continues.

Ea domi

conflata esse constat.

(lit,

It is certain that these plans

were formed at home

kindled}.

In translating into English, the context in every case determines the appropriate noun to use for the neuter adjective or pronoun.

Many English abstract nouns may be expressed by the word which is of very frequent occurrence, and is (as has been well said) a blank cheque, as it were, to be filled up from the con2.
res, text.

Thus

Ut re

docuit.

As

the fact showed,

Res Graeciae
There are

constituit.

He has arranged
satis

the affairs of Greece.

Multae res, in philosophia non

many problems
solution.

sunt. in philosophy 'which have received as yet

adhuc explicatae

no adequate

Bonis tuis rebus meas malas res ludis.

are mocking

In your prosperity you

-,

my misfortune.
:

Compare too Res secundae

(or prosperae), prosperity j res adversaei adver-

162

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

impaired f
(i.e.,
/>fe

sityj res tranquillae, tranquillity; res accisae,

reff

novae.

revolution; T"" pnlillrnj;

<'

/"*

common weal

nation, the government, the public interest, politics, etc.).

3. An English abstract noun may frequently be expressed by making it concrete, z>., referring it to an individual as, PJnrimum interest inter doctum et mdem. There is the greatest different t)el'iVt~en learning and ignorance (lit., between a learned man and an ignorant man).
:

ferent from

non sunt quales esse nobis videntur. Genius is difwhat we suppose it to be. Nullum poetam legerat, nollum oratorem noverat. He had read no poetry and was unacquainted with oratory.
Ing-eniosi

This principle
tuted for the

is

useful

when

the

name

of a class

may be
it.

substi-

name

of the quality that characterises

4. In accordance with this love of the concrete, is the Latin use of a proper noun (a) instead of naming the qualities that distinguish the individual indicated (b} where we refer to a person by some
;

impersonal circumlocution

(as, e.g., in

Parliament)
little

as,

Tempera Numae minus

(i.e.,

apta.

time

suited for

Numa

irreligious).

De hac re iam Servium, virum amplissimum, audistis. With regard to this proposal, you have heard the honorable member who has just sat down.
Compare, also, the Latin love of accuracy in naming nations as, Romani cum Carthaginiensibus bellum iam diu g-erunt. Rome has Tcing been making war upon Carthage.
:

5. It should

be noted that the abstract noun must be used

^

(a) speaking of a quality itself and (often) in ascribing a an to individual as, quality
:

When

Virtus in recte agendo

action.

-^*
nnnjjiii

Virtue consists

in right

In his

In these qualities they were pre-eminent : uprightness, energy and

',

artibus^r^gstajaant

illi:

probitate, industria, temperantia.

self-control.

SUBSTITUTES FOR THE ABSTRACT NOUtf.

16$
it

Where, though an adjective is used in English, presses an emphatic quality, or the main idea as,
(b)
:

really ex-

Neque

occasionis tarditas exspectabitur.

Nor

will

men

'wait

for slow-footed opportunity.

Add to

immensitatesque camporum. mountains and the boundless plains (the ideas emphasised here are the height of mountains and the boundless expanse of plains Latin, therefore, with its love of directness,
altitudines
all this the lofty
;

Adde hue montium

uses the abstract noun in each case).

6.
is

When

an abstract noun

refers to a plural

often itself put in the plural,

noun or pronoun, and thus becomes concrete as,

:

it

Vitae

omnium in

So too

of all were in danger. Frigora (cold), calores (heat), imbres (ram), fulmina
periculo erant.

The

lives

(lightning),

grandmes

(hail), &c.

EXERCISE LVIII.
goal, do you think, has he in view? 2. Some men one some, another. 3. Nor should men pursue ends object pursue they cannot attain. 4. He said that procrastination (inf.} would be fatal. 5. You can receive no better gift (vb.) from heaven than contentment (inf. + adj.) 6. The assault of this legion (p. 50, 14) left no room for doubt that the citadel would be taken. 7. The secret of his unbroken success lay in his wisdom and foresight. 8. This
I.

What

the advantage of vehemence and activity, that they soon learn to reform themselves. 9. Timidity, however, is a more fatal disease of the mind. 10. A man once persuaded that an impediment is
is

insuperable, has made it more difficult than before. 1 1. discover the unreasonableness of his fears. 12. Tell
at

He will never
him

the hour There was no longer any possibility of his 14. It will not add one iota to your happiness or prosescape. 15. To express gratitude is one thing; to feel it, perity (adj.) another to show it, another still. 16. All regard ingratitude with

which we leave.

1 3.

detestation (use verb). 18. 17. The Roman loved oratory. betrayal of their plans threw them into confusion. 19. If I

The
had

made any
words.

proficiency in the art myself, I should not use these 20. Self-confidence (inf.) is a mark of arrogance. 21. Folly

164
delights in
23.
it
trifles.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

22.
I

deferred

Obedience to the law began with

to be obeyed to tlie laws'],

(ab).

(obsequor) to your desire. the reign of Tullus (say

I

began been a disastrous battle. 25. Many promises have been made. 26. Falsehood is dangerous. 27. Their judgment with regard to

24.

believe that there has

him

28. They fled is perfectly accurate (use vere). fusion (use turbo) and despair (use spem abicere).

away

in con-

29. Cries of

mourning were heard.

it

30.

There was a mutual disarmament

(say;

was departed from arms by each party), 31. Is anything good that does not make its possessor good ? 32. This proposal did not 33. The government came back to Camillus. displease him. to see if (si) the city could be taken. 34. The experiment was made, be envious An despised (say the envy of a few, clique may 35.
:

denied the possibility of making war on Rome. 37. It would not be in keeping with his good sense to arm a reckless (p. 163, b) mob with public authority. 38. He crossed the river when the cold was almost unbearable.
etc.\ p. 163,
).

36.

He

59.

ABSTRACT ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

simple and direct, avoids Hence combinations of a noun and an adjective
like,

1. Latin, in its love of the

tion.

personificalike

mental
In-

strength, anxious fear^ and the stead of them are used

:

are not

common

in Latin.

(a)

A noun governing another in the genitive

as,

Corporis et mentis Y^^^bodily_and mental^ strength j scientiae cognitio, "-**jYf*'g> v^cr^p/^r//,,,,^. praecepta morum, moral -preAIL^C//-//cepts; ad fldem historiae scriptus, described //yyy//*W.. "truth j omnium terror, the universal terror* intra hominum

xnemoriam, within

human memory;

reipublicae dissensio, poli-

tical difference; ferocitas

iuvenum, the high spirit of youth; brevis temporis dolor, momentary pain; servavi temporis ordinem, / have followed the chronological sequence; instituta pnilosophiae,

philosophical principles.

ABSTRACT ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

165

Two nouns connected by and: as, Res iuventute geruntur et viribus. Business
(ft)

is

transacted by

youthful strength. So:

nlamores et admirationes. stormy applause ; clamor et admurmuratio T loud murmuring; non sine vociferatione et indignatione, not without loudly-expressed indignation^; ratio et consillum, ratnmal judgment; temeritas"et casus, blind Chance j metus et
anxietas, anxiotis fear.

An
way

attributive possessive case

:

may

often

be turned

in the

same

as,

Pennissa est vulgo ultio et satietas. venge was allowed the mob.
This
is

The glutting of

its re-

(ev 6ta dvolv,

(c}

the principle usually denoted by the learned name hendiadys one thing throtigh two]. It is of common application.

Two

nouns

in apposition

as,

Tiro exercitus, a

raw army j advenae

:

volucres, foreign birds.

(d)

subordinate clause

as,

Navis, quum fracta esset, cursum tenere shattered vessel could not hold her course.

non

potuit.

The

ADVERBS.
2. Instead of the

English adverb, or adverbial phrase, Latin

frequently uses

(a)

An

adjective

as,
if).

I did it gladly (i.e., was glad to do Invitus haec dico. / say it rc.l^.^tantly. Imprudens erravi. / have erred inadvertently.
libens feci,
:

Hoc

Eos vivus restituit. He restored them during his life-time. So too Iratus. in anger_; metu perterritus, in fear. To dTtack in front, in rear Adversos, aversos aggredi. noun A as, (b) Hoc consul fecit. This he did in his consulship (as consul). ^ senex,^|>? So Puer, in hi* ^Y^//- ^.dolescens, in his
it
:

yn^h

his

166

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Teach by method and system.

Rations et via docete.

Hoc memoria et down orally and in

So too
:

litteris

proditum

est.

This has been handed

writing.

Arte factus, artistically made; yitio crgatus, jn/pr-in^fy elected; natura tardior, na^rni-iy rfiflipr plpm.

known friendship
Ea, quae ex

Amicitiam nee usu nec,.rajaQne cog-nitam habent. neither practically nor theoretically.

They have

me

audistis, re

probare

to verify experimentally the principles

possitis. May you be able you have heard from me

\

Plura verbo quam scriptura mandata, dedimus. more commissions verbally than in writing.
(c)

We have given

verb

as,

I solemnly

entreat you.

Te cro obsecroque.

/ loudly protest that it is false. Clamo et tester hoc falsum esse. 7 managed successfully to effect my object. Egi atque perfect ut
quid vellem facerem.
(d)

change of construction

as,

Abiisse videtur.

He

is

gone apparently.
sit.

Dubitari non potest quin mortuus

Undoubtedly he

is

dead.

Peropportune accidit ut dives

sit.

Very fortunately he
it

is rich.

Hoc
3.

quotidie facere soleo.

te errare.
list

/ usually do

every day.

Manifestum est

You are manifestly wrong.

The

following

of equivalent phrases will repay study:

Accomplice^

scelerum sogius.

Aristocracy, nobiles.

Assessment, quod cuique tributum

Atheist, qui decs esse negat.
Civilisation, exculta

est.

bjominum jeita.

Communism, aequatio bonorum.

Conservative, qui reipublicae statum conservat.

Demagogues, turbulejxtLcivs or populi turbatores. Enthusiasm, ardor animi.

ABSTRACT ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.

Exports, res q^flg^xgortajg|ar. Historian, rerum scriptor.,
Inspiration, divinus quiclam afflatus.

167

Lawgiver, qui leges ponit.

Moral philosophy, quae de moribus

Patriotism, studium

et officiis praecepta sunt.

Politician, qui in republica versa.tur.

So

Enter

political

life,

ad remp. accedere

administer the

government, remp. gubernare.

inveteratae opiniones. Prejudices, falsae atque
Prose, oratio sol]
lietoric,

rhetorum praecepta.

Statesmanship, reip. regendae et constituendae peritia.

Tyranny, unius dominatiis.^

EXERCISE LIX.
i.

2.

Natural shame might have prevented him from being present. They will always have a lively recollection of all his services to
3.

the country.
literature.
4. 5.

They have neglected the systematic study

he despised.
(hend.).
7.

of

We feel ourselves

impelled towards our philosophical

6.

writers.

All other philosophical systems

All

these things were

made by human handiwork

They

always differed in party policy. 8. An abundant variety of food has been secured (invenio). 9. These terrible threats of prosecu10. The beaten tion you should never have taken into account.

army withdrew

to Canusium.
12.

his political views.

11. I had a thorough knowledge of Fear and anxiety are inconsistent with

such a disposition (p. 162, 3). 13. The introduction of the games did not relieve them from superstition or disease. 14. UnfortuTowards them, as Christians (use 15. nately they were gone.

quum), great cruelty was shown (use saevio). 16. The shouts of 17. In a charge of this nature congratulation were overpowering. 18. inquiry should be made as to date, place, means, and agents. The historians tell us that human society was a late development. 20. would have returned safely. 19. There is no doubt that he

'

168

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

After his death, apparently, he has

us.
21.

You

will

never

know how
22.

become very friendly towards zealously and intelligently he

all

has managed
scientific

this matter.

We

are

attracted

by the love of

This phenomenon is of most constant 23. inquiry. occurrence. in the winter season. 24. Error and ignorance are considered positive evils (superl.) 25. Many subjects are difficult and obscure and at the same time (use idem) unnecessary. 26. Let us

not lend a blind assent to these theories.

27.

Will you never

regard measures rather than the men who propose them? (auctor). 28. Were not these people always fond of novelty ? 29. If they

had not obeyed

sustained.
30.

at once,

an ignominious disaster would have been

31.

The

struggle will be for empire (use decerto).

Providentially, he has made his escape. 32. He is behaving with the greatest folly (adv.}. 33. He made inquiries as to the hea'lth of the gentle Tullia. 34. They have come, I believe, with all

majority of

wished to consult the interest of France. 36. The that philosophy has no utility. 37. Many are of opinion that it is positively an injury (use vb.). 38. It is a mark of folly to be scared by empty shadows. 39. They 40. If the government professed they had a declaration to make.
speed.
35.

He

mankind are convinced

had ascertained the strength of the enemy, this defeat would never have been sustained. 41. This bond closely unites states together
(p. 166,

60.
1. Latin

DIFFERENCE OF IDIOM
may be
its

(Continued).

(because of

said to prefer, as a general thing, the active greater directness) to the passive. Thus
:

The
son.

ivise

remark of the father was verified by the rashness of the Patris dictum sapiens filii temeritas probavit. See, how2.

ever, p. 38,
2.

not be

The name of a mere instrument (as opposed made the subject of an active verb as,
:

to

an agent) can-

L ' a " f"

open the gate.

Hac mercede adductua-

est ut

portam

aperiret,

DIFFERENCE OP IDIOM.
Note.

169

emotions, so

An exception common in

to this

is

seen in the personification of

Livy

as,

Pavor tribunes invaserat.

Hinc spes, nine desperatio
the other, despair is

Fear had seized the

""jTTini Iral*"*
(lit.,

tribunes.

On
:

one

s'ide

hope, on

an incentive

incites; see 6.).

as,

So, too, with habeo, excipio (follow), teneo, &c.

Insequens annus tribunes habuit.

tribunes.

The following year had

Tristem

hiemem

gravis aej^ag^excepit.
tenuit.

sickly

summer fol-

lowed a gloomy winter. Hoc miraculum eos stupefactos

spell-bound.
3.

This marvel held them

An English adjectival phrase, which might if literally turned modify the verb, must be joined to its own noun by a participle or
:

a relative clause

as,

A voice from the temple recalled them. Vox e templo missa (or quae e templo mittebatur) eos revocavit. Vox e templo eos revocavit would mean A voice recalled them
from
the temple.

Such an adjectival phrase may, however, be turned litercan without ambiguity be joined adverbially to the verb in great matters was noticed. Levis eius animus as, His frivolity in magnis reous spectabatur.
Note.
ally, if it
:

distinct predication

English adjective often expresses a reason or makes some which must be brought out explicitly by a separate clause or participle in Latin as,
4.
:

An

not escape our veteran leader. Ha.ec, r^s imperatorem nostrum, qui belli esset peritissimus, non fefellit.
5.

TMs

u J-''7 ma-'tf(rin" 'r-(

Where

clause, Latin

demands

the emphatic verb in English is put in a relative that it should be made the main verb as,
:

A
This

fresh blow came that crushed the

is

city.

Glades nova urbem

afflixit.

especially

// is

you

that

common with // is, I want. Te vojo.

it

was,

etc.

as,

170

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

6. Latin, in its love of the concrete, defines

an act much more

closely than English

as,

They refresh themselves with food.

These proceedings relieved them pavore levabant.
7-

Corpora cibo curant.

their fear.

from

Haec animos

From

stant use of the

the Latin love of the direct and concrete, arises the con2nd pers. sing. and the ist and 3rd pers. pi., for the
,

English passive or the indefinite subject (one, people,

etc.}

as,

The truth of
over.

this will be

found, if the pages of history are turned

Hoc verum

esse, si veils

temporum memoriam

replicare,

reperies.

ingeniosi, flmus eruditi

8.

People are born with genius, but are made learned. Nascimur (= Learning is a product, genius a gift).

The verb sum

will often
:

take the place of a more emphatic or

as,

picturesque verb in English

ing-ens erat.

Immense indignation reigned i?t

the camp.

EfiC-castra indignatio

From
9.

this

a false opinion

results.

Ex hoc
in

est falsa opinio.

Two

adjectives qualifying one noun

Latin must be con-

nected by

and :

as,

He had large bright eyes.

are written

Oculos magnos et nitidos habebat.

10. Several consecutive nouns in Latin in the same construction down one after the other without conjunctions as, Ilia arma centuriones cohortes non nobis periculum denuntiant.
:

Those arms, officers and battalions do not threaten us with danger. This is called asyndeton ( a. not + avv, together +&<>>, bind.}.
Note.

opem.

So too, clauses The youth returns,

:

as,

Redit iuvenis,

rem narrat, implorat

begs for aid.

tells his story,

and

EXERCISE LX.
This dagger stabbed the celebrated Pompey. 2. All the soldiers in the city were sent to Baiae. 3. A sense of shame suddenly from the 4. The little gold they had was taken changed them.
i.

wretches.

5.

As

Christians, they were treated very cruelly.

for

6.

He

was very popular,

a banker, with

all

classes.

7.

never lose

DIFFERENCE OF IDIOM.

171

8. A musical ear detects (sentio) sight of him (use deicio oculos). I have lost all the vigor of youth. the slightest discord. 9. u. The 10. The men in the ship demanded our destination,

battle at

Cannae

(rel.)

cut off

many

thousands.

12.

Word was

brought of the sack of the city. 13. They have perfect confidence in men of goodness of character (p. 165, I, &}. 14. It was Balbus who built the house. 15. In pursuit of some cherished object, they will

undergo any hardship (use perpetior). 16. The men descending from the mountain attacked us. 17. Firmness and dignity are consistent with true

courage

(p.

162, 3).

18.

He

stationed the cavalry

that they might make a display (use utor ad speciem). 19. This 20. Orators always have been few statue will serve you for a god. as a 21. This, general thing, is believed. 22. He might b}. 163, (p.

be thought a madman.
this

23. He endured the pain without difficulty. was in vogue (p. 170, 8) a better fashion time there 24. By (consuetude). 25. Not far away our army was encamped (p. 70, 8).
1

In both cases he acted with dignity (use graviter). 27. He attempted to conclude his speech amidst the loudly-expressed
26.
.

detestation (hend.} of the House.

(p. 163,
) is

28.

When
29.
30.

the pleasant spring

frequent repetition
flattery (part?)

past, then
(itse

comes summer.

The

of these remarks
all

saepe) terrified

all.

Open

disappointed (p. 169, 4) soldkrs began to murmur. 32. This they did, without compulsion from anyone. 33. He announced that the measure was both practicable and
hate.
31.
34. There is no doubt that there were poets expedient (use verbs). before Homer. 35. There was not one of all the soldiers who was

men

The

not wounded.
37.

36.

You know how

escaped.

how he

Have you heard how bravely they fought? surrounded us. 38. We do not know 39. They were of the opinion that unless news of
(ut) they

had been brought, the city would have been lost. 40. I have bought an estate at a million of sesterces. 41. This proceeding proved (p. 170, 8) their salvation. 42. From these pursuits arises facility in speaking (p. 165, i, b).
this battle

172

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

61.

EQUIVOCAL WORDS. WORDS OF THE SAME FORM IN LATIN AND ENGLISH.

METAPHOR.

1. Many English words are equivocal (i.e., have two or more Thus meanings), and require care in translating into Latin.
:

He He

is is

man

of honor.

Vir est

summa
Ille

fide.

an honor

to his country.

est patriae decori

(i.e.,

ornament}.

He is worthy of the highest honor in the gift of the people. Dignus est summis populi Roman! honoribus (i.e., office^ political
distinction).

They pay him honor.

Laudem

ei tribuunt.

He

thirsts
:

for honor.

"SitrTfamam 'feloriam or laudem).

So, too

People

go

into the country.

Bus homines eunt

Dnlne est
r>ro

(i.e.,

as

opposed to the

city).

// is sweet to die for

on^* rnunfry.

p^r^

^*
Cum

disturbed for the safety of the country. salute perturbatur (i.e., the political community).
is

He

De

reipublicae

He returned home, to the great summo civium gaudio domum rediit

1 will march into their country.

joy of his country.

(i.e.,

countrymen).
fines iter faciam.

In

eorum

Such examples suffice to show the necessity of thinking out the exact meaning of the English, before attempting to translate into
Latin.

Many English words of Latin origin from the Latin original. ing
2.

differ altogether in

mean-

Thus

He

obtained the highest yjHce^

Summum
and

magistratum) consecutus est

see Lexicon).

(tititiax&o=holdj

Sulla, as dictator, oppressed the poor. vexabaiL (opprimo=^y^.y// or surprise).

Sulla dictator pauperes

The

following
:

tention

list of such words (taken from Bradley) deserves atAcQuire(aj&&iscoY consequor), #r/(facio), alien (externus),
>

EQUIVOCAL WORDS.

METAPHOR.

173

be astonished (miror), attain to (pervenio ad),

^acftlTjfifl

daj^j&miia&\ comjiionl^J&a&Q&\ kingdom, regnum), desire (cupio), destined (in fatis esse), expose to (obicio). famous (praecIarUfciJ.''^/^/ (perniciosus), fathers (maiores), fury (ira), heart (animus, indoles), heaven (deus, di immortales), injury (damnum), mortal (of a
rrniiin
(i.e.,
'

cease (desino or desisto),

mortiferum), nation (civitas, respublica), be obnoxious esseL firovoke (animum irrito), ruin (pernicies, interitus), scene (locus or ubi, p. 32), secure (tutus), triu mpJi (vinco), urge (agere cum....ut), vile fturpis), worlcT (omnes, or homines; mundus=

wound,

(odio

universe), study (cog-ratio).

LATIN METAPHOR.
3.

Metaphor
is

sense)

(or language common in English

used in a

transferred
;

'

or figurative

and rare

in Latin

into Latin, the

metaphor may, as a usual

thing,

and in translating be dropped as,

:

He^ ascended the throne of his fathers. traditum exceprK

Regnum a maioribus
Inter

There

is

a wide gulf between learning and ignorance.

doctum

et

rudem plurimum

interest.

He soon showed himself

in his true colors.

Brevi sui similis fuit.

has always lent me the cotmtznance of Ms support in the House. Me sua auctoritate in Senatu semper adiuvavit.

He

The political horizon seems overcast with impendere multa pericula videntur.
4.

clouds.

Reipublicae

into a simile.

metaphor may often be turned into Latin by expanding it Thus, in the last example Ut nubes mari saepe, ita reipublicae pericula nunc impendent.
:

5. The words quasi (as if), tamquam, velut, quidam, ut ita dicam, &c., are used to apologise for or introduce a figurative or unusual phrase as,
:

The soul Jlies forth from the prison-house of the body. pore, quasi e career e, evolat animus.
Philosophy was the mother of all the artium quasi parens erat.
arts.

cor-

Pmlosophia omnium

174
6.

lATltf

PROSE COMPOSITION.
found chiefly (a) in verbs of motion to flow or gush} ; (b) in words drawn

Roman metaphor

is

(especially in those

meaning

from

navigation, war, agriculture, the stage, the human body, medicine, flowers, building, painting, fire, light and dark?iess, wind. Every student of Latin should collect examples for himself a few
;

only will be given here.

Thus

Rempublicarn gmbernat.
ministers the government).

He

holds the helm of state

(i.e.,

ad-

Take the role of leniency. Partes (or personam) lenitatis agite. In the midst of In tanto reipublicae incendio sisti non potest. such public qonfusion, it can not be helped. (Compare the use of
combustion in i^lizaoethan English).

Many storms

Multae tempestates in fluctibus contionum subeundae sunt. tmist be met amid the tides of tJie popular assemblies. Quae res magnas civitates pessurn dedit. An evil which has
the bottom
(i.e.,

se?it great states to

ruined).
(i.e.,

Arx
with).

fontibus scatet.

The citadel is full of springs

gushes

In eo quasi lumen virtutis perspicio.

virtue.

see in

him

the light of

Solo aequandae sunt dictaturae.

levelled to the ground.

The

office

of dictator must be

Faber fortunae suae. Propugnacula murique

peace.

The architect of his own fortune.

otii.

3]}jLJ2ul3Juarks

and ramparts of

memoriam sempiternam.
ments broadcast
world.
(p.
1

Haec spargere me ac disseminare arbitrabar in orbis terrae !f thought I was scattering these achieve66, c)

for the undying

recollection

of the whole

In medullis populi

Romani

et visceribus haerent.
(lit.,

They are

enshrined

t)i -tJie

affections

of Rome

marrow and

flesh).

Nostrae res litter-arum monumentis inveterascent. ments will live to old age in the pages of literature.

My achieve-

Compare

also

Turnere

(be Ixuniutstic), frigere (be spiritless)^

style.

fervere (be passionate), used of

EQUIVOCAL WORDS.

METAPHOR.

175

EXERCISE LXI.
I.

Indicate a motive for this detestable crime.

3.

2.

tendered
over-

him the homage of my support in the House. whelmed by the tide of business (say as by a
\

He was
4.

billow).

Does

not the moon revolve round the world ? 5. Was not the world made by design? 6. If he had consulted the interests of the country, he would have been dear to the country. 7. Rome was mistress of the whole world. 8. By teaching these doctrines, he did the world much harm. 9. I am afraid I shall never see him again in this 10. After the death of the father, the son demanded the world.

crown,
12.

ii.

He

All this district

is

attained to the highest offices in his native country. he won with the sword. 13. The love of
all evil.

money

the root of

14.

He has
16.
I

held the sceptre for more

than thirty years.

(insculpo)

15.

The

fact of the existence of

on the heart of man.

17.

God is engraved never heard him without ad-

miration.

The

admiration.
control.
19.

18.

He

voice of warning was drowned in the shouts of says that the administration should be in his

on August 8th from 4% to 8 drew a broad line between honor and self-interest. 21. The State must not encroach upon the property of the indivi22. dual. That older world stood nearer to the dawn and saw truth with clearer eyes. 23. The enemy was reduced to submission without difficulty. 24. They were admitted to an audience. 25. Their exasperation will be proportionate to the good nature with which they now proceed. 26. Disaster now stared them in the face. 27. The cold was of such intensity as to be almost unendurable. 28. This reverse damped their triumph. 29. His first attempt met with poor success. 30. If he had had more, he would have given more. 31. He said on April 5th that he would never set foot in my
Interest rose (use flo)

(abL).

20.

He

province. saries of

32.
life

herents with

By the foreign voyages of our ships all the necesare supplied. 33. He has glutted (pasco) his ad34. The forum would have political incendiarism.

been the stage of his genius.

role

35. The House assigned me this and I sustained the character to the best of my ability. 36. A strong and really (use quidam) astonishing feeling of good- will was

beginning to glow in

my

many

advantages.

38.

breast. 37. From friendship blossom This spark of genius cannot be concealed

LATltf

PROSE COMPOSITION.

39. Let us hold the course that the loyal have always held ; us turn a deaf ear to any signal of recall. 40. Who can heal the are all (as I might say) in the same country's wounds ? 41.
(lateo).
let

We

boat and sharers in the same dangers.

62.
1.

ORDER AND EMPHASIS.

:

and
as

Conjunctions, relative and interrogative pronouns, relative interrogative adverbs, usually stand first in their own clause
aint.

Quae cum
depart.

1^,

abeat.

Under

these circus ^nc^^r 7pf

him

2. The following words never begin a sentence Quis quisque (each), quoque (also), quidem (at least, indeed), vero or autem (but), enim (for), igitur (therefore). See any page of Livy
:

or Cicero.
3.
(i)

The
;

usual order of words in a Latin sentence

;

is
;

as follows

Subject

(2)

adverbs of time, place and manner

verb
:

(3) indirect

object

(4) direct object: (5)

illo

as,

Caesar enim him a crown.

die ei

coronam

dedit.

That day Caesar gave

that time he took

Qui turn civitatibus anna

abstulit.

At

away

arms froin

the states.

Note. Since Latin aims at showing, as far as possible, the logical connection of each sentence with the preceding, sentences conSee again any page of stantly begin with for, who, which, &c.

Livy or Cicero.
4. The practice of indicating emphasis by position, often modifies the regular arrangement as,
:

Non

video in

mea

vita quid despicere possit Antonius.

/ do

ORDER AND EMPHASIS.

not see in
(subject

177

my life what any manfyan despise .of the name of Antony made emphatic by being put last instead "of first).
is

So, too, the verb

Irridet

emphasised by being put not

Clodius
is

last

but

first

as,

Clodius Senatum.

actually

mockin<r <the

Senate.

Compare Senatum Clodius

:

irridet.

// is the Senate that Clodius is mocking.

Pecunia a patre exacta est crudeliter. The money 'was extorted from his father with every circumstance of cruelty (adverb at the end for emphasis).
In miseriam nascimur sempiternam.
everlasting (adjective
last, for

We

are born to misery

emphasis).

gift not only of a flowing but

Profluens quiddam habuit Car bo et can drum. Carbo had the of a musical style (adj. last and separated from the word with which it would naturally go).
Note.
that are

The use

of the emphatic position renders

many
:

words,

common

in English,

unnecessary in Latin.
Illius rei

Thus

/ should not mention that ajfair at all.

faciam.

non mentionem

That I shall not

believe till

actually hear the envoys.

legates.

Hoc

non prius credam quam audiero

SPECIAL RULES OF ORDER.

5. The following special rules of order should be studied and the examples (which are chiefly taken from Potts' Hints Towards Latin Prose) carefully committed to memory.

(a) Everything logically connected with the subject should be placed close to it as,
:

Two Numidians were sent to Hannibal with a letter. Nojmidae cum litteris ad Hannibalem missi sunt (here the
belongs to the Numidians).

Duo
letter

Democritus could not distinguish black from white after he had Democritus, luminibus amissis, alba et atrq. diacernere non poterat.
lost his sight.

sentence should not, as a usual thing, have (b) the end than two as,
:

more verbs

at

178

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITtdti.

it

Verres so harried Sicily that

could not possibly be restored to

its

former condition. Verres Siciliam ita vexavit ut restitui in antiquum statum nullo modo potuerit (the main verb of a final or
consecutive sentence
is

not put at the end).

He

said he

saw

that this
to

wa^th^aimj-\.e. that

the

man

might be compelled

ut aliquid jigj "oblique narration put,

So, too
:

say something false. Dixit se intellegere id falsi dicere cog-eretur (the verb introducing
as usual,
first).

They say that he had an incredible memory.

incrsdihili memortarrtHsse.

Ferunt

euro,

See, also, p. 129,

9.

(c)

The verb

of an
first
:

explanatory clause
as,

introduced

by enina

or autem, stands

boast before you. Quae res mini apud te g-loriari.

What such achievement has ever been performed? For I may unquam g-esta est tanta? Licet enim

(d)

colorless

verb

(like

esse, solere,
:

posse,
as,

coepisss, &c.)

stands usually in the riddle of the sentence

He is

usually either bombastic or

spiritless.

Autk^fcumere (swell}

solet aut frig-ere (be cold).

Sum, however, comes

exist, (2) to

first

in the

sentence (i)

when

it

means
:

to
as,

prevent the separation of closely connected words

lex.

Est igitur haec

This law^ therefore, exists.

nemo quicum essem libentius. whom I would more gladly be.

Erat
(e)

There was

none

with

Words of
and

derivation,

different cases of the

opposite meaning, words of the same sound or same word, are usually written
:

together for the sake of the contrast and the assonance

as,

In his single hand he controlled everything at Rome.

Omnia

unus Romae

poterat.

I do not think that immortality should be despised by a mortal Mortali immortalitatem non arbitror contemnendam.
You should not ask any question but which of the two waylaid
the other.
fecerit.

Nihil aliud quaerere debetis nisi uter utri insidias

ORDER AND EMPHASIS.

(f)

179
one
at the beginning,

Two words

in antithesis are often found,

:

the other at the

end

as,

Errace malo cum Platone, quam cum istis vera sentjj e. / prefer rather to be wrong with Plato than to be right with those

gentry
(g)
in the

(p. 88, 4).

When

pairs of
is

words are contrasted, the order of the words

reversed
:

second pair

as,

of

You would have heard the shrieking of women and the shouting Q "i n mr n men. fni11n.t.nq ^mrnnrvmn, Yl-"in
A_M^r
is

This arrangement hus

'1
:

called chiasmus (from the

Greek

letter chi, x).

ululatus feminarum,

X
virorum clamores.
(h) Adjectives and attributive genitives (except those of possession,

number and amount)

citizen.

usually follow their nouns

Civis

as,

/ am a Roman

Romanus sum.
See
p. 59,
I.

The leader of the Senate.

Princeps Senatus.

Two
for

nouns belonging
:

to the genitive, are

not separated, unless

emphasis

as,

// is
end.

more difficult to find the beginning of this speech than the Huius orationis difflcilius est exituxn quam principium
negative should
:

invenire.
(i)

The

come jisjigarjhe .head

Neque
"*~1r"
1

of _the sentence

as possible

as

Even the Lacedaemonians were unable. monii poterant.

ipsi

Lacedae-

'

Do

not disturb me.

Noli

me

turbare.

You will find it better not to have uttered a sound. Non erit melius vocem misisse (inf. when used as a noun, usually at the
end).

See

p. 95, 3, note.

180

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE LXII.
I.

The Aedui

sent ambassadors to him.

2.

When

he was living

there with great dignity owing to his many virtues, the Spartans sent ambassadors to Athens. 3. They deny that any one should see the light who acknowledges himself guilty of homicide. 4. It
is

a matter of history that he rejected this argument (disputatio). He felt that he was being taken to task even by Brutus. 6. With what feelings do you think a man like Alexander lived ? (p. 176, 4). 7. Till to-day you have followed another general ; now follow Caesar. 8. On this charge He was condemned, a charge of the most frivolous character. 9. As long as he lived, he lived in grief (p. 179, g).
5.

10.

Do

father.

not sacrifice the safety of your country to the safety of your 1 1. As far as learning goes, you can do that as long as you

12. I was unable to visit him, for he lives in a please (p. 176, 4). remote part of the city. 13. Prosperity cannot be secured (efflcio) without men's zealous aid (p. 165, i,). 14. He was a man undoubt-

edly worthy of
flesh
('p.

all
!

honor.
16.
It is

5.

To

think that

men

should eat

human
17.

58, 15)

glorious to die for one's country.

He

used to say that

(p. 179, g).
1

silver

8.

was cheaper than gold, gold than virtues Danger comes to one from one quarter, to another

from another (use aliunde). 19. After the removal of the tyrant (rex), I see the tyrant's power still remains. 20. And yet these things are not closely connected (p. 166, c}. 21. My thoughts are at present

employed
tressed

in

at

guessing the reason of your absence. 22. I am disnot receiving any information from you by letter.

24. He says that 23. Truth needs no adornment (use fucus, dye). no one lives happily. 25. They prefer to call each thing by its own name. 26. The betrayal of their plans threw them into the
27. Under these circumstances, then, we spared them all. 28. He went to Baiae, not for recreation (use otior), but for business (use neg-otior). 29. I am now coming to the point at issue (iise ago). 30. They were bound to him by

greatest confusion (vb.).

friendship of long-standing (p. 165, i, assistance without being requested 1

33.

<).

31.

Have they brought

(vb.).

us

32.

He

did this deliberately.

34.

They reached Rome without any

interference

man

of wonderful eloquence and profound learning, he did not

escape condemnation.

NOTES ON THE LATIN SENTENCE.

181

63.

NOTES ON THE LATIN SENTENCE: CONNECTION, RHYTHM, &c.

compared with English see Livy and Macaulay passim usually shows the logical connection of each sentence with the preceding and in turning English into Latin, this connection must usually be expressed. Thus
1. Latin, as
;
:

//

was

too late

for him

looked the real

difficulties

to regain public esteem. Ht had overof his position. Nee iarn (by this) potuit

stadium populi recuperare. Non enim intellexerat (pick up) quae pericula sibi impenderent. nay conclude that there are some subjects which invite study on their own merits. -Quocirca {therefore} intellegi potest esse

quaedam propter
matter.

se cognoscenda.
atheist
is

The question between the believer and the

It concerns the very constitution of
illi

no light

human

society.

Non

de re dissentiunt qui esse Deurn dicunt et illi qui nullum omnino esse contenduut de ea vero qua omnis human!
levi igitur
:

generis societas continetur (adversative}.

2.

The most common

its

of

all

Latin connectives

is
:

the relative

pronoun, and

use deserves careful attention.

Thus

the gate.

Horatius was marching in advance. His sister met him before Princeps Horatiup \bat cui soror obvia ante portam
;

fait (cui=et ei,

and

him).

^J
If this
is
erit,

Two and two

;

are four.
si

quattuor fiunt quod

concessum

granted, &>c. &c.

Bis bina

Note. The relative is often used for and with a demonstrative hence the frequent use in Latin of quamobrem, quare, quam ob causam (find on account of this thing^ &c.).
;

3.

The

relative

unless

referring

to

an emphatic

is

or idem
appositive

stands near the antecedent, and an adjective or an noun is put in the relative clause as,
:

He

sent the most faithful slave he had.

Servum, quern habuit

fldelissiraum, misit.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

He
But
:

reduced the

Volsci,

this city.

Volscos, quae gens

a nation which is situated not far from non longe ab hac urbe est, subegit.

Most people are

thing.

servile to a man from Plerique a quo aliquid sperant,

whom
ei (or

they expect someeidem) inserviunt.

See
4.

p. 9, 6.

The

subject of the
relative clause
:

main verb
as,

is

often to be supplied in Latin

from the

When
So too
:

this

word was brought him,

he arose.

Cui

quum

id esset

nuntiatum, surrexit.
There are books with which, when we read them, we are Libri sunt, quos quum legimus, delectamur. delighted.
Note.
If the

connection

the sentence begins with

is not expressly shown by a particle, some emphatic word which serves the

same purpose
Rome.

as,

We tmist wage it against Saguntum. habendum cum Susceptum cum Saguntinis bellum Bomanis est. He was killed in the engagement; and Fulvius left him dead on
;

We began the war with

the field.

Occisus est in acie iacentem Fulvius

;

reliquit.
is

5. For the sake of clearness and emphasis, a word repeated at the head of each clause of a sentence as,
:

often

besieging the

The panic and confusion were as great as if an enemy were Tantus pavor, tanta trepidatio fuit, quanta si city.

hostes

urbem

obsiderent.

He promised
Promisit sed

but with

diffictilty,

difficulter,

with frowns, and grudgingly. sed subductis superciliis, sed malignis

(niggard} verbis.

This
6.

is

called anaphora.

The

possible

unchanged

subject of a Latin sentence should be kept all through the sentence as,
:

as far as

The matter was quickly dispatched and Qua re confecta, leglones redierunt. When his friends asked him his opinion,
Hie,

the legions returned.

he replied as follows,

eententiam ab amicis rogatus,

ita

respondit

NOTES ON THE LATIN SENTENCE.

Note and put
i.

183

The

at the

subject should be taken out of a subordinate clause head of the sentence as,
:

When Caesar heard this,

profectus
est.

he set out. Caesar,

quum hoc

audiisset,

Note

2.

If the subject is changed,

it

should be expressed by the

already mentioned

pronoun

is

or hie,

when

the
:

new subject has been

in the previous sentence

as,

They came

to the

king at Pergamum.
venerunt.
Is eos

He

received them kindly.

Pergamum ad regem
7.

comiter excepit.

The same noun

kept in the same case

all

or pronoun should as far as possible through the sentence as,

:

be

When Midas was a

lips,

when he was
tritici

asleep.

formicae in os
Note.

some ants piled grains of corn upon his Midae dormienti cum puer esset, grana congesserunt.
boy,

This

will often involve

;

the use of a subordinate clause (or

:

a participial phrase see p. 47, 3) for an English main clause as, Hannibal ordered him to leave the camp, but he soon returned. Qui, cum Hannibalis iussu castris exiisset, paulo post rediit.
This he persistently repeated and his whole discourse was spent in eulogizing virtue. Quibus constanter dictis, omnis eius oratio in virtute laudanda consume batur.
8.

A noun, when the object

is

both of the main and of the subor:

dinate clause,

put at the head of the sentence

as,

annoyance, non potero frangere, occultabo.

If I cannot

crush

my

I will conceal it.

Dolorem,

si

And, generally speaking, the important word is to be taken and put at the head of the Latin sentence, in order that the subject of discourse may be emphatically and clearly indicated in advance
:

as,

When
at

they

saw

that he

had escaped the flames,

they hurled darts

him and
Note.

killed him.

Quern, ut incendium effugisse viderunt,

Is
(S

telis emissis, interfecerunt.

This

will often involve a change of voice (as in the last

;

example) or the use of a pronoun in the subordinate clause

as,

181

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

When Hannibal was living in exile at the court of King Prusias, and was of the opinion tJiat tJie war should be fought out to the Rex Prusias, quum Hannibali apud eum end, the king refused.
exulanti depugnari placeret, id facere noluit.
9. Besides insisting on Clearness and Emphasis, the Latin writers paid particular attention also to Rhythm (or the clue alternation of short and long syllables). knowledge of the correct

rhythm of the Latin sentence can only be obtained by committing

to

memory sentences from the great masters of Latin prose style such as Livy and Cicero. The following model examples are
:

given by Postgate (Sermo Latinus)

(a)

Ad

miseriam nascimur gempite^haam.

is

We

are born to

misery that
(b)

unending.

Quid autem agatur

dicatis'.

sententiam

cum aperuero, facile erit statuere quana When I show you how much is at stake, it
to express (p. 24, d).

will be easy to decide

(c)

what opinion
sicut

Magna

eloquentia,

flamma, motu excitatur, materie

alitur et
Pitt,

urendo
:)

as follows

clarescit (which was translated by the younger // may be said of eloquence as of flame, that it
',

requires motion to excite it burns.

it,

fuel to feed it, and that

it

brightens as

Cicero himself quotes as a model the following period of his

own

Est igitur haec, iudices, non scripta sed nata lex, quam non didicimus, accepimus, legimus, verum ex natura ipsa adripuimus, hausimus, expressimus, ad quam non docti sed facti, non instituti sed imbuti sumus, ut si vita nostra in aliquas insidias, si in vim et in tela aut latronum aut inimicorum incidisset, omnis honesta ratio esset expediendae salutis.
There is, gentlemen of the jury, a law not a written law but a natural one which we have not arrived at from study, tradition,
or books, but derived, imbibed, and drawn from mother Nature which- we herselfj which was not taught us, but was inborn reached not by training but by instinct. The law is this : If our
;

lives are

exposed to the secret attacks, the violence, or the weapons of bandits or of enemies, any means of securing our safety is justi*.

NOTES ON THE LATIN SENTENCE.

10.

185
(e.g.,

sentence should not close with the end of a verse

esse videtur, or placuisse Catoni). The favorite endings are two trochees, or a tribrach and a trochee (e-g-, collocavit or esse
videatur).

EXERCISE LXIII.
For several days storms followed and they kept us within our we would be disif it fell to our lot 2. Which wealth satisfied with. 3. Desires which arise naturally, are satisfied withreviewed (recenseo) his out difficulty. 4. When Hannibal had 5. After Alexander had killed his troops, he set out for Gades. 6. Do you believe that the friend, he almost committed suicide. mind is strengthened by pleasure and weakened by abstinence ? 7. There is no doubt that force would have been repelled by force. 8. The matter was universally approved of, and it was entrusted to the general. 9. When the Cretans sent ambassadors to him, he 10. If the occasion (say did not take away all hope from them. time) be favorable for the change, we shall effect it with more ease.
i.

camp.

1 1

The augur

Tiresias (put the appositive second)

is

described (use

flng-o)by the poets as a philosopher, and he is never represented as 12. By the common consent of the combewailing his blindness.
petitors,

he won fhe

whom he
he would

prize for valor, but resigned it to Alcibiades, loved. 13. Had Croesus ever been a happy man, devotedly have prolonged his happiness to the end. 14. Tatius cor-

She had happened to go This was observed and 16. He had taken the city and the troops they altered their plan. were marched home. 17. Such was my view and, if the Senate had 18. Heaven will requite supported me, the country would be safe. you in accordance with your deserts. 19. He was tired of his journey and so his slave killed him. 20. Do not imagine there is
rupted this man's daughter with gold. outside of the ramparts to seek water.
15.

any necessity for haste. 21. This is a kindness which, if you 22. They felt more sorrow confer it upon me, I shall not forget. for the loss of their countrymen than joy at the rout of the enemy. 23. They roamed through the city without meeting any resistance. 25. He 24. To think that you should have fallen into such misery moved his camp nearer the enemy, to see if he could draw them
1

186
to

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

an engagement. 26. As soon as the enemy saw us, they made a charge and we were quickly thrown into confusion. 27. Surely this is a greater miracle, the fact of his sparing the vanquished. 28. Was not this the reason why Aristides was banished, i.e. because
;

he was just
because
(as

29.

They were not disturbed by these

disasters

they thought) the consuls were managing well (p. 137, i). 30. I pity you for making so influential (tantus) a person your enemy (p. 1 1 3, 4). 31. He is too great a genius to be compared to

me. 32. As if I cared for that. 33. It was reported that an attack had been made on my house. 34. There was no doubt that he would have called (cito) witnesses. 35. I am afraid I shall not be
able to recover the million of sesterces he borrowed.

64.
1.

THE LATIN PERIOD.

and especially the historians were fond and putting forward some prominent idea and grouping into one organic and harmonious whole This period (called a period) all connected and subordinate ideas. the Latin writers used with great skill and developed to a high
Latin writers
(as already intimated) of seizing

The

degree of perfection.
vigor, clearness,

It is

and

dignity,

eminently characterized by melody, and justly regarded as one of the

most perfect
thought.

linguistic forms ever

produced

for the expression of

has taken quite a different direction. thing, a single idea with which the subordinate clauses (always very few and simple) are intimately
style

Modern English

Every sentence contains, as a usual

connected.
the

Compare,
described
:

successful attack
is

for example, the following passages in which upon the usurper Amulius by his brother

Numitor

THE DEATH OF AMULIUS.

beginning of the tumult, Numitor gave out that the public enemy had attached the city a?id had actually assaulted the palace; and, under color of this pretext, the wily prince had managed to
the fighting

At the

men of

the place from the scene

of action

THE LATIN PERIOD.

and had induced them
Meanwhile
tJie

187

to occupy their citadel with an armed force. youthful conspirators had effected the assassination of the tyrant, and they were advancing to congratulate their grandThe triumphant chief lost no time in callfather upon his success. ing a meeting of the people and in representing to them the unnatural conduct of his brother towards himself. He explained

the extraction of his grand-children, and the mode of their birth and education ; and he related the wonderful manner in which they had been discovered. Finally, he disclosed the secret of the tyranfs
death,

avowing himself

the author of the act.

Nuinitorjnter primum tumultum hostes invasisse urbem atque adoffos regiam dictitans, quum pubem Albanam in arcem praesidio armisque obtinendam avocasset posteaquam iuvenes perpetrata caede pergere ad se gratulantes videt, extemplo advocate concilio, scelera in se fratris, originem nepotum, ut (how*) g-eniti, ut educati, ut cogniti essent, caedem deinceps tyranni, seque
:

eius

auctorem

central idea here, is the announcement made by Numitor; the subject of the Latin period, therefore (and put, as usual, first), is Numitor, and the main verb (put, as usual, last),

The important and

ostendit all the steps leading up to the climax are described by subordinate clauses, participles, or adverbial phrases (abl. ads. , etc.);

of the
the

The use of shorter sentences in English necessitates the repetition same idea under different forms. Thus, it is unnecessary
triumphant
to express in the Latin pprind, ffr* W/i/ ftri-nre^ chief ; the subject, when once mentioned, is
;

in fact, impossible

in fact again referred to except by a prprinnn idea has been once clearly stated, it is not repeated.

not

when any

2.

Compare, again, the two following passages

to King James, who was fired with indignation at the total failure of this hopeful He saw that the way was now blocked for the employproject. ment of finesse and concluded that recourse must be had at last to The exiled tyrant began accordingly to make the round open war.

An exact report of these proceedings was carried

of the French cities, entreating them in pathetic terms not to allow an unfortunate monarch, who had been expelled from his kingdom by an infamous conspiracy to perish in destitution before their eyes^
}

188

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

His sicut acta erant nuntiatis, incensus Tarqoiinius dolore tantae

ad irritum cadentis spei, postquam dolo viam obseptam vidit, bellum aperte moliendum ratus, circumire Galliae urbes, supplex orare ne se, e regno scelerata coniuratione pulsum, egentem ante oculos perire sinerent (notice ad irritum cadere, prove vain).
It

may be remarked

here
for

modern proper names,

"there are three courses
1.

which
:

with regard to the rendering of there is no Latin word, that

open

Omit the word altogether andsubstitut_a^pfonotm.

Substitute a real Latin name,
e.g.,

2.

as above, Tarquinius for

James.
3.

Latinise the

word

e.g., the
;

the English, Angli

people of Canada, Canadensea; Peru, Peruvia.

3.

The

detached

style, interspersed, for variety

Latin writers of course employed short sentences in the and rhetorical effect, with

their long sonorous periods.

Whether an English sentence

in Latin or

to decide
style is
(a)

is to be incorporated in a period kept separate and detached, is a question for judgment The detached but the following rules may be given.
:

employed

To wind up
and

a narrative.

See any page of Livy

as,

Palatinum muniit; sacra

tine,

diis aliis facit.

He

fortified the Pala-

instituted rites in

honor of the other gods.

in

and (b) In graphic narrative which are not easily subordinated

venit,

a detailed

summary of
:

facts

to

one central idea

;

as,

Bellum ab altero consule prospere gestum Suessa in deditionem Teanum vi expugnatum. The military operations of the other consul were successful; Suessa surrendered and Teanum was taken
by storm.

Duo exercitus erant scuta alterius auro, alterius argento caelaverunt. Forma erat scuti, etc. There were two armies ; the shields of the one were embossed with gold; those of the other^ with
;

silver.

The shape of fiu^Jueu^etc.

is

In rapid and graphic descriptions of this kind, asyndeton

common.

LATIN PERIOD.
(V)

189

In conversation or argument

as,
;

At enim Cn. Pompeius et de re et de causa iudicavit tulit enim de caede quae in Appia via facta esset. Quid ergo tulit ? Nempe ut quaereretur. Quid porro quaerendum est ? Factumne sit ? At constat. A quo ? At paret. But, you will say, Pompey pronounced upon both the question of fact and the question of law j he proposed a measure dealing with the homicide which had taken What then was his proposal? Of place on the Appian Road. But what is the course, that an investigation should be held. The fact of the homicide ? That is adsubject of investigation ? mitted. The author of it ? But that is clear.
(d) In exclamations, anger, denunciation, scorn, irony, &c.
Mg_ miserum
that
1

as>

me

infelicem

Unhappy and unfortunate man

;

I am /
;

Ita sint, Catilina, perge quo coepisti egredere aliquando ex urbe patent portae proflciscere. Therefore, CatiSet forth at length from line, go whither you are preparing to go.
;

Quae cum

the cityj the gates are open; depart.

(e)

In the epistolary style

as,

Quae res mini non mediocrem consolationem attulit, volo tibi commemorare, si forte eadem res tibi minuere dolorem possit. Ex Asia rediens, cum ab JEgina Megaram versus navigarem,
coepi regiones circumcirca prospicere. post me\erat JEgina ante Megara dextra Piraeus sinistra Corinthus quae oppida quodam tempore florentissima fuerunt, nunc prostrata et diruta ante Hem nos oculos iacent. Coepi egomet mecum sic cogitare homunculi indignamur, si quis nostrum interiit, cum uno loco tot oppidorum cadavera proiecta iaceant ? Visne tu te, Servi, cohibere, Crede mini, cogitatione et meminisse hominem te esse natum ? In the hope that it may ea non mediocriter sum conflrmatus.
; :

:\

assuage your grief, 7 want to tell you a rgflerfTon that brought me no small consolation. As I was returning from Asia and sailing from Aegina towards Megara, I began to look out upon the sur-

>

flourishing
eyes.

rounding countries. Behind me lay Aegina / before me, Megaraj on the right, Piraeus ; on the left, Corinth : all of which were once towns, but now they are lying in utter ruin before our

I began to reflect as follows : "Dear me! are we poor mortals indignant if any one of our number perishes, when in one

190

lATIrf

tROSE COMPOSITION.

spot the ruins of so many cities are lying spread out before us ? Will you not restrain yourself, Servius, and remember that you

were born a

man ? "

Believe me,

I was

not a

little

strengthened by

the rejlection.

4.

It

may be remarked

in conclusion that

has been well said) a proThe English is thought into some simple ce^s of simplification. If a Latin equivalent ^noufd which can be expressed in Latin. version does not, when re-translated, read like what is called "a lit(a) Translation into Latin is really (as

eral translation," the

chances are that

it is

not Latin.

(b) L>nusual expressions and constructions should be avoided. Nothing better can be given on this point than the words of Caesar: Hoc habe in memoria atque pectore ut, tamquam scopulum (rock), sic fugias inauditum atque insolens (unusual) verbum.
(c)

Latin must be rhetorical.

trast)

and

for assonance,

'Its fondness for antithesis (or conhas been referred to and the frequent use
;

of

interrogatives-^tuidJL_^/_^2f^*
tlig:

3"^

quaeris? in short,

etc.),

and of
(e.g.,

superlative

where Englishis

satisfied with the positive

optimus quisque,
style.

for all good men), is

an
is

illustration of the

same
Latin

striving after rhetoncaFeffectJ

which

so characteristic of

EXERCISE LXIV.
Turn
into

a single period and translate

(a) The defeat and rout of the allied forces increased the panic of the French, and they saw disaster staring them in the face. A large body of men who had been completely surrounded by the English troops and were fighting in a ring, seeing no hope of succor

which would enable them to maintain their position, broke through

But they were prevented by a the enemy's line and escaped. blinding storm of sleet from seeing where they were going, and rushing pell-mell into the river, they were carried away by the
current
(b)

and drowned.

One of the hostages given to the king was a noble maiden of the name of Cloelia. This young lady, eluding the sentries, escaped from the royal camp which was pitched at no great distance from the river -and, at the head of a band of hostages, swam across the

LAtflN i>ERlOt).

Ambassadors were at once sent to demand her surrender would regard a refusal as a virtual violation of the peace. The hostage was accordingly restored but the king ? filled with admiration for the exploit, sent her back in safety to her
Stream.

and

to say that the king

friends.
(c) An officer, who happened to be stationed with a handful of men on the bridge, had witnessed the capture of the fort by the

invading host, and

Knowing

that, if

now saw them descending the hill at full speed. he deserted his post, they would immediately cross

the river, he solemnly implored his countrymen to destroy the bridge with fire and steel. Thereupon he advanced to meet the enemy and maintained his position with his handful of men until warned

by the shouts of those who were accomplished their object.

toiling in his rear that they

had

APPENDIX.
I.

THE PREPOSITION.
the
(be*

1.

Latin
;

ablative

prepositions govern either the accusative or but In, sub (below), super (above), and subter

neath}, govern both.

Note Gratia and causa (for the sake of) govern the genitive but they are really nouns used as prepositions.

2. In, sub, super, and subter (beneath) govern the ablative when they express rest, and the accusative when they express motion: as, In urbe, in the city; in urbem, into the city ; sub muro, under

the wall ;

sub murum, up under the wall; super eo pendet, hangs over him; super eum volat, it' flies over Jinn.

it

WITH ABLATIVE.
following nine prepositions govern the ablative (or ab), jrom, by; coram, in presence of; cum, with; de, from, concerning; e (ex), out of; prae, in front of, in consequence of; pro,
3.
:

The

in front

of,

on behalf of;
;

sine,

without; tenus, up

to

(written

after its case

also with gen.).

WITH ACCUSATIVE.
4. All other prepositions govern the accusative.
for

list

is

given

reference

Ad, towards ; adversus, against ;

circa),

ante, before ;

apud, beside ; circum (or

of; contra,

round ;

cis (or citra),

on

this side

against; erga, towards ; extra, outside of ; inter, among ; infra, below ; intra, within; iuxta, near ; ob, on account of; penes, in the power of; per, through; post, behind; praeter, past; prope, near to ; propter, close to, on account of; secundum,
along, after; trans, across ; versus, towards (written after
ultra, beyond.
its

case);

PREPOSITION WITH NOUNS IN -ING.

prepositions ad, ob, in, inter and (rarely) de, may be ioined with the gerund or gerundive, to express an English prepo5.
sition with

The

a noun in -ing

as,
193

194

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

missi sumus.

Ad pacem petendam hue

the

We

were sent here for

// is

purpose of asking peace.

Tvtrpe est
to take

pecuniam accipere ob rem iudicandam. money for giving a verdict.

a shame

Inter aedificandos muros.

During the building of

bill.

the walls.

Quae

in

hac rog-atione suadenda dixerunt.

prepositions, a periphrasis
p. 139, i.

They made these

remarks in recommending the

With other
needed.

as often seen already

is

See

Other examples
(a)

may be

given.

Thus

I am

in favor of returning.
is different

Redeundum

esse censeo.

() Hoping
sperare
(c)
(lit.,

it is

from believing. Aliud est credere, aliud one thing to believe, another to hope).

In blaming them, you praise me.

Quum
away.

culpas eos,

me

laudas.

(d)
(p.

I am

surprised at your going not object to

Miror quod abis

99, 6 )-

(e)

I 'will
I am

your going away.

Non recusabo quin

abeas.
(f)
((r)

See also

p. 22, 2, 3.

tired of hearing this.

to the

Me

taedet hoc audire.

He

urged them

undertaking of the war.

Monuit ut

bellum susciperetur. You have no reason (Ji)

irascaris.

for

bemg angry.

Non habes cur

Ex quo tempore Since setting out, I have written twice. (z) profectus sum, bis scripsi. I wrote twice. Priusquam profectus (j) Before setting out,
sum, bis
scripsi.

Serus venit. late in coming. (k) He was in asserting. Primus was He foremost (/)
(;;z)

(or princeps) dixit.

What do you mean

?

by thanking

me ?

Quid

tibi vis

quod

mini gratias agis

(n)

By

rescisso,

down the bridge, he commeatus interclusit.

breaking

cut off supplies.

Ponte

tREPOSITlOtf.

(o)

Instead of loving, you hate me.

(p. 108, 6).

Odisti

me quum amare
facies

debeas
(p)
iveris?
(q)

See also

p. 15, 5.

What

will

you do on going

there?

Quid

quum

eo

He was

accused of killing them,

Accusatus est quod eos

occldisset (p. 99, 6,

and

137, 2).

He was praised for saving

servaverat.
(r)

the city.

Laudatus est quod urbem

They were very near assaulting him.

violarent.

Minimum

abfuit quin

eum
(s)
(/)

He is in the habit of lying. Mentiri solet. As to pardoning, I will do no such thing.

I have no doubt
about his going.

Quod

rog-as ut

ignoscam, nihil eiusmodi faciam.

(u)

Non

dubito quin iturus

sit.

(v) Besides

speaking Latin, he also speaks Greek.

reach

Non solum
si

Latine sed etiam Graece loquitur.

(w) By doing this, I shall domum temperi perveniam.

home

in time.

Quod

fecero,

(x) I shall not punish him for doing it. eum puniam.
(y)

Quod hoc

fecerit,

non

He was
est.

condemned without being present.

Absens con-

demnatus
6.

prepositions are widely used with nouns to form idiomSuch prepophrases of place, time, and manner. sitional phrases should be committed to memory as they are met
atic adverbial

The

with.

A list

is

added

for reference

A A
fronte, in

or

ab (from,

by).

front (so, a latere, in Jlank; a tergo, in rear); a senatu stat, he stands on the Senate's side a re frumentaria la,borare, to be in distress with regard to supplies; confestim a
;

proelio. immediately after the battle.

Ad Ad
ad fortunam
felix,

(to).

ludos pecunia decemitur, money

is

fortunate in point of fortune;

voted for the games; ad Cannas, in

196

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

arbitrium, at

the neighborhood of Cannae; tJie beck of others

ad Siciliam, off Sicily; ad aliorum omnes ad unum, all to a man.

(beside}.

Apud
Apud

forum, near the forum; apud me, in my house; apud me plus valet, he has more influence with me; apud Terentium, in
the writings of Terence.

Cum

(with).

sword in hand or wearing a sword; magna cum cura quaerit, he seeks with great care; confer hanc pacem cum illo bello, compare this peace with that war; cum aliquo certare,
gladio,

Cum

contend with a person.

De

(from, about}.

De

industria, on purpose;

bene merer! de

patria, deserve well of

one's country.

or ex (put of).

equis pugnare, fight on horseback ; statua ex aere facta, a statue made of bronze; ex consulatu, immediately after his consulship; ex itinere, while on the march; quaerere ex aliquo, ask from a person; ex improviso, unexpectedly ; ex foedere, in accordance

Ex

with the treaty; ex sententia, satisfactorily; ex parte magna, in

a great measure.
In (in or
into).

In equo, on horseback; in barbaris, among barbarians; in bonis ducere, reckon among blessings; in te unum se tota convertet civitas, the whole state will turn to you alone; pietas in deos,
piety to the gods; pecunia in rem militarem data, money given for military purposes; in rem tuam hoc est, this is for your interest; in dies, every day ; in horas, every hour; denarius in singulos modios, a denarius for every bushel; in posterum diem, for the next day.
Inter (between, among).

Inter

me

et te

hoc

interest, there is this difference between

you

and me;

inter se aspiciebant, they kept looking at one another; inter aedincandos muros, dui ing the building of the walls.

PREPOSITION.

197

Per (through).

Per vim, by violence; per speculatores, by means of spies (secondary agent) ; per me, through my instrumentality; per te stetit quominus vinceret, it was owing to you that he did not conquer; digladientur per me licet, they may fight it out, as far as I am concerned; per te stetit quominus venirem, it was owing to you that I did not come.
Praeter (past, except).
Praeter

themselves;

modum, beyond measure ; decem praeter se, ten besides omnes praeter unum, all except one; praeter naturam,
Pro
(before,

outside the course of nature.

instead

of, in

behalf

of).

Pro occiso relictus, left for dead; pro meritis gratias agere, to thank for services ; pro multitudine hominum, fines angustos habent, considering their population, they have limited territory; proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium editur, a battle is fought fiercer than might have been expected from the number
of combatants.

Sub (under, up to). Sub nostram aciem successerunt, they came right up to our line, quae sub sensus sunt, what is within the range of the senses; sub haec dicta omnes procubuerunt, after these words all prostrated
themselves; sub ipsa profectione, at the very start; sub noctem, at night-fall.

EXERCISE.
I.

pitched a

Consider what has to be done about this matter. 2. camp near the river, and a little beyond that place.

They
3.
I

was sailing towards Athens. the mountain and advanced against them.
saw
it

when

est influence with him.

6.

descended from 5. You have the greatThey have settled under a high hill. 7.
4.

He

not see the sun for the multitude of spears. 8. Work according to your strength. 9. In whose hands is the power ? 10. n. Do not speak Is there a race that dwells beneath the earth? 12. After so many battles they are tired of way, in his behalf.

You

will

13,

Such were the arguments urged against

this law,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

IL-RULES FOR GENDER.

FIRST DECLENSION.
Nouns of
the
first

declension ending in -a and

-e

are feminine

those ending in -as and -es are masculine.

EXCEPTIONS.
1.

Names

of male persons in -a are masculine

as,

Poeta bonus, a good poet; nauta timidus, a timid sailor.

2.

Dama, a deer;

talpa,

a mole; Hadria, the Adriatic Sea, are

usually masculine.

SECOND DECLENSION.
Nouns of
the

second
;

declension

ending

in

-us,

-er,

-ir,

-os

(Greek), are masculine

those in

-urn, -on

(Greek), are neuter.

EXCEPTIONS.

Domus
sails),

(house), alvus (belly\ carbasus (linen ; pi., carbasa, colus (distaff\ humus (the ground), vannus (a winnowing

shovel}, are feminine.

Pelag-us (the sea;

(rarely masc.
;

pi, pelage, nom. and ace.; Greek), vulgus,

crowd], virus (poison}, are neuter.

(The two

last

are used only in sing.)

THIRD DECLENSION.
MASCULINE TERMINATIONS.
Most nouns of the
third

(increasing in the genitive), -o (except -do,

flos

declension ending in -er, -or, -os, -es, -g-o, -io), are masculine: as,

Career Romanus, a Roman prison; honor magnus, a great honor; albus, a white flower ; paries altus, a high wall; sermo

Latinus, the Latin language.

EXCEPTIONS.
(i) -er
:

(swelling),

cadaver (dead body), iter (road), papaver (poppy), tuber uber (udder), ver (spring}, verber (lash\ are neuter.

RULES FOR GENDER.

(2) -or
:

199

arbor

(tree), is

feminine

aequor

(sea),

manner
os

(marble),

cor (heart), are neuter.

(3) -os
:

bone\ 6s

(oris,
:

cos (whetstone), dos (dowry), are feminine mouth), are neuter.

(ossis,

(4) -es compes (Jetter), merces (merchandise}, merges (a sheaf), quies, requies (rest), seges (a crop), teges (a covering), are feminine ; and aes (copper), is neuter.

(5)

caro (carnis, yfcy^) and echo (an

echo), are feminine.

FEMININE TERMINATIONS.
Most nouns of the
third declension

which end

in -do, -go, -io,

-as, -is, -aus, -x, -es (not

increasing in the genitive), -s (preceded by a consonant), -us (in words of more than one syllable), are feminine : as,

Multitude magna, a great multitude; imago cerea, a wax image; a long speech; aestas callida, a warm summer; rara avis, a rare bird; laus parva, small praise ; vox magna, a loud voice; clades nostra, our defeat; plebs Eomana, the Roman
oratio longa,

populace; virtus divina, heroic valor.

EXCEPTIONS.

(i)-o:ordo (an
(2) -as: as(assis,

order),

cardo (hinge), ligo

(-nattock),

margo

(margin of a river), are masculine.

a small coin), elephas (elephantis, an elephant)

KM.&& (wrong), are neuter,

aremasc.; vas
(3) -is
:

(vasis, vessel), tea (right),

(river), collis (hill), cinis (cinder, ashes), crinis (hair), ensis (sword), fascis (bundle), finis (an end), follis (bellows),

amnis

funis (rope), ignis (fire), lapis (stone), mensis (month), orbis (circle)

panis (bread), piscis

(fish), postis

(post),

pulvis (dust), sanguis

(blood), torris (fire-brand),

ungois

(nail), vectis (crowbar),

vermis

(worm), are masculine.

(4)

grex (a

calix (a cup), codex (a book), cortex (bark of a tree), fiock), pollex (a thumb), silex (Jlint), vertex (top), are

masculine.
(5) -es:

acinaces (scimitar),

is

masculine.

200

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

:

mons (mountain), dens (tooth), (6) -s preceded by a consonant fons (fountain), pons (bridge), bidens (mattock), rudens (rope), are masculine.

NEUTER TERMINATIONS.
Most nouns of the
-n, -ar, -ur,

third declension

-us (short in gen.), -us (in

which end in words of one

-c, -a, -t, -e, -1,

syllable), are

neuter

as,

Lac alburn, white milk; poema longum, a long poem; caput suum, his own headj mare magnum, a great sea; animal ferum, a wild animal; Kmen altum, a high threshold; calcar acutum, a sharp spur; fulg-ur clarum, a bright flash; tempus antiquum, ancient time ; ius magnum, a great right.
EXCEPTIONS.
(1) -1: sal (salt), sol (sun}, are

masculine.

(2) -n

lien (spleen), ren, (kidney), splen (spleen),

pecten (comb),

are masculine.
(3) -ur: fur (thief),

furfur (bran), turtur (turtle-dove), vultur

(vulture), are masculine.

(4) -us
:

pecus (pecudis, a single head of

is

cattle),

is

feminine

lepus (leporis, a hare)

(5)

masculine.

us

grus

(gruis, crane), sus (suis, pig),

mus

(muris, mouse)

are masculine.

FOURTH DECLENSION.
Nouns of
the fourth declension that end in -us, are masculine
;

those in -u, are neuter.

EXCEPTIONS.

Acus (a ?ieedle\ colus (distaff; also of the 2nd), domus, a house; manus (hand), porticus (portico), trjijus (a tribe), Idus (iduum,
the Ides of the month), (store), are feminine.

Quinquatrus

(pi., feast

of Minerva), penus

FIFTH DECLENSION.
Nouns of the
fifth

delension end in

-es,

and are feminine.

APPENDIX.

201

EXCEPTIONS.
Dies (day\
culine.
is

line in the plural

masculine or feminine in the singular, and mascumeridies (midday, used only in sing.), is mas;

III.-VBRBS
:

FOLLOWED BY

UT.

The following verbs take ut with the subjunctive, with ne for that not in a final clause
adduco, induce.
assequor, secure. caveo, take care (ne).
censeo, recommend.
c
facio,

bring about.

fero, propose.

impello, urge.
inato, press.

cogo, compel. committo, cause, permit. concede, allow.

molior, endeavor.

obtineo, secure.

opto, wish.
paciscor, engage (ne). bring about.

consequor, secure

(ne).

constitao, determine.

perflcio,

contendo,

strive.

euro, take care (ne).

dare operam, take cart

decerno, determine. efflcio, bring about (ne),
enitor, strive.

(ne).

p^rmitto, entrust. prpvideo, take care saticio, enact (ne).

ste tuo, resolve (ne).

(ne).

ter ipto, try.

ter eo, secure (ne).

exspecto, await.
evinco, carry a point.

vid^o, take care (ne).

But decerno and statuo

(resolve) also take

a modal

inf. (p. 18, 3)

IV.-ON CERTAIN CONJUNCTIONS, ETC.

fa) Atque (and, moreover) introduces something of greater importance than what preceded ; que, something of less importance as,
:

Senatus populusque Eomanus

The

Senate

and people of

Rome,

202

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

They said that

Caedes atque incendia appropinquare dixerunt. murders, nay, conflagrations, were approaching.
(b) Aut.... aut usually contrast exclusive as,
:

alternatives

that

are mutually

Hoc aut verum aut falsum

Vel

est.

This

is either

true or false.
:

vel contrast alternatives that

may

co-exist

as,

Eos vel metu vel spe adstringere

either by fear or by hope
(it

potest.

He

can bind them

matters not which).

:

Note.

Ve

ve

js

sumusve eras erimus.

vel as, Nee quod fuimusve poetical for vel What we either were or are, ive shall not
is

be to-morrow j but -ve ne plus minusve dicat.

little.

He

used alone in prose for aut as, Tinaet is afraid he will say too much or too
:

Sive (seu)

is

used to correct a previous assertion

as,

Quid miserius hoc ab urbe discessu sive potius turpissima fuga ? What more wretched than this departure, or rather shamefulflight, from the city ?
Sive
sive

are

used to

ntroduce two alternative

adverbial
:

clauses of condition, where

it is

unimportant which

is

chosen

as,

Whether Seu preces seu superstitio valuit, nil routatum est. it was entreaty or superstition that prevailed, no change was made,
(c)

Haud
scio

(not}

is

usually joined with adjectives or adverbs

It
is

as,

Haud
baud

procul, not far.

used,

however, with a verb

an (/ almost

think}.
. .

sed etiam is not only. .but also. (d} Non solum (or modo) .but not Non solum (modo) non sed ne quidem is not only not even; but when the two clauses have a common predicate which is
. .

expressed in the latter only, the non

is

omitted

as,

Regnat advena, non modo vicinae, sed ne Italicae quidem stirpis The king is a stranger, not only not descended from a neighboring stock, but not even from an Italian one.
(e)

An

is

often used at the

nisi te

head of a rhetorical question

as,

An

me,

audire vellem, censes haec dicturum fuisse?

APPENDIX.

203
if

You surely do not think that I would have said what I did, had not wished to hear you.
(f)

At

is
:

used to introduce an objection

as,

at enim, a supposed

objection

Nunquam

nisi honorificentissime

fecit asperius.

He

plimentary terms. occasions rather roughly.

eum appellat. At in eo multa never speaks of him except in the most comYes; but in dealing with him he acted on many
dissentit.

At enim
differs

ille

ab hac ratione
view.

But,

shall be told, he

from

tJiis
is

(g)

Nedum

used for much

less
:

as,

Vix

in ipsis tectis frig-us vitatur

nedum
;

in

mari
less

facile sit.
it be

ft is

difficult to

avJid the cold in the house

much

would
is

easy

upon the

sea.

Ne

dicarn (without any effect upon the construction)

:

used for

not to say

as,

Crudelem Castorem ne dicam impium.

unnatural, Castor
is ! (p. 58, note).

How

cruel, not to say

VOCABULARY.
N.B.
r.

= regular
A.

of 1st conjugation ;

r.

U= regular of
Of,

Uth conjugation.

account
;

on, propter (prep, with

a, usually not expressed

(a certain),

ace.)

quidam
quae

a city which
I,

ea urbs

after the expression

causa with genitive (usually placed governed by it).

I

account,

take

into, (or
-ui,

take
-itum

abdicate,

me

magistratu abdico,

a. of) rationem hab-eo, -ere,

(-are, -avi, -atum).

(with genitive).

ability or abilities, ingenmm; to

account-book,
accuse,
(p. 65, 1).
I,

tabula, ae.

the best of
able,
80, 2).

my a., use quam possum.

-tis
;

accuso, -are, -avi, -atum

able, poten-s,

perltus.

am, abound, I,
I

possum, posse, potoi.

af-fluo, -fltlere,

accused,
Hus sum

re-us,

-i.

-fluxi (p.

accustomed,
(p. 18, 3).

am,

sSleo, -ere,

sfll-

about
ace.);

(of place),

circum (prep, with

fCre or ferme, adv.

(= concerning), de (prep, withabl.).

with numeral adjectives or words

acknowledge.
acquire,
acquit,
-s61utum(p.
I,

See admit.

about ( = nearly),
(chiefly

I, ad-ipiscor, -Ipisci, -eptus.

ab-solvo,

-solvere,

-solvl,

expressing amount ; usually placed after the words limited); paene (used with verbs) ; ( = in the neighborhood of), circa
(prep, with ace.).

65, 1).

acre, iugurum, -i, n. (sing, declined in the second declension ; pi. in third; for
division of, see p. 153,
2).

abroad,

peregre.

across, trans
absente
(p.

(prep, with ace.).

absence
51, 1).

(in

my), me

act, fact-um,

-I.

act,
-fui.

I, ag-o, -ere, Sgl,

actum.
agendo.

absent, I am, ab-sum, -esse, abstain from, I, abs-tinSo,

-tinui, -ten turn
sisto, -sistre, -stiti(with abl.).

action, use

vb.;

by a.,
is,

-tinere,

activity, use strenuus.

(with abl., p. 74, 3); ab-

added, to this
15, 5).

hue accedib

(p.

abstinence,

abstinentia.
(co-

adherent,

use suus.
I,

abundant
pia)

variety, say plenty

ao-clplo,

and

administer,

gubern-o

(r. 1).

variety.
I,

administration,
-cipere.
-c6pi

respublica.
;

accept,
-ceptum.

admiration, use miror

a. use quin with vb.

without

acceptable
dat., p. 69, 9).

to, grat-us,
us

a, -urn

(with

accident,
-fectum.

cas-us,

or use accido
ficfre,
feel,

accomplish,
accordingly,

admire, I, admlr-or, -ari, -iitus sum. admit, I, con-fiteor, -fitori, -fessus sum (let in), admitto.
;

I, ef-fTcio,

admittance,
itaque.

use admitto.
consilium capere.

adopt, a policy,
205

206
adopt,
al.l., p.

VOCABULARY.
I, iitor,
~
fiti,

iistis

sum

(with

agreement,
aid, atixTH-um,

consensi-o, -onis, F.
-I,

80, 1).
I,

X.

advance (go forward),

dior, -grCdi, -gressus
;

pro-

aid,

I,

auxTli-o

sum

-(with

dat.,

p.

cCdo, -cC-dere, -ccssl, -cessuiu ; pro-gresum I advance

69, 8); sub-ve;ilo, -venTre, -vOnl,

-ventum

my friends
adversity, advice,
advise,

to office, amicos meos

is of,

ad honores promoveo.

(with dat., p. 71, 6); itiv-o, -are, iuvi, iraum (with ace.); I come to your aid, tibi subvenio.

advantage,

Alexander,
-1,

Alexand-er,

-ri.

res adversae.
n.
-til,

alike, pariter.
alive, viv-us
-itum.
;

conslll-um,

be

a., vivo.

I, mo"n-eo, -ere,

all, omn-Ts, -e (adj.)

Aedui,
Aelius,

Aedti-T,

-drum, M.
-I,

(pi.).

allege,

I, diofcito, -are, -avi,

-atum.

Aell-us,

M.

Aesop,

Aes6p-us,

-I,

M
res, or res

allied, socius.

allow,

(let) I, slno, -ere, sivi, situm.

afar, prScul
affair, res,
gestae.

(adv.).

allowed,
affairs,
licuit (p. 70, 2)

I
;

am,
it fs

mihi

licet,

-ere,

rei, f.;

allowed by

all, inter

omnes

constat.
-i,

afraid, I
metii-o, -6re,

am,
-I;

tim-eo,

-ere,

-fli

ally, s6ci-us,

M.
;

v6reor, vereri, vCritus

sum (p.

almost,
see

fere,

paene, prope (of place)

;

17, 1).

about = nearly
sol-us, -a,

p. 33, 4.

Africa,

Africa, -ae,

f..

alone,

after, post (prep, with ace./; postea (adv.); postquam (conj. with perf. indie.,
p. 102, 4)
;

I am alone
unus) facio

-um, nn-us, -a, -din; in doing this-, hoc solu^ (o

(p. 11, 2).

quum (with subj.,p.

;

106, 1); abl.

abs. (p. 51, 1

Alps,

Alp-es,

-mm,

F.

107,

4).

again, ItSrum
against,

(a second time); rursus.

already,
altar,

iam.
90, 12).

again and again,

contra

also, qu6que^idem(p.
saepissime.
ar-a, -ae,

(prep, wita ace.);

against
-atum.

my will,
I

me

invito (p. 51,

alter, muto.
l).

against,

offend,

altogether, omnino.
visi-o, -are, -avi,

always, semper (adv.).

Agamemnon, Agamemnon, -onis, M.

agent,
question
;

amass

I,

compar-o,

-are, -avi,
-T,

-atum.

often expressed by an indirect I don't know the ajent, nescio

1).
-i,

ambassador,

legat-us,

M.
in

among,

inter (prep,

with ace.);

quis hoc Cgcrit (p. 32,

(prep, with abl.).

Agesilaus,

Agesila-us,

M.
of time
a<jo,

ancestors,
abcus, pristinus,

maior_-.es,

-um.

ago, abhinc (before expressions

and with ace. or abl.) ; ten years hinc decem annos (or annis.)

ancient, (belonging
-a,

to old time) pris-

(full of years), v6tust-us, -a,

-um, ant!qu-us,-a, -um; -um.

agreeably,
p. 69, 9.)

convenienter (with dat.,

and,

et,

(ac, before

-que (written after), atque consonants only.)

;

agreed,

convenit, -venire, -venit

Inter ounnes constat.

it is, con-stat, -stare, -stitit all are agreed, ;

anger,

Ira, -ae, F.

Iracundi-a, -ae, F.

angry,

Irat-us, -a,

-um

(adj.).

VOCABULARY.
angry with,
iratus

207

am,
-alis,

iras-cor,
6).

-ci,

sum

(with dat., p. 71,

approval, use vb. approve, probo (r.

April,

i.).

animal, amm-al,

N.

April-is,-e. (adj).

announce, nuntio (r. 1). announcement, expressed

perf. part.
:

argument, urge,
by the
Aricia,
arise, I, -surrectum
3).
;

use dico.

the announcement of
clades nuntiata.
I

Aricia, -ae, F.

the defeat,

annoyed,

am, me

piget (p. 66,

see rise,

another, alfc-er, -era, -6rum (of two) alms, -a, -ud (of more than two).

answer, answer,

responsum,

-i,

N.
-ere,
-i,

arm, humerus; vb., armo (r. i.). arms, arm-a, -orum, N. (pi.), army, exerclt-us, -us, M.

I, respond-eo,

re-

Arpinum,
;

ArpTn-um,

-i,

N.

sponsum; I make the same answer, idem respondeo he makes no an;

swer,

arrest, I, ar-rlpio, -rtpgre, -rlprti, -reptum cor-ripio, -rlp6re, -ripili, -reptum.

nihil respondet.

Antonius,
anxiety,

Antonl-us,

-I,

M.

arrival, advent-us,

-us,

M.

aolllcltud-o, -mis, F.
sollTcit-us, -a,

anxious, anxious,
Ttum.

-um.

arrive, I, per-venio, -v6nlre, -vCni, -ventum ;- I arrive at the city, ad

am,

cup-Io, -ere, -ivi -(u),

urbem

pervenio.

any, quis;(in affirmative clauses) qui vis,

quilibet; (in negative)
(p. 95, 3, 4)
;

arrogance, use arrow, sagitt-a,

art,
ar-s, -tis, F.

arrogans.
-ae, F.

quisquam

or^ullus,

ecquis

(p. 97, d).

;

any

longer, ultra^adv.)

diutius.
;

as

anything, (after a neg.), quidquam (you please), quidvis, quidlibet (p.

95,2).

corr. of such, qualis

(p. 10, i).

(correlative of same), qui (p. 10, 1); of great, quantus ;

as not,
Apoll-o, -mis,
it is,

in consecutive clause, ut-non

Apollo,

M.
est
;

(p. 14, 4).

apparent,

manifestum

as soon as,
ascertain,
-novl, -nitum;

p. 102, 4.
I, cog-nosco, -noscere, certior factus sum.

appar-et, -ere, -nit ; use videor forad7T: = as each shall seem most mean, &c. (p.
118,
5).

ashamed,
use seem.
-Sri,

am, me

pudet

(-ere,

apparently,

piidiiit);

I am, ashamed of you,

tui

me

appear,

I,

videor,

vlsus
-el,

sum

pudet

(p. 66, 3).

appearance, applaud, I,
plausum.

spCd-es,
plaud-o,

F.
plausi,

ask

(or

ask

for)

I,

-atum ; posco,
petlvi, petitum.

-ere,

p6posci

r&g-o, -are, -avi, -ere ; p6to,

-ere,

application, studl-um,

cation to literature,
terarum.

-i; applistudium lit-

assassination, expressed by perf. part, pass.; after Caesar's assassination,

post Caesarem interfectum.

approach,
approach,
ventum.

advent-us,
I,

-iis,

M.

assault, use immitto (send against).

assemble,
-avi,

I, (trans.),

convoc-o, -are,
-Ire, -veni,

ad-venlo, -v6nlre, -veni,

-atum

(intr.),

conven-io,

-ventum.

208

VOCABULARY.
as-

assent, lend a blind, temere

sentior.

banished,
ahl. (p. 74, 4).

extorr-is (ex, terra), with

assert,

I,

dico,

-ere,

dixi,

dictum,

banishment,
in
-atum.

exlll-um,

-i,

N.; I
-are,

am
-avi,

assertion,
assign,
divido.
I,

make,
trib-uo,

dico.
-tt'ere,
-til,

banishment?

exuT-o,

-utum

banker,
See aid.

argentarius.

assist, assistance. assume, sumo,

bark,
base,
N.

I, latr-o, -are, -avl,

-atum.

turp-is, -e (adj.).
;

astonishing-, admirabilis.
at, ad.

See

p. 82.

battle, pugn-a, -ae, F. in battle, in acie

;

proeli-um,

-I,

there has
infeliciter

at once,

statim.

been a disastrous
(pi.).

b.,

Athens,

Athen-ae, -arum, F.
Atlant-is, -idis,
-us,

pugnatum
bear,
-are, -avl,

est.

Atlantis,

I, fero, ferre, tttll,

latum

tQlero,

-atum.
F.
;

attack, impet-us,

M.
-gressus in (with

attack, I, ag-gredior, -gredl, sum (with ace.); impetum facio

ace.); I

beast, fgra, -ae, beat, use vinco.

belua, ae.

make an attack on (a place),

-are, -avl,

op-pugno,

-atum (with

ace.).

beautiful, pulch-er, -ra, -rum places), amoen-us,- a, -um.

(of

attain, attinere

(ad).

attempt,
attempt,

coriat-us, -us.
I,

beauty, pulchrltud-p, -mis, F. because, quod, quia, quoniam (p.

.2).

113,

con-or, -arl, -atus sum.

-onis, F.

attention, animadversi-o,
attract, traho.

become,

I, fio, fieri,

factus sum.

audience, use audio

before, antea, antehac. ante (adv.); ten years before, decem annos ante
;

p. 166, c.

(p. 86, 4),

August,

August-us,

-a,

-um.
;

before, ante
aucV).

(prep,).
(p. 104.

authority,
torit-as, -atis, F.

p6test-as, -atis, F.

before, antequam, priusquam

avail^pjneself

of, utor.
-i,

beg,

I. 6r-o, -are,

-avi,

-atum
;

beg

avenge, avenue,
avoid,

I, ulcisp-or,

ultus sum.

you not,
;

te oro ne (with subj.

p. 12, 2).

adit-us, -us,

M.
-atum.

I, vlt-o, -are, -avi,

away, I am, ab-sum, -esse, -fQl. away, I go, &b-eo, -Tre, -IvI (-ii), -ftum.
B.

begin, I, in-ciplo, -cipere, -cepl, -ceptum coepi, -isse (p. 142, 6) at the beginning of spring, prlmo verg^, at the beginning of night, prima
;

nocte.

bad,

mal-us,

-a,

-um
-I,

beginning, initi-um, -I, N. (see above). behave, I, me gero (g6r6re, gessi,

(adj.).

gestum).

back,

terg-um,

N.
belief, use vb.

baggage,
Baiae,

impedimenta, -orum.
I

believe,

I, cre-do, -dgre, -didl,

-ditum;

Bai-ae, -arum, F. (pi.).

am believed, mihi creditur (p. 72, 10).

believing, by, credendo
(p 42, G); \idere est credere

Balbus,
banish.

Balb-us,
I,

-I,

M.
(pell<5re,

ex civitate pello

seeing is believing,
(p. 43,

pepuli, pulsum).

note

2).

VOCABULARY.
belong" to,
p. 59, 2
;

209

see have.

below,

infra.
-I,

book, Hb-er, -rl, M. borders, fln-es, -mm, M.

born, J^^^iascor,
(with

(pi.).

benefit, commfld-um, benefit,

dat.
;

N.
-fui

nascl, natus

sum.

I,

pro-sum, -desse,

p. 70, 1).
-a,

born t^l IB natus ad regendum: born of^^rable family.^febili gente

natus
(p. 74, 4).

bereft, orb-us,
74, 4).

-um (with
-are,
-avi,

abl., p.

borrow money,
6r-o,

pecuniam mutuam

beseech,
obsecr-or
(r. 1).

-atum;

accipere or sumere.

both,
(blockade),
;

xiferTJue,

utraque,

utrumque;
.

besiege,
-sidere, -sedl,

ob-sldeo,

ambo,
vel

-ae, -o.
.

-sessum

(by actual
atum.
rel. clause.
-d-Idi,

at-

both. .and,et...et;-que.
.
.

.-que;

tack), oppugn-o,

-are, -avi,

vel.
:

besieged, the, use

betray,
I,

pro-do, -d*ure7

-ditum.
;

would be
est (p. 124,

better, melior, comp. of bonus it better, melius est satius

;

bottom, fundus, -I, M.;Imus, -a, -um at the bottom of the mountain, in monte imo (p. 61 (e)).
boxer,
ptig-il, -His,

M.
;

2).

between,

inter (prep, with ace.)

(r. 1).

boy, pn-er, -en, M. from a boy (from boyhood), a puero, or, when
used of more than one u a pueris.

bewail, deploro bind, iungo.

bird,

boyhood,
brave,
bravely,

pufirltia, -ae, F. (see above).

avis, -is (F.)

fort-is, -e (adj.).

birth, of noble, nbilL_Ioco_patus

(P- 74, 4).

fortiter (adv.).
-is,

bread,
-us,

panis,
I,

M.

bite, mors-us,

M.
I

break,
-atum.

frang-o, -6re, fregl, fractum;

blame, blame,

culp-a, ae, F.
I, vltupgr-o, -are, -avi,

break a law,
;

legem^violo
,

(-care, -avi,

-atum)

break. rtTjfword ~
I,

fidein fallo

blessing, tjonumT'
blind, caec-us,
-a,

(-ere, ffifelll, falsum).

-um.

blinding,

break a bridge,
rumpo(-rumpere,

omit, as being implied.

-rupl, -ruptum);

pontem interpontem

blindness,

caecit-as, -atis.

inter-scindo (-scindere, -scldl, -scissum).

blockade, obsideo, -ere, -sedi,

-sessum

breast,

pectus, -6ris N.
;

blood (in
M.
;

(when

shed), cru-or, -oris,

veins), sanguis, sangulnis, M.

I build a pon-s, -tis, M. bridge over a river, pontem in flu-

bridge,
facio.

mine

blossom, effloresce. blush to do it, I, me pudet hoc

facere.

brief, brev-is,

-e.

brigand,
bring,
-ere,

latr-o,

onis,

M.

I, fero, ferre, ttill,

latum

duco,

boast,

I, glori-or. -arl_-at"g-g"

makefthe same boast, idem glorior.

boat, navigium.

duxi,

ductum

I
;

you, hoc tibi affero you, operam (or auxilium)

auxilio venio (dat.
;

bring this to I bring help to

tibi fero
;

tibi

body, corpus, corpdris, N. a great body of men, magna vis hominum

;

p. 69, 8)
-ae, F.

Br

uain, Britannl-a,

bold, aud-ax, boldly,

-acis (adj.).

audact. r or audaciter.
.

broad, lat-us, -a, -um. brother, fnit-er. -ris, M.

Brunciisium,
iirunclisvmn
\

bond,

use neut. pr

N.

2lO
build,
I
I,

VOCABULARY.
aedific-o, -are,
-fivl,

-atum

build a bridge, pontem facio; I build a mound, aggerem extruo (-6re

extvuxi, extructum).

capture, capio; on the capture of the city, urbe capta (p. 51).

Capua,
care,
(r. 1).

Capua,

-ae, F.
;

cur-a, -ae, F.

care

for, euro

burden,

on-us,
-are, ^IvI,
;

burn, I^rcm-o,
uro, -ere, ussi, ustlllll

-atum

ln-uyndtr;~-cendere

care that

care, take, cave ut (p. 26, 5) take not, cave ne (p. 26, 5).
;

-cendi^ceusum.

bury, sepelip, -ire, ivi, ultum. business, res, negoti-um p.

;

care, without,

secur-us,
-are,

-a,

-um.

carry,
60,
2,
f ero,

I,

port-o,

-avi,

-atum;

ferre, toll, latum.

note.

but,

sed,

verum (emphatic).
I, trucid-o, -are, -avi,

carry away and drown, absumo. carry on war, I, bellum gero, (-ere,
-atum.
gessi,

butcher,

gestum); I

carry on war
contra

buy,

I,

em-o, -6re, 5ml,

a,

emptum.
;

against the enemy, bellum

hostes gero
;

by (of agent),
ab, before
(of

before a consonant
;

bellum hostibus infero.

a vowel or h abs, before secondary agent) per, with ace.

terra niarique.
adsto.

te

by

land and sea,

carry up, educo. Carthage, Carthag-o, -Inis, F. Carthaginian, Carthcagmiens-is,

case, in our,
si (p. 141, 5,

-e.

by-stander, use

in

nobis

in case,
ut
(p. 15,

b\
it is

C.

case that,
I, v6c-o, -are, -avi,

the,

fit

call -atum

(summon),
I,

5); p. 106, 2.

cast,
appell-o,
-are, -svi,

I,

iacio,

iacere,

iecl,

iactum

call (name),
-atum.

conicio, -icere,

-iecl,

-iectum.
iact-us, us.

cast (of a spear),

call

down,
out,

I,

dev6c-o,
).

-are,

-avl,

-atum, (from

= de + abl.
ev5co

Catiline,

Catilin-a, -ae,

M.

CatO,
(exclaim),
convoco. N.
(pi.).

Cat-o, jonis^

M
-tilli,

call

I,

cause,

caus-a, -ae, F. ; vb. , facio.

exclam-o, -are, -avl, -atum.

cause
illatum.

(loss), I, in-fero, -ferre,

call together, cogo

camp, castr-a, -orum, can (am able), I,

p6tfli.

cause a panic,
-Tcere, -ieci,

I,

pavorem
-um.
;

inicio,

possum, posse,

-iectum.
caut-us,
-a,

cautious,
for, I
;

candidate
petivi (petli),

am,
I

peto,

-ere^

petitum

am

a candiconsul -

cavalry,
cease,
I,

equltat-us, us, M.
de-sino, -sin6re,

equites.

date for the consulship,

atum
peto.

-sivi,

-si^um;

de-sisto, -sistere, -stlti,-st!tum.

Cannae,
nensis or

Cann-ae,

-arum,

F.

(pi.);

the battle at Cannae, pugna Canpugna apud Cannas.

Canusium.

Canusium,
capa-x,
i*cio(p.

in the -a, -um centre of the city, media urbe; the centre of the line, media acies.
;

celebrated, ille centre, medms,

praeclarus.

capable of
Captive,

command,
I,

imperii

centurion,

centuri-o, -onis,
cert-us, -a,
f.^i;

M.

64>

certain (sure),
M.
is certain, certun,

-um

it

certain vie-

captiv-us,

VoCABtJLARY.
tory.
victoria explorata
;

211
-is,

as certain,
aliquae,

city, urb-s,

F.
-oris,

pro certo.

Clamor,
aliquis,

clam-or,

M.

certain (some),

aliquid or aliquod(p. 96, 5);

a C., quidam.
;

Chance,
-us,

sors; fortun-a, -ae, F.

class^renus hominum. CleaJ^mb, manif estum

-ere,
-iiit.

est

appanet,

cas-us,

M.

by chance,

forte, casu.
;

clear
luxit.

change, I, mut-o, -are, -avi, -atum a change, res.

N.
(natural), inggn^um. -I, often expressed by a d^penSent ques; tion: I the character of the

(it

is) or

light, lucet,

-ere,

clemency,
Clever,

clementi-a, -ae.

character,

callld-us, -a, -urn.

(p. 88, 4); (political

know
-urn;

Client, (at law), hie

dependent),

man,
ter),

scio qualis

homp
F.

sit
;

;_(good characof
life),

clien-s, -tis,

M.
-di,

virt-us,

-utis,

(mode

Climb,
Clitus,

scan-do, -6re,
Cllt-us,
-I,

-sum.

mor-es
talis

mores optmi;
.

(the the

highest character),

M.
aures

same
1).

character* as.

closed to truth, ears,

veritatem clausae.

ad

qualis (p. 10,

charge charge
-ere,
feci,

(attack), impet-us,

-us,

M.

closely unites, say joins and bind

together (connecto).

(attack), I make, invnd-o -viisi, -vasum impetum facto, facere, factum I make a charge on
;

cold,

frlg-us, -6ris,

N.

colleague,
collect,
I,

collegia, -ae,

M.

the enemy,
in hostes facio.

hastes.jflvado or

impetum

col-llg-o, -ligere, -I5gi, -lec-

tum
;

cogo, -ore, c6cgi, coactum.

Collina.

charge, crimen (accuse) I, accus-o, I am charged with, are, -avi, -atum

;

Colline gate, porta

in

crimen venid I charged with treason, in crimen proditionis venio.

:

am

colony,

c616m-a, -ae,
*

F
-ere,

come,

venio.

command,
iussum (p. -atum (p.
16,

I,
;

iftbeo,

iussi,
-avi,

CRarybdis,
cheap,
Cheat,
-ventum.
vilis.

Charybd-is,

-is,

F.

note)
6)
;

impero, -arc,
(p. 71, 5).

71,

command an
-ae, F.
I,

I,

circum-vSnio,

-vfoiTre.

-Yfoy

army,

exercitui

praesum

commerce,

mercatur-a,

check, I keep in, m6d6r-or, -an, -atus sum (troops), con-tlnCo, -tingre, -tintii,
;

(a crime) -mittere, -misi, -missum.

commit

admitto,

,-tentum.

common,
-erl,

use
I,

all.

Child, pu-er,

M.
-orum, M.

compare,
collatum
;

con-fCro, -ferre,
(r. 1).

-tiili,

children,
Cicero,

liber-i,

comparo

Cicer-o, -onis,

M.

circumstance, res, rei, F.; a circumstance which, p. 9, 9 under these circumstances, quae cum ita sint; I yield to circumstances,
;

tempori cedo.

compassion, mlscrlcordTa. Compel, I, cogo, -ere, cdcgi, coactum. competitor, use decerto (r. 1). complain, I, quCror, queri, questus sum (de) to my complaint he answered nothing, nihil mihi querenti
;

Citadel,

ar-x, -cis, F.
-i,

respondit.

Citium, Citlum,
citizen,

N.

compulsion,
conceal,

use cogo.
-atum.

civ-is, -is,

M.

I, cel-o, -are, -avi,

citizenship,

civit-as, -atis, F.

concerning, de

(prep.,

with "bP

VOCABULARY.
concerns me, it, mea interest ad me pertinet (-ere, -tlit). conclude, a
;

(p.

consulship, consulatum peto in the

;

66, 4)

consulship
consult,
I

of, use consul (abl. abs.).

-fli,

I, consfll-o, -ere,

-turn

end of speaking.

consult you,

te consulo;
tibi

con(p.

condemn,
-atum.

I,

con-demno,

-are, -avi,

sult
72, 7).

your

interest,

consulo

condemnation, escape,
was
he not condemned.
stiit-us, -us,

say nor

contain,
-tentum.

I,

con-tmeo, -tinere, -tmui,

condition,

M.
I,

contemporary,
content,
abl., p. 81, 6).

aequalis,
-a,

-is,

M.

conduct
well,

(a

government),
;

content-us,

-um (with
N.

guhern-o (reinp.) conduct myself I, me bene gero. conduct, fact-a, -drum or use verb.
;

contest, certam-en,

-mis,

confer,
-atum.

I,

d3fero

contract,
;

I,

con-traho.

don-o, -are, -avi,

confidence,
confusion,
6).

flducl^a, -ae. F.

or use

confido or fidem habeo (dat.).

throw into,

I let out a, 16co, -are, -avi, take a contract, conduce, I contract -ducere, -duxi, -ductum to build a bridge, pontem faciendum

contract,
;

-atum

use turbo.
(p. 48,

conduce

(p. 46, 6).

congratulation, use

gratulor

control

(noun), use penes.

conquer,

I,

vinc-o, -ere, vlci,

victum

super-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

control myself, I, mihi moder-or, mihi tempcr-o, -are, -avi, -art,- -atus sum
;

-atum.
urn; reed.

conscious, conscius, a, SCious of right, conscius

con-

convince,
Corinth,

persuadeo.
-i,

Consent,

consensus,

-us,

M.
;

Corinthus,
-I,

F.

consequence, event-us, -us, M. a matter of the greatest conseof great consequence to me, mea multum
quence.jNes^r^vjsaiiua
4).
;

corn, frument-um,

N.

corrupt, corrumpo.
costs,
it,

it is

constat, -are,

-stitit
it

it

costs

much,

magni constat;

costs

interest (p. 66,

too much, nimio constat

-are, -avi,
;

(p. 79, 12).

consider, I, spect-o,

-atum

cottage,

casa, ae.
-I,

aestim-o, -are, -avi, -atum -tii, -itum.

hab-eo, -Cre,

council, concili-um,

M.
-atum.
patrl-a,

count,
ae, F.

I,

enumgro,

-are, -avi,

consistent with, etc., say the man who is very brave we wish to be, etc.

country, (one's native),

;

(the State),

clvlt-as, -atis,

F.

conspire (make a conspiracy), I,

coniurationem facio (facere,
foci,

respublica,
fines
;

factum).
of,

reipublicae, F. ; (territory), (as opposed to the town), rus,

;

constant occurrence,
happens more
mus,
-um.
consul,
-is,

say

ruris, N.

in the country, run.

villa, ae, F.

often. e republica
;

country-house,
legiti-

constitutional,
-a,

countrymen,
courage,
ti-a, -ae,

civ-es,

-mm, M.
;

(pi.).

virt-us, -utis, F.

constan-

consulstand,

M.
-us;

F.

fortitud-o, -inis, F.

consulship,

consulat-us,

course,
(a

res,

or use neut. pron.

hold

am

a candidate

for the

C.), facio.

VOCABULARY.
court, indicium,
-1,

213
date, mature,
fili-a,

N.

an early
ignavus.
;

brevi.

cover,

I,

tego, -ere, texl, tectum.

daughter,
pi.,

-ae,F. (dat.

and abL

coward, cowardly,

filia^ft

Crassus, Crassus, -i, M. the gallant Crassus, Crassus, vir fortissimus.

create, creo
credit,
(r. 1).

dawn,,prima
luce
;

lux

at dawn, prima
to,
etc.,

dawn, nearer

say the

nearer they were

;

away from

the rising

laus, -dis,

fid-es, -el, F.

(ortus) of things, the better they saw, etc.

Cretan,
crime,

Cretensis,

-e.

facin-us, -6ris,

N.

scelus, eris.

criticise, reprehen-do,

-ere, -di,
a,

-sum.
;

crooked
cross,
I,

(bent), curvus,
a,

um

(of

M. or F.; day by day, after day, diem de die day before, pridie of the day before, hesternus, -a,~ -um for the day, in diem in day, meis temsee

day, dfes, daily

; ;

-ei,

day

my

Counsels), pravus,

um.
-itum.
;

poribus

one day,
See

postea

aliquando.

trans-eo,

-Ire, -ivi (li),

daybb^ak.
daylight,

dawn.

(a circlet), c6ron-a, -ae, F. often translated by regnum, -i, N.

crown
CrueL

lux, -cis, F.

dead, mortuus.

crudel-is, -e

saev-us,

-a,

um.

Cruelty,

crudelit-as, -atis, F.

deaf ear, turn, etc., say let us not obey (obtempero) those dissuading (dissuadeo).

current, flumen.

custom,
-Inis,

mos, moris,

consuetud-o,

Fl
Off, say kill.

dear, car-us, -a, -um; dearest friends, homines amlcisslmi.

death, mor-s, -tis, death, mortuus (p. 48,
F.
;

CUt

after his

Cyprus,

Cyprus,

-i,

F.

3, note).

debt,
D.
sica, -ae, F.
;

aes

alienum

(literally

an-cSpi,

other's money).
pugio, -onis, M.

dagger,
;

deceive,
-ceptum.

I, de-cipio,

-cipere,

daily, qu^idie (of daily repetition) (with words expressing

Decembfer,
p. 147, 3).

Decemb-er,

-ris

(adj.,

increase or decrease),

in

dies.

damp,

say

in consequence of (prae,

decide (determine),
-ilere,
-stlttii,

I,

stat-uo,

vnihah\.)thistheycouldnotexult(exsu\to').

-in,

-utum

con-stlttio, -stitttSre,
inf.

danger, perlcul-um, -i, N. dangerous, periculosus.

dare,
I,

-stitutum (with

or ut

with

subj., p. 17, note).

audeo,

-ere,

ausus sum.

declaration, use
declare, dico
;

declare.
(r. 1).

he acted with more daring than discredaring,

aud-ax,-acis(adj.);

declare
(r. 1).

decline, detrecto

tion, audacius

quam p\udentius
(or

egit.

declining,

48, 3, note,

daringly, audac-ter
comp.,

audac-iter)

-lus; sup., -issime.

iacfil-um,
-1,

decree,

I,

de-cerno, -cerngre, -crevl,

-cretum, (p. 17, note.)

dart,

N.

tel-um,

-I,

N.

decree,

a, decret-um,
-I,

-I,

N.

date,

often expressed

by an indirect
:

question introduced by quando

don't
1)
;

deed,
deep,

fact-um,
alt-us,

N.

know

the date of the event,

32,

-a,

um; deep grief,

nescio quando acciderit (p.

at

dolor gravis.

214
defeat,
clad-es,
-is,

VOCABULARY.
F.
;

the defeat

desirous,
dosist,
I,

see above.
de-sisto, -sistere, -stiti, -sti-

at Cannae, apud Cannas

clades Cannerisis, or clades

(vb), vinco.

^^

tum

(p. 74, 3).

I,

defend,
-fensum.

I,

de-fendo, -fendere, -fend!,

despair,
despair,

desper-o, -are, etc. (de).

desperatio, -onis, F.
I,

defender,
defer,

defens-or, -oris, M.

despise,

con-temno, -temnere,

differo.
(pi.).

-tempsi, -temptum.

defile, angusti-ae, -arum, F.

;

destination, say where we are going.

delay, I, m6ror, -art, -atus cunct-or. delay, Without, confestim (adv.).

deliberately,
opus est consulto
consulto.

deliberation, there is
(p. 81, 4)..
(r. 1)

need

of,

destiny, fat-um, -i, N. destitute Of, exper-s, -tis (p. 64); egen-us, -a, -um (with gen.; p. 64); nudus, a, -um (with abl.; p. 81, 6).

destroy,
-um.

I, del-Co, -ere, -evl,

-etum I
;

delight, delecto

(trans).
-a,

destroy a bridge,
destruction,
urn,
-I,

see

bridge.
-ei,

delightful, iucund-us,

pernici-es,

F.; exlti-

deliver
habeo

a speech,
I,

I,

orationem

N.

(p. 69, 8).

(-ere, -ui, -Ituin).

detain,
mand-o,
-are,

I,

rg-tmeo,

-tinere,

-tintti,

deliver (entrust),
avl, -fitum.

-tentuin.

detect,
-.are, -avi,

sentio, -ire, sensi,

sensum.

demand, I, postftl-o,
flagito, -are, -avl,

-atum
;

deter,

I,

deterreo
;

pro-hib6o, -hibere,

-atum

(p. 39, note)

-hibui, -hibitum

demand
impero

this

from you,

hoc

tibi

from going,
inus earn

nihil

nothing deters me me prohibet quoinSee decide.

(p. 72, 9).

I,

(p. 22, 2).

I.

deny,
dis-codo
;

neg-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

I, ab-eo,
-Ire, -ivi (li),

determine,
detest,
;

depart,

'itum

odi.

pronciscor.
;

detestable,
or use

atrox.

departure, prof ecti-o, -onis, F.

proficiscor.

detestation, loudly-expressed, say hate (pi.) amd shouts ; p. 165, b.

descend,
desert,
I,

descendo.
desero, -ere, -serai, -sertum
;

devastate,
pdpul-or,
-ari,

I, vast-o, -are, -avT,

-atum;

atus sum.

destlt-ao, -acre, -ui, -utum.

development,
-ae,

late, say springs

up

deserter,

transfug--a,
p. 50, 14.

M.

late

among

vien.

desertion,

devotedly,
in ac-i, deserts, jyo.
;

say very much.

deserts, merlt-um,

N.

die,

I,

cordance with
deserve, sum i mereo,
design.
I,

my

mortem

mOrlor, morl, mortuus obeo, -Ire, -Ivi (-11), -itum

-cessi,

sum
;

vitti

excedo, -cedere,

-cessum.

mereor, mer6rl, meritus

-uL

differ, differo.

-ere,

difference to us,

it

makes
4).

no,

See plan.
-mis, F.

nihil nostra interest (p. 66,

desire, cupido,
desire, I (=1
ctiplo..

dimcult,
to),
;

difflcll-is, -e.

am

desirous

difficulty, use adj.;

without dim;

cOpSre, cftplvl (cupii), cupitum etuaeo, -ere, lu (with inf., p. 55, 3).

culty,

facile.
-atis

dignity, dignitas

or use gravis.

VOCABULARY.
direct,
Svi,
I,

215
dolor,
orls M.; or

iubeo

administr-o,

-are,

distress,
piget.

use

me

-atum.

direction, often translated by a dep.

question
:

distribute,
dlvisum.

I,

dlvldo,

-ere,

dlvlsl,

know the direction the

taken,
scio

enemy have
iverint (p. 32).

quo hoetes
N.

district, ager, agri M.

distrust,

diffldo (dat.)

disadvantage, incommtfd-um,
lestus.

-I,

disturb,
ditch,

I,

perturb-o, -are, -avl, -atum.

disagreeable, ingrat-us,-a, -um mo;

fossa, ae, F.

divide, I, dl-vido, -vM6re, -vlsl, -visum.

disagreement,

dissensi-o, -onis, F.

divine,
-6re, elusi, elfisum.

divln-us,

-a,

-um.

disappoint, eliido,

do,
;

I, facto,

fticere, feel,

factum

ago,
of

disaster, clad-es, -is, F. the disaster at Cannae, clades Cannensis, or clades apud Cannas.

aggre, 6gl,
action).

aotum (pursue a course

disband,
-missum.

I,

di-mitto, -mittere, -mTsi,

doctor, medlc-us, I, M. doctrine, use neut. pron.

dog,
contentus,
-a,

can-is,

-is,

M.
-i,

discontented, non
-um (with
abl.).

door,

osti-um,

N.

discord, use

dissSnus,

-a,

-um.

discover, I (find out), cognosco; (with effort), rgper-io, -Ire, -I, -turn;

doubt, I (= I am in doubt), dubit-o, there is no doubt -are, -avi, -atum that, non dubium est quin (with subj.,
;

p. 22, 1).

(without
-venl,

effort),

in-venlo,

-venire,

draw
tractum
;

(=drag),
elicio
;

I,

traho, -ere, traxi,

-ventum.
;

discretion, prudentia

or use adj.

legem scribo

draw up a law, draw up soldiers,

milites instruo.

disease, morb-us,

-i.

M.
-Sris,

disgrace,
tud-o, mis, F.

dedec-us,
;

N.

turpf-

it is

a disgrace to
(p, 69, 8).

you,

tibi

dedecori est
I

dream, somni-um, -I, N. dream, I, somnio (r. i); I dream a dream, somnium somnio (p. 38, 4).
dress,
vest-is,
-is,

disgusted,
(p. 66, 3).

am. me

pudet 1. 1
tui

am

F.
-I,

disgusted with you, me

dismiss,
-missum.
I, di-mitto,

pudet

drink,
drive,

I, bib-o, -fire,
I,

-Itum.

ex-Igo, -Ige're, -egl,

-actum;

-mittCre, -mlsi,

pello, pellgre, pepftll,

pulsum.

drops,
I,
dis-pliceo,
-pllcere,

it, rorat (-are).

displease,
-pllcul (p. 71, 6).

dro-wned, was,
heard for (prae, with

say
abl.).

could not

be

displeasure, use vb.

offensi-o, -onis

dry

(vb.), aresco.

dissatisfied with, I am, me taedet; I dissatisfied with you, me tui

am

during, expressed either by ace. of time how long or by inter or intra with
ace. (p. 85,
1).

taedet

(p. 66, 3).

dissent,
insign-is, -e

dissentio (yb.).
clar-us, -a,

duty,
-um;
p. 60, 2,

distinguished,
;

a, note

munus
;

it is

my
-ul,

duty,
;

deb6o, -ere,

debltum

his distinguished
vir clarissimus.

me

oportet, -ere, -uit (p. 33, 3).

father, pater suus,

duty

of, it is, use genitive (p. 59,

2).

216
dwell,
naneu,
I,

VOCABULARY.
Mblt-o,
-are,
-avl,

-atum

-sessum;
castra

castra Idco (-are, -avl, -atum);

(-fire, pflsul,

-ere,

mansi, mansum.
1

pono

pOsitum.)

dwelling

domlclll-um,

-I,

N.

I (meet), oc-curro, -currere, -curri, -curs um (with dat.); obviam

ire (dat.).

encounter,

E.

encourage,
each,
quodque
quisque, quaeque, quidque or
(p. 93, c).

I,

ad-hortor,

-hortari,

-hortatus sum.

encroach on,
unus-

&c.,

say take

away

each (=each and every),

quisque.

from each

Itis

own.
;

each other, they

alms alium alter alterum amat.
ainant
;

love, inter
or
(of

se

end, fm-is, -is, M. at the end of winter, extremfi hifcine (vb.), finio.
;

ainat,

two)

endeavor, I, con-or, -url, -atus sum. endeavor, an, coniit-us, -us, M.

eager
gen, p. 64).

for, cupld-us,

-a,

-urn (with

endowed,
endure,

praedltus.

I, tdlero, -are, -avl,

eager

to, I

am,
;

cQpio, -ere, cupivi,

gestlo, -ire,
-Ivl.

sustmeo, -tinere,

-tinui,

-atum; -tentum per;

cupltum (with

inf.)

petior, -pgti, -pessus

sum.
-is,

early, matur-us, -a, spring, prhno vere.

early, matur-e,
ear,
aur-is,
-is,

-urn

in early

enemy (public), host-is, (private), inlmicus, i, M.

engagement, an,
ptiyii-a, -ae, F.

M.
N.

-ius,

-rime or -isslme.

proelium,

-I,

F.

EngUsh, the,
-ere, -ui, -itum.

Angl-i, -orum, M.
-I,

(pi.)-

earn, mur-Co,
earth,

tell-us, -uris, F. facile.

enjoy,
;

I,
1).

fru-or,

-ctus

sum

(with

terra.

abl.,p. 80,

ease, with,
easily,

enough,
-lime (adv.)

satis

(adv.);

enough

facil-e, -lus,

money,
enter,

satis pecuniae.
(p. 48, 6).

easy,
eat,
I,

facll-is, -lor,

-Hums.
;

enquiry, use quaero

vescor.
I,

ed-o, -ere, edl, e"sum

in-gredTor,

-gredl,

-gressus

effect, perficio.

sum
aut ; vel
vel (p.

enter the house, domum

(r.

ingredior.

either -or, aut

202, 6).

entrust, mando

1)

trado.
-are, -a vi,

elect,
fac6re,

I, cr6-o, -are, -avl,

-atum

enumerate,
;

I,

enumer-o,

faclo,

feel,

factum
fio.

am
-tis;

elected

-atum.

consul, consul

envied,

am,

mihi invidetur

(p. 72,

eloquent,

el6quen-s,

the elo-

10).

quent Demosthenes,
vir eloquentissimus.

Demosthenes,

envoy, legat-us, I, M. nuntl-us, -I, M. envy, I, in- video, -videre, -vldi, -vlsum.
;

else, alius

elude,

frustror

(r. 1).
-1,

envy, invidl-a, -ae, F. Ephesus, Ephesus, -I,

N.
err,
I, err-o, -are, avl,

F.

empire,
cogito
(r. 1).

impe'rl-iim,

atum.
;

employ thought,
encamp,
I,

in guessing,
-sldere,
-sedi,

error,

err-or, -oris,
I,

M.

or use vb.
-fugere,
-fQgl,

escape,
consido,

ef-fuglo,

fugitum; (noun),rfaga; effugium.

VOCABULARY.
estate, fund-us
;

217
I,

praedium.
(r. 1).

exchange,
commute,
-atum.

nuito, -are, -avi, -atum;

esteem,

I,

magni aestimo
I,

-are, -avi,
I,

-atum

(p. 79, 12).

estimate,
estrang-ed,

exclaim,
aestim-o, -are, -avi,

ex-clam-o,

-are,

-avi,

-atum ; see value.

alien-us, -a, -um.
-a,

excogitate, I, comment-or,
sum.

-arl,

-atus

eternal, sempltern-us,

-um.

even, etiam; before an adj., vel; not quidem (with the emphatic even, ne word between); not even one, ne unus
quidem
;

(adj.);

exempt from taxes, immun-is, -e exempt from care, secur-us.

exempt,
solvo,
-ere, solvi,

solutum
sum.
;

(abl.).

p. 3, 8.

exhort,
or use vb.

I,

hort-or, -ari, -atus

even (level), aequ-us, -a, -um. even (number), par, paris; odd or
even, par
vel impar.

exhortation,
exile, an, exul,

adhortati-o, -onis, F.

-is,

M.
;

evening", vesper ; gen. vesperis or abl., vespere, vespfirl; ace., vesperum

;

M.

in the evening

vesperi.

I exile, state of, exlll-um, -I, N. driven into exile, in exilium in exile, exul-o (r. 1). pellor ; I

am

am
I,

events, at

all, certe (adv.).

;

exist,

sum,

fill,

esse.

ever (always), semper unquam (adv.).

:

(at

any time),

existence of God, the, deum esse credo.

expect,
I,

believe in
credo.

every (= all; pi.), omnes; everything, omnia every day; see daily; every one, omnes (pi.).
everybody,
omnes.

exspect-o

(r. 1)

expedient,
or say useful.

it is, exped-it, -ire, -ivit

evident,
apparet, -ere,

it is, manifestum est;

-uit.

expedition, expeditio ; bellum. expel, I, ex-igo, -igSre, -cgl, -actum after the expulsion of the kings,
post reges exactos.

evil, mal-um,

-I,

N.

exactly,
diebus.

ipse (p. 90, 13);

exactly
ipsis

experience,
usus rerum
;

experientia

rerum or
experience

ten days ago,

abhinc

decem

man

of experience,
;

homo
I,

perltus rerum, (p. 64)

examine (ground),
-are, -avi,

explor-o,

of life,

rerum

perltia.

-atum.
I,

experienced, (rerum)
in-cendo, -cendere,

peritus.

exasperate,
-cendl, -censum.

experiment, experimentum.
exploit,
res.

exasperation, use
proportion as
(p.

saevio

say in

expulsion.
extent,
question (p

See expel.

118, 5) they proceed (ago)

often translated by dependent

32., l): I

now gently (leniter),

will they be cruel.

-stare,
-stfti,

don't

know

the

excel,
cello, -cellere

I,

prae-sto,

-stitum and -statum (with dat.);

ante-

extent of the damage, tum sit detrimentum.

extortion,
res
65, 1).

nescio quan-

(with dat., p. 71,

-a,

4).
;

repetundae (see

p.

excellent, optlm-us,

-um

your

excellent father,
pptimus.

pater tuus, vir

eye, oculus ; -with

ipse.

my own

eyes,

218
F.

VOCABULARY.
fear, timor,
(

oris

for fear that, ne

metti-o,

12, 2).
I,
;

face (countenance),
M.
;

vult-us, -us,

os, oris,

N.

fear,
-ere,

tlm-eo,
vfireor,

-ere,
-erl,
;

-fli;

-tu

veritus

sum

I
.

facility,

facilitas.

fact, a,

res, r6I. faoti-o, -onis, F.

fear that, vereor ne not, vereor ut (p. 17,

fearful, timidus.

I
1).

fear that.,

faction,
faith,

fid-es, -ei,

F.

put

faith in

you,

tibi

Mem

habeo.

small

fee, merc-es, -cdis; I fee, parvi doceo

I,

teach at a
(p. 63, 4).

faithful,
fall,

fidel-is, -e (adj.).

feed on,
casum
-Ivl
;

vescor, vesci (with abl.,

I, cad-o, -6re,

cCcIdi,
-Ire,

p. 80, 1).

fall

in battle,

pur-Co,

00.
I I

-Itum; I fall into, in-cido, -cidCre, -cidi, -casum ; I fall headlong, praecipii-o,
-are,
-avl,
-a turn
;

I feel

feel, sent-io, -Ire, sensl, sensum sorrow, dOleo, -ere; me poen!

feel pity, me miseret feel shame, me pudet.
(p.

66,

3);

fall

into ruin,

cor-ruo -rugre,

-rui.

feelings, animus.

false, falsus.

fever,
-li;

febr-is,

-is,

F.
;

falsehood, mendac-Ium, falsehood, mentior, -In, falsehood is base, turpe

tell

-Itus

a sum
;

few,
110, 6.

pauc-l, -ae, -a (pi.)

-ae, -a
;

very few,
there are, p.

perpaucl,

how few

est mentiri.
-ae,

family (household), famili-a, born of a noble family, F.

;

fickleness,

levis
;

animus or use
;

levis.

loco

fiction, use fingo

fidelity, fid-es,

res ficta, F.

honesto ortus

(p. 74, 4).

;

-ei,
-ri,

F.

famous,
fancy,

praeclar-us

insignis.
;

field, a, ag-er,
-dcre,

M.

I,

puto

(r.

1)

cre-do,

-didi, -dltum.

field of battle, aci-es, ei, F.; field of battle, in acie.

on the

far or far
melior.

away,
;

procul (adv.).

far (by), multo

far better, multo

fifteen, quindecim.
fight,
I,

pugn-o,

-are,

-avi,

far, so far from, tantum abest ut

(p. 15, 5.)

fight

battle, proelium

-atum com-mitto
;

(-mittere, -misi, -missum).

fatal, funestus.

flgxire (shape), form-a, -ae, F. he sells at a high figure, magni vendit

;

father,
-atum

pat-er,

-ris,

M.
salut-o, -are, -avi,

(p. 63, 4).

fill

farewell, bid f.to,

(ace.).

with,

I,

com-pleo, -plere, -plevl,

-pletum.
ae, F.

fault, a, culp-a,

find, I
-turn;

fault, I
-atum.

commit,

pecc-o, -are, -avl,

(by search), reper-io, -ire, -i, (by chance), in-v6mo, -venire,

;

-venl,-ventum
bunefici-um,
favl,
-i,

find out, cognosce.

favor (kindness),
favor,
I,

x.

fine, multa, ae.

faveo,

-ere,

fautum

finish,
-fectum.

I,

con-ficio,

-flcere,

-feci,

(with dat., p. 71, 6); I mihi favetur (p. 72, 10).

am

favored,

fire, ignis

set on

fire, incendo.

favorable (suitable),

firmness, use constans.

VOCABULARY.
first, prlm-us,
-a,

219
-itis,
-I,

-um

was the
;

foot-soldier, ped-es,

M.

first

to do
;

first, primo

at primus hoc feci in the first place, priit,

footstep, vestigium,

N.
for,

mum; the

first

of January,
;

for

(of

time), ace.;

(enough)

(satis) ad.

Kalendae lanuariae
fit, apt-us, -a,

(p. 147, 2).

-um

idone-us,

-a,

-um

(with dat. or

with ad and ace.,

abl.);
p. 69, 9).
-a,

for (on behalf I fight for

for for

of), pro (prep, with

my country,
(p.

pro

patria pugno.

fitted,

apt-us, -a,

-um

idoneus,
;

my OWH
some

part, ego, equidem.

34,

-um

fitted for, aptus ad

idoneus ad.
2)

time, iamdudum
-are,

five, quinque.

iampridem.
I, vet-o,
-ui,

five

hundred,
-T,

quingent-i, -ae,

-a.

forbid,

-Ttum

flag, sign-um,

N.

forbid
M.

him

to go, veto eum

vim

ire (p.

flank,

16, note).

lat-us, -eris,
-a,

flat, plan-us,

-um.
(r. 1).

force,
vires), F.

vis (ace.,

abl.,

vi

pi.,

flatter, assentor
flee,
I, fttg-io,

-Cre, fugl,

fugltum; I

forces (troops),

cCpi-ae, -arum, F.

flee

from him, eum

-is,

fugio.

forefathers, maiores, -um, M.

foreign, ad exteras nationes.

fleet, a, class-is,

F.

foremost, primus,
foresee,
-spectum
;

-a,

-um.

flesh, caro, carnis.

flight, fug-a,
-ae, F.
iecl,

I, pro-splcio, -splcere, -spexi,

pro-video, -vidSre, -vldl, -vlsum

fling, iacio, -Cre,

(dat.).

iactum

impingo

(p. 72, 7).

forest,
conv61-o, -are, -avi,

silv-a, ae, F.
I,

flock together,
-atum.

foretell,
-dictum.

prae-dico, -dlcere, -dixi,

flourish,

I, flor-eo, -6re, -ui.

forget,

I, obllviscor,

-I,

oblltus

sum

flow,

I, flu-o, -ere, fluxl,

flos, floris,

fluxum.

(p. 64, 2, note).

flower,
fly>

M.
-atum.
-is,

forgive,

I,

ig-nosco, -6re, -novi,

-notum

I> v61-o, -are, -avi,

foe (public), hostis, vate), immlcus, -I, M.

follow,
folly,
I,

M.; (pri-

forgiven, (with dat., p. 71, 6); I this mihi ignoscitur I forgive deed, tibi huius facti veniam do or
;

am

you

hoc

factum

tibi

condono

(-are,

-avi,

sequor, sequl, secutus

p. 89, 8.
;

sum

-atum).

following,

stultiti-a, ae, F.

or use adj.

form (shape), form-a, -ae, F. form a line of battle, I,

instru-o, -6re, -xi, -ctum.

aciem

fond, be, amo.

food,
fool,
(P. 59, 2).

vict-us, -us,
stult-us,
-a,

M.

form a plan,
;

I,

consilium caplo,

-ere,

-um

it

is

the
est

cepl,
(-H),

captum
-itum.

consilium in-eo,

-Ire, -Ivi,

characteristic of a fool,
foolish,
stult-us, -a,

stulti

form a partnership with him, I,

um.
;

societatem

cum

eo ineo.
;

foot,

pes,

pedis,

-M.

foot of a
(in).

mountain, mons imus

(p. 61, e).

former (of time), pristmus, -a, -um the former the latter ; ille hie (p.
88, 6).

foot, set, pedem ponere

220
fort, castellum.

VOCABULARY.
games,
-Ire, -Ivi,
;

lud-j,

-orum, M.
-i,

(pi.).

fortify,

I,

mun-io,

-Itum.

garden,
gate,
-avl,

hort-us,

M.

fortress,

ar-x, ar, -cis, F.

felix,
fclicis

castell-um.
(adj.);
it

port-a, -ae, F.
I,

fortunate,

was very fortunate

portune accidit ut
(p.

gather together,
-atum
;

convtfc-o, -are,
;

that,

perop-

cogo, -6re, cSegi, coactum

15, 5).

(intr.),

con-venio, -vSnire, -venl, -ventum.

Galli-a, -ae, F.
Galli,

fortune,

fortun-a, ae, F.
F.

Gaul,

fortune (good), felicit-as, -atis, found, condo, -ere, -idi, -Itum. foundation, use vb.
four, quattuor.

Gauls,

-orum, M.

(pi.).
;

general, imperat-or, -oris, M. dux. general, as a g. thing, vulgo.

generation,

aet-as, -atis, F.
-a,

France,
free,
a,

use Gallia or Galli.

generous,
mflc-us,
-a,

l!b-er, -6ra,

-erum (from), vacuus,

;

bgnign-us, -um.

-um

mu-

-um (with

abl., p. 74, 4);

free

from

genius, ingenium; or use ingeniosus.

gentle,
mlt-is, -e (adj.).

care,

secur-us, -a, -um.

free (give
-are, -avl,

freedom
(p. 74, 3).

to), I, Hber-o,

-atum

gentlemen of the
-um, M.
(pi.).
-I,

jury,

iudlc-es,

freed from, sum (p. 74, 3).

fresh,

am,

liberor, -an, -atus

gift, don-um,

M.

give,
atis,

I,

don-o, -are, -avl, -atum; do,

freedom, llbert-as,

F.; or use adj.

dare, dedi, datum.

re"cen-s, -tis (adj.).

give (back
-dldi,
;

or up),

I,

red-do, -d6re,

friend, amic-us, -i; a very intimate friend, homo amicissimus.

-ditum dedo,

-ere, dedidi,

deditum.
gavlsus

glad, I
sum.

am,

gaud-eo,

-ere,

friendly, amic-us,

-a,

-um.

friendship,

amicltla, ae, F.
levis.

frivolous character, use

gladly, libenter (adv.); often rendered by the adj. he came gladly, laetus
:

from, a (before
front, in, a

consonants), ab (before
;

venit

(p. 165, 2, a).

vowejb and consonants)

fronte.

e,

ex (with

abl.).
-e

glorious,
;

clar-us, -a,
-a,

-um

insignis,

egreglus,

-um,

he won a
vicit.

p. 64)

full, plen-us, -a, -um (with gen. or abl. ; see utmost.

glorious victory,
;

egregie
;

glory,

glori-a, ae, F.

lau-s, -dis, F.

future, the, futur-a, -orum, N. (pi.); in future, in futurum, in posterum.

glow,
go,

exardesco.

I, 60, Ire, Ivl (-ii),

Itum.

G.
gain, lucr-um,
-i, -I,

N.

em61iiment-um,

go away, I, ab-eo, -Ire, -ivl(ii), -Itum; I go forward or forth, pro-gredior, -gredi, -gressus sum; I go down to
meet, obviam
-6re,
-I,

N.

utmt-as,

-atis, F.;

for
8).

a source
I,

(with dat.)
;

descend-o,

Of gain,
gain,

descensum

I
;

quaestiil (p. 69,

consequor;

gain glory,
;

perrexi,
-cedgre,

gloriam pario(-ere,peper!,partum) gain victory, vmco or victoriam consequi.

perrectum -cessi, -cessum

stimulo

go on, pergo, -ere, I go out, ex-c5do,

;

ex-eo, -ire,

-Ivl,

-Itum.

gallant Crassus, the,

ortissimu';.

Crassus, vir

goad,

(r.

1).

goal, have a g. in view, use aliquid

VOCABULARY.
agere 6r spectare (be driving at or looking
at something).

2-21

guard,

I,

custod-io,

-Ire, -ivl,

-Itum

am
M.
dea.
-I,

on

my

guard against you,

;

God,

de-us, del,

te caveo (p. 72, 7)

vigilia

stand guard,
-odis,

in

goddess,

maneo.
cust-os,

gold, aur-um,

N.

guard,
todio
(r. 4).

M.

vb., cus-

gold, of, -golden.

golden, aureus

or use tantus.

guest,

a, hosp-es,
ducis,
-i,

-Itis,

M.

good,

bon-us,

-a,

-um.
to, salut-o
(r. 1).

guide, dux,
guile,

M.

good-bye, say

dol-us,

M.

goodness,
ness

probit-as, atis.

H.
say good-

goodness of character,
and
character.

hair,

capill-us,

-I,
-i,

M.
N.

half, dimidium,

good- will, feeling

of, benevolenfcia.

govern,
I
;

I,

rego, -ere, rexi,

rectum

govern the State; rempublicam govern one's feelings, guberno

animo mOddr-or, -arl, -atus sura (with
p. 72, 7) or

hand, hand,

a, man-us, -us, F. I

am

at, ad-sum, -esse,

-ful.

(with dat.)

dat.,

hand, hand over,

-didi,

I, tra-do, -dfire,

tempSro,

-are, -avl,

-Stum.

-ditum; man-do, -dare, -davl, -datum.

pauci.

government,
praesunt
;

the, qui reipublicae

by

handful,
(p. 165, 6).

respublica.
(step
step),

handiwork,
gradatim*;
(adv.).

say by

hand and work

-alis.

gradually,
(little

by

little),

paulatim
do, dare,

grant,
concedo.

I,

dedl,

datum

Hannibal, Hannib-al, happen, use forte.

happens
grat-us,
-a,

that,
evgnit

it,

accidit
;

(-6re,

grateful,

-um.

accidit) ut

gratitude, gratia, -ae; I show I feel gratitude, gratiam refero gratitude, gratiam habeo express gratitude, gratias agere.
;

tingit

(-6re,

happened
happily,

ut conit contigit) ut (p. 15, 5) so fin this way), ita accidit.

(-Ire, -venit)
;

beate.

happiness,

beata

vita.
-a,

great, magn-us, -a, -um; comp., maior; aup., maximus, -a, -um.

happy,
felix.

beat-us,

-um
M.

(lucky),

greatly, magnSpere
magis; sup., maxime.

(adv.); comp.,

harbor,
hard,
difficile

port-us, -us,
-e;
;

difficll-is,

hard to say,
durus,
a,

Greece, Graeci-a, ae. Greek, know, Graece scire. Greeks, Graec-I, -orum, M. (pi.).
green,
grieve,
-tii
;

dictu (p. 42, 4)

vix.

um.

hardly,

hardship, labor, oris, M.

res ad versae.

virldis, -e.

harm, do harm,
doieo, -ere,
n6"cI1jum.

noceo, -ere, ndcul,

am
I,

grieved,

me

piget.

harmless,
in-ggmo, -gemere, -gemul,

innflcuus.

groan,
-gemitum.

harry,

I,

vex-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

ground, (soil), s61um, -I, N. (pleasure grounds), hort-I, -orum, M. (pi.).

;

harvest, messis, -is, F. haste, there is need

properato
(p.

of, opus esc

81, 4).

222
hasten,
contendo,
I,

VOCABULARY.
prop6r-o, -are, -avi, -atum
;

hide,

I, cel-o, -are, -avi,

-atum

ab-dr>,

-Ore,

contendi, contentum.
odisse
;

-dere, -didi, -ditum.

hate,
ego odio

I, odi,

am

hated,

high,

alt-us, -a, -urn

the highest

(dat.)

sum

offices, honores amplissimi.

(p. 69, 8).

hated,

invlsus, -a,
-i,

-um
N.

see above.

high -spirited,
hill, coil-is,
-is,

animosus, ferox.

M.
;

hatred, odium,

have
-Itum
as, I
;

himself,
(possess),
I,

(reflexive), sui

(em-Itum
;

habeo,

-ere,

-ui,
:

phatic),

ipse.
I,

often rendered by esse with dat.

have a book,
6).
is,

est mihi liber (see

hinder,
imped-io,

-Ire, -IvI (-ii),

prohlb-go, -Cre, -Itum.

-ui,

p. 46,

he,

ille,

hie (p. 88,

3, 5, 6).

heal, mCdeor,

-eri (dat.)

hindrance, impediment-urn, N. it a great hindrance to me, mihi impedimento (dat.) magno est (p. 69, 8).
;

is

health, be in good,

valeo.
inferre,

hire,
turn.

I,

con-duco, -du6re, -duxi, -due-

heap,
hear,

vis,

F.

vb.,

infero,

intuli, illatum.
I,

his, su-us,
-Ire, -IvI,

-a,

-um

eius, illlus (p. 7, 1,

aud-io,

-Itum.
;

note)

his

own book, suus ipsius liber

scriptor.
it is

without

hearing-, by, audlendo (p. 43) hearing-, use inauditus.

;

(p. 90, 13).

historian, rerum

heart (literal), cor, cordis, N. (spirit), animus, I, M. I take it to heart, id

;

history, matter of, say down to memory.

handed

graviter (or aegre) fero.

hitherto, adhuc

(adv.).

hearth,

f6c-us,

-1,

M.
-i,

hold (possess)
N.
;

heaven
height,

(sky), coelum,

often

-Hum
turn

I, hab-eo, -ere, -ui, ob-tmCo, -tinere, -tinfu, -tentum.

I,

rendered by, di immortales.

altitud-o, -mis, F.
;

hold (think),
oruse altus.
;

habeo,

-ere,

duco, -ere, duxi, due I hold -ui, -Itum

;

height
eo stultitiae

of

folly,

to

such

him an enemy, eum pro hoste habeo.

homage,
etc.,

a,

(p. 60, 3).

say

promised that

heir, her-es,

-edis,

M.

would help him with

73, 3).

my authority
;

(p. 1

help,
dat.)
69,
;

I, ittvo, -are, iflvl,

eub-venio, -venire,
I
tibi

-venl,

iutum (ace.); -ventum (with

home,
motion,

at,

dSmi
after

from home

help you,
opem
1

tibi auxilio
;

sum

domo; home,

words expressing

(p.

8);

fero

can not

domum

(p. 83, 5).

help sending
mittam
(p. 23).

fieri

non possum quin

Homer,
interficio.

Homerus.
of, use

homicide, guilty
honest,
prob-us,
-a,

hominem

hence,
herb,
here,

inde (adv.).

herba, -ae, F.
hie (adv.).
hero-s,
-is,

-um.
;

hero (mythical),
hesitate,

honesty, pr5bit-as, -atis, F. with honesty, probe or summii probitate.

M.;

honor (good
honorable,

faith), fides,

-el; (dis-

wually expressed by ille or vir fortissimus.

I,

tinction), htfn-or, -oris,

M.
-a,

dublt-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

honest-us,

-um.

VOCABULARY.
hope,
7, 3)
;

223
praeclar-us,
-a,

I, spor-o,

-are,

-avi,

-atum

(p.

illustrious,
praestantissimus,

-a,

-um

(noun), spes.

-um.

horse, gqji>sr* M.

horseman,
42, 4).

6qu-es,

-Itis,

M.

image, hnag-o, -mis, F. imagine, puto(r. 1).

horrible to say,

nefas est dictu (p.

immediately,
proelio.

statim;

immedi-

ately after the battle, confestim a

ob-ses, -sidis,

hostage,
hostile,

M.

hostllis, -e.

hot,

am,

cal-eo, -5re.
-ae, F.

immortal, immortalis, -e. impediment, use aliquid.

impel,
house,
im-pello, -ere, -pull, -pulsum.
;

hour (of
domi meae
senatus.

time), hor-a,
-us, F.

house, dCmus,

at

my

(p. 83, 5),

apud me ; House,

impiety,

impI6t-as,

-atis,

F.

impious,
implore.

impi-us,

-a,

-um.

how,
ut

quT,

quemadmodum, quomodo,
quant-us, diu
;

See

beg.
it is of,

(p. 32, 1).

-a,

importance to me,
-um
;

mea

how great,
long, quam

how
;

interest or refert (p. 66,

4).

how much,
quo ties.

quantum

how many, quot how often,

;

in, in (with abl.)

inasmuch
(p. 106, 2
;

as, quum, quippe, utpote

;

113, 3

113, 4, note).

human,
hunger,
hurry,
hurt,
laedo,
I,

human-us,
centum.
-is,

-a,

-um

(adj.).

incendiarism,
dium.

political,

incen-

hundred,

fames,

F.

inconsistent with,

I,

prop8r-o, -are, -avl, -atum.

-til,

man
;

etc., say such can not be fearful or anxious.

a,

n6c6o, -Cre,

-Itum (dat.)

-fire, laesi,

laesum

increase, (trans.), augeo, -Cre, auxi, auctum (intr.), cresco, -ere, crSvi, cretum.
;

(ace.).

hustings,

rostr-a, -orum, N.

indeed,
(pi.).

vero, profecto.
I,

induce,
-suasum
;

persuad-eo,

-ere,

-suSsi,

adduco,
infan-s,

-ere, -duxi,
-tis.

-ductum.

It ego.

infant,
-el,

ice, glacies,

F.

infantry,
-um, M.
(pi.)

pCdita-tus,

-us

pedltes,

idea,

Spinl-o, -onis, F.

identical, Idem, Sadem, idem.

influence,

auctorit-as, -atis, F.

Ides,

Id-us,

-aum, F.
-a,

influence, to, moveo, movere, movi,

(p. 147).

mo turn.
influential with me, apud me multum valet.

idle, van-us,

-um

ignavus.

he

is

very,

idleness,

ignavi-a, ae, F.

if, si (p. 120).

inform, certiorem
non
(p. 125, 5).

facere.

if not,

nisi, si

information, use

vb.
beneficii.

ignominious, turpis. ignorance, use ignoro

ignorant, ignarus
ill,
;

ingratitude, use immemor

(r. 1).

injure.

See hurt,
I

or use verb.

aeger, -ra, -rum.

I, illustr-o (r. 1).

innocent, innticen-s, -tis (adj.); innocent, extra culpam sum.

inquire,
I,

am

illustrate,

quaero,

-ere,

quaeslvl.

224
quaesltum
;

VOCABULARY.
rogo,
-are,
-avi,

-atum

in-

it.

See he.
Italia, -ae,
-a,

terrogo, -are, -avi, -atum.

Italy,
;

F.

inquiry,
this

quaesti-o, -onis

or use vb.

itself, ipse,

-um.
J.

instead of, pro; instead of doing he did that, quum hoc facere

deberet, illud fecit (p. 108, note).

January,
join,
I,

lanuari-us,
-I,

-a,

-um

(adj.).
-i,

instigation, at

my, me

auctore.

javelin, pll-um,
join you,

N.

iacul-um,

N.
;

instrumentality, through, the instrumentality of, per (ace.).

insult, contumelia,
-ae, F.
-e.

iungo, -ere,

iunxVitmctum

me

tibi

adiungo.

join batttle, proelium committere.

insuperable,
*

insuperabilis,

journey,
joy,
often

iter, itlneris,

N.

intelligently, use prudentia.

laetiti-a, -ae, F.;

shouts of joy,

intend, I, in animo mihi expressed by fut. part. (p. 53,

est
1).

clamores laetantium

(p. 48, 6).

joyful,

laet-us, -a,

-um.

intensity, of such, tantus.

joyfully, laete by the adj. (p. 165,

-cipgre,

(adv.); of ten rendered

2, a).

intercept,
-eepl,

I,

inter-cipio,

-ceptum.

judge,
iudico; in
(p. 51,
1)

iud-ex,

-icis.

interest.

How

expressed, p. 153.

judgment,
;

indicium

consilium

use

my judgment,
pronounce
lulian-us,
j.,

me

iudice
(r. 1).

interest of the state.it^jSjnjipublicae

interest
(pc~37)
tibi
','

iudico
;

Tconsult
(p. 72, 7).
-stiti,

your

interests,

consulo

Julian,

-a,

um

the Julian

law, lex Juliana.

interfere,
-statum.

ob-sto,
v

-stare,

jump,
June,

I, salio, -ire, -ui,

saltum.

lunt-us,

-a,

-um.

interference, use

vb.

Jupiter,
-venire,

lupiter, I6vis,

M.

intervene,
-veni,

I,

inter-venlo,

-ventum.
I

jury,

iudic-es, -um,
-a,

M.
;

(pi.),

interview with one,

aliquem con-vemo
tum).
(-venire,

have,
-ven-

just, aequ-us,

-um

iust-us, -a, -um.

3).

-vem,

just as if,
justice,
justify,

velut si, with subj. (p. 117,

iustitia, -ae, F.
I,

into, in (with ace.)

prob-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

(abl. of ius, right).

introduction, use

introduce.

justly, iure

invading
invent,

host, use hostes.

I, fingo,

K.

invenio; (fabricate)

-6re, finxi, fictum.

Kalends,
M.
-are,

Kalend-ae, -arum, F.

(pi.),

inventor,
-avi,

invent-or, oris,
I,

(see p. 147).

invest (money),
-atum.

coll6c-o,

Karthage.
keep,
servo

See Carthage.
(r. 1).

investigation, use quaero cur. iota, add, say make you more,
island,
insul-a, -ae, F.
-us, F.;

keep
sto,

my promises,
;

I,

fidem prae-

etc.

promissis (abl.) sto

keep the

soldiers in the
tris

contineo;
;

I
I

issue, event-us,

or use happen

fidem praesto

camp, milites in caskeep my word, keep off, dcpello (-ere

VOCABULARY.
-puli,

225
I

-pulsum);

keep
F.

out, exclude;

Latin,

speatc, Latine (adv.) loquor.

risum.

in keeping- with,

p. 59, 2.

laugh,
law,
lay,

I, ride"o, rldere, risl,

;

key,

clav-is,

-is,

lex, legis F.

ius, iuris,

N.

kill, I, inter-ficio,

-f Icere,
;

-fed, -fectum;

oc-cldo, -ere, -cldl, -cisum

ly), n6co, -are, -avi,
-avi,

I kill
;

(cruel-

lay aside,

pono.
;

-atum

trucldo, -are,

-atum.
s, -a,

-um.

lead, I, duco, -6re, duxl, ductum I lead across, transduco; I lead back, reduco I lead out, educo.
;

he
the, nescio quails sit

is, I

don't

know

leader, imperator
leap,

dux, ducis, M.
-atum.
cognosco.

homo (p.

32, 1).

I, exsult-o, -are, -avi, I, disco, -6re, didici

;

kind, of this, huiusm6di; of that kind, eius modi what kind, qualis.
;

learn,

learned,

doct-us,

-a,

-um.
-ae, F.

atis, F.

kindness, benevolentia, bonit-as, act of kindness, beneficlum;

learning, doctrm-a,
rellqul, relictum
;

leave, I (abandon),
I

relinquo, -6re,

king,

rex, regis,

M.

know, (by the

-Ire, sensl,

senses),

sent-to,
;

ex castris

leave the camp, excedo (or exeo) I leave the

;

sensum

(a thing), scio
;

(a per-

work undone,
legacy, use
legate,
legion,

opus praetermitto.

son), novT,

novisse

(find out), cognosce,

legare (leave by law).

-i,

-ere, cognovi,

cogmtum.
(learning), doctrin-a;

legat-us,

M.

knowledge
scientia, ae, F.

legi-o, -onis, F.

leisure, otium.
less, minor,
-us,

comp. of parvus ; at
4).

a less price,
labor,
lab-or, -oris,

minoris (p. 63,

;

M.

lest, ne (p. 12, 2

let, p. 26,
2.

13, 6

17, 1).

Lacedaemon,Lac6daem-on, -6nis,M.

Lacedaemonians, Lacedaemonii. lack money, I, pecunia mihi deesfc

(p. 70, 1).

letter,
-arum, F.

epist61-a,
(pi.).

-ae,

F.

Iitt6r-ae,

lamb,

agn-us,

-I,

M.

levy,

delect-us, -us,

M.

hold a

lamp, lame,

levy, delectum habeo.

-a,

lucern-a, -ae, F.

claud-us,

-um

lame

liar,

in

mendax,

-acis.

one

foot, altero pede claudus.

ag-er,
-rl,

liberty,
lie (tell
-Irl,

libert-as, -atis, F.

land,

M.

a falsehood),

I,

ment-ior,

-Itus

sum.
I, iaceo, -ere, lactti,

larger.

Say great.
lie
;

last (in order), ultlm-us (p. 11, 2) (of time or position), proximus, -a, -um ; within the last few days, his paucis
diebus (p
88, 3).

down,

-Itum.

life, vlt-a, -ae, F.

lifetime of
patre

my

father, In the,

meo

vivo

(p. 51, 1).

last, at, tandem,

demum.
-a,

light,

lev-is, -e.

lasting, diuturn-us,
late,

-um.

light, lum-en,

-inis,

N
64, note V)
;

too

late, sero (adv.).

light, it is, lucet,

like,
volo.
slmil-is, -e (p

-ere, luxit.

lately, nuper; superl., nuperrime.

Latin

(adv.), Latine.

226
likely, use
:

VOCABULARY.
fut. part. (p. 54, 2).

loyal,
bonus.

fid-us,

-a,

-um

fidel-is,

-e

line, acies lie drew a line, etc., say he thought that the honorable (honestum) ivas one thing and the use-

lucky,

felix

or use opportune.

ful another.

M.

linger, cunct-or, -an, -atus sum.

mad,
-Itum

am,

fur-o, -ere.

listen to,
ace).

I,

audio,

-Ire,

-IvI,

madman, use furo.

made, I am, fio, fieri, fagtus sum. madness, furor dg^^^^feie, F.
;

literature,

littur-ae,

-arum, F.

(pi.).

litter, lectlc-a, -ae, F.

little, parvus,
-a,

magistrate, magistnBIPas, M.
;

-um

comp., minor

magnitude,
often expressed
I

magnitud-o,

-Inis

eup., minimus.

by an

indirect question

live,
(dwell

I,

vlv-o,

-ere,

vixi,

victum

know

the magnitude of the

scio

in), hablt-o, -are, -avl,

-atum.

danger,
32, 1).

quantum periculum

sit (p.

lively recollection, say memory

and

recollection (p. 165,

b).

maiden,
-tentum
-I,
;

virg-o, -mis, F.
I, sus-tln6o,

living", use vivo.

maintain,
N.

-tmere, -tinui,

London,
1

dico.

Londini-um,

long standing,
long,
long-us,
-a,

of, use vestustas.

majority, use

plerique.

-um
-a,

(adj.).

longing,

cupid-us,

um.
;

factum; I bellum gero, gerere, gessi gestum or bellum inf ero, -f erre, -ttili, iliaI, facio, fac6re, feel,

make,

make war,
turn
;

long time, for a, diu Jam pridem or iam diu. look

peto.

long ago,
1)
;

make a march, iter facio he

;

makes
quaero
(
;

it

shine,

efficit

ut splendeat

for,

I,

exspecto

(r.

12).

man,
I,

hom-o, -mis, M.

vir, vlri,
-tis;

M.

lose,

a-mitto, -mittere, -misl, -mis-

sum.
loss, damn-um,
-I,

N.

detrlment-um

a young man, adolescen-s, old man, sdnex, scnis, M. manage, rem gerere.

an

without the

loss, use vb.

;

(p. 139, l).

manner
dum and

of

life,

use

quemadmo-

lot, sor-s, -tis, F. f ortun-a ; or use p. 59, 2; fall to lot, contingo.

vivo.

loud, magnus loudly-expressed,

;

manumit, manumitto. many, multi, -ae, -a (pi.);

permulti, -ae, -a
;

very many,

use shout

(p. 165, &).

how many?
-1,

quot

love, am-or,
love,
I,

oris,

M.
-atum.

as

many

as, tot quot.

Marcellus,

Sm-o,

-are, -avl,

Marcellus,

M.

lovely (applied to a
amoeri-us,
-a,

place),
;

-um:

the lovety city of

Athens

Athenae,
-a,

urbs
-um.

amoenissima
pulch-er,

march, iter; I march, make a march, iter facio (trans.), duco. Marcus, Marcus, M.
;

-I,

(applied to a person),
-rum
;

-ra,

formos-us,

mariner, naut-a, -ae, M. mark of a wise man,

eapientis est (p. 59,
2).

it is

the

lover, use amo.

lowest

(office),

imus (honor).
(p. 63, 4).

market-place,

forum,

I,

N.

low

price, at a, parvi

marsh,

pal-us, -udis, F.

VOCABULARY.
marvellous, it is, mirum est. mass (of the people), vulgus, -i,
(huge
size),

22?
avarus.

miser, homo
N.;

moles,

-is,

F.

master (of slaves), domlnus, hfirus;

(a teacher), magist-er,
-ri,

M.
it matters matters not

matter,

res,

rei,
;

F.;

miserable, miser, -a, -um. miserly, avarus, -a, -um. misery, dolor; miseria. misfortune, malum. miss, I (feel loss Of), desidero
(r. 1).

little, parvi interest

it

to me, nihilmea
;

interest.

missile, tel-um,
.

-i,

N.
;

33

= can), possum

mean, sordld-us, -a, -um abiect-us. mean-minded, say ofinean mind. meanness, use adj. turpltiid-o, -mis, F.; it is the height of mean;
;

mistake, err-or, -oris, M I make this mistake, hoc erro. mistress, be, praeesse(dat.). mix, misceo.

ness, summae turpitudinis

est.
;

means, use quemadmodum by this means, p. 74, 5 (approach), aditus, us. measure, I, meti-or, -Irl, mensus sum. measure, p. 153 res. Medea, Medea, ae, F. the famous Medea, ilia Medea.
;
;
;

mob, plebs. money, pgcuni-a, -ae, F. month, mens-is, -is, M. moon, lun-a, -ae, F.
more, plus; magis; p. 78, morning, in the, mane. mother, mat-er, -ris, F.
motion, motus,
-us.
;

7,

note.

oc-curro, -currere, -curri, -cursum(with a dat. ; p. 71, 6); obviam(with

I,

meet,

motive, use cur indicate a motive, say show why he committed from a motive, use ob (with (p. 32)
;

dat.)fio.

ace.), or

causa (with gen.).

meeting,

concio.
-ae, F.

mount
scendo

(a horse),

I,

equum

con-

memory, m6mori a,
merchant,
merchant-vessel,
merciful, clemen-s,

(-ere, -scendi,

-scensum).

mercator.
navia dnerarla.
-tis (adj.).

mountain, mon-s, -tis, M. move, I, mov-6o, -ere, movl, motum.

much,

mult-us,

-a,

-um.
-Tm's,

a mesmessage, nunti-us, -i, sage came, mmtiattim est. messenger, nunti-us, -i, M. midday, merid!-es, ei, M.
M.
;

multitude,

multitud-o,
-is,
:

F.

murder,

caed-es,

F.

Often ex-

pressed by perf. part. pass. after Caesar's murder, post Caesarern interfectum.

middle,

medi-us,

-a,

-um;
via.

in

the

middle of the road, media

murmur, (vb.), queror, queri, questus

sum.

midnight,
mile,
million,
us,

at, media nocte.

mille passuum.
p. 151, c.

music, music-a, -ae, F. musical, say musicorum, from neut.

pi.

musica.
p. 33
-a,

mind, (emotional faculty),

-i,

anim-

(intellectual
F.
;

faculty),

must,

men-s,

-tis,

my,
or say great

miracle, miraculum
thing.

meus

me-us, or mi).

-um

(voc. sing.-masc.,

myself, use ego

or ego ipse (p. 90, 13).

228
N.

VOCABULARY.
no,
N.;
adj., null-us, -a,

-um (gen.
-um
;

nuillus).

name,

nom-en,
omit.

-inis,

of the
-e

no one, nemo (gen.,

noble,
;

nulllus).
;

name

of, omit.

praeclarus,
-a,

-a,

insign-is,

namely,
narrate,

egrggi-us,

-um

Ais

noblef

father, pater suus,

I, narr-o, -are, -avl,

vir praeclarissimus.

-atum.

nation,

none, nemo
abl.)
;

(not

used in gen. and

(gen. nulllus).

populus
-tis,

(foreign), nati-o,

null-us, -a,

-um

onis F.; gen-s,

F.

native city, one's native land,

patria, ae, F.

Nones,
noon,

Non-ae, -arm
-el,
;

mfindl-es,

natural shame,
shame
(p. 165, 6).

say j&ature and

nor, nee or neque

neve (neu,
p. 16, 4).

in final clauses,

naturally,

not, non.

nature,

na^^^^^^^H ^^m ex) :

not yet, nondum.

nothing,
notice,
facere.
nihil.

pressed by a dependent ques ^introduced by I don't

the nature of the man, m-srio qualis sit homo;^PSlis nature, talis.
near, pr6pe, (adv. and prep, with
propior, proximus (p. 69, 9)
;

qualis^H

know

give

notice,

certiorem

novelty, use novus.

ace.);

now,

propinquus

(at present)

iam (by this time); mine hodie (to-day).

;

(with dat.; p. 69,

9).

number,

ntimer-us,

-I,

M.

Often ex-

nearly, prope, paene, fere; see about. necessaries, say what is necessary.

pressed by a dependent question intro-

duced by quot: I don't

hostes sint (p. 32,
1).

know

the

necessary,
necessity,
p. 81, 3, note.

necessarius.
necessitas
;

number of the enemy,

numerous,
multl, -ae, -a
-icis,

nescio quot

p. 84, 1. p.

need, there

permult-i.

is

need,

81,

4;

nurse,
I,

nutr-ix,

F.

neglect,

neglego, neglegere,

O.

neglexi, neglectum.

neither-nor, neque-neque
neve-neve
(p. 15).

nec-nec

that, utinam

(p. 25).

obedience, yield.
neut-er,
-ra,

Use obey.

neither of the two,

-rum
(gen.,'neutr!us).

par-eo, -ere, -ui, -itum (with dat., p. 71, 6) ; I obeyed, mini

obey,

I,

am

nest,

nld-us,

!.

paretur.
;

never, nunquam
unquam.

and never,

neo

object,
22).

I,

r6cus-o, -are, -avi, -atum (p.

new,

n6v-as,

-a,

-um.
nuntiatur.
;

object, this is
work.

my,

id ago

ac-

news

is

brought,

complish an object,
obscure,
Observe,
-avl,

say finish the

next, proximus, -a, -um on the next day, die proximo, o/- die postero.
night,
no, I
no-x, no-ctis, F.

obscur-us,
I,

-a,

-um.
-are,

cognosce; servo,

-atum.
pert!nacl-a,-ae, F.; or use

nine, nOvem.

obstinacy,
no,
p, 28, 2, note.

answer

adj. pertinax.

VOCABULARY.
Obtain,
I, adlpiscor, adlpisci,

229
word modified); not but' also, non modo (or non
sed etiam (or verum etiam);

adeptus

(placed after the

sum

consequor.

only
solum)

occasion, on that, turn. O'clock Je it, What? quota hora

5.

est?seep. 1U,

only ones, see p. 11, 2. open (throw open),

I,

(trans.),
;

occupy,
occupo
(- Ire

(hold),

I,

teneo, -ere, tenui

(r. 1).
;

patg-facio, -facere, -fed, -factum open, pateo, -ere -ui.

to be

occ\ji4t, accidit (-ere, -cldit)

15,

e-v6nit
p.

'^ftliBr contingit (-ere, 5 ; (to the mind), occurro.

-tlgit);

opinion, use sentio (have an opinion): his political opinion, quid de rep.
sentit; sententi-a,
-onis, F.

-ae F.,

existimati-o,

odd or even, par vel impar. off (at a distance), I am, ab-sum, -esse, -f disto, -stare the town is
iii
;

occaslo, -onis, F.
-are, -avi,

-atum.

ten miles
passuum
-fendi,

off,

oppidum decem

millia

us (quain).

distat or abest.
I, of-fendo, -fendere,

Offend (annoy)
-fensum

Bte
repugnlflfte (p.
5:

of your,
202, 6);

te

(ace.); I offend

against the
I

or,

law, legem viol-o (-are, -avl, -atum).

aut^ve^^[H|(p.
6rat-or, -oris,

neve

(after ne).

Office, magistrat-us,
Office,
-tinui,

-us,

M.

hold

magistratum

obtlneo,

orator,

M.

-tinere,

-tentum; (task), munus.

; ;

officer, tribunus legatus officers (military), tribuni centurionesque.

oratory, say orator. orchard, pomarium. ordain, I, decern-o,

cretum.

-ere, decrevl, de-

often, saepe
(of

so often,
s6nex,

to ties.

Old, (in olden times), antlquus, -a,.=um

order, give
;

an order,

I,

impur-o,

persons),
sup.,

sfinis

comp.,

-are,
iftbeo,

-avl,

senior;

maxlmus natu

"when

-atum (with dat., p. 71, 6); -ere, iussi, iussum (with ace.); in
(or to), p. 12,
1.

Old, senex.

order that

omit,
sum.

I, o-mitto, -mittere, -mlsl, -mis-

origin, often expressed by unde, introducing a dependent question: as, I don't

once
Once,

(for),

semel

know
formerly),

the origin of

evil,

nescio

once upon a time, quondam; at

statim.

unde malum oriatur

(p. 32, 1).

otherwise than,
vowels) atque (p. 116,

aliter ac or (before
1).

one (numeral), un-us, -a, -um (gen., unms); one of the soldiers, unus ex
militibus.

ought,

p. 33.
ter, -tra,

our, nos
;

-trum.

one, no, nemo

unus
quidem.
.

(emphatic), ne
hie.
. .

out-do, supero

(r. 1).

outside
.ille

of, e or ex (abl.).

one, the,
(p. 89, 6).

.the other,

over,

it is,

actum

est de.

one and
omnia.

overpowering,
all, cunct-i, -ae, -a;

say could

not

be

omnes,

borne, or, even, very great.

one by one, singul-l, -ae, -a. one day (in the future), aliquando.
pnly,
solus,

overthrow, I, e-verto, -vertere, -verti,

-versum.

overwhelm, I,
-rutum,

ob-ruo, -ruSre, -rui,

solum,

m6do,

tantum

230
owe,
I,

VOCABULARY.
debeo, -Cre,
2.

-ui,

-itum

it

was
ipsius

people (=men),
pi.)
;

hfrnln-es, -un-,
-i,

:i.

owing own,
culga

to, p. 22,

(a nation), p6pul-us,
I,

M.

my own

fault,

mea

perceive,
Ire, sensi,

(p. 90, 13).

sensum

(by senses), sent-io, (by the mind), in;

OX,

bos, bovis.

tellego, -Sre, intellexi, intellectum.

P.

pei-fect, summus. perfectly, use superl.

dtflfli.

pain,

am

in, doieo, -ere,

pain,

d61-or, -oris,

M.

perform, perhaps,
p. 33, 2.

I,

con-flc!o i
v%_

fortasse; p.

31, 47

notel;
-itum.

painter, use pingo.

panic,

pav-or, -oris, M.
1,

perish,

I,

per-6o,

-ire, -IvI (-ii),

pardon,
-notum (with

ig-nosco, -noscere, -novi,

;

permission, with your, tua venia;

tua bona pace.

dat., p. 71, 6)
-tis,

venia, ae.

parent,
part,
est

paren-s,

M. or F.

person, h6m-o, -inis, M. is persuade, I, per-suadSo,

;

(qui).

-suadCre,

parliament,
par-s,

senat-us, -us,
F.
;

M.

-tis,

it is

the part
sapientls

of a wise

man
;

to do this,
;

-suasum (with dat., p. 71, 6); I persuaded, mihi persuasum est

-suasi,

am
(p.

hoc facere

(p. 59, 2)

for

my part,
intersum.

72, 10).

ego or equidem

take part,

persist,
-atum.

I,

persever-o,

-are,

-avl,

party,

partes.

pestilence,
say party and policy.
omitto,
-ere,
oniisi,

pestis

pestilentl-a.

party policy,

phenomenon,
philosopher,
ophy.

use neut. pron.

-i,

pass,
omissum
;

let,

pass a decree,

philosSph-us,

^i.

say decree.

pass (a law), f ero. passion (anger), Ira, passionate (angry),

(of

philosophical, use

gen. of philos-

-ae, F.

irat-us, -a,

-um

philosophizing, philosopha ri

(inf.)

one act)
is,

(of

a habit), Iracund-us.

past,

use praetereo.
vir

patriot,

bonus

homo
1).

philosophy, philOsdphia, -ae, Phocion, Phoci-on, -onis, M. pick out, eligo.

pig, sus,
sftis,

F.

patriae

M.
-onis,
I,

amantissimus

(p. 64,

note

patriotism, amor

pirate, praed-o,
patriae.

M.

pay,

I,

pendo,

-ere, pC-pendi,

pensum

pitch a camp,
;

castra I6co (-are,

(-6re,

solvo, -ere, solvi, solutum.

-a vi,

-catum); castra

pono

pOsui,

positum).
;

payment,
peace,
peace,
p. 64,

solutio (onis), F.
-cis,

or use vb.

pitch of insolence, to such,

insolentiae
(p. CO, 3).

eo

pa-x,

F.

hold my,
prSprius,

taceo, -ere, tacul.

peculiar,
note
2).

-a,

-um (with gen.,

pity, I, misereor, -eri, miserltus sum me miseresco, -6re (p. 66, note 2) ; miseret (p. 66, 3).
;

pell-mell, temere.

pity, misericordla,

-ae, F.

pen, penalty, poen-a, ment), suppllci-um,

calam-us,
-T,

M.
-ae,
-I,

F.;

(punish-

place, I6c-us, -I, ; pi. loc-i, -drum more commonly, lOc-a, -orum.
place,
I,

or,

N.

pon-o, -ere, pOsui, pfisitum.

penny,

use

as, assis,

M.

plain, planities; campus.

VOCABULARY.
plain, it
(-6re, -flit
;

231
it is, potest (only

is,

manifestum est apparet

;

possible,
inf. pass.)
;

with an

p. 4).

it is

possible to do this,

plan, consilium.

hoc

fieri potest.

pleasant,
ditas.

iucundus; or use iucun-Itum

possible, as
imi.

many

as,

quam plurall,

please,

I,

plac-eo,
71, 6).

-ere,

-Ha,

possible speed, with

celerrime.

quam

(withadat.,p.

pleasing

grat-us, -a, -um.

post, desert, praesidium desero.

F.

pleasure,
plebeian,

v51upt-as,

pour round,
poverty,

circumfundere
-atis,

(se).

-atis,

plebci-us, -a, -um.

;

paupert-as,

F.
F.
;

plough, aratr-um (vb.), aro (r. 1). pluck, carpo vello, ere, velli or vulsi,
;

power,

(civil),

potest-as, -atis,
-i;

(military),

imperi-um,

such

is

vulsum.

the power, tantum

powerful,
practise,
praise,

potest.

poet, p<56t-a, -ae, point, use neut. pron.

M.

poten-s, -tis (adj.).

facio.
-ui,

practicable, use
-a,

pointed (sharp),

acut-us,

-um.

I,

exerceo, -ere,

-itum.

point out, ostendo.

policy, consilium,
this sense).
-I,

lau-s, -dis, F.
I, laud-o, -are, -avi,
(r.

N.
pi. in

praise,

-atum.
inter-

pray, oro
rog. words).

1)

tandem (with

politics, res publica, F. (never

Pompey,
mus,
-a,

Pompelus,
-is,

I,

M.

precaution, take, provideo, p. 38, 5. predecessor, say who reigned before

him.

poor, pauper,
-um.

adj.; sup. pauperri-

prefer,
vulg-us,
-r,

I,
3).

malo, malle, malul (modal

populace,
popular,

N.

pleb-s.

verb, p. 18,

gratiosus.
-tis (adj.)
;

prefer
often

him to you,
(-ere, -p<5sui,

I,

eum

tibi

populous, frequen-s,
in superlative
:

ante-pono

-positum), or ei

as,

a populous
-I,

city,

te posthabeo (-hiibere, -habui, -habltum).

urbs frequentissima.

prepare (make preparation),

M.;
pi. loci,

I,

position,
-us.

locus,

-orum

piir-o, -are, -avi,

-atum.
;

(M.), Idea, -orum, N.;

Often

question

(of a City), sit-as, expressed by a dependent, introduced by ubi: I don't

presence, use adsum in my presence, me praesente (p. 52, 5), or coram me (abl.); presence of mind, animus.
present,
(with a dat.,
battle,

know the position of the enemy,

(p.

am,
;

ad-sum,
I

-esse,

-fui

nescio ubi hostes sint or castra posuerint 32, 1) ; maintain position, se

(r. 1).

p. 71, 5)

am present at
(p. 71, 5)
;

the

pugnae intersum
N.

at

sustento

positively,

p. 177, note.

present, nunc. present, donum,

-i,

possession, res, r6i, F.; g-et possession of, potior (abl. or gen.)possessor, use habeo.
possibility,
bility, use
fieri

presently, mox, brevL

preservation, use

vb.
(r. 1.)

preserve,

I,

conserv-o

range
potest.

of

possi-

pretend,

I,

slmnl-o, -are, -ai$, -atum;

(claim), dictito

(r. 1).

232
prevent,
I
I,

VOCABULARY.
prohlb-eo, -ere,
-tti,

-Itum;

prevent him from doing- this, eum prohibeo quoininus hoc faciat (p.
22, 2).

protection, praesidium
or use tueor.

(p.

69,

8);;

protracted, diutmus.

prevent, to (=in order that

not), ne
(p. VI, 2, note).
-I,

proud,
visum
est;
;

stiperb-us, -a,
I,

-um

(adj.).
-vldT,.

provide,
;

pro-video, -videre, I

price, pretium, price, ma-ni at

;

N.

at a high

provide for your interprospicio

te
;

(p. 63, 4)

at

a low price, parvi What price, use quantus.

M.

tibi

provida

against you,
provided,

caveo

(p. 72, 7).

prince,

rex, regis,

p. 104. 6.

principal, say
cipis,

best; princep-s, prin-a,

-is,

providentially,

divinitus.

M.; primus,
career,
I

-um.

province,
vincula, -drum, prison, in
-iectum).

prOvincia, -ae, F.
I

prison,
N.
(pi.)
;

M.

throw into
-ieci,
-i,

provision, provide.
frument-um,

make,

provideo.

See-

vincula con-icio (-ere,

provisions,
-1,

prisoner,

captiv-us,

M.

commeat-us, N.

-us,

M.

private person,
prize, praeml-um,

privat-us.
-i,

public,

publicus.
conci-o, -onis.

N.

public meeting,
I
1).

proceeding,

res, rei, F.

procrastination, use cunctor <r.

punish, I.^pun-io, -Ire, -ivl(-ii), -itumam punished, poenas do (dare,

d&di, datum).

procure,
profess,

I,

ad-Ipiscor, -ipisci, -eptus

punishment,
ci-um,
-I,

poen-a, -ae, F.; supphV

profiteor.

N.

proficiency,
uni,
II.

make,
-us,

proficio.

purpose, use

cur; or p. 44.
fiere, -ui,

profit, quaest-us,
-I,

M.; em&lument-

purpose, il, stat-uo,

-uoum;;

de-cerno, -cerngre, -crevi, -cretum.

profound,
prolong,

use superl. of adj.

perfero (ad.).
I,

promise,
-inissum
(p. 7, 3).
;

pursue, I, sequor, sfiqui, sficutus sum; some pursue one thing, others another, alius aliud sequitur.
-mlsi,

promitt-o, -ere,

pol-liceor, -llceri,

-licitus

sum

pursuit, &tudium.
pursuit, in, etc,, say that they may: accomplish what they desire very much.

promise, promissum,
proof, indicium,
-i,

-1,

N.

N.; it is

a proof

put (=place), I,
pSsitum
(dat.);
;

pono,

-6re, posttl,

Of

wisdom

to

do

this, sapientis est

hoc facere

(p. 59, 2).

put at head of, praeficio put up with, patior; put to,

kill.

proper,

idoneus, p. Ill,
res.

6.

death, say

property, proportion to

Q.
(as), in, p. 118,
5.

proposal, use propono.

quantity, vis (ace. vim abl. vl); often expressed by a dependent question in;

prosecution, use
prosperity,
dae.

accuse.

res prosperae, res secun-

do not know the quantity of corn there, nescip

troduced by quantus ; I

quantum frumenti

ibi sit (p. 32, 1).

VOCABULARY.
quarter, from one,
ad aiium aliunde
venit.
etc.,

233

periculum

receipt of the letter, on the,

epistola accepta (p. 52, 5.)

quarter
parcitum est

was

given,
-ae,

no,

nulli

receive,
-ceptum.

I,

ac-c!pio,

-clpgre,

-cepi,

(p. 72, 10).

queen,
-atum
;

regm-a,
I,

F.
-are,
-avi,

reckless, temerarius or usetemeritas.

;

question,
it is

interrogo,

a question

(or

tioned), dubitatur ; to he gave no reply, mihi

nihil respondit (p. 48, 5)
;

my

quesquestion
quaereitti

recollect, sum.

I,

record-or, -an,

-atus

recollection, recordatio.

ask a ques-

recommend,
suasum.

I,

suadeo, -ere, suasi,

tion, rogo.

quick,

celer,

-is, -e.

recover,
prdpgre (adv.)
;

I,
;

convalesco;

remlpgr-o,

quickly,

cgieriter,

as

are, -avi,

-atum

re-cipio. -clp<5re, -cepi,

quickly as possible, quam celerrime.

R.
rain,
pltivi-a, -ae,
it, pi tut.

-ceptum.

redress, remedium,

-i,

N.
-Igere,
-egl,

reduce,
-actum;
redigo.

I,

sub-igo,

reduce to submission,

F.

rains,

refill, I, rC-pleo, -plere, plevl, -plgtum..

ramparts,
rapid, say
rare,

moenia, -ium.

refit, reficio.

quick.

reform,
refuse,
recuso

corrigo.

rar-us, -a, -urn.

refusal, use nolo.

I,

rashness,
rather,
rather,
I

temerit-as, -atis, F.

nol-o,

-le,

-ui

(p.

18,

3);

pStius.

(r. 1).

had,

malo, malle, malul.

ad.
I,

regard,
-ui,

I,

specto

(r. 1)

hab-eo, -ere,
;

reach, pervenio

reach the
venio

city,

ad urbem per*

ductum (value highly), magni aestimo with

;

Itum

duco,

-6re,

duxi,

(-ire, -vcni,

-ventum).
;

regard
66, 3)
;

to, de.
I,

reading, by, legendo reading delights me, legere me

lego
;

read,

regret,

me

poenitet (-ere, -uit

p.

feel regret, use poenitet

I,

iuvat.

reign,
-urn
;

regn-o, -are, -avi, -atum

in

ready, parat-us, -a, ready to go, ire volo.

rear, terg-um,
a tergo.
-i,

am

the reign of Romulus, Romulo

regnante.

N.

in the rear,
F.
(cause),

reject,

reicio, -ic6re, -ieci, -iectum.

I,

rejoice,
ratio,

gaudeo,
laetitia
;

-ere,

gavlsus sum.

reason,
caus-a,
ae,

men-s,

-tis,

rejoicing,

or use vb.
I

F.

quas ob causas;
(ace.); often

for this reason, by reason of, ob

reliance
tibi

on you,
(r. 1).

place, fidem

habeo.

expressed by an indirect question introduced by cur, quare: as,

I

relieve, levo
rely,
I,

don't

know

the reason for his

fecerit.
-are,
-arl,

con-fldo,

-fldgre,

-flsus

sum
;

action, nescio cur hoc

recall, (call back), I, rev6c-o, -ilvl, -atum ; (remember), rScord-or,

atus

(with dat. of person and abl. of thing 81, 5, note 2).

p.

relying on,
abl.; p. 81,6).

frctus

-a,

-urn

(with

sum

reminiscor,

I.

234

VOCABULARY.
rest,
I,

remain, I, maneo, -ere, mansi, mansum I remain behind, remaneo I remain firm, permaneo; it remains, restat (ut).
;
;

quiesco, -6re, quievl.

rest of, the, cetur-I, -ae, -a; the rest of the citizens, ceteri cives; the rest of his life, reliqua aetas.
restore,
paro
(r. 1)
;

remarks, use

neut. pron. and dico.

I,

I,

reddo; (strength),

re-

remember,
(P- 65, 2).

mSminl, meminisse
-mSnere,

redintegr-o, -are, -avi, -atum.

res, r6I, F.; event-us, -us,

result,
I,

M.

remind,

com-m8n6o,
;

tfee

result

was

that he went
;

mdnul, -mCnitum commone-facio, -facfire, -feel, -factum (with ace. of pers. and gen.
of thing
;

away, evenit ut abiret he came back without any result, re infecta rediit.

p. 65, 2).

remorse,

use poenitet

(p. 66, 3).

retire,

I,

ccdo, -6re, cessi, cessum.

I,

remote, remotus. removal, use vb. remove, I, depello,

pulsum
;

retreat,
-ceptum)
-ere,
;

me

pgdem

recipio (-clpere, -c6pl, refuro (-ferre, -tuli,

depttli, de-

-latum.)

tollo.
I,

return,
(redlT),
kll,

I (intr.), redeo,
;

-Ire,

redlvi

repel,
repent of
poenitet.

propuls-o, -are, -avi, -Stum.

I,

reditum

(trans.), reddo, -6re, red-

repent,

me

poenitet (-ere, -uit);

stultitiae

redditum.
r6dit-us, -us,

my

folly,

meae me

^return,
revile,

M.

I, vituper-o, -are, -avi,

-atum

repetition, use say

often.

male-dico, -dlcere, -dixi,

-dictum (with

reply,
responsum.

I,

respondeo, -ere,

respondi,

dat., p. 71, 3).

reviler, use
(r. 1).

rel.

clause.

report, nuntio

revolt,

defectl-o, -onis, F.

reputation,
f am-a, -ae
;

aestimatio;
-ae.

(good),
i).

(bad), infamia,

revolution, res novae. revolve, moveor circa (ace.).

request,' obtain, impetro(r.

not asked.

requested, without being,

require,
-ui.
I,

say

reward, praemlum, -i, N, Rhodes, Rhod-us, -i, F.

rich, dives,
dlvitis
;

6pulent-us,

-a,

-um.

opus est mihi

egeo, -ere.

riches,
ride,
I,

dlvitiae, -arum, F. (pi.).

gquito,

-are,

-avi,
-I,

-atum; I

requite, repen-do,

-dere, -di, -sum.

ride past, praetervghor,

ridge, iiigum,
ridicule,
-i.

-vectus sum.

resignation, with, aequo ammo.

resist,
resisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitum (d).

I, ir-rldeo, -ere, -rlsi,

-rlsum.

resistance, use

resisto

the resistest.

ance ceased,
resistance,
resolve,

resist!

desitum

right,

iiis,

iuris,
-a,

N.
-um.
(properly an

meet

right, rectus,

no, say no one

-utum

opposing (obsto).
I,

right hand, dextra, F. adj. with manus omitted).

ring,
orbis,
(of

statuo, -ere,
-ui,

-ui,

M.

(vb.),

persSno

(r. 1).

constTtuo, -ere, -crgvl, -cretum.

-utum

decerno,

-ere,

rise

persons),

con-surgo,
(of

-6re

respect, observo

(r. 1).

-surrexi, -surrectum; -Iri, ortus sxim.

things),

orio^

Test, quies, quietis,

F.

river, flum-cn, -mis, N.;

fluvius,

-I,

M,

VOCABULARY.
road,
via, -ae, F.

235
I,

salute,

saluto, -are, avl, -atum.

salus, -utis, F.

roam,

vagor

(r. 1).
-I,

salvation,
;

rock, sax-um,

N.

rup-es^-is,
;

F.

same, Idem,
as, idem

gadem, Idem
qui

the same

role, partes (dare=assign

sustinere

(p. 10, 1). abl.,

sustain).

satisfied With, contentus (with

p. 81, 6).

roll,

I,

volvo, -8re, volvi, volutum.

Roman, Romanus. Rome, Roma, -ae, F.;

Rome
(Romani).

satisfy,
or say people of

I, satisfacio, -facere,
3).

-fed (with

dative, p. 71,

save,
-atum.
-I,

I,

servo (or conserve), -are,

-avl,

Romulus, Romttl-us, M. room, left no room for doubt,

haud dubium
fecit.

say,

I,

dlco, -6re, dixi, dictum.

p. 89, 8.

saying,
scare,
1); strag-es,

root, say cause.

scarcely,

vix.

rose,
F.

r5s-a, -ae, F.

terreo.

rout, use vinco or fugo(r.

-is,
;

clad-es,

-is,

F.

sceptre, regnum. scientific inquiry, say science and

inquiry (cognitio
;

royal,

regius.

p. 165,

6).

rude,
ruin,
rule, rule,

rudis, -e (adj.).

scourge,
;

virgis caedere.

pernTcies,

-ci,

F.

exltlum,

-I,

N.

scout,
;

explorat-or, -oris,

M.

(vb.), deleo,

perdo, everto.

scruple,
Scylla,

scrupulus.

regfila, -ae, F.
I,

Scylla, -ae, F.

rego, regere, rgxi, rectum.

sea, mare, marls, N.

rumor,
rush,

rumor,

oris.
rttl,

season, temp-us,
rutum.

-6ris,
-a,

N.

ruo, -6re,

second,
-um.

sccund-us,

-um;

alter, -a

secret, the secret of, use quod (on this account because).

idcirco

sack,

diripio, -Sre,-ripui, -reptum.

sacrifice, posthabere

secure, tutus
(p. 72, 9).
-i,

safety

is

secured,

use adj. safe.

sacrileg-e, sacrilegi-um,

N.

see, video,
-e.

-ere, vldi,

vlsum; specto(r. 1).

sad, maestus,
safe, tutus,

-a,

-um.
;

seed, semen, mis, N. seek,

I,

-a,

-um

incolum-is,

peto, -Sre, pgtivi, pgtltum.

videor,
is
-eri,

safety,

sal-us, -utis, F.
-I,

seem,
tur

I,

vlsus

sum

it

Sail, vel-um, Gail,

I,

N.

seems that he
(p. 38, 1)
I,

good,

ille

bonus esse vide-

navlg-o, -are, -avl, -atum.

-ae;

sailor, naut-a,

M.

seize,

occup-o, -are, -avl, -atum

-ure,

sake of, for the, causa (with genitive),

Usually placed after the

comprehendo,

-prehendi,
-rlpui,

-prehen-reptu'n.

governed
propter

(p. 43, 9);

word or words for its own sake,

I

sum

ar-rlpio,

-ripere,

seldom,
sell,
I
I,

rarQ
utilis.

se.
;

self-interest, use

sally, eruptl-o, -on is, F. sally, eruptionem facio

;

make a

vendo,

-6re, vendldi,

vendltum
-Itum.

sally out

am

sold, vengo,

-Ire, -Ivi (-Ii),

erumpo,

-ere, erupl,

eruptum.

senate,

sfinat-us, -us,

M.

236
send,
I,

VOCABULARY.
mitt-o, -6re,
;

mlsl,

missum
(r.

send away, dimitto send for, areesso.

sense,

relego

1)

sin, peccat-um; I sin, pecco (r. 1). since, abhinc; ten years since, abhinc decem annis or annos (p 86, 3).

good sense,
cust-os, -odis,

prudentia.

since,- p. 112; 113; 114.

sense of shame,
sentry,

pudor.

Sing, cano.

M. M.

Single,

not

a, ne unus quidem.
-oris,

serpent,
serve, use

serpen-s,

-tis,

Sister, sor-or,

F.

utor.
(in),
-i,

Sit, I, con-sldo, -sldere, -sedi, -sessum.

service, meritum

N.

situation,

sit-us, -us,

M.
:

often ex-

sesterce,

p. 150.

set out, I, proficiscor, -i, profectus sum I set at liberty, liber-o, -are, set at head, see put. -avi, -atum
;

pressed by a dependent question introduced by ubi or quo in loco I don't know

the situation of the town, nescio quo in loco (ubi) oppidum sit (p. 32, 1).

several, complures.
severity, use severus,
-a,

-um.

Size, magnitude, -mis, F.; often expressed by a dependent question intro-

Shadow,
shake,
con-ciitio,
I,

umbra,

-ae, F.
;

duced by quantus I don't know the size of the island, nescio quanta
:

quass-o, -are, -avl, -at am

-cussl,

insula sit (p. 32,

1).

-cfttere,

-cussum

shake off, excutio. shame, pudor p,

;

skilful, peritus (with gen.).

Skill, peritia
;

scienti-a, -ae, F.
is,

66,

3.

shameful,
she.

slaughter,
turpis.
ipis,

clades,
-i,

F.

Sharer, partic-eps,
See he.
-i,

M. or F.

slave, servus,
(gen.).

M.
-ire,
-ivi,

slave to, I am, servlo, -Ttum (with a dat., p. 71, 6).

N.; clipeus,
;

Shield, scutum,
ship, navis,
navis longa; oneraria.
-is,

-i,

M.

a war ship, a merchantman, navis

F.
-e,

Slay,

I, inter-f icio, -flcere,

-fed, -feet.

urn; occldo, -ere, occldi, occlsum

sleep,
adj.
;

I,

dorm-Io,
-i,

-ire, -Ivi,

-Itum.

Short,

brgvis,

shortly

(in a

sleep, somn-us,

M.

short time), brevi.

sleet, say rain mixed with snow.

should,
Shout,

p. 33, 3.

slight, say small.

clam-or, -oris,
I,

M.
-avl,

slow,
-atum.

tard-us,

-a,

-um.

small, parvus;

brev-is (adj.).
-tis,

Show,
Shut,
Sicily,

monstr-o, -are,

Snake,

serpens,

M.
self),
ar-rlpTo,

claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum.

Sicill-a, ae,
-ra,

snatch, (to one's

-ripere, -ripui,

F.
(adj.).

-reptum;
-rip6re,

(snatch
-ripui,

away

Sick, aeg-er,

-rum

from),

erlpio,

-reptum.

Sidon,

Sidon, onis.
-I,

snow,
N.

nix, mvis, F.

signal, signum,

SO (= thus),
-um;
I

ita; with verbs, adeo;

silence, keep, use taceo.

silent,
taclt-us,
-a,

am

with adjectives and adverbs, tarn ; see p. tantum abest 3, 8, note ; so far from,
ut
(p. 15).

Silent, taceo,
,

-ere, -ui.

argentum.

society,

societas, -atis, F.

VOCABULARY.
soldier,
mil-es,
-itis,
c.

237
ortus

M.

solemnly,
Solon,

p. 166,

spring from, I, orior, -iri, sum sprung from a noble father,

;

patre

Sol-on, -onis.

praeclaro ortus

(p. 74, 4).

aliquis (p. 96, 6); nescio qtiis (p. 96, note 2 [b]) ; nonnulli, ae, a.

some,

stab, percutio. See

strike.

stage, theatrum.

some day, aliquando. somehow, nescio quo modo

6, b).

Stand,
(p.

I, sto,

stare, steti,
;

slatum
I

96,

sometimes, nonnunquam;

interdum.

stand by or near, adsto around, circumsto stand stand ground, consisto.

;

stand
;

for, peto

somewhat,
son,
-us,

use comparative.

standard,
Star,

sign-um,

-I,

N.

(standard

films,

I,

M.
-Inis,

of the legion), aquil-a, -ae, F.

stell-a, -ae,

song, carm-en,
M.
bravi

N.

F.
(dat.).
-I,

cant-us,

stare, in face, impendeo

;

soon, mox,
;

102, 4

he came
celerius

start (set out),

profectus sum.

I,

prdflciscor,

sooner than he expected, sua spe venit sooner (rather),

soothsayer, harusp-ex, sorrow, p. 66, 3 ; dolor.
sorry,
66, 3)
;

potius.

state (condition),

stat-us,
civitas,

-us,
-atis,
;

M.

-icis.

(commonwealth),
res

F.;

publica,

rei

publicae,

F.

keep

am,

nolo,
-ui

nolle,
;

nolQi

great state,
;

splendide se gerere.
(r. 1.)

(grieve), dSleo,

-ere,

me

piget

(p.

station, loco

me

poenitet.
-I,

stationed, use
M.
;

sto.

soul, anlm-us, ne unus quidem.

not a soul,

statue,

statua.

source, use

orior (rise).

sum
parsum

stay, I, com-m6ror, -mflrari, -mSratus ; maneo, -ere, mansi, mansum.

SOW,

sero, ere, sevi,

I,

satum.
peperci,

Steel, ferrum.

spare,

parco,

-fire,

(or parcitum) (with dative, p. 71, 6).

Step, use do and a neuter pronoun.

Stick, baculum.

Spark,

scintilla, -ae, F.

Spartan, Lacedaemonius.
speak,
spear,
course),
I,

ISquor, Idqui, l&cutus

sum

adhuc etiam nunc (of present); etiam turn (of past).

still,
; ;

dico, -ere, dixi, dictum.

stone,
I

lapis, Idis,

M.

throw a stone,
-pactum)
tibi
;

hasta.

lapidem im-pingo
lingua
;

(-ere, -pegl,

speech (language),
serm-o,
oratl-o, -onis, F.

throw a stone at you,

(vb.)
;

lapi-

(dis-

dem impingo
stop,
I,

expugno
-ere,

(r. 1).

-onis;

(oration),
desino,
-slvi,

-situm
3).

speed,
celeriter.

ceierit-as,

-atis,

F.

or

use

Stop talking, desine Storm, tempestas.

F.

loqui (p. 18,

spirit, animus; ferocia.

story (narrative),
;

res

fabtila, -ae,

spirited, anlmos-us

ferox.
11.

he told many
multa uargajgfc-

stories to me,

spite, in spite of, p. 115,

spoil, praed-a, -ae, F.

ihi

str anger, peregrinua

;

spring, ver, veris, N. in the beginning" Of spring, primo vere.

stream,
M.
;

flum-en,
-I,

-Inis,

N.; riv-us,

-I,

fluvlu*,

M.

VOCABULARY.
Strength,
ur, -dris,
vlr-es, -lum, F. (pi.)
sa}'
;

rob-

N.

or

how many.
(r. 1.)

beginning of summer, prima aestate at the end of summer, extrema

;

strengthen,
Strike,
-cussum.
I,

roboro

aestate.

per-otttlo,

-cutgre,

-cussi,

summit, of the
(P- 61, e).

hill, collis

summus

^strip, exuo (abl.).

Strive,
-ari,
I, nitor, nlti,

sun,
nlsus

sol, solis,

M.

-atus

sum

strive"
5).

sum Conor, to C'onqiler,

;

sunrise,

solis ortus.

superior
stltl

nitSre ut vincas (p. 16,

to, I am, prae-sto, -stare, s. to all (with dat., p. 71, 4); I

am

Strong,

fort-is, -e

magnus.

in courage, omnibus

virtute praesto.

Struggle,

contentl-o, -onis, F.

superstition,

superstitio, -onis, F.

study
litterarum.

of
I,

literature,

cognitio

supper,

coena, -ae, F.
-us,

Supplies, commCat-us,
operam do
;

M.

Study,
datum)
;

(dare,

dCdl,

litteris Latinis

study Latin literature, operam do I study my

res.

supply, With, suppedito

(r. 1).

support,

sequor, s6qui, secutus sum.

credo, -6re, credidi, credi-

interest, mihi provideo, or consulo.

suppose,
tum.

Subject, ( = thing),
subjects, say
sum), over.

those she presides (prae-

sure, be, surely,

certo scio.

p. 121, 7.

succeed
Ceed,
consilia

(of
;

plans),

pro-ccdo,

surprise (as a

foe),

I,

op-primo,

ced&re, cessi, cessum

my

plans SUC-

-primere, -pressi, -prcssum.

mea procedunt.

surrender,
dcdo.

I,

trad-o, -ere, -Idi, -itum;

succeed (come after in succession),

;

I,

i ex-clpio, cipe>e,jgjip j x ce.p-

tum he succeeded'hfs" father on the throne, regnum ex patre excepit.

success,
succor.

Surround, I, cingo, -ere, tum circuvn-venio, -venire,

;

cinxi, cinc-veni, -ven-

tum.

meet poor,
See aid.
;

male succedo.
I

Such,

tantus

talis, -e (p. 10, 1).

-a,

survive, I, super-sum, -esse, -fiii. suspect, I, suspicor, -ari, -atus sum am suspected, in suspicionern venio.

Sudden,
us, -a, -um.

subit-us,

-urn; repentln-

suspicion, susplclo, -onis, F. sustain (an onset), I, sus-tmeo,

-tlnere, -tlnul,

Suddenly,
sufficient,

stibito,

repente (adv.).

-tentum

(defeat), accipio

suddenness.

Use sudden.

S'WallOW, hirund-o, -mis

satis (adv.)

swear,
7,3).

I,

iuro, -are, -avl,

-atum (p

suggest,, suggestion, use

p.
5-2,

auctor,

sweet,

dulc-is, -e;

(to

the smell),

5.

snav-is, -e(adj.).

suicide,
sciscere.

commit,
-a,

sibi

mortem

con-

swim,
with
fire

no

(r. 1.)

suitable, aptus,

-um

sword,
;

gladlus,

-I,

M. or
;

-'se

bellum ;
;

idoneus.

and sword,
say
kill.

igni ferroque

put
(pi.).

sum, summa,

ae.
;

to sword,
at the

Summer,

aest-as, -atis, F.

Syracuse,

Syracus-ae, -arum,F.

VOCABULAft\.
Syracuse,
of, Syracusan-us,
-a, -urn.

system,
'study.

ratio.

term, condicI-6, terms, quanti.

threats (p. 165,
6).

-onis, F.;

on what
terrors

systematic study,

say system and

terrible threats, say

terrify, terreo,
-ere

and

-tii,

-Itum.
(pi.); ager.

T.

territory,
-captum;

fln-es,

-Ium,M.

take, -cepi, (take a town), expugno, -arfr^avC -atum; take away, eripio; take' from,
I capTo,
-Sre,

terror,

terror, -oris
;

M.

abstraho.

than, quam abl. (p. 76, 1). thanks, I return, gratias ago (-re, receive (th.), use ago -egi, actum);
(pass.)

take care that, cura ut, fac ut; take deeply to heart, graviter ferre. take place, flo, fI6ri, factus sum. take up arms, I, arma caplo
(capere,
cCpi,

thanksgiving, supplicatl-o, that (pronoun), ille (p. 87); p.

the, usually not expressed ea urbs quae Which the, p. 78, 6.
;

-onis, F.

12.

(siimere, sumpsi,

captum) or arma sumo sumptum).

-i,

the city the

(pi.)

talent, (ability), ingenlum,

N. ;

(money),
talk,
I,

talentum,

-i,

N.

Thebes,
their,
p.

ThCb-ae, -arum, F.
-I,

ISquor, l&qul, locutus sum.

-cis (adj.).
-i,

theft, furtum,
7",

N.
omitted,

note

when

talkative, 16qua-x,

poss-

essor

is

evident.

Tarentum,

Tarentum,
-i,

N.

themselves
phatic)

(reflexive), se

(em-

Tarquin, Tarquimus,
taste for, studium,

M.

se ipsos (p. 90, 13).

task, take to, reprehendo.

i,

N.

a taste

then, turn, there, illico.

tune

then

and

for literature, studium litterarum.

thence,
there,
motion),

inde.

taxation, exemption from, immunlt-as,

-atis,

F.

exempt from
-e.

theory, say
ibi,

thing.
illic;

taxation, immun-is,
teach,
(p. 39, 6).
I,

(after

verbs

of

illuc.

dSc6o, -Cre, docui,

doctum

therefore,
;

igitur,

ergo

itaque (in

teaching, by, docendo

ing"

by teach-

narrative).

learn, docendo discimus. teacher, magist-er, -ri, M.

we

thereupon,
thief, fur,

turn,

furis,

M.

teaching of philosophers,
cepta (-orum, N.
pi.)

prae-

thing,

res, rSi, F.

philosophorum.

think,
-are,
-avi,

arbitror

(reflect on),
;

tear, lacrima,

-ae, F.
-a,

coglt-o, -are, -avi,

-atum
;

tedious,

long-us,

-um

(adj.).

-atum

tell, (bid), I, iflbeo, -ere, iussi, iussum (with ace.) ; (narrate), narr-o, -are, -avi,

almost

th., p. 31, 4,

(fancy), puto, (believe), credo ; I note 1.

-um.

third,
thirst,

tertius, -a,
sltis, -is,

-atum

dico.

F.

temper,

animus,

i,

M.
I,

thirteen, tredecim.
N.
;

temple, templ-um,
ten, dtcem.

aed-es, -i.

thirty,

triginta.
ille (p.

this, these, those, hie,

88,6),

240
thorough knowledge
spectum habere.

VOCABULARY,
of, use per-

of

expressed simply by ace. with names towns and small islands (p. 83, 4).

though, quamquam,
(p. 114, 7
;

quamvis,

etsi

tower,

turr-is,

-is,

F.

47, 3).

thousand,
threaten, -an, -atus sum
;

mille
I,

town,
;

oppid-um,

-1,

N.
-i,

pi., millia.
;

immineo, ere
supplicium
ei

mln-or,

townsman,
tradition,
I

oppidan-us,

M.

threaten him with

minor.
(pi.); or

hand down
1).

by,

punishment,
use minor.

tra-do, -dere, -didi, -ditum (p. 38,

threats, mln-ae, -arum,

three,
thrice,
tres, tria.

F.

train, exerc-6o,

-ere, -m',

-itum:

training,
ter.

disciplln-a, ae, F.
-oris,

traitor, prodit-or,

M.

throne, regnum,

transformation,
i.

use mutare.

throng,

multltud-o, -mis, F.

travel,
tum.)

I,

iter facio (fac6re, feel, fac-

throughout,
urbe.

per (prep., with ace.);

city, tota

throughout the whole

treachery,

peo(dla,-ae, F.
saevio
(in).

treat cruelly,
I,

throw,
Tiber,

con-Icio,

-Iccre,

-i6cl,

treaty,

foed-us, eris, N.
-6ris,

-iectum; impingo, -ere, impegi, impactum.

Tiber-is,
-is,

tree, arbor,

F.

M.

tremble,
tribe,

tremisco, -6re, tremui.

tribus,
-us,
;

Tibur, Tibur,
till,

-is,

N.
(political),
gens,
F.
;

donee

(p. 103, 6).

(nation),
cultum.
;

gentis,

F.

natl-o,

till, I, cdlo, -6re, colui,

-onis, F.

time, temp-us, -6ris, N. time, turn eo tempore.

;

at that

trifles, nugae, -arum,

triumph,
troops,

use exsulto

(r. 1).

timid,

timld-us,

-a,

-um.

copiae, -arum, F.

(pi.),

timidity, use adj.

trouble, labor;
(p. 66, 3).

mdlestlae, -arum, F.
m<5lest-us, -a,

tired be, use

taedet

troublesome,
truce,
true,
vSr-us,
-a,

-um.

to, ad (prep, with ace.); in (with ace.; after verbs of motion).

indutlae, -arum, F.

(pi.),

-um.

to-day, hddie

(adv.)

hie dies.

together,
toil, labor,

simul.
-is,

.trust,
;

I, fido, -ere, fisus

sum
;

confido,
p. 81,
6,

M.

vb., laboro

-ere, confisus
(r. 1).

note

2)

sum (with mando (r. 1).

dat.

tomb, sepulchr-um, -i, N. to-morrow, _cras(adv.

).

truth,
-atis,

vera, -drum, N. (pi.); verit-as,

F.
I,

too, (also), qudque ; with adjectives or adverbs, often translated by the comparative
:

try,

con-or, -an, -atus sum.

too harsh,

severior

too

tumult,
turn,

tumultus,

-us.

much,
mons.

nimis.

I (trans), verto, -ere, verti, ver-

top of the mountain, summus

torture, tormentum
(rack),
;

sum

(intr.), vertor, verti,

versus sum.

Tuscan,
ad, erga (prep, with ace.)

Tuscus,

-a, -Aim.

towards,

owenty, viginti. two, duo.

VOCABULARY.
tyranny,
at-us, -us,

241
1

dtfminatio, -onis, F.

d6min-

unwilling
willing,

invit-us, -a,

-um

be un-

M.
;

nolo.

tyrant, tyrannus

rex.

unworthy,
abl.
;

indign-us,

-a,

-um (with

Tyre, Tyrus,

-i,

F.

p. 81, 6).

U.

use (make a u se of), I,utor, uti, usus sum (with abl. p. 80, 1).
;

unable

to, I

am,

non possum,

Of, prosum, profui (with dat. ; p. 70, 1) ;

Use,

am

prodesse,

what

is

unavenged,
unbearable,
fero.

inult-us, -a, -um.

intolerabilis
;

the use ?
or

quid refert ?
orsoleo.

use

used, useimpf.,
;

unbroken,
semper succedit.

success, use
incertus.

res

ei

useful, utllis, -e (adj. with dat. or acd. with ad useful for ruling, utilis regendo or ad regendum.

uncertain,

usefulness, utmt-as,
adj.

-atis,

F.

or use

understand,
lexi, intellectum.

I, intellego, -ere, intel-

useless,

inutilis.

undertake, I, sus-cipio, -clpSre, -cepi,

-ceptum.

Utica,
utility,

Utica, -ae, F.

undone,
superl.

leave, praetermitto.
procul dubio
;

have, use adj. Utmost, plurimum (p.

66,

4).

undoubtedly,
unendurable,

or use

utmost speed, to
rime
(p. 78, 9, note).

the, quam

celer-

see unbearable.
stibit-us,

V.
vain, vanus
;

unexpected,
unluckily.

inopmatus.
it

the person)
attempt).
valley,

unfortunately, say
unfriendly,
Tnimlc-us,

in vain, frustra (of nequidquam (of the

is), -is,

happened
-um.

valles (or
I,

F.
;

-a,

value,
I

aestim-o, -are, -avl, -atum

highly),

unheard,
nes,

inauditus.

value

(i.e.,

magni aestimo.

universal, universally, use omomnia (pi.).

(p. 79, 12).

vanquish,
-atum
;

I,

sflpCr-o,

-are,

-avi,

universe, mundus
Unjust,
unless, unlike,
note
2).

natura rerum.

virico, -6re, vlci,

victum.

Inlqu-us, -a, -um,

nisi (p. 120, 3).

variety,

varietas.
;

various, multus
,

varius.

disslmllis, -e

(with dat.

p. 64,

Varius,

Varius.
-a,

unluckily, inopportune,

infeliciter.

vast, maxim-us, magnus); vastus.

-um

(superl. of

Unlucky,

infeli-x, -cis (adj.).

vehemence,
Veii,
(adj.).

use vehemens.
(pi.),

Unnatural,

nefarl-us, -a,

-um

Veii,

-drum, M.
I,

Unnecessary, non necessarius. Unpopularity, invldia, -ae, F. unreasonableness, use vanus.

until.
See
till.

venture,
very,

audfo,

-ere,

ausus sum.

often expressed of adj. or adv.

by superlative
lae-

very
tor.

glad, I

am,

vehementer

VOCABULARY.
versed in, pentus, -a, -inn he was versed in law, iuris peritus (or per;

ward
sum.

Oft, defendo, ere,

-fendi,

-fen-

itissimus) erat (p. 64).

warm,
M.
tum.

calid-us, -a,
1,

-um

(adj.).

Veteran,
Victory,

voter-anus (adj. and noun).

vict-or, -oris,

victorious,

warn, ~

m6n6o,
I

-5re,

mfinul, monl-

victoria, ae, F.

view, he view,

had

egit (from <ago, sentio.

this object in, id -ere, egi, actum) hold a

;

-art,

waste, tero -atus sum

lay waste,
(r.

pOptilor,

vasto

1).

water,

aqu-a, -ae, F.
fluct-us, -us,
;

wave,
M.

M.

unda,

-ae, F.

Vigor,
Villa,

vigor,' -oris,
villa, ae, F.
-i,

way,

via, -ae, F.

Iter,

Itlneris,

N.

(a by-path), semita,

-ae, F.

village, vicus,

M.
vim;
abl., vi), F.

weaken,
wealth,

debilito
dlvltl-ae,

(r. 1).

Violence,
violent,

vis (ace.,

-arum,

F.

(pi.)

violentus.

fortun-ae, -arum, F.

(pi.).

Virtual, omit.

wealthy,
(of things ,)

dlv-es, -itis

(of persons)

Virtue,

virt-us, -utis, F.

opjUfififols. ^-a,

-um

(adj.).

virtuously,
Visit,
I,

honeste.

weapon,
vlsum.
I

tel-um,

i,

N.
-i,

weariness,

taedl-um,

N.
;

vis-o, -6re, visi,

vogue,
voice,

in, use sum.

vox.

weary,

am

am, me taedet (ere, -flit) weary with the journey,

I

me
-I,

itineris taedet (p. 66, 3).

vote, vote,
F.

suffragi-um,
I,

N.

weather,

tempestas,

-atis,

F.
(pi.).

sententiam
cursus, us

fero.
;

wedding,
weight,
well,
optime
-ere,
-tuli,
;

nuptl-ae, -arum, F.
-Cris,

Voyage,
;

navlgatl-o, -onis,

pond-us,
i,

N.

make a

voyage,

navigo

(r. i.).

well, a, puteus,
bene
;

M.

W.
wage war,
gessl,

comp., rnelrus; superl.,

valeo.
claria

be well,

gestum

bellum ggro, bellum infero, -ferre,

I,

well-born,
(p. 74, 4).

parentibus

ortus

ilLatum (p. 71,

4).

what ?
I,

quis, quae, quid

p. 10, 10.

wait, or wait for,

-avl, -attim.

exspect-o, -are

Whatever, quicumque, quaecumque,

quodcumque
;

see p. 115, 11.

walk

(take a walk),
-atum.

I,

ambttl-o,

when
quando ;
;

(rel adv.),
p. 2, 6.

quum

(interrog.),

-are, -avi,

wall, (generally),
(for
-ium, N. (pi.);
ceria, -ae, F.
-ietis,
;

mtir-us,

-T,

M.

whence,
cumque.

unde.
107, 5)
;

defensive purposes), moem-a,

(garden

wall), maparies,

whenever, quum (p.

where,

quando-

(wall of house),
wish;
N.

M.

want,
deesse.

say

be wanting,
;

where

ubi (interrog. and rel.) ; in the w^orld are we ? ubi terrarum (or gentium) sumus? where

war,
see

bell-um,

-i,

wage war,

from, unde.

wage.

whether

or, utrum ... an

(p. 29, 6).

VOCABULARY.
Which,
ro(j.),

243
abl.
;

(rel), qui, quae,

quod

(inter-

simply the

within ten days, in;

quis, quae,
;

quid or quod

(adj.).

ter (or intra) dies decem

or decem diebus

while, dura
paulisper.

for a little while,

be within a
quin
(p. 22, 4).

little,

minimum

abesse

Without,
white,
albus.
p. 139.

sine (prep, with abl.); or see

whither,

quo.

Withstand,
(with dat., 71, 4)
;

I,

ob-sto, -stare, -stlti

quae, quod; (interrog.), quis, quae, quid or quod (adj.)

(rel.), qui,

who

sustineo.
;

witness,,^|ifi

or use

see.

Whoever,
quodcumque.

quicumque, quaecumque,

woman,
wonder,

mtlller, -tens,
I,

F.

fcmlna.

mlr-or,

-arl,

-atus sum.

whole,
totlus)
;

(safe), salvus,
I

(entire), totus, -a, -um (gen. a, -um.

wonderful, mirus;

or use superl.

wholly,

am

wholly devoted
litteris

wood, word,
work,
world,

silv-a, -ae, F.

nem-us,

-6ris,

N.
is

verb-um,

-I,

N.

word

to literature, totus

incumbo.

brought,

nuntiatur.

why,

cur, quare.

6p-us, -eris, N.
terra
;

Wicked, malus, wickedness,

noun);
Will,

imprdbus, pravus.
nefas

orbis terrarum

omnes

(neut.

indec.

scel-us,- 6ris,

N.

gentes ; homines; (universe), mundus ; all the world believes this, nemo est quin hoc credat the older world,
;

my

v51unt-as, -atis, F. ; will, me invito (abl. abg.)

volen-s,
-tis.

against

ilia

prisca gens

hominum.
of malus).

Willing,
-secutus
-Sre,

Win, (obtain) I, cqnsequor, sum (gain the day),

;

-s6qul,

Worse, pei-or, -oris (comp. worth. See worthy. worthy, dign-us, -a, -um
p. 81, 6).

(with abl.,

vinco,
-avl,

-vlcl,

victum

supero, -are,

-atum.

Wine, vln-um, -I, N. wing, of an army,

Winter, hiems,

would that, titinam (p. 25, 2). wound, vuln-us, -6ris, N. wound, I, vulnero, -are, -avl, -atum.
wrest,
-tortum.
I,

cornu, us, N.

ex-torqueo, -torquere, -torsi,

hlfimis, F.

Winter (wintry), hibern-us, -a, -um; winter quarters, hiberna, -orum.

wretch, use scglfiratus or miser, wretched, miser, -a, -um (adj.).

/write,
scribo.

Wisdom,
Wise,
Wise,
sapltum,
I

saplentla, -ae, F.

saplen-*, -tis (adj.).

writer,
saplvl,

scriptor.
in

am,

saplo,

5re,

writing, in writing letters,

epistolis scribendis.

wish earnest,
much.

say

wished very

wrong, iniurla, -ae,

F.
;

wish,

I,

vSlo, velle, vOlQi

(desire),

pecco, -are, -avl, -atum erro (r. 1).

am

do wrong, wrong,

cupio, ere,

-ivl,

-Itum.
abl.)
-6re, -duxi,

Y.

with, cum (prep, with

year, annua,
yes,

-I,

M.

Withdraw,
-ductum.

abeo abduco,
;

p. 28, 2, note.

yesterday,
inter or intra (with ace.), or

heji.

of yesterday,

Within,

hesternus,

-a,

-uni.

244

VOCABULARY.
vero,

yet ( = nevertheless), tamen; emphatic).

yet, not, nondum.

youth,
noun)
;

iuvent-us, -utis, F. (collective

of),

(time

ad61escenti-a, -ae, F.

yield to,

I,

ccdo, -6re, cessi, cessum.

-i,

Z.

yoke, iugum,
you,
(iunior,

N.
(pi.).

tu (sing)
1

vos

zeal, studium,
iuvenis'

-1,

N.
-a,

young

(young man,)

zealous,
gen.).

studiosus,

-um (with

minimus natu); adolescens. yours, tuus, -a, -um (sing.); vest-er,

-ra,

rum pi.).

zealously, use noun. Zeno, Zen-o, -onis, M.

TNDEX.
The numbers
A.
abeo,
construction
constr.
of, 74, 3. of, 86, 3.

refer to pages

and

sections.

with verbs compounded with prep., 71,

4; ace.

and

dat., 71, 4

72, 7-9.

abhinc,
syntax
5, 4,

and position

active periphrastic conjugation,

p. 53, 1.
;

ablative, derivation
of, 73-86
; ;

of the term, 73, 1

ad Romam,

meaning

of, 83, 4,

note,

abl.

of agent,
;

38, 2

74,

note 1

of quality, 62, 1
79,

price, 63,
48,

adjectival clauses,

98, 3

100, 9.

note

12

absolute,

adjectives, not common with proper

nouns, 3, 8; used adverbially, 11, 2; joined to esse after licet, 33, 6 with necesse est in dat. or ace., 33, 6 with
; ;

relations expressed by abl. absolute, 51, 2 ; position of the abl. absolute, 52,

note

examples of

abl. abs., 52, 4

52, 5

equivalents of abl. abs. in English, 52, 6 ; ubstitutes for abl. abs., 49, foot-note; motion from, 73, 2 ; 74, top of page
;

genitive, 63, 6
74, 4
;

64

dat., 69, 9; abl.,

81, 6.

after comparatives, 76, 2 ; respect, 79, 11 ; with adjectives, 74, 4; 81,

;

caute, note 2

manner, instrument,

74, 5

admoneo,

constr. of, 65,

2.

75,

adverbial clauses,
local, 102, 1.

98,

3; 100, 10;

with verbs,

74, 3

80, 1-3
1, 2
;

and
8,

81, 4-5

aeque

ac,

116, l.
28, 2, note,

place (of towns), 82,

town), 83, 3
abhinc,
86,
;

(not

name
9
;

of

of distance, 84,
3
;

with
;

affirmative answer, age, how expressed,

of time,

85,

of

86, 4.

difference, 77,

6.

agent,
note
1

case
;

of,

38,

2;

50,

abound in, verbs meaning to, with abl.,

80, 2.

secondary agent,
expressed, 86,
1-3
;

75,

12; 74, note 1.

5,

ago, how
aliquis,

3.

abstineo,

constr. of, 74, 3.

agreement,
90, 5

9,

note,

60, 3.

abstract nouns,
160-163;

expressed by pres.

aliter ac,

lie, 1.

part, act, 48, 6; 157, 4,(a>(c); 158, 159,

abstract adjs.

and adverbs,

amount.
amplius,
77,4.

See Indirect question,

32.

164, 165, 166.

plus, minus, with numerals,

accusative, with infinitive,

C, 7
;

4-7

56,

127, 1, 2, note

with verbs hope,

an, construction

of, 29,

29, 7

31, 4. 95,
3,

promise, undertake, swear, 7, 3 ; cognate, 38, 4; vbs. with two ace., 39, 6; of exclamation, 58, note 40, 9 40, 8
; ; ;

and no
note.

one, nee quisquam,

constr. of, 72,
9. 7.

and gen. with' verbs of accusiny, condemning, acquitting, 65, 1 motion towards, 83, 4 extent of
114,

antepono,

ace.

antequam,
any, how
245

constr. of, 104,

;

translated, 94, 1
2, 5
;

95, 2

06, 5.

space, 84, 9

duration of time, 86, 2

apposition,

9, 8.

24G
as, divisions
of, p. 153.

LA.TIN

PROSE COMPOSITION.
coepi,
142, 6.
38, 4.

as, idiomatic uses

of, 118, 6.
;

cognate accusative,
3, b.

asyndeton, p. 170, 10 188, at dbut), at enim, p. 203.

coins, Roman, 150. collective noun, \\ ith plural

verb, 2,

3.

at a place (name of a town), 82, 1,2; (not the name of a town), 83, 3.

command,
24, 1, (b).

constr. of verbs signifying,

at tamen,
5,

joined to single words, 125,

comparative degree,

76, l.

note.
in
abl.

complex sentences,

98, 2.

attendaat circumstance,
aba., 51, 2.

compound sentences, 98, 1. compound numbers, how expressed, 144,

3.

aut,

p. 202,

6.

concession,
B.
114, 115.

clauses

of,

ice,

10,

6;

beginning of spring, how

61, (e).

expressed,

concord,
to, 65, 1.

of subject constr.

and verb,

1.

condemn,
verbs

of verbs signifying

bene,
satis,

compounded with bene,

3.

male, gov. dat., 71,

conditional sentences,
(e).

101, 8; 119-

bottom, how
but,
quin.

translated, 61,

124.

after neg. verbs of doubting, see

confido,

constr. of, 81,

5.

but

if,

see sin.

C.

connection, p. 181. consecutive clauses, 14 loo, 10, 4. constituo, when followed by an ut;

clause, 17, 5, note,

Calendar, Roman,
can,
33, 2.

147.

consulo,

72, 7.
6.

cardinals,

declined, 143,

1.

contentus, constr. of, 81, contra quam, 117, 1.

correlatives,
10, 1.

careo,

constr. of, 81 (top).

100, 10, 6
5.
;

causal clause,
cause,
cedo,

113.

cum, when
75,

used with

abl.

of

manner,

ablative of, 74,

note

3.

constr. of, 74, 3.

7,

currency, Roman,
the, 59,
2.

150.

certe, certo, 89,

note 2.
it is

characteristic

D.

of,

chiasmus, p. 179, g. circumdo, constr. of,

72, 8, 98, 3, 98, 1.

danger, there is, constr. dative, why so called, 68, 1

by
68,
to

of, 18, 2.
;

translated

classification of clauses,

and

for, 68, 2
68, 3;

dative of possession

classification of sentences,
classification of tenses,

with sum,
4*,

used for English from,

;

19, 1.

of person Interested (ethic dative), for abl. with 68, 5; used for gen.> 68, 6

Clauses, subordinate,
tive, 14
;

98,

3; consecu-

prep, a or ab, 69, 7

verbs, 70, 1, 2 dative and ace.

of purpose, 69, 8
9,

concessive, 114, comparative, 101, 7 116, 117 con;

; ;

causal, 113

with adjectives, 69,

;

note 1-3; with

3-6
,
;

71,

72,

7-JO;

ditional,

101,

8;
1,

119-125;
2
;

final,

12;

72, 7-9 71, 3,

dative after
71,
4,

109
3,4.

local,

102,

temporal, 102,

compound
71, 5

verbs,

note;

INDEX.
day,
before, 86, 4
;

after, 86, 4
4.

for the

English noun.ofteh expressed

and
verb, 38, 5.

bypron.

following day, 86,

decerno,

followed by an ut-clause, 17,

63, 5.

5.

equivalent phrases,
ethic dative,
68, 5.

p. 166, 3.

definition, genitive of,

demonstrative pronouns,
;

88

fol-

etiamsi,

constr. of, 114,

of, 114, 9.

9.

lowed by correlatives, 10, 1 cannot be joined with a part., 49,11; agree with
pred., 89, 10.

etsi, constr.

denarius,
act.

exclamation, exclamation,
extent,
of time

accusative of, 58, note,

inf. of, 58, 15.

150,

l.

deponent verbs,
meaning,
49, 8.

perf. part,

with an

and space,
F.

84, ~9&~

desisto, construction

of, 74, 3.

fac ut,
32, 1.
3.

27, 7.

destination, how expressed,

factitive verbs,
fldo, constr.
fill,

40, 9.

detached style, when

dicor, use
of, 38, 1
;

used, p. 188,

of, 81, 5.
2.

55, note,

verbs signifying to, 80,

;

dictionaries, use

of, p. 156.

final clauses, 12
first,

is

109.

dignor,

80, 1. 81, 6.

second, third,
of the oak, 61,
36, 9.

144, 4.
2.

dignus,

first of the month, 147,

foot
dissimilis, with gen. or dat.,
64,

(e).

note

2.

fore ut,

distributive numerals,
divisions
153, 2;

144, 6.

forget, verbs signifying

2.

to, p. 65, 2.

of

the as, 153, 1; pound,

153,

month, 147; iugerum,

;

domum, 85, 5
donee,
dono,

domi,

82, 1

former, latter, 88, 6. fractions, how expressed,

145, 8, 9.

domo,

83, 5.

freedom, from,
fretus,

74, 4.

103, 5, 6; 104.

constr. of, 81, 6.

constr. of, 72, 8.

from, with
with verbs,

the

name
1.

of

a town,

73, 2

doubting,

verbs
;

of, 22, 1.

74, 3.

dum,

103, 5, 6

104.

fruor,

constr. of, 80,

dummodo,
duration
duty, how

104, 6, note,

fungor,
future,
;

constr. of, 80,

1.

of time, 86, 2.

in Latin for Eng. present, 106,

expressed, 33, 3

45, 2

1,
;

note,
36, 8.

59, 2.

future,
E.

future,

ecquis,

97, d.
5.

how

in Eng., after verbs of fearing, expressed in Latin, 18, 1, note,

8. 9.

efficio ut, 16,

fut. imper., 27,

egeo,

constr. of, 81, 3, note,

fut. part, pass., 142,

emphasis, p. 176. end of the book, how

61, (e).

future
expressed,

inf.

pass., how formed,

36, 8; for

41, 3.

future perf.,
1,

Eng. pres., 106

note,

and

104, 7, note.
10.

English

inf.,
3.

often

expresses

a pur-

fut. SUbj., act. and pass., 36,

pose, 110,

futurum fuisse ut,

p. 141, 4.

LATIX PROSE COMPOSITION.

idioms,
in the use of
;

words, 156
si,

in

gaudeo,
gender,
genitive,
with

constr. of, 81,

5.

Latin syntax, 139

in uses of

141, 5.

rules for, p. 198.

of possession, 59, 1
;

Idus (Ides),
for Eng.
if,

derivation

of, 147, 2.

introducing an indirect question, 30,2.

;

adj., 59, note 2; partitive, 60, 3;

;

used often translated sum, 59, 2 by mark, characteristic, 59, 2 and 158,
(7t)
;

ille, uses of, 87, 2

88, 5, 6

89, 7.

of quality, 02, 1
;

subjective,
price, 63,

6:2,

imperative future, 27, 8. imperfect indie., uses of,

35, 4, note.

objective, 62, 3
definition,
63,

of

4
63,

of

5;
66.

with adj.,
64,

impersonal verbs,
70, 2
;

38,

2,

3;

66,

3;

6;
2
;

with

72, 10.

similis,

dissimilis,
;

note

with verbs, 65

genitive and ace.,

after verbs of ac1.

in, prep., appendix (p. 196); in my house, 84, 7 ; in the city of Rome, 83, 6.

cusing, condemning, acquitting, 65,

indigeo, construction

of, 81, 3,

note,

gerund,
note, 1

42,

5,

6;

often passive,

43,
;

indignus,

construction

of, 81, 6.
;

of gerund, 43, note 2 ; nom. purpose expressed by, 43, 9; when

used, 45,

1.

gerundive,

43, 7

how
43, 8

rund to gerundive,
pressed by, 43, 9;

to change ge; purpose ex-

indirect narration, 127, 1 131 main verb in inf., 127, 2; pronouns, 128, 3, note and 131, 1, (3); adj. and adv. clauses, 128, 4; 131, 1, (2);
;

tenses

of

dep.

clauses,

128,

4,

note
in-

when not
often
8.

used, 45,

1.

1;

imperative of direct = subj. of

128, 5
;

governing word,

omitted in

direct,

131, 1, (5)

rhetorical

Indirect Narration, 129,

questions in direct in indie, are in inf. in indirect, 128, 6; 131, 1 (6); other
?

questions are in subj. in indirect, 128,

6.

habeo,
he, She,

with perf. part.,

it,

50, 13.
is, ille,

indirect question,
hie, 87, 2,

30; 32.
;

expressed by

infinitive,
4
;

55, 1

55, 2 55, 5

historical, 55,
;

he came from his home

how
expressed,
83, 6.

in Italy

subject of

inf.,

tenses of, 56
in Lat. 3;

of exclamation, 58, 15

does
fut,

not
inf.

express a purpose,
pass.,

110,
3.

hendiadys,

p. 165, &.

how

formed, 41,

hie, dem. pro.,

88, 3, 6.

inquit,

7, 4.

hie, of ten used for pers. pron. of 3rdpers.,

87,2.

in spite of,

115, 11.

hindering,
historical

constr. of verbs of, 22, 2.

r
.

instead

of, 108, note,

inf.,

-5,

4; pres. indie., 34.

19, i.

instrument,
in

ablative of, 74,

5.

historical tenses,
hunai,
82, 1.

susplcionem

venio, used as the

8.

passive of suspicor, 114,

interest, computation

of, 154, 5.

interest and refert,

constr. of, 66, 4.

intro-

iamdudum,
iampridem,
Idem,
use

with pres.,
34, 3.

34, 3.

interrogative
duced by
-ne,

sentences,
;

nonne, num, 28
28, 5.

interrog.

of, 90, 12.

pronouns and adverbs,

sive, 38, 2

idiomatic,

translation, 156, 3; uses of

intransitive verbs, how used

;

in pas-.

ut, as, 118, 6.

46, 5

72, 10,

INDEX.
intransitive
39, 7, 8.

249
for

verbs,

compounded

mille, often used

145, 7.

an indef. number,

with certain preps., become transitive,

90, 13

minor,
;

constr. of, 72, 9.

indecl. with numerals, 77, 4.
2.

ipse,

92, 6.

minus,

is, 87, 2.

iste, 88,
it,

4.
is,

misereor, constr. of, 66, 2, note miseret, constr. of, 66, 3.

ea, id, 87, 2.

expressed by

miseror,
1.

constr. of, 65,

18, 3
;

2.

It is
It is

said that

I, dicor, 38, i.
1
,

modal verbs,
months, names
pressed, 86,
4.
1

18, 4.

thought that
38, 2.

putor, 38,

of, 147, 3.

itur, impersonal,

more than ten years

note.

old, how ex-

iubeo,

constr. of, 16,

1,

iuxta, adverbial

in comparative clause,

constr. of, 116, 1.

motion along motion from, motion to, 83,

must, how
and note
2
;

84, 8.
83, 4.
4.

K.

expressed, 33,
45, 4.

4,

note 1

kalendae,

147, 2.

N.

names
latter, how expressed,
88, 6.

of months, 147, 3. nature, how expressed, 32, 1.

19
;

law of sequence of tenses,

leap year,
less
pressed,
148, 8.

20.

-ne, use

of, 28, 2.

ne,
old, how ex-

12, 2

and note.
p. 203, g.
.

than ten years

86, 4.
3.

nedum,
neither
.
.

levo,

constr. of, 74,

libero, constr.

of, 74, 3.
of, 114, 9.

nor nee nee, or neque neque but in an ut-clause, neve . neve (neu neu), 16, 4.
.
.'

licet (conjunction), constr.

licet (verb), construction

of,

33

70, 2.
p.

nescio quis, 96, 6, (ft). neu, or neve, 13, 6 16,

;

4.

literal translation, a test of Latin,

190,
.4.

nihil, with gen., 60,

3.

nimis, with
100, 10, 1
82, 1.
;

gen., 60,
121, 7.

3.

local clauses,

102, 1.

nisi forte,

locative case,

Nones,
202, d.

147, 2.

M.

non modo
nonne,
with
28, 3.

sed ne quidem,

p.

means, abl. of, 74, 5. measures and weights, 153. memini, with pres. inf., 58, 12;
gen., 65,
2.

non quo, 114, 6. non quod, 114, 6. nostrum and nostri, difference, GO, 3,
note,

metaphor,
mihi in

p. 173.

middle, how
65, 2, note
1.

transl. in Latin, 60, (e),

not, in a
of,

final clause,

how
34.

expressed, in,
1 i, 1.

mentem

venit,

constr.

2; 16, 3

in a clause of consequence,

notes on tenses,

250
notwithstanding,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

115, 11.
inf.,
;

perf.
18,
8. 4.

inf., after might, could,

ought,
for,

noun
num,

or adj., with modal

98, 3
;

33,5.

noun-clauses,
use

99, 4-7

100,

perf. part, act., substitutes

9
;

49,

of, 28, 4.

107, 4.
47, 2, c- 50, 14. 50, 13.

number, how

expressed, 32,

1.

perfect part, pass.,

perf. part, pass., with habeo,

O.

perinde,
4.

lie, l.

Ob (on account

of),

prep, with ace., 193,

62, 3.
4,

period, the
53, 1.

Latin, p. 186.
45,

objective gen.,
137.

periphrastic conjugation,
note 3
;

2;

oblique narration,

virtual,

See Indirect Narration.

passive of odi, 115,
,

personification,
expressed, 87,
1.

p. 169, 2.
87,
l,

Odio esse,

9,

note.

personal pronouns,
peto,

when

of, not sign of gen.

60, 4.

constr. of, 39, 7, note,

Old, how expressed,

86, 4.
89, 6, (b).

phrases,
piget,
4

followed by quin, 22,

3.

4.

one, the,

.the other,
of, 81,

constr. of, 66,

opus

est, constr.
;

and

note.

pity, constr. of verbs

of, 65, 2.
6.

or, 29, 6

16, 4.
4,

plenus,
note
3.

constr. of, 81,

oratio obliqua, order, rules of, p.

ordinals,
144,
5.

pluperfect indie.,

35, 7.
;

176.

plus, with words of number, 77, 4 distinguished from magis and amplius, 78,
;

Ought, how

expressed, 33, 3

45, 4.

7,

note.

own,

90, 13.

poenitet,
P.

constr. of, 66,

3.

posthabeo,

constr. of, 72, 9.

postquam,
participle, defined and derived, participle, expresses various
47, 3
;

47,1,

2.

relations,

constr. of, 102, 4 ; supplies place of perf. part, act;, 103, 4, note ; usually takes perf. indie., 102, 4.

48, note.

postulo,
for a co-ordi-

constr. of, 39,

7,

note,
24, 1, e.

participle, often stands

nate verb, 48,
4.

potential subjunctive,
potior,
constr. of, 80,
1.

participle, present active,

gov. gen., 64, note 1
;

47,

praeditus,
time, 85, 1
;

constr. of, 81. 6.

p.

gov.
trans,

ace.,

64,
rel.

note

pres.

pass.,

by

prepositions,

193

with words of
193.

clause, 142, 8.

with noun in-ing, p.

47,

participle, future pass.,

act., 53.

142, 9; fut.

pres. part, act.,

48, 5
;

2; meaning of, equivalent to an abstract noun,

in Eng. = fut. in Latin, 103, 5, pres. in Latin = past, in Eng. ,

partitive gen.,

48,6.
60, 3. 60, 3.
9.

parum,

with gen.,

present
note 2
;

past part,

act., 49,
of, 74, 3.

103, 5, note 1.

pello, constr.

prevent,
22,2.
;

verbs signifying to, constr.

of,

per, with expression

of time, 86, 2, note,

35,

perfect indie.,
5,6.

constr. of, 20, note

price, how expressed,

79, 12.

63, 4

63, 4,

note ;

251
primary tenses, priusquam, 104, 7, S^^^^parated,
105, note.

quisque,
quivis,

96, 6, c

93, 7, note.

95, 2.

quo,
constr. of, 72, 9.
87, 1
;

for ut, 12, 3.

probare,
pers., 87,

quo
of third

eo, 118,

5.

pronouns, personal,
2.

pronouns, demonstrative,
89
;

88, 3;

reflexive,

91, 1.

quoad, 103, 5, 6. quod, 99, 6 113, 2. quominus, 22, 2. quoniam, 113, 2.

;

proper names, how rendered, p. 188, 2. provided that, 125, 4.

provideo,
constr. of, 72, 7.

quum,
1
;

concessive, 108, 6
;

causal, 106,

113, 3
108,

of,

temporal, 106, 1 ; note; =although,

= instead
108,
7,

6;

pudet, constr. of, 66, 3. purpose, with gerund,

=quoties, 107, 5 ;= whenever, 35,

107,5.
43, 9.

and

purpose,
41, 2
;

various ways of expressing, 43, 9 ; 44 ; 110, 3.

quum primum,
rather, how

102,

4.

R.
transl., 78, 9.

putor,

38, 1.

Q.

reason, how
1.

expressed, 32,

1.

qua,

difference in qua, quo, ubi, 102,

constr. of, 39, 7, note.
of, 62, 1
;

reciprocal pronoun,
refert, constr.
of, 66, 4.

93, 9.

quaero,

quality, gen.

abl. of, 62, 1.

reflexive pronoun,
relation,
of place, 82
;

91, 1.

quam,

76, 1

78, 9.

of time, 85.
of, 8,

quam

pro,

78, 8.

relative pronoun, use

;

not

quamquam,
quamvis, quantity
(or

114, 9

115, 12.

omitted in Lat.,
pred.
of, 60, 3.
,

114, 9.

8,

agreement with referring to nouns of diff

8,

amount), gen.
60, 3.

quantum,
quasi,

with gen.,

gender, 8, 4 with verbs of saying, 11, 3 ; in final clauses, 109, 2 ; in causal clauses, 113, 4, 5 ; in concessive clauses,
;

118, 4.

115, 10.
;

question,
qui,
rel.

direct, 28

indirect, 30

32,

remember,
gen., 65, 2.

verbs signifying

to,

with

1; in oblique narration, .128, 6.

pronoun,
112,
;

8, 1

correlative, 10,1

remind,
65, 2.

verbs signifying to, with gen.,

restrictive,
final, 109,

8;

causal,

113, 4, 5;
;

consecutive, 110, 5

con-

cessive, 115, 10.

respect, abl. of, 79, 11. rest, of the troops, how expressed,
61, e.

quia,

113, 2.
96, 6,

quidam, quidem,
quilibet,

note

1.

re-translation,
190, 4,
c.

p. 156, 3.

96, 6,
95, 2.

note

2.

rhetorical character,

of Latin, p.

rhythm,
qmppe^qui,
quiS
113, 4, note.
;

p. 184, 9.

Roman
150
;

(any), 94, 1

28, 5 (interrog.).

147 money, weights and measures, 153.

Calendar,

quisnam, 97, (e). quisquam, 95, 3

95,3.

rure,
;

73, 2. 82, 1.

disting.

from

ullus,

ruri,

rus,

83, 5.

252

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

ut-clause
>

after

16

after

verbs of

satis, with gen., 60,

refer to obj., 92, 4.

3.

verbs of doubting
inf., 92,

se, 92, 2; subject of

3;

may

and hindering, 22; with utinam, 25;

indirect question, 30 ; temporal clauses, 102, 3; causal and concessive, 113;

second,
20, 2.

first,

third, 144,

4.

secondary, tenses,
sentences,
sestertia,

19, l;

sequence,

conditional, 120 ; in oblique narration, 128, 4 128, 5;

comparative, 117, b

128, 6; 129, 7; of virtual oblique narra-

classes of, 98.

indef., 145, 7,8.

tion

and

assimilation, 137.
for perf. part, act., 49,9;

sescenti, often

substitute,
107.

150, 3. 150, 1.

sestertius,

superlative,

in relative clauses, 9, 7.
1
;

she,

87, 2. 45, 4
;

Supine,
33, 3.
;

in -turn, 41,
;

expressing a

Should,
si
141, 5.

purpose, 41, 2
;

with
4.

-iri,

forms

fut. inf.

clause, 119
3.

122

idiomatic uses of

pass.

in -tu, 42,

suus, uses

of, 93, 7.

sicut, 117,

similis, with gen. or dat., 64, note

2.

T.

simple sentences,
Simul, simul
sin, p. 121,
si
6.

98, 1.

taedet,

constr. of, 66, 3.

114, 9.
4.

ac,

102, 4.

tametsi,

non,
. .
.

120, 3.

sive.

sive

(seu.

.seu), 121, 5

202, b.

SO, used with verb, adeo ; with an adj. or

adv., tarn, 15, note.
constr. of, 74, 3,
ace., 84, 9
;

tanquam, tanquam si, 118, tantum abest ut, 15, 5. tantum, with gen., 60, 3. temporal clauses, 102, 6.
ten years before,
tenses,
86, 4.
classified, 19, 1;

SOlvo,

space, expressed by
9,

notes on, 34;

in

abl., 84,

note.

of

infinitive,

56; of
3.

inf.

indirect

special idioms of Latin syntax,

139.

narration, 127,

that too,

90, 11.
78, 6,

spring from, const., Statuo, when followed by an

74, 4. 16, 5.

the
ut-clause,

the,
85, 1

note

118, 5.
abs.,
;

time, expressed by
when,
;

abl.

within, 85, 1

51, 2; duration

Strive, verbs signifying

16,5.

to, constr. of,

of, 86, 2.

subject of verb, agreement

of, 1.

to his father at Rhodes, 83, 6. top of the hill, summus collis, 61

(e).

subjective gen., 62, 3. subjunctive, in simple sentences, 24, 1 of wish, 24, 1 (a) command, 24, 1 (b)
; ;

towns,
83, 84.

constr. of the

names

of, 82,

to soften an assertion, 24, 1 (c)

liberation, 24, 1,
(rf);

de-

expressing duty or
;

tu quidem, 89, 7. two accusatives in

40, 9.

act.,

39,

6;

possibility, 24, 1, (e)

12, 1-4;

in final clauses,

13, 5, 6

consecutive clauses,

two nominatives

in pass.,

40, 9,

INDEX.
u.
ubi, quo, qua, Ubi,
109, 2,
differ
1.

253
gov. gen., 65; dat., 70
74,

verbs,
abl.,

and 71;
ace.
;

3;

80,
1,

1-3;
;

81,

4-5;

constr. of, 102, 2;

clauses,

and gen., 65, two datives,

ace.

and

dat., 71, 4

69, 8.

note.
;

ullus, after negative, 95, 3, 4 tween quisquam and ullus, 95,

diff.

be-

very,

78, 9.

3.

vescor,

constr. of, 80, 1.

unde,
until,

final, 109,

14,

note.

vestrum
veto, with

and vestri, distinguished,

unless,

nisi, 120, 3.

see 60, 3, note.

inf., 16, 1,

103, 5, 6.

note,

USUS

est, constr.
12

of, 81, 4.

videor,

55, 5, note,

Ut, in noun-clauses, y9,"~*7 in temporal,

consecutive, 14 ; concessive, 114, 9; with verbs of asking, 16, 1 ; idiomatic uses of, 118, 6.
102, 4
;

virtual oblique narration,

137.

final,

W.
want,
153.

adjs. of, 74, 4

verbs

of, 80, 3.

utinam,

25.

weights and measures (Roman),

113, 4, note.
102, 4. 118, 5, &.

utpote qui, ut primum, ut quisque,

utor,

what,

relating to a whole 10, 10 ; sentence, quae res, id quod, 9, 9.

constr. of, 80, 1.

114, 9.
.

utut,

utrum.
121, 5.

.an, 121,

5,

note

29, 6

30

whatever, 115, 11. Whether, in indirect question, whether. .or, 29, 6 121, 5.
. .

30, 2.

while,

103, 5.

V.
vel,
p. 202, 6.

without, how translated, 139. who .... not = but, 11, 4.

Y.

velut, velutsi,

118, 4.
2.

ventum

est, 38,

verbal nouns,

157, 4.

Yes, how

expressed, 28,

2.

PAET

II.

EXERCISES ON CAESAR, LIVY, AND CICERO.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

PART
EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

II.

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
I.

De Bell.

Gall.,

B.

/., cc.

I and

2).

This nation (hi) surpasses

all its

neighbors in courage

and love

of fighting; and, considering their population and military strength (copiae) they carry on very many wars. They are brave because
1 they have never imported those luxuries which tend to effeminate and hence they are able not only to repel an enemy 2 but (170, 6)
;

as aggressors 8 to invade others.

that^ considering their courage

They

are of the opinion (vb.)

tory

is

too confined (78, 9)

and military reputation, their terriand this is an abundant source of

z

dissatisfaction to them.
l

eae res; p. 161,

(dat.

i.
;

^hostes suis finibus (p. 74, $) prohibere.

bellum

prius finibus

p. 71, 4)

aliorum

injerre.
II.
/., cc.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell Gall., B.

j and 4).

Urged by these considerations (161, 2), he resolved to seize upon the supreme power. He had already held the highest political he was extremely popular office for many years in his own country 1 (superl.} with the lower orders; and there is no doubt that he had If he had very considerable influence among neignboring states. been able to win the army to his support (use se), he would have 2 but notice of his design was laid before accomplished his object the magistrates, and the guilty wretch 3 was condemned 4 to be burned to death.
; ;

p. 22,

i.

p.

120, 2

32,

i.

use pron.

p. 187,

i,

u to condemn a person to poenas condemnare ut....

the
255

punishment

that,"

say aliquem in

end.

256

LATIN PROSH COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

III.

De

Bell.

to be

Gall., B. /., cc. 1-4; done without the book).

far

review exercise,

These people are very

tion of other lands
;

removed from the

little

culture

and

civiliza-

but they are

are pre-eminent for courage and are incessantly engaged in wars, either offensive or defensive. Their territory, as judged by their population, * is small, and they have resolved 3 to abandon it with all their forces and to

who would have imported among them make them effeminate. As it is (nunc), they

resorted to by merchants, 1 many luxuries which might

attempt to get possession of the coujitry which lies to the northwest. This design (they declare) will be easily accomplished,

because they are superior to their neighbors

strength.
l

in

courage and military

4

res (161,

2).

^pronumero hominum.

p. 17, 5, note.

p. 7, 4.

EXERCISE IV.
(Basedon
Caes.,

De Bell
1

Gall, B.

/., cc.

5 and 6).

They had formed the resolve of quitting their country, and they now proceeded to prosecute their design. The neighboring towns
were induced 2 to co-operate in the plan and join them. 3 These were persuaded to set fire to their private buildings, in order that all hope of returning might be banished for ever and their minds steeled (173,3) to face 4 every danger that might confront 5 them. A general 6 rendezvous was appointed on the banks of the Rhone, and there, on March 2oth, 7 the gathering took place.
J

p. 157, (c)
6

and

17, 5, note.

p.

38,3.
to,

p.

16,
7

i.

*ad.
5.

i7o, 8.

say all were ordered to

come together

&c.

p. 148,

EXERCISE V.
(Based on
ask 1
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. /.,

cc.

and 8).

His answer to the embassy was as follows (use hie): "You me for permission 2 to pass through our province, and you assure 3 me that, while upon your march, you will abstain from acts

ON

CAEsAft.

257

4 That permission I cannot grant of hostility against our people. with the established in accordance practice of this country (say

Rome*) nor can I think that people as ill-affected towards us as you are (p. 3, 8, note), will abstain from outrages upon us when
;

You opportunity offers. and if you do, consent

;

will
I

never attempt a passage with

my

Desist, prevent you, if I can. 7 therefore, from your undertaking, and return to your own people.''
will

V
6

6, i.

use
7

licet (p. 33,

3
i
;

70, 2).

p. 6,

i.

p. 62, 3.

p. 162,

4.

abl. abs.

p. 74, 3-

EXERCISE VI.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

to be

Gall., B. L, cc. 5-8; done without the book).

review

exercise,

2 This resolution once taken, 1 there were two routes by which the across The leave their first could 8) (170, lay country. they The first the second, between the river and the mountain. river
;

was the
difficult,

easier,
4

because 3 the river

is

fordable

the second rather

because the mountain overhangs the river so lose that a mere handful of men (perpauci) could hold the pass against them. But the first led them through our province and they were
obliged to obtain permission from us before they attempted to march through our territory (104, 7). Accordingly they sent an embassy to us to represent (use say) that they intended to quit
(53, i) their home and country, and that, with our leave, they would cross the river and march through our province. We must now decide (they said 5 ) whether this permission could be granted

or not.
1

p. 157, c

and

48, 7.

p. 74,

5.

p. 113, 2.

p. 78, 9.

p. 138,4.

EXERCISE VII.
(Based on Caes., De Bel/. Gall., B. /., cc. 9-12). Thanks (173, 3) to the lavish expenditure 1 of money, he had great influence among many of the neighboring states, and he had In this he was led .bound them to his interest by many favors. on by lust of supreme power, and was aiming at effecting a political revolution among them. But word of his intention (32, i) was brought to us by the natives (use barbari or a proper noun) who represented that it would be attended with no small peril to

258
our province
if

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

(131, i, 2) their towns to be sacked and be enslaved before our eyes. Moved by these remonstrances (161, 2), we saw and decided that action should not be deferred 2 until (104, 6) so signal a calamity should be inflicted upon us but that we ought to lead out 2 our army and 3 the avenge wrongs done to allies who had always deserved well at our hands (173, 3).

we allowed

their children to

'P- 157,

c\ 74,

5-

P- 45, 2.

p. 62, 3.

EXERCISE VIII.
{Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall., B. /., cc. Q-i2 j

review

exercise,

to be done

without the book).

Urged by these considerations, they sent ambassadors to us with a request 1 for aid. 2 Their towns had been taken by storm their lands had been ravaged with the sword and there was no possi;
;

bility

assistance.
us,

of their escaping death themselves, unless we came to their 4 5 They had always (they said ) been well-affected towards
;

and had rendered us important service

and they should not on

that account, before the eyes of our army, suffer punishment at the" hands of our enemies. They begged us to undertake 2 the business,

lead forth our army, and avenge their wrongs. 2 J 3 say nee fieri poterat ut. p. 157, c and 109, 2. p. 1 6, i.
6

*6g,

&

p. 138, 4-

EXERCISE

IX.

(Based on Caes., De Bell. Gall., B. /., cc. 13-16). Heaven (173, 3) occasionally concedes impunity and prosperity to 1 When the vengeance men, even when it is meditating vengeance.
falls,

forget

2 the suffering inflicted is all the greater. This, people often and they boast that they can inflict injury 2 with impunity.

Such is the case now. Our enemies wonder that Heaven is not more indignant at the wrongs they have committed, and they promise themselves that they have no cause for fear (45, 4). They are annoying us and oppressing our allies, who are unable to prevent them from plundering and wasting their territories (22, 2). But do not forget that Heaven will exact vengeance 2 proportionate
3 to their crimes, and that they will learn, by a sad reversal of their fortunes, that God is not to be mocked (decipio). 2 3 l omit, as being implied; 187, i. i57, c. p. 54, 2 and 157, c.

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

259

EXERCISE X.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

to be

Gall., B. I., cc. 13-16; review exercise done without the book).

He saw
(statim).

that

we would have

to

come up with
1

the

enemy

So, throwing (p.

49, 10) a bridge across the river

at once a work 2

3 he led all the forces over. Next day he of the greatest difficulty sent out a body of cavalry to discover 4 the direction 5 the enemy had

taken

and

it

was soon ascertained

that, in

dismay

at our

sudden

approach, they had suddenly, upon (use qmini) our crossing the After a pursuit 6 of about fifteen days, we came river, decamped.

up with them
rear.

at last (demuni), and delivered an attack upon their But the ground was unfavorable, and boldly facing us, they
7

repulsed our attack without

!p. 45, 2.
6
2

difficulty.
4

p.

9, 9.
7

p. 62, i.

p. 109,

2.

p. 32,

157, 4,(a).

p. 102, 4, note.

say easily.

EXERCISE XI.
(Based on
There
our
is

Caes.,
1

De
if

Bell. Gall., B.
2

L,

cc.

16-18).

no doubt

that,

Rome

triumphs, she will rob us also of

liberty.

We

shall not

therefore,

hate those

who
3)

They complain
false in this

bitterly

be able to restrain her. Our commons, favor her and favor those who hate her. that their own chiefs have played them
;

matter (173,

they complain that they should be col-

and maintaining cavalry for men who will soon have power of life and death over them. Many among us have a revolutionary tendency, and these have more influence with the lower orders than the magistrates themselves. With a view to maintaining this influence, they have amassed a large amount of property
lecting corn
to spend in bribery ; and, owing to their generosity, they enjoy great popularity with the people.
x

p. 22, r.

p. 162, 4.

EXERCISE XII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. /.,

cc.

16-18 ; review exercise,

to be

done without the book).

is

Now
this

that the council

dismissed 1

for

did not wish to have

matter canvassed in the presence of so

many

witnesses (abl.

260
abs.}
I

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

will declare

boldly in your ear alone what

2

buried in silence. trayed to the

of diminishing 3 the

All that
;

enemy

I have so long goes on (173, 3; in this camp is bethe common people accuse their magistrates

power of the

state

none of our

chiefs dare to supply

promised. They are putting us off the corn is being collected, nay (clique j 201, a], that it is just 5 at hand. Meanwhile, the day when you engaged to distribute
provisions to the troops
(24,
<r;

and of favoring Rome and you with the corn which they 4 day after day, pretending that
;

is

30, i)

we know
2.

not.

drawing on apace, and what to do But if you make inquiiy, you will find
.

that this story (res]

1

is literally 5
2

true.
i
;

use

quum j
5

106,

p.

30,

32,

I ;

p.

99, 6.

use dictitoj

I73> 3-

P- 177, 4, note.

EXERCISE XIII.
(Based on
If
Caes.,

De
1

Bell. Gall., B.
2

/., cc.

19-22}.

my brother, every one will feel that I have been a consenting party, and we shall estrange all his friends His influence is very great indeed, while mine is in consequence. 3 small. Avoid, therefore, I beseech you taking severe measures very 4 against him pardon him what is past, out of consideration for me warn him that you disapprove of his conduct, and set a watch upon him to ascertain 5 what measures he takes. 6 To this advice I am
any misfortune happens
, ; ;

by

determined not only by (propter) my friendship for you but also my regard for public opinion. 7 Do not 8 shock men's minds by ordering a brother to punish a brother do not order a friend,
;

and honor you have long tried, to put you than he has been in the habit of doing.

whose

zeal

less confidence in

'p.
6

120,2.

p.

70,2.
i.
7

p.

138,4;
8

6,
i

i.

p.

71, 6.

5p.

I2)

p. 30, i,

and

32,

p. 62, 3.

p. 24,

(), note,

and

p. 26, 3.

EXERCISE XIV.
(Based on Caes.,
Learning these

De

Bell. Gall., B.

to be
1

/., cc. 19-22; review exercise, done without the book).

facts,

we
it.

sent forward the horse to reconnoitre

the mountain, and word was brought that the

their position right

under

From

inquiries

enemy had taken up made from some pri-

3 soners, too, this report (161,2)

was found to be correct.

The general,

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

261

therefore, summoned into his presence a member of staff (legatus) in whom 4 he reposed perfect confidence and who was reputed to

have an extensive acquaintance (adj.} with the art of war. To him he 4 explained that it was his intention to seize the top of the hill with two legions and with these legions and his own army to make a simultaneous attack (157, c] from all sides upon the enemy. At daybreak, however, word was brought that the enemy had been seized with a panic and had decamped.
2

p. 48, 7.

P-

109, 2, 3.

p. 157,

c.

*dat.

p. 53, I.

EXERCISE XV.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B.

/., cc. 23-26),

After collecting the baggage into a single place and fortifying it (53) 6), he drew up his forces in three lines and then delivered his
attack.
night,

The battle raged (157, b) from noon and no one 1 saw the back of an enemy.
to

until far

into

the

The

horse, which

had been thrown forward

bear 2 the brunt of the attack, after suffering severely, were driven in. But the infantry at once ad3 vanced, and, after hurling their pikes from above, drew their swords and cut their way through the enemy's line. The enemy
in their turn
to their

to give ground and retreated, some of others At each of these to the nearest hill. baggage, points the battle was renewed, but, after a long struggle, the enemy's camp was carried and they changed their line of march

now began

them

and withdrew from the

J

scene. 4
3

P- 95, 3, note.

p.

10,

3.

p. 48, 7.

say place; 173,

3-

EXERCISE XVI.
(Based on
Caes.)

De

Bell.

to be

Gall., B. /., cc. 13-26; review exercise, done without the book).

1 Observing that we had changed our line of march, the enemy ascribed our action to fear and started in pursuit. When they

came up, they began to harass our rear, flattering themselves (say because they thought) that they could cut off'2 our supplies. faced about and received their attack and they immediately began

We

to give ground,

and

at last

(postremo) withdrew to a neighboring

202
hill,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

3 taking up a position upon the top of a ridge. There we surrounded and attacked them. 4 A long and fierce engagement took place ; 5 but, in spite of 6 the shower of pikes which they

poured upon us from the higher ground, we carried the captured their camp.
J

hill

and

p. 49,
6

10.

p.

74, 3.

use

finite vb.

p. 48, 4.

52,

5;

"5

"
EXERCISE XVII.
.

p. 157 (top).

(Based on

Caes.,

De
1

Bell. Gall.,

B.

/., cc.

27-30).

our request, they gave lands and equal liberty and 2 equal rights with the natives; but all the rest were ordered to return their The burnt and to homes. towns and give hostages
these, at
villages they soon after restored

To

sure of

the corn which, under the presextreme necessity, they had begged from us in such 3 suppliant terms, was sent them. So the war ended the aggressors
;
;

were severely punished to give 5 up their arms

tributary,

those
;

who were aiming at sovereignty had those who thought to make other states
;

and satisfaction was to give hostages obtained for wrongs of long standing which had been heaped upon The submission of those was accepted who complied this nation.

had themselves

with the order to surrender their arms

belligerents.
J

all

the rest were treated as 5

p.

48,7.

p.

68,

i.

p.

159, (k).

p.

45>4-

use prep. pro.

EXERCISE XVI 1 1.
(Based
o?i

Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

/.,

cc.

27-30; review exercise,

to be

done without the book).

1

Having ascertained these facts, our leader sent ambassadors to them to treat 2 for peace. These represented to the enemy that he had taken this step because 3 he saw that it was for the good 4 of the
country to end the war.

That he would retire, if they would give hostages and return to the homes and lands they had left (135,
2, 2).

valor they had

to

That he wished to congratulate them upon the conspicuous shown in the war, and to say f hat he had no desire punish their states. Such were the representations mide by

the ambassadors,

who then immediately

quitted the enemy's camp.

EXERCISES ON CAESAE.

263

fixed for a general meeting. The submission enemy was accepted they returned to their burnt towns and villages and we immediately withdrew from the country

A day was afterwards

of the

which they had invaded.

2

ip. 48, 7.

P- 44, note.

p. 113, 2.

*p. 69, 8.

EXERCISE XIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. /., cc.

1

31 and 32).
cruelty.

The

reign of this

monarch was stained by the grossest

all
;

He
they

took the children of

the noblest in the land as 2 hostages.

in his

Tears could not protect them from outrage

fixed

presence

(52, 4)

sat silent, in the deepest melancholy, with

bowed heads and eyes

At times (interdum) he actually went so upon the ground. them to the torture, and his tyranny seemed to be 3 almost intolerable. Everything must be done at his nod and beck. Many sought aid in flight and emigrated to other lands but from this relief he attempted to deter them by the severest punishments and, if their intention (53,1) to quit the country was betrayed to him, their condition was more terrible than before. They would have from our assistance but he had bound and asked parliament gone 4 and his all the nobles by oath not to ask assistance from any one own influence with us at that time was very considerable.
far as to put
;

P- 173, 3-

P- 2, 6.

p. 45, 2.

*p. 12, 2.

EXERCISE XX.
(Based on Caes.^De
Bell. Gall., B.
to be
/., cc.

31 and 32; review exercise,

done without the book}.

At this assembly he made the following remarks (157, c): "We have lost by our defeat all our nobility we have given hostages we have bound ourselves by oath to supply the victors with lands 1 for settlement. They can not possibly be induced not to ask more. Those who have settled here will become enamored of our mode of and these 2 are not to be living and of the resources of our country mentioned in comparison with their own and they will summon Shall 3 we, who pthers to cross the river and settle by their side.
;
;

264

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

have already been vanquished two or three times in the field, whose spirits are broken by misfortune, be able to deter them from cross4 ing or refuse perpetual submission to their dominion ? We must do I doubt not 5 what others have done we must leave the
;

country, while the opportunity offers (abl. abs.)"

*say nor can

(d).
*p. 22, 2.

it be
5

p.

persuaded 138, 4, and

to

them.
i.

use relative.

p. 24, I

22,

EXERCISE XXI.
(Based on
It

Caes.,

De Bell

Gall, B.

/., cc. 33-37).

would have been a menace to the safety 1 of the Roman Empire if large bands of Germans had crossed the Rhine and settled in Gaul. They were almost invincible in the field, highly trained in
the exercise of arms, and so uncivilized that they had not slept under a roof for fourteen years together they would soon have taken possession of the whole country and made it tributary.
;

An

invasion (use vb.) of the

Roman

followed and a hasty

march

into Italy

province would soon have itself. The Roman Senate

had previously passed a decree 2 ordering

the Governor of Gaul, for the time being, to defend the allies of Rome in Gaul from outrage. It was felt to be a dishonor to the empire, and not very advanIt was the universal 3 tageous either, to wink at their wrongs. opmion that the Germans would reach an intolerable pitch of

presumption.

'say// would have been dangerous and a verb.

to.

p.

16, 5.

use omnes,

EXERCISE XXII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. /., cc.

33-37 J review exercise, to

be done without the book}.

The answer given to this request 1 was as follows " If I had wanted you, I would have come to you (120,2) if you want me, you must come to me (24, 2, 3). I would not venture to come to you without an army and I can not collect an army without great difficulty." To this we sent the following answer " You have received considis this the erable kindness at the hands of the Roman people We invite you to a conference to discuss requital you make?
:

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
;

265

matters of the highest moment to the country you decline and think that you have nothing to learn, These, then, are the parIn the first place, not 2 ticulars (p. 161, i) we require of you (p. 8, 2}
:

second place, not to in the third place (/;#), to restore all occupy any more land your hostages and in the last place (postremo\ not to hamper us If you refuse these demands, in the exercise of our just rights. of must fortune war. the try you
to harass our allies with
;

your bands
;

in the

*p. 48, 6.

p. 16, i.

EXERCISE XXIII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall^ B.

/., cc.

38-41).

Here a sudden panic completely demoralized the army. It * Certain parties who had foloriginated in the following manner lowed us from the capital out of friendship for some of the officers, and with no great experience of campaigning, begged permission
:

2 to leave the

camp.

Different reasons were alleged.

afraid, they said (i 38, 4), of the

we had never made

trial

They were enemy whom we were soon to engage of them in battle before. They had ascer;

tained from our merchants that they were men of giant stature, and of inconceivable eagerness for war. Their scowling faces and
fierce glances

were enough to daunt 3 any

selves to their

camp
at

in the

swamps
(139, i)
;

any one a chance

slaught (49,
10),

them

foe. They confined thema long time without giving and then, making a sudden on-

for

they routed their adversaries not more by courage than by admirably-devised strategy.* Between us and them inter-

vened narrow

defiles and far-stretching forests through which and the men would provisions could not conveniently be carried mutiny and refuse to advance.
;

*use orior.

p. 16,

i.

omit the

adjs., as

implied (187,

i).

*by

reason

and policy

(165, b}.

EXERCISE XXIV.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

/., cc.

38-41 ; review exercise to

',

be done without the book).

On

good deal disturbed.

1 2 receiving this intelligence, our veteran commander was a He saw that immediate action must be taken

266

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

and at once summoned a council of his officers, admitting to it both captains of foot and captains of horse. When all had entered " his tent, he rebuked them sharply in these words I am. afraid
:

that

some of you have wandered from the

line of

your duty

and

are guilty of gross presumption (use arroganter facere) when you dictate to your general. I will take charge of those concerns

which cause you so much doubt. Every preparation has been made. A supply of corn has been obtained. To-morrow night I I will break up camp and begin the march. wish to see, as 4 quickly as possible, if cowardice or a sense of duty will weigh with you most." The delivery of this speech was followed by a remarkable change in the hearers. They thanked the general for the confidence he reposed 5 in them they declared that they had never felt any doubt as to his doing his duty and they begged him to accept their apologies for the cowardice they had shown.
;
;

p. 48, 7.

p. 169, 4.

omit

line.

p. 30, 2.

use quod.

EXERCISE XXV.
(Based on
Cacs.,

De

Bell. Gall, B.
1

/., cc.

42-47}.
level

At about equal distances from the two

camps there was a

plain of considerable length, in the midst of which stood a rising This was the scene of the meeting between the knoll of ground.
leaders. A body often picked horsemen was in attendance upon each general and two larger bodies of horse were stationed at a distance of two hundred yards. The interview was held on horseback and the matters in debate 3 between the two

Roman and German

nations were discussed at length.

But while the conference was in that the German horse were approachwas word brought progress, ing the knoll and using their lances upon the Romans. The Roman leader had perfect confidence in his men, because, in fear of treachery, he had mounted certain private soldiers of the tenth legion on horseback and knew that an engagement might be
hazarded without
that
risk.

in case of the

for fear Still, he gave the order to retreat, enemy's defeat he might be charged with

having betrayed them.

2

So the conference ended.

3

ip. 145, (c).

p. 144, 6, (a).

p. 169, 3.

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

267

EXERCISE XXVI.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. /.,

cc.

42-47 ; review exercise, to

be done without the book}.

1 Learning of our arrival, he sent envoys to make the following " 2 I have crossed the river (he said) his behalf on representations not of my own motion but at the request of this nation. They
:

have assigned
free will.
If

a settlement and given hostages of their own have demanded tribute, it is only what the victor 3 Your friendship should be an usually demands of the vanquished. If I bring over of* an injury. me instead to honor and protection
I

me

a large following, it is in self-defence (157, c) and not with the intenI am not invading ; I am defending. tion of acting on the offensive.
I

was the
I

first-comer

tory? these

shall not desist

;

men

and,

if

why, then, are you encroaching on my terrifrom this enterprise. I have defeated you wish to bring the matter to an issue, I can
;

defeat you."
J

p. 109, 2.

p. 7, 4, note.

p. 166, d.

use non.

EXERCISE XXVII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De Bell.

Gall.,

B. L,

cc.

47-54).

At a given signal (52, 6), therefore, our whole front line advanced at a run to attack the enemy's left this was the point at which 1 he showed the least strength. But such was the suddenness and rapidity of his advance (vb.} that there was no possibility of our using our pikes. It was simply (177, 4, note) a hand to hand engagement and contested with the utmost desperation on both sides. The enemy's left was beaten and completely routed but his 2 owing to their numerical superiority pressed us hard, and right 3 that he it was not till the third, line was advanced to our relief he rout then became general and the flight was ungave way. interrupted until the river was reached. Over this a small number swam a few more crossed in boats the remainder were cut
;
; 'I ;

down by

the swords of our cavalry.

2

*use ubi.

use quod; 113,

2.

p. 105, 8,

note

69, 8.

68

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XXVIII.
(Based oil Caes.
,

De BclL GalL
some

B.

I., cc.

On
the

the

same day
horse,

at sunset

German

fell

of our cavalry, in pursuit (vb.~] of 1 in accidentally with the general's friend, who

had been taken prisoner by the enemy

a rescue (161, 2) which caused us as much satisfaction as did the victory itself. In the presence of all (52, 4), he told the story of his escape from death When the party in charge of him observed that their army (32, i). was in full flight, they dragged him away ironed as he was from

and they did not pause in their flight until intercepted by our cavalry (105, 8, note). His life had been spared 2 in the first instance by the kindness of fortune. Three times had his captors
the field
;

(159, k) cast lots to determine

whether 3 he should be burned

at

the stake or granted a reprieve ; and three times had he found deliverance (157, c] by the favor of the lot.
1

say

it

happened that;

p. 166, d.

p. 72, 10.

p. 30, 2.

EXERCISE XXIX.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. GalL, B. I., cc. 47-54).

days (86, 2, note) the German leader kept his under the hill, and refused to fight. The reason army camp 7 he Germans, in accordance with their custom, had was this consulted their women as to whether 1 it was to their advantage to engage the enemy or not. The answer came (157, <:) that it was

For

five successive

in the
:

not the divine will that their

the

army should

win,

if it

engaged before

new moon

general drew

the sixth day, however, our (135, 2, note i). up his troops in three lines in the face of the enemy,
the re-

On

and then, and not till then when there was no escape luctant chief'2 moved out his army from the camp.
J

p. 30, 2.

*p. 187, i,

end.

EXERCISE XXX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De BelL

Gall.,

B.

/., cc.

47-54; review exercise, to

be done without the book}.

commissioned the envoy to take the following message to the " You have received from our government the most munificent gifts and the style and title of king but your coming here

He

King

EXERCISES ON CAESAlt.
with such a large following must lead us 1 to suspect that your purpose is to invade (54, 2) our territory and crush us. Retire, therefore,

from

this country.

Withdraw your army and do not allow

it

here-

after to cross the river.

Restore these people their hostages and,

2 in return for our many good offices to you, treat them as friends and not as enemies. What do you mean ? It is not our way to abandon our allies, and I do not think that we shall allow them to

pay tribute to you. They have lent assistance to us in times gone by and they may now avail themselves of our assistance, if they
will."
l

use quod ( 58,/).

\

use/ra

EXERCISE XXXI.
(Based on Caes., De Bell. Gall., B. II., cc. 1-5). After an earnest exhortation, 1 he dismissed the envoys. He had learned the following 2 particulars from them That their neighbors, who possessed3 great influence and great military strength, were
:

forming a confederacy (157, c] against Rome, partly because they were3 of a fickle and changeable disposition, partly because they were indignant 3 at the sight of a Roman army wintering within
that they were hiring troops, mustering their bands and drawing their forces to a general rendezvous and that even their own kinsmen had joined the league. He saw therefore that it was no time for hesitation and that, unless he could divide the enemies' forces, 1 he would nave to engage them in overwhelming The necessary supplies were soon collected, numbers (173, 3). 5 the camp was struck, and in fifteen days he was in their territory. Summer had just commenced and there was an abundant supply
their borders
; ;

of forage in the fields

a fact of the utmost importance to the

3

general safety. J usevb. p. 49,

;

8.

p. 88, 3.

p.i28,4. *p. 16^,4.

p.5,2;i24,

131, 2.

p. 66, 4.

EXERCISE XXXII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell.,

GalL, B. IL

cc.

1-5

review exercise, to

be done without the book).

and promised 1

They conferred upon the King himself the supreme command to raise him a levy of one hundred thousand men.
if
a.ll

This could easily be effected

the states supplied the quota each

270
had engaged
the King
to

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

send
(8, 2).
2 Scarcely was the muster complete, when the river ; and he

his kingdom. He was of the utmost consequence 3 to all that the forces of the enemy should be kept apart 4 and that he himself should not be reduced to the necessity (vb.} of engaging at one time such a powerful force. He therefore ordered one of his kinsmen a man

pitched

made all haste to lead his army over his camp upon the extreme confines of
it

said that

who by reason

of his courage enjoyed great influence with

him
and

to lay 5 waste the enemies' land, drive out the inhabitants

6 prevent them from fortifying a camp a thing which the uniform 7 tenor of the rumors showed they intended to do (53, i).
1 2

P- 7j 36

P7

J02, 4.
tf///

66, 4.
3.

*inf.

p.

4 (examples).

p. 16,

i.

p.

9,9.

say

173,

EXERCISE XXXIII.
(Based on Caes., De Bell. Gall., B. IL cc. 6-10). 2 Upon this town they immediately began a furious assault, with the intention of carrying it 3 by storm if they possibly could and 3 They had already putting all the inhabitants to the sword. devastated the surrounding country supplies had begun to fail the defenders, 4 and the enemy had some hope, 5 by a short delay, of winning 6 the place. Their numbers were very great and, when they had surrounded the town, their encampment as indicated by the smoke of their camp-fires, was eight miles 7 broad. They began the assault (157, c} with a shower of stones and spears 8 directed then, against the wall, which was soon stripped of defenders locking their bucklers, they advanced to the rampart and endeavored to undermine it. Night at last put an end to the assault, but it was with the greatest difficulty that the town held out Next day the enemy departed and hastened with all against it.
,

their forces to the river.

J

p. 142, 6.
7

p. 157,
8

(4

p. 53, i.
3.

*7o,

i.

68, 3.

p. 7, 3,

note.

p.

84,9.

p. 50,

14; 173,

EXERCISE XXXIV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall, B. II.

cc.

6-10

review exercise,

done without the book}. Our lines were drawn up on a hill where there was just room
to be

enough

for the

army

to take

up

its

position (157,

EXERCISES ON CAESAR,
the
hill

272

and a fort was built at the end of each ditch. The was to guard 1 against our being surrounded. Between our camp and the enemy lay a marsh of inconsiderable extent and we waited under arms to see if 2 they would attempt to 3 pass it, intending, if they did so, to attack them on ground so unfavorable for forming 4 an order of battle. Meanwhile the king resolved to test at once the military efficiency of the enemy and the was a
ditch,

intention of these last

confidence of his
5

own

troops.

Accordingly, he led

all

his horse

across the marsh and drew

Seeing

this,

the

enemy also

them up before the enemy's camp. drew out his forces and a sharp engagethat they were inferior to us

ment ensued. 6 But they soon found and led their forces back to camp.
1

p.

12,

2,

note.

p.

141,

5-

P-

53,

i-

*P- 69,

9,

note

2.

EXERCISE XXXV.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. 77.,

1

cc.

11-15).

Word

he refused to

of their departure was brought the King by 2 scouts, but stir that day from his trenches. Next day, at the first

streak of dawn, he sery; out the cavalry to ascertain 3 the motive 4 of the enemy's departure and to harass 3 the rear of the fugitives. This

was done and a considerable slaughter was made as long as daylight At sunset, in accordance with their instructions, they lasted. returned to the camp. Meantime siege-engines were being collected and we were determined to take some of their towns by storm. But these, thoroughly alarmed by the speed of our move3 ments, next night sent envoys to us to state that they were willing to surrender their arms and give hostages. They inveighed bitterly
against the ring-leaders of the conspiracy who, seeing (49, 10) what utter ruin they had brought upon themselves and their
friends,
4 had fled the country. They begged the King to show 5 his usual (use soleo) humanity and not reduce them to servitude.
1

p. 157,

^.

p. 74, 5,

note

i.

109, 2.

p. 32, i.

p. 16,

i.

272

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XXXVI.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. II.

cc.

11-15; review

exercise,

to be

done without

tJie

book}.

1 night, in order to prevent them 2 of we followed them mind, presence up' and

Next

from recovering their

were pitching 3 their camp.

*

received our attack.

fell upon them as they They stood their ground and bravely 4 Thereupon it was resolved to carry their

So a mound was raised, towers planted, and all storm. the engines useful for a siege were prepared. When all was ready, 5 now in the the enemy, greatest alarm, sent forth from the camp all

camp by

men and all their women and children, to beg that they 6 might be spared and their submission accepted. Issuing from the camp (49, 10), they spread out their hands and begged for peace.
their old

One
"

of their

We

number acted as spokesman, speaking as follows cannot contend with the armies of Rome 7 our hearts are
:
;

have heard weak before them and our courage is unstrung. of your honor and humanity; do not put to the edge of the sword those who plead for quarter."
6
J p. i?, 2, note. p. 48,4. 7 p. 72, 10. p. 162, 4.

We

47,

3.

p. 17, 5,

note.

p.

107,3.

EXERCISE XXXVII?
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B.

II., cc.

16-20).

The order of march on this occasion and the usual one when The the enemy was known to be approaching was as follows 2 then followed the infantry who had cavalry were in advance
T
:

3 knowledge and experience of the art of war then came all the We had baggage while the recent levies closed the column. ascertained from our prisoners that the enemy had taken up their 4 position on the other side of the river, at a distance of not more than ten miles and there a few pickets of their cavalry could be seen. Whatever 5 military strength 6 these people have, is in their infantry. Their policy 7 is to rush with all possible speed 8 upon an enemy and charge him before he is aware of their approach and they can
; ;
; ;

advance with almost incredible rapidity, so that they seem, at the same moment nearly, to be a mile away and upon an enemy's hands. They are easily repelled, however, and easily thrown into confusion ;

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

273

and, when they have once retired, they do not advance again with the same speed.

Hise
5

hie.

use qtiidquid.

*res (p. 161, 2). use praemitto. 6 7 use consilium. 8 p. 78, p. 60, 3.

p. 77, 9,

note

4 84, 9. use adv.

;

EXERCISE XXXVIII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. II.,

to be

cc. 16-20; review done without the book}.

exercise,

Our cavalry had been sent ahead and had already crossed the The enemy kept to the woods, but a few pickets of their 1 horse had been stationed along the bank. These at once withdrew,
river.

moment 2 our signal for advancing 3 was given. Scouts were then thrown forward to pitch 4 upon a suitable place for a camp, and these 2 were followed by the main body in order of battle. As soon as we had reached the hill which had been chosen for our encampment*
the the

enemy delivered
with

his attack,

advancing

(co-ord. vb.~) up-hill to the

In -this emergency, the inconceivable rapidity. 5 of our them in good stead. 6 and stood knowledge army experience They had had an excellent training in the battles of the past and

charge

they

knew

their duty as well as 7 their

commanders.

These

latter,

again, had owing to the proximity of the tions on their own responsibility.

enemy
4

to give direc-

*use in with
6

abl.

p.

102, 4.
r

use subsidium;

p. 69, 8.

p. 42, 6. p. no, use aeque ac (p. 116, i).

5
3.

p. 74,

5.

EXERCISE XXXIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. II.,

1

cc.

21-25}.

Our camp was exposed in front and on the left 1 and, through this gap, the enemy did not hesitate to advance and renew the fight. The camp-servants, to whose charge the camp had been committed, were surrounded and scattered (48, 4). The cavalry, which as
already related (138, 4)
river,

had pursued the enemy's horse to the on looking behind them (use quum}, saw the enemy swarm7 ing in our camp, which was now all but in their possession. They at once began a retreat to the camp, where they found matters reduced to the last straits, and almost despaired of the day. 2 The

274
standard was
lost,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

the standard-bearer

had been

cut down,

most of

the officers were either killed or wounded, and the troops were so huddled together that they prevented each other from using 3 their

swords.

By

the arrival of the horse,

new hope was

infused into

our troops and, facing about, they advanced upon th enemy from the lower ground. These in their turn now began to give way and were driven back to the bank of the river where our attack was checked.
1

P- *95

(under a or ab\

p. 173, 3.

p. 22, 2.

EXERCISE XL.
(Based on
After
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. II. , cc.

to be

21-25; review exercise, done without the book).

1

making the necessary

(omit) encourage 3 ( I 59ij)f tne enemy, soldiers, will prevent me from using many 4 words. Show the courage you have shown in the past and you will
:

dispositions, our leader proceeded to " The his troops, speaking 2 as follows proximity

soon be pursuing them across the river. Their battle is drawn up on disadvantageous ground hold out against their first attack and all exigencies they will be unable to withstand you keep cool have been provided against remember that each man will fight
;

under
to

his general's eye."

engage.
full

Seeing

(49, 10) us in

After this exhortation, he gave the signal motion, the enemy advanced upon

in such close order that they could not use their they came to close quarters, they were out of breath and did not long maintain their ground, but began to retire upon

us at

speed and

swords.

When

camp. To upon our arrival,

their
tation. 5
1

this

we

to see

followed them only (use ita ut; 142, 7, a), them fly from it with the utmost precipithe pres. part,
;

p.

157, c

48,

7.

use co-ord. vb.

is
;

is

often used
3

in Eng.,
*p.

where a co-ord. vb.

5

required in Lat.
note.

p. 48, 5.

p. 22, 2.

2$

(b\ note.

use adv.

p. 78, 9,

EXERCISE XLI.
(Basea on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B: III.,

cc.

i-j).

1 receipt (52, 5) of this news, he determined to winter in the 2 which he now The to was situated in village began fortify. village

On

a small valley, surrounded by

hills,

and was divided

into

two parts

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

>

by the
valley,

river.

The

In the first place, they were of the opinion that the village could not hold out against their attack in the second 5 place, they had been informed that no sufficient provision had been
to
;

them

were still renew the war. 4

3 higher levels of the hills, which overhung the Several reasons had induced held by the natives.

made by

us with regard to supplies

and there was the additional

reason6 that
their valley.
1

we wished to deprive them of the taxes which the merchants paid (pendo) who were in the habit 7 of travelling through
They had
2

therefore formed the design of crushing us.

p. 17, 5, note.

p.

142,6.

use superiora
5

loca.

reasons were to them of renewing the war. 7 6 use consuesco. 4, (&}. p. 100, 7.

p. 38, 2,

say several note ; 157,

EXERCISE XLII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B.

III., cc. 4-6).

The battle had now raged (38, 2) for six hours without intermission. More than one-third 1 of our number had fallen several of the
;

were disabled by their wounds; and ammunition 2 was beginOur only hope of safety depended on a sudden ning to run short. sally from the camp. During a brief space, we stood upon the defensive to allow us time to recover from our exertions then, at a given signal (51, 2), we sallied forth, surrounded the enemy, and cut them down on every side. 3 The rout was complete fortune had
officers
; ;

and now there was nothing for us to do but to Soon after, we fired our strip the dead and to return to our camp. 4 camp 3 and marched without interference into our province.
suddenly changed
;

p. 77, 4.

use

tela.

p. 48, 4.

p. 52, 5.

EXERCISE XLIII.
(Based on Caes.,De Bell. Gall., B. III., cc. 1-6 j review exercise, to be done without the book). We were firmly convinced that the enemy had occupied the 1 We knew heights in the hope of getting possession of our camp. to the weakness of our that, owing force, they regarded us with 8 contempt, and that they were of the opinion that, as far as fighting
3 4 went, they had no reason for apprehension. Still, they were unto the of willing tempt Fortune, as, after frequent engagecaprice ments, they had always come off the losers. Accordingly, we called

276
a council of war,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

in which the majority decided 5 to abandon the and the camp baggage, and, making (49, 10) a sally, to attempt to march to our winter quarters. The soldiers were quickly informed of the resolution of the council and they carried out their instruc-

tions with the utmost dispatch. 6

^ise potior ; p. 45, use placet; p. 70, 2.

I,

(a)

80,
;

i.

p. 69, 8.

p. ill, a.

*p. 32,

1.

adv.

p. 78, 9, note.

EXERCISE XLIV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B.

III., cc. 7-10).

are naturally anxious for liberty and detest slavery, 1 2 preferring to endure any wrong whatever rather than submit to the 3 of servitude. These also felt that they had consideryoke people

Mankind

able naval strength, naval science and naval experience, and that we would be unable to march against them with our army by reason

hand 4 and of our 4 It was ignorance of navigation and our lack of ships on the other. well known also tha we had neither sailors nor pilots, and they did
of the difficulties of the land route on the one

not

know that we, who were accustomed to sailing only in a landlocked sea, would be able 5 to sail in the vast and open sweep of the
ocean.

Accordingly they suddenly formed the design (their resolu-

tions are always precipitate) of stirring the coast to build 6 ships and prepare for
J

up the other states along war against Rpme. 7

*et~et.
5

p.

106,2;
inf.

113,3.

use

gut-vis.

p. 68, 3.

pres. inf.;
p.
1

the pres.
7

of

possum does duty

also

for the fut.

10, 3.

p. 162,4.

EXERCISE XLV.
(Based on Caes.,

De

to be

BelL Gall., B. III., cc. 7-10; review done without the book}.

exercise,

To prevent 1 the maritime states from joining 2 the league, we sent an army with all speed to the sea-coast. The sea-faring people of these parts have a revolutionary tendency, and are easily stirred up
to conspiracy or defection.

They knew what a

had committed
issue of fortune.

in flinging4

our envoys into prison

serious crime they the name of ento face

voy has always been respected

Britain, admitted their

and they were prepared

They accordingly summoned

auxiliary forces

any from

neighbors into alliance, mustered every

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
available ship, built others, collected rowers and pilots, their corn from the fields and fortified their towns.

277
conveyed
all

They held

many

states in subjection

and they
hostilities

managed 6 against Rome.

easily
2

by reason of their command of the sea, to stir them all up to a renewal5 of

3

!p. 12, 2, note.

6

p. 22,

i.

p. 78, 9,

note.

*p. 99, 6.

p. 16,

i.

p.

162,4.

EXERCISE XLVI.
(Based on Caes.,

De Bell.

Gall., B. III., a. 11-14).

They were a general thing, upon head-lands, inaccessible by land at high-water a phenomenon which (9, 9) occurs twice in every twentyfour hours and inaccessible by ships at ebb tide. The tides there are very high, and, when they ebb, a ship is often left high and dry. Our
situated, as

There was great

1 difficulty in capturing their towns.

ships were almost constantly being dashed upon the rocks or stranded upon a shoal. Harbors there are practically (paene) none, and when the wind blows fiercely, 2 it has a tremendous sweep from

the open sea ; there is no safety in running before it or in coming to anchor in shallow water. The ships of the natives have 3 flatter."
keels than ours

and are not hurt so much

if

they strike a rock.

They

are better adapted too for standing wind and sea, being built of oak4 throughout 5 and high at the bow and stern. Moreover, their

anchors are secured by iron chains instead of ropes. Owing (prep.}, therefore, to the favorable position of their towns, they defended
themselves without
difficulty,

and, owing to the

number of
5

their

7 6 ships, our admiral despaired of being able to sustain their attack.

!p. 43,
6

7.
7

248, 7

51, 2.

p. 68, 3.

*exrobore.

use totus.

p. 6,

i.

pres. inf.

EXERCISE XLVII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

to be

B. III., cc. 11-14; review exercise^ done without the book}.

all

At this point, 1 therefore,

Reinforcements were
start
2

the troops received orders to assemble. 2

to
its

with

all

summoned from the Rhine and ordered 3 The land force reached possible dispatch.

278

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

destination without difficulty ; but the fleet found great difficulty in 4 sailing through the open sea, owing to the roughness of the water.
tides are high, and the sweep of the wind 5 ships are not well adapted to cope with the wind. The better. sea or natives either violence of manage They

There are no harbors, the

is irresistible.

Our

and the timbers are a foot build their ships throughout 6 of oak thick and put together with iron spikes an inch broad but, owing
;

Their to their ignorance of linen, they have to use skins for sails. of when are and steered, bulk, easily and, great large running ships

We were detained before the wind, outstrip ours in point of speed. also by stress of weather, but at last reached the point at which we had been ordered 2 to muster.
1

use

eo.

p.
2.

16,
6

i,

note

99,4.

p. 78, 9, note.

p. 113, 2.

p. 69, 9,

note

usetotus.

EXERCISE XLVIII.
(Based on Caes.,

De Bell
1

Gall., B. III.,

cc.

15-18}.

The battle had now raged from six in the morning, 2 and
had already
lost several ships

the

enemy

that they would soon lose all they had. So they turned their ships down the wind and sought safety in flight. Very few ever reached land. This battle closed the war ; every available ship had been mustered in the fight,

and perceived

young men were on board the fleet and, when the they had no longer any refuge or means of defence In such straits and urged by these considerations, many left. exclaimed that such an excellent 3 opportunity of closing the campaign should not be thrown away that they had never recommended the war that they had only revolted in the hope of defending themand that they ought 4 to march to the camp of the comselves mander-in-chief and offer their submission. Lack of supplies 5 (very inadequate provision in this respect had been made) induced their senate to adopt 6 this resolution and they marched accordingly to our camp and submitted.
and
all

their

battle

was

lost,

p.

38,

2,
2.

note; 157,
5

4,

(b\

144,
6

5.

use tantus.

p. 33, 3,

note; 45,

change

to passive.

p. 16, I.

EXERCISES ON CAESAE.

279

EXERCISE XLIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. III.,cc. 15-18;

review

exercise,

to be

done without the book}.

with
all

The

legate

now marched

his forces into

the enemy's

territory and hostile army.

encamped at the distance of two miles from the For several days, he confined his men to the lines 1 and refused to fight, though the enemy led out his forces every day and offered him battle. The reason for this proceeding (161,2) was as follows 2 As 3 the enemy's numbers were so cons-iderable, he was
:

of the opinion that an engagement should not be risked (157, ^) Men are always ready to unless when a favorable chance offered. believe what they wish to believe and the enemy accordingly be-

had closed the gates of his camp through Every day they had the audacity (vb.) to approach the rampart and to call out to us that we should not let slip so ex<; Take up your arms," cellent a chance of finishing the campaign. " and meet us in the field." Our general, accordthey exclaimed/ ingly, was not only despised by the enemy, but he was carped at
lieved that our general

cowardice.

by the tongues of
]

his

own
2

troops.
3

use castris

(abl.).

p. 88, 3.

p. 106,

4
;

113, 2,

3.

p. 7,

use hortor.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

L.

De

Bell. Gall.,

B.

III., cc. /p-^j).

The governor saw that he would have

introduced his

to exercise great care. 1

He
;

which had a large population had the people of which if somewhat effeminate were always ready A few years before, 2 they had defeated one of our to go to war.

army into a country

They had already armies, and killed the general at its head. attacked a Roman column on the march, and put it to flight with 3 the loss of its baggage ; and he saw that their resistance now would
be long and

somewhat disturbed

They

the natives heard of our arrival, they were but they at once began to muster their forces. sent ambassadors in every direction to summon reinforcements
fierce.
;

When

to their side,

and all their cavalry, in which they have great strength, they placed in ambush, intending to attack us on the march. News

280

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

of these preparations was brought us, and we pushed forward with all dispatch to the point at which the cavalry were posted. Here a
spirited

engagement took
2

place,

and the enemy were driven back

4

into the town.

1

p. 45, 2 -

P-86, 4

3
.

p.48, 7

51,2.

p. 38, 2

157,

(b).

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

LI.

De

Bell. GalL, B. ///.,

to be

cc. 19-33; review exercise^ done without the book}.

The matter was then

general
1

referred to a council of war, and it was the 2 opinion that there should be no delay in engaging the
;

3 enemy. The enemy's numbers were increasing every day they were mustering their troops and summoning reinforcements to their aid they were sending ambassadors to neighboring states with requests for men and leaders they had appointed as commanderin-chief one who was generally supposed to possess a thorough acquaintance with the art of war, one who knew how to fortify a camp, run a mine, or storm a town. It was felt also that the enemy would soon be in a position to beset the roads and intercept our We had ascertained that their cavalry had already been supplies. ambushed in a valley through which we had intended 4 to march. It was decided, therefore, that, on the following day, the matter must be brought to an issue.
; ;

^omnium.

p. 46, 5.

use in dies with words of increase and

4

diminution, quotidie, with words of repetition.

p. 53, i.

EXERCISE LI I.
(Based on
Caes.,

De BelL

Gall., B. III.,

cc.

24-29).

These people make war very differently 1 from other states. They have in their territory long stretches of swamp and forest and when an enemy advances against them they retreat and confine themselves to these.
2

Notwithstanding the

3 fact that

powerful nations

had proved

were of the opinion that they could engage us with safety. They fancied that, owing to a short supply of provisions, we would soon have to withdraw 4 from
inferior in their conflict with us, these

the country and that they would be able to attack us upon the

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

281

They accordingly laid waste their land in every direction, fired all their villages (this in the hope of cutting off our supplies) and then led their forces into
the thickest part of the forest and waited to see what course we would pursue. 6 For many days in succession 7 our army was led out of camp and drawn up in front of the wood but, in accordance with the instructions they had received from their leader, they made no attack.
;

march with our knapsacks on our backs. 5

use longe alia ratione 5 sub sarcinis. p. 46, 5.

116,
6

I.
i

use adv.
31, 3,

eo.
i.

use
7

quamquam.

p. 32,

note

use deinceps.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

LIII.

De

Bell. Gall., B. ///.,

to be

cc. 24-29; review exercise, done without the book}.

Summer was now

the

almost past and winter was approaching

so

enemy confined

soon have

his troops to his lines, 1 trusting that we would 2 to retreat. Every day at dawn our forces were led out

in front of his rampart, but

was not

to attack until 4

no enemy could be seen. His we began to retire, and then to

intention 3

beset the

roads, cut off our supplies,

win the victory without loss. 5 6 Perceiving this intention, our leader proceeded to attack the enemy's 7 camp. The horse, after making a long detour, were stationed on the flanks and then all the cohorts advanced upon the works, some
try to
;

and

to

fill

8 up the trench, others

to dislodge the defenders

levelled,

from the walls

is

with their darts.

The rampart was soon

and the enemy,

well

It completely surrounded, sought safety in flight. that scarcely one-fourth9 of their number escaped.
1

known
note.
7

use
102,

castris.

quotidie.

ei in

animo
52,
3.

erat.
6

-p.
p.

105, 8,
142-, 6.

p.

4;

103, 4,
;

note;
51, 2.
8

51,
p.

2;

2,
9

note.

use

circuitus, p. 48, 7

no,

H5,

2, 3.

EXERCISE LIV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall, B. IV.,

cc. 1-4").

These people are of gigantic stature 1 and more warlike than 2 any of the others who live on either 3 bank of the river. Daily exercise 4 keeps up their strength and makes them capable of great exertion.

282

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

pleasure in wine and do not import into the country any luxuries which they think tend to effeminacy (157, cj 170, 6). Many large and flourishing states on the other side of the river they have reduced and made tributary, and they often sell the spoils of battle to the French traders who resort to them. They prefer a milk Private property or flesh diet and are greatly addicted to hunting. No one ever remains at home to till the is unknown among them. 5 soil more than one year next year he is drafted off to serve in the Those that are at home support those that are in the field. army.

They have no

p. 62, i.

p. 95, 3, 4.
5

use uterque.

say they keep up

and

make

themselves.

plus uno anno.

EXERCISE LV.
(Basea on
Cacs.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. IV.,

cc.

1-4; review exercise, to

be done without the book).

These people,

in spite of

their warlike character,

had been driven

from their own country, and, after roaming about for three years, had 2 at last reached the Rhine. But, after trying every expedient, they 3 failed to effect the passage of the river, because they had no ships. 4 So, seizing all the dwellings ad supplies of those who lived on the
other side, they maintained themselves there the rest of the winter. They use horses in battle, though they often dismount and fight on
foot.
5

They take
trial

up
to

at a

high figure from the merchants

of their strength in war,
all

the greatest pride in their horses which they buy who visit them. In order

make

we ventured

to cross the river

our cavalry. Many of them were killed in and, thorough alarm, they returned with all speed to their own homes where a year afterwards 6 they were made tributary by the

and attack them with

Germans whose
1

attacks proved irresistible.

p. 115, 6

*onmia.

p.

68,

3.

p.

48, 7

51, 2.

*p. 74,

5.

use anno postero.

EXERCISE LVI.
(Based on
Cacs.,

De

Bell. Gall., B., IV.,

1

cc.

j-io).

" We have not These envoys made the following representations 2 we have come ori invitation. If you march come here to pillage 8 into the districts we have taken possession of, you will be the
: ;

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

283

" To this we answered when they resolve to make war upon us. that we had heard that they were unable to defend their own country, but had been evicted from their homes by others that we would not allow them to approach our lands or remain in them. Let them ask the barbarians, who lived beyond the river, for lands that we would give orders that such a demand should to settle in
;
;

5 4 If aggressors and there can be no friendship between us and you. you allow us to retain our lands, we can be very useful to you ; and most countries regret but, if you attack us, we will resist you
;

be granted.
to their
1

When

they received this answer, they carried

2

it

back
be

6 camp, promising to return the next day but one.

say said these things.

p. 44, 6, note.
5

use regiones.
6

to

an aggressor =to attack third day; 147, 2.

first.

say to us with you.

say on the

EXERCISE LVII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. IV., cc.

to be

5-10 done without the booK).

review

exercise,

The river here makes several large islands which are inhabited 1 by barbarous tribes whose diet consists offish. They are, however, in battle even to the gods, themselves and consider fierce equal very claiming (co-ord. vb.) that no one on earth can vanquish them. It 2 is said that they are a match for the picked cavalry of Germany, all the states of which are anxious to have them as friends. Many, accordingly, seek their aid in making war and they have no objecFor they not only protect their tion to having recourse to arms. own
They extend territory but, if invited, will invade others. their incursions all over the country. They are, however, rather
and unreliable and, when concerting important measures, they are often the mere slaves of rumor.
fickle 3
J

use vescor.

p. 38,

55,

5,

note.

p. 78, 9.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

LVII I.
cc.

De

Bell. Gall., IV.,

11-15).

All the cavalry had pushed ahead. Their orders were 1 not 2 to act on the offensive, but, if attacked, to hold their ground until our column arrived. As soon as 3 they came in sight, the enemy led out

284

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

his forces against them.

Their cavalry charged at full gallop and caused some confusion in our ranks then they dismounted and, stabbing our horses in the belly, spread such terror among the
;

began to fly in every direction. The enemy followed 4 5 slowly and did not desist from the pursuit until they came in sight of our camp. Then they retired again to their own The
rest that they

camp.

6 following morning, they sent an embassy to apologise for taking the offensive, contrary to the arrangement made the day before. They

would accept peace, they said (138, 4) and the terms we had offered they earnestly begged us not to advance further into their territory or lay waste their lands. We had nothing to fear the prestige we had gained in the country would prevent any one from making war upon us again. Such were the representations
;
;

they
l

made

in

apology for their attack.

2

p. 72, 10.

p. 12,

2,

note;

16,

I,

note.
5

p.

102,4.
6

*say nor

did they make an end of pursuing.

p. 104,8.

p.

109,2.

EXERCISE LIX.
{Based on
Caes.,

De BelL
to be

Gall., B. IV., cc. 11-15; review done without the book}.

exercise,

1 Thinking that it would be the height of madness to wait till 2 the which had gone across the river to forage, should return, and delighted that at last he had the enemy in his power, he gave the order to engage. For a short time they offered a stout

cavalry,

3 but, owing to the absence of their cavalry, they were quickly surrounded and thrown into confusion and soon retired 4 in panic from the field. Our horse were sent in pursuit, but it would have been better if they had not been. For, the enemy, facing about once more, charged our cavalry which, coming on without any 5 apprehension, was quickly thrown into confusion and driven back 6 with main considerable loss. This to the was a lucky accident body

resistance (157,0)

them for by the interposition of this delay, the enemy were enabled to cross the river in safety.
for
;

!p. 59,

2.
5

subjunctive
6

p. 104, 6, note.

p. 48, 7

51, 2.

p.

50,14.

p.

48,4-

49, 9-

EXE&C1SES ON CAESAR.

EXERCISE LX.
(Based on Caes.,

De Bell.

Gall.,

B. IV.,

cc.

26-19).

And

so the war was over1 and the

enemy had withdrawn from

in the

their territory and All their villages

hidden themselves

depths of their forests.

After this battle,

had been burned and all their corn cut down. the Rhine became the boundary of the Roman
states

Empire.

Most of the neighboring

now

submitted, seeing

Those which that 2 they could not carry on the struggle against us. 4 3 council of wai sought an alliance, received a generous response.

was then
to

called5 at which

it

was resolved that a bridge would have

be built and the army led over the river in order that all Germany might understand that we had both the courage and ability to cross their river when 6 we wished. Many urged that the army could be ferried across by means of boats but it was decided that it was
;

more

in

7 keeping with the dignity of

Rome 8
3

to lead

it

over by means

of a bridge.
*p. 48, 7
4
;

The work was completed

48. 4.
$
2
1

within ten days.

06,

113, 3.
;

use liberalizer respondere.

p.

p. 72, 10.
8

p. 48, 7

51, 2

48, 4.

107. 5.

p. 59, 2

158,

(*).

p. 162; 4.

EXERCISE LXI.
(Based on
Caes.,

De Bell.
to be

Gall., B. 7K, cc. i6-igj review exercise^ done without the book).

army

Germans, was the reputation of our that the remotest nations sent envoys to us with an earnest 1 prayer for aid. They said that many tribes who had retired into
great, after the rout of the
2 3 gathering to a general rendezvous and had 5 out with Rome to the end that these declared

So

the wilderness were

now
4

decided to fight it they would never surrender or give hostages, and that unless we crossed the river and chastised them, they would spread universal6 terror among those who had entered into alliance with us. Many
;

(they said)

their wives

had already migrated from their towns and deposited and children in the woods. They begged us to deliver 7 them from this dread, to carry over an army, and leave several strong garrisons on their side of the river. They averred that we had no

286

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

reason 8 to fear for our

and daring needed

l

own safety and that we had both the strength to render them all the aid they asked.
p. 131,
i

p.

66, 2

(c).

(i).
^

say at a place where all were

5

assembling; p. 131, or inter omnes. 7 p.

(2).

depugnare.
8

p.

162,4.

say passim

16,

i.

use<rry

32,

i.

EXERCISE LXII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B. IV.,
1

cc.

20-23).

This island lies in a northern latitude, but if you had visited it you would have found there, upon the sea coast, a nation of traders who own 2 both men-of-war and fleets of merchant-men. They are not barbarians or unacquainted with the art of war and navigation.
3 They use their ships for sailing to ports that lie opposite the island and for making war upon neighboring states. They have harbors, If any one had a thorough also, adapted for the largest ships.

knowledge of the institutions under which they live,* it would stand him in good stead. I have heard that both their courage and their 5 good judgment are held in the very highest esteem by their 1 It would be a lucky accident if such a nation would neighbors.
submit to our
1

rule.
2

p. 123, in., (b\

6

p.

68,

3.

p. 42,

4
;

43,

9.

say quibus utuntur

p. 63, 4.

use contingit.

EXERCISE LXIII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gait., B. IV.,

to be

cc. 20-23 ; review exercise, done without the book).

On
ahead

the
in

fifth

day the member of

staff 1

who had been

sent

a galley to ascertain the size 2 of the island and the character 2 He had not dared of the tribes that inhabited it, returned to us.

to leave his ship or to entrust himself to

to

him and unacquainted with our ways

men who were strangers but he had found a suit3

4 able place for disembarkation. waited, accordingly, till the a and at at the rendezvous then rest of the ships assembled given 5 Wind and tide were both signal all the regiments embarked.

We

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

287

The first favorable, so we weighed anchor at once and set sail. ships of the fleet touched the shore of the island about ten o'clock and were brought to upon a smooth shore where the hills come
down
a

to the sea.
2

say unus ex legatis.

5
;

p. 32, i.

p.

113, 4,
I, 2.

and

note,

''subjunc-

tive

p.

104, 6, (top).

p. 48,

51,

EXERCISE LXIV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall, B. IV.,

cc.

24-27).

saw our ships approaching, they showed some excitement 2 but when our troops began to disembark, they were 3 ships thoroughly alarmed. The sight, indeed, was an unusual one of war of great size coming to anchor on an unknown coast soldiers in heavy armor leaping into the waves from the ships with alacrity and advancing towards the enemy. They would have retreated at
1

When

the natives
;

once without* attacking us, but their chiefs, flinging themselves among " Stand 5 them, exhorted them not to incur such a disgrace, saying
:

do your duty to us and your 6 country." With this exhortation, they encouraged them to stand their ground and they began to discharge their spears upon our men, advancing through the waves and endeavoring to prevent the
your ground, boldly comrades
;

disembarkation.

were put to
1

flight
2

As soon, however, as 7 we reached the and moved up the country.

3

land, they

p.
6

107, 3.

p. 60, 3.
6

use compar. of inusitatus.

7

p.

139,

I.

p. 16, 3, note.

p. 16,

i.

p. 102, 4.

EXERCISE
(Based on Caes.,

LXV.

De

Bell. Gall., B.

to be

7K, cc. 24-2?; review exercise, done without the book).

well

The engagement was

2

contested 1 by both the contending

3 4 parties, the enemy's cavalry coming up to the attack at full gallop and standing their ground boldly. This was the one disadvantage

we had

5
:

artillery,

6 Our cavalry had not been able to reach the island. 7 stood us in stead. This arm the natives however, good

Our

dismay.

were quite unfamiliar with, and its strange appearance filled them with When orders were given 8 to dislodge the enemy by 3,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

discharge from the engines, they at once began to give ground
and,
;

when a general charge

followed, they were put to

flight.

They

laid the responsibility for this misfortune

upon

their lack of

foresight.

They begged
2;

that

we would condone

their attack

upon

us and grant them peace.

l 2

p.
4

38,

157,

4,

(b}.

say ab
5

use admissis equis,

p.

48,
6

7.

3 use co-ord. vb. utrisque. this one say thing was to us for

a disadvantage ;

p. 69, 8.

change
;

to
8.

a //#/ clause
8

p. 100, 8

say

"for a great assistance to us"

69,

p. 72, 10.

EXERCISE LXVI.
(Based on
Caes.,

De BelL
to be

Gall., B. IV., cc. 24-27; review exercise, done without the book}.
1

enemy sent an embassy to us to say that they would give hostages and commit themselves and their states to our mercy. They acknowledged that they had arrested and thrown 2 into prison the envoy whom we had sent ahead in a ship, charging them not 3 to go to war with us or attack us without good reason. They begged pardon for this act, the responsibility for which they laid at the door of the mob who are always inspired by over-zeal
After this battle, the
against those

whom

they fancy are the public enemies.

r

They

asked us to grant them* peace, promising that they w ould never make war 5 upon us again. Our general ordered them to give 6 hostages, to summon all their chiefs from the remoter parts of the island, and to assemble within six days in our camp. He said that he would grant them peace, and he added a prayer to Heaven 7
that the arrangement might redound (173, 3) to the prosperity of
J

all.

p. 109,
i,

2.

co-ord. vb.

p.

16, 3.

p. 16,

i.

p. 6,

i.

p. 16,

and

note.

use deos immortales contestari.

EXERCISE LXVI I.
(Based on
Caes.,

De BelL

Gall, B. IV.,

cc.

28-32}.

Up

to this time there

still

population were

in

was no suspicion. Many of the native the fields and many were passing to and fro

It is well known that these people are always concerting new measures, but no one as yet suspected that 1 they had actually formed a conspiracy to renew hostilities and

every day to the camp.

EXERCISES

Otf

CAESAR.

28'9

2 prevent us from returning again to the island. They were confident if that, they could intercept our supplies and prolong the struggle^ 3 to the winter, not a single man of us would ever leave the camp.

We
saw

ascertained that there had been a conference between their

chiefs, as

soon as they had heard of the wreck of our ships

and we

that the best thing to do 4 Men were sent every gency.

was
day

to prepare to meet 5 any contininto the fields to collect 5 corn ;

the ships that had been knocked about by the high tides were refitted, the timber and iron of those that were of no use being applied to the

purpose
into the
1

and

all

our

men were

gradually withdrawn from the fields

camp.
i
;

p.
4

12,

44, 9, note (a\ (c\ (d}.

p.

22,

2.

ne unus quidem.

p. 42, 4.

use ad.

EXERCISE LXVIII.
(Based on Caes.,

De BelL
to be

Gall., B. IV., cc. 28-32; review exercise, done without the book).

And now it was full moon and the eighteen ships, which were carrying the cavalry, weighed anchor and put to sea. When they left the harbor, the wind was light but they no sooner approached
;

Britain than 1 a storm arose which carried

2

some

of

them back

to the

continent and the rest to the lower end of the island to the westward.

came to anchor, but could not hold their ground. They would have been swamped, if they had not put out again to sea and made for the continent (123, iii, ). The same night, owing
These
latter

to the height of the tide

galleys,

it

is

always highest at

full

moon

the

which had been drawn up on the shore, and the merchantwhich were riding at anchor, were so damaged by the waves men, that3 they were quite unseaworthy.
*say "as soon as they approached;" 2 use hie. 3 p. 14, i.

use

quum primum

(p.

102, 4).

EXERCISE LXIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De BelL
to be

Gall., B. 7K, cc. 28-32; review exercise^ done without the book}.

The

consternation 1 of the

army

the

inevitable result

was

universal.

When we came

to the island,

we had no

intention of

290
wintering there.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

No

provision of corn

had been made and no

.baggage had been brought across by us. All the soldiers knew that several of the ships, which had carried over the army, were

wrecked and that the rest were disabled, having lost their cables, anchors, and rigging. The native chiefs observed our alarm. They had heard of the wreck of our ships. They fancied that, if they
could prevent us from returning 3 to the continent, no one would ever invade them again. Accordingly, they began to collect cavalry and chariots to use 4 in war against us. There was one field in

come
reap.

which the corn had not yet been cut and, thinking that we would there soon to collect it, they hid themselves in a wood, which was near the field, intending to attack us, as soon as 5 we began to
;

*p. 38, 2

2
;

"

157, 4, (<).
9, 9.

say
3

which thing, or a thing which,

4

inevi-

tably happened," p.

p. 22, 2.

p. 109, 2.

p. 102, 4.

EXERCISE LXX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. IV.,

cc.

33-38}.

Meanwhile their envoys rode in every direction, proclaiming our numerical inferiority 1 and showing what a glorious opportunity of deliverance was now presented. They stated that our army would
be
in

easily

overpowered by the multitude of the enemy

;

that

we had

only two legions and about thirty horse that we could not any longer sustain their attack in the field, and that if we were

camp

once defeated, 2 we had no place of refuge to which to retreat. 3 By these representations, they quickly collected a large number of horse and foot and chariots, and these took up their position before our camp. At first they sent a messenger to say that if we wished to
escape with our
lives,

we must

lay

down our arms

but,

disregarded this order, they formed a circle round our discharged a shower of spears upon us.
*say

when we 4 camp and

2

"the fewness of our soldiers"; co-ord.

3

vb.

p.

135* 2,

note

i.

p.

109, 2, note.

*p. 48,

51, 2.

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

291

EXERCISE LXXI.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell.

exercise, to be

Gall., B. IV., cc. 33-38 j review done without the book}.

2 The Romans had formed a circle 1 and were defending themselves of the nature The unusual to the best of their ability. enemy's plan

of attack caused us
pletely

some confusion. 3 Their infantry had comsurrounded us, and were pouring their darts upon us. Their
4

cavalry were dashing about in every direction, causing alarm by But what caused most the mere speed of their movements. was their chariots. 5 With these, on a field of battle,

apprehension

6 they perform wonders, possessing, as they do, the activity of horse Our men for more than six hours offered and the stability of foot. a brave resistance 7 but they would not have escaped the danger, if
;

our cavalry had not most opportunely come up to their assistance. As soon as they came in sight, the enemy began slowly to retreat ; our men left the field with all speed 9 and were led back to camp.

Their loss had been considerable (157,

J

c).
4 5

p. 48,

51, 2.

V8,
8

9, note.
6

p.

60, 3.
;

p. 48, 4-

emphatic
p. 38, 2
;

position;
157, 4, (b)

p. 177, 4, note.
;

p.

106, 2
9

177, 4, note.

72, 10.

p. 69, 8.

p. 78, 9, note.

EXERCISE LXXXI.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall.,

B. IV.,

cc.

33-38j review

erercise, to be

done without the book).

The equinox was now near and our ships (as has been stated) were rather unseaworthy and unfit to be exposed to wintry weather. We were all therefore of the opinion that we ought to set sail at 2 3 On the once, if we wished to reach the continent again in safety.
1

following day, therefore, at midnight we set out, after burning our camp. The same misfortune overtook us as before. Some of our
ships were unable to make the same port as the rest, but were The troops on these ships landed safely ; carried down the coast. but they would have fallen into the enemy's power, if we had not

marched

to their aid 4 with all speed.

public thanksgiving in
all

honor of our achievements was voted by parliament. But of the states which had been required to send hostages, only two

in

292

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

all complied with the demand. our withdrawal was final.

The

rest

were of the opinion

4

that:

p. 45, 2.

p. 135, 2, (i).

p. 165, 2, (a).

p. 69, 8.

EXERCISE LXXIII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall.,

B. V.,

cc.

1-3).

That winter we had 1 a large number of new ships built. They were all broader than the kind we use (8, 2) on our own seas, and lower in the gunwale, because the waves in those parts are not so 2 high as in other seas. The material needed for rigging them was All the which had been ordered 3 to states, brought from Spain. furnish ships showed great zeal and, by the day appointed, they all Those who were in charge of their conreached the rendezvous. 4 5 5 struction, received high praise from our chief. He said that as soon as the ships were loaded (128, 4) we would start from the continent, and that in a few days all preparations would be made.
;

p. 46, 6.

p.

161,
.
.

i.
;

p.

6,
5

and note
c.

72, 10.

use adv. eo

(to that place) quo.

32.

i.

157,

EXERCISE LXXIV.
(Based on Caes
.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. V., cc. f-Jj

review

exercise,

to be

done 'without the book}.

filled

Some

of the chiefs were

with alarm (157,

c) at

our arrival

and hid themselves

in 1 a neighboring

the province by their forays. When 3 sent an envoy to them to ascertain the motive* (use cur) of their 5 revolt and to tell them that unless they continued in their allegiance,

wood, from which they wasted word of this was brought us, 2 we

we would harass them with war. They declared that they were ready to make amends in every possible (use possum) way that
;

their error (use vb.~) had been they would entrust themselves

due
if

to lack of foresight, and that we wished 5 to our honor and

4

come
'/

into

camp.
2

with ace.
i.

p. 48,

7; 51,2.

p. 109, 2.

p. 32, i.

p. 131, i,(2)

135, 2, note

EXERCISE LXXV.
(Based on
These
change.
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. V.,

cc.

4-7).

chiefs are very fond of

We

power and always eager for political decided therefore to take 1 them with us. Many of

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
th'j.n

293

(157, c)

were indignant ; but none of them ventured to utter a protest though some of them had no friendly disposition towards us. Some said that they were unused 2 to sailing and afraid 2 of the sea others that they were citizens of a free country and ought 3 not to be 4 5 Entreaties, compelled to go on board ships unless they wished. 6 all must embark, and however, were of no avail we decided that embark they did. We were afraid to leave 7 them behind, thinking 8 that, in our absence (abl. abs.), their infatuation could not be
;
,

kept within bounds.

1

p.

17,
6

5,

note.
7

p.

48, 43,

P2.

33,
8

3,

note.

p.

131,
3.

I, (2).

^preces

p. 17, 5.

p. 18,

note

p. 49,

10

113, 2,

EXERCISE LXXVI.
(Based on Goes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

K,

cc.

4-7 j review exercise,

to be

done without the book).

And now
ready

for sailing.

our preparations 1 were complete and the ships were all Our chief, though he saw the good-will of the

some them

soldiers towards himself, thinking (49, 10) that they ought to receive 2 exhortation, called both horse and foot together and addressed " as follows (use haec) You will find, soldiers, that I have
:

harm coming to you. You are embarking in summer and in most favorable weather. All the states have sent us the ships 4 they were ordered to send us all the chiefs of an unfriendly turn 5 I have decided to take along with me. So I have no fear of any disturbance 1 during our absence. 6 Let no one fear 7 the sea I will take care that all your ships reach the harbor and that you are taken across in safety (use adj)."
; ;

taken precautions to prevent,3 any

^.157,4(4
62,
i.

p. 33, 3,
7

note.

p. 12, 2,

note;

13,

5.

p. 8, 2.

p.

p. 52, 4.

p. 26, 3.

EXERCISE LXXVII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall, B. V.,

cc.

8-n).

from the place and hid themselves in 1 a wood which they at once proceeded (say began)* to fortify that night,, 3 cutting down (co-ord. vb.} a number of trees and with them closing
fled
all

The enemy then

avenues of approach to the wood.

These preparations

(161, i)our

294

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

4 general heard of from the prisoners of war and ascertaining the 5 enemy's position, he made all haste (vb.) to dislodge them from their works. He landed his army in front of their fortifications

(48, 4)

and raised a mound against it. This they endeavored to 6 and they defended themselves with admirable courage, We righting from their works and seeking to repulse the legions.
prevent
spent a great part of the day in fighting, but at sunset we carried the position and the enemy once more fled and dispersed to their

homes. 7

^se
32,
i.

in with ace.
7

p.

142,6.
5.

p.

48,

7; 51,2.

p. 49, 10.

p.

p. Ig> 3

p 83,
.

EXERCISE LXXVIII.
(Based on
Caes. ,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

V.,
tJie

cc

8-nj review exercise,

to be

done without

book).

alarm 1 that about forty ships had been (815, i)and he saw that he must desist from his advance (45, 4) and return to the On his return (vb.)^ he ascertained that many of the ships shore. could be repaired, but that, though it would be an undertaking 2 of enormous labor, many new ones would have to be built. 3 He made

There he learned

to his

stranded by a violent storm during the previous night

his preparations (157, c) at once.

their

All the ships that were lying at

be beached and strongly fortified, and all the forces, foot and horse, to be recalled to camp. Bands of mechanics were summoned from the maritime states to cut down 5

moorings he ordered

'to

trees

and to begin operations. of the whole work.

1

A member of staff was

;

put in charge
4
i

use perterritus.
5

p. 59, 2

158, (h\

p. 45, 4.

p. 16,

and

note.

p.

10, 3.

EXERCISE LXXIX.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

B. K,

cc.

12-15}.

Most

of the people in this island are dressed in skins

and

stain

their bodies with

in battle.

woad which

They sow

There

is fine

quantities.

and milk. and tin and iron occur in small They export large numbers of cattle. The climate is
is

gives corn, but their diet

;

them a more
1

terrific

appearance

mainly

flesh

timber on the island

milder and the cold less intense than in Gaul.

Several smaller

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

295

In islands lie near, both towards the south and towards the north. these latter, as some writers assert (138, 4), it is dark in midwinter 2 for thirty days at a time but whether this is true or not (30, i), I
;

have not been able to ascertain. Of all the people in the island and the population is very large those that inhabit Kent are said The ships of all nations touch here. to be the most civilised.
1

p. 157, 4,

(<:).

use conti?iuus.

EXERCISE LXXX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De Bell.
to be

Gall. B. V., cc. 12-13; review exercise, done 'without the book).
,

In battle they show great through the middle of our

spirit
line.

and daring (i 57,

c)

and often broke

1

They used

to station themselves

on

hills

or in the

wood and

then, suddenly dashing out

and charging

us, they often inflicted considerable loss upon our men good deal intimidated by the novelty of their attack.

retired,

they followed us with great 2 repulsed them, in the end we were not superior in every particular. Those that inhabit the inland parts show more boldness in action

who were a When we eagerness, and though we always

than those
*p.
4.9,

who
2

live

upon the sea

coast.

10.

say in omnibus partibus.

EXERCISE LXXXI.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

V., cc. 16-21).

Not far from this was a spot which had already been fortified by them with a rampart and ditch and lay (use sum 170, 8) in the middle of a wood. This was their rendezvous 1 and to it they drove a Such a place is what they call a " town " in large number of cattle. those parts. a short delay (157, c), we slowly followed after Here, 2 them, plundering and devastating the country as much as possible on our march and inflicting great injury upon the people, many of
;

were put to the sword. They did not venture to engage us, would not have been able to sustain the attack of the legions (120, 2). They betook themselves to flight and with so much alarm that they did not halt till 3 they reached the river. This theyat once crossed.
for they
1

whom

say all assembled to that place (eo).

co-ord. verb.

105, 8, note.

296

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE LXXXII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall.,

B.

V., cc.

16-21

review

exercise,

to be

done without the book}.

(a) To them we sent an envoy who made the following represenand pron'.) " Unless you surrender, nothing will us from You will not be prevent laying (22, 2) your country waste. able to sustain our attack and you will not escape death by flight. If you lay aside all hope of carrying on the struggle, if you surrender and give hostages, we will not storm your towns or injure your lands and, as far as possible, we engage to protect you from the violence of the soldiery. If you refuse (nolo), we can ford your streams and march through your most impassable woods and nothing shall prevent you all from being put to the sword."
tations (use dico
;
:

(b) Put

in oblique narration

from ''Unless"

p. 127-134.

EXERCISE LXXXIII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. V.,

cc.

22-26).

Word was

brought

to the King,

who had now been

three years

1 upon the throne, that his enemies had resolved to take his life. He had been compelled to pay tribute and give hostages to Rome 2 he had seen his territory devastated, ships sailing from the continent and landing troops before his towns, and an enemy wintering on his borders. And now he was informed that the states considered him the author 3 of all these evils and they had resolved to heal them
;

by taking his life. Fearing (49, 10), therefore, that the insurrection was wide-spread, and that the troops he commanded (8, 2) would of success and ordering a galley to be revolt, he despaired launched, he sailed the same night for the continent. The ship was cast away in a storm and never came to land.
;

say

who was now

reigning the third year.

p.

162,4.

use

causa.

EXERCISE LXXXIV.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall.,

to be done

B. V., cc. 22-26; review exercise, without the book},

That year, owing to the drought 1 of the summer, the coi*h crop was short, and how to find a remedy against the scarcity of supplies

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

297

(45, 4 ; 30, i) was not very easy to see. He sent out envoys with orders 2 to the states to collect as much corn for him as they possibly could ; and, at the same time, he made ready to transport some of

the legions back to the continent. The equinox was approaching and very little of the summer remained. But it so happened that

some of the

ships

twenty-five new ones that we intended to

had been lost in a storm and he had to wait until were built (45, 4 104, 6). When they saw
;

go

into winter quarters, the

;

enemy made a
upon them,

sudden attack upon our camp

J

but

we made a
3

sally

3 and, after the loss of their King, they withdrew their forces.

use

pi. siccitatesj

163, 6.

p. 109, 2.

p.

52, 6.

EXERCISE LXXXV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall,

B.

V., cc. 27-30).

The matter was

laid before a council of

war

at

which he made
1

the following address

Rome and
2

the tribute

am under the deepest obligation to wish to show my gratitude. She has freed me from was in the practice of paying my neighbors. I am
:

"

3 not so destitute of experience as to trust that She has armies. That is scarcely credible.

can overthrow her

made war upon

for

all

Gaul and upon

all

Germany and no one

I

is

able to resist her or

sustain the attack of her legions.

satisfied

my love

my country

when

attacked your

camp

your soldiers.

I promise The time for consultation is brief. What through my territory. can be more frivolous than, by neglecting this danger, 4 to perish in the end either by the sword or by hunger?"
x

to consult for the safety of that they shall have a safe conduct
I

now wish

use

plurimum debere.

p. 162, 4.

p. 14,

4
;

15.

p. 48,

51,2.

EXERCISE LXXXVI.
(Based on Caes.,

De

to be

BelL Gall., B. V., cc. 27-30 ; review exercise, done without the book}.
the address given
in

Turn

into

oblique narration

Exercise

LXXXV.

298

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE LXXXVII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De Bell

Gall., J3.

F., cc.

31-35).

At midnight the council of war broke up and orders were sent 1 through the whole camp to march at dawn. No precautions were taken, but rather every device employed to increase the dangershowed no such lack of judgment. When, from the upon the night air, they observed that we were on the point of evacuating our camp, they placed an ambush in a suitable No sooner3 had our column position and awaited our arrival. which in the the route lay, than 3 the through valley disappeared enemy showed themselves on every side and attacked us both in front and rear. The order was given to abandon the baggage an order4 which was attended with unfortunate results. 5 It made the enemy more eager for the fray and caused our men to leave their
din borne

The

natives 2

standards that they might secure their valuables.

2

*P- 83, 3.

use barbari.
5

*quum primum;

p.

102,4.

^id quod ox

quae res;

p. 9, 9.

say happened unluckily

EXERCISE LXXXVII I.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

to be

Gall.^B. V.,cc. 31-35; review done without the book).

"

exercise,

When

the

enemy appeared, our 1 general showed a good

deal of

1 1 1 perturbation, hurrying hither and thither and making what seemed orders that no one He gave to be the necessary dispositions. should leave his post ; he said that we were a match for the enemy

whether 2

in

2 courage or numerical strength

;

Fortune (he averred)3

a
field left for

had not deserted us

display
itself.

that there

was

still

valor to

He

exhorted the

men merely
enemy

and not come

orders with care.

to close quarters with the The battle raged 4

;

to hurl their spears and to attend to all

till

Every soldier did his duty abandon our camp and baggage
1

from early dawn but we were compelled

3

night.

at last to

use historical infinitive

p.

55,4.

*et....et.

p. 138, 4,

p.

157,

&

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

299

EXERCISE LXXXIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

V
V., cc. 36-40).

De

Bell.

Gall, B.

After gaining this victory, the insurgents (use hostes) were confident that they would be able to effect their own freedom and take vengeance upon Rome for all the wrongs they had received at her

Envoys were sent to all their bands who had taken refuge announcement 2 that the Roman army which was wintering among them could be surprised and cut off without 3 difficulty, and to exhort all to collect and take vengeance upon Rome. The bands were easily persuaded 4 and a great force was assembled in front of our camp. They made an instant attack
hands. 1
in the forest, with the

upon

us, calling out,

as they approached, that,

4

if

we

laid

down our

arms, quarter (157, c) would be given to all. Some, in despair, rushed from the camp and were cut down by the enemy. The rest offered a brave resistance and maintained their position till nightfall.
a

say

"done by the Romans":

3

subjective genitive,

p.

62, 3.

p. 109, 2.

p. 16, i.

p. 72, 10.

EXERCISE XC.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. V.,

cc.

41-44).
:

One of these chiefs addressed our general in the following words " You have made a brave fight and it is impossible to decide (Hi,
b,

note) which of our armies

(abl.\
all

courage goes
fallen
;

nearly

be preferred to the other as far as But many of your men have are wounded you are surrounded and no one
is

to

177,

4 note).
;

can possibly 1 bring you aid. Why wait (pres. ind.) till all have fallen? We will allow you to leave your camp unharmed and to march where you will." To this our general made the following brief reply (157, c] "It is not our custom 2 to accept terms of peace from an enemy with arms in his hands if you will desist from
:

hostilities

your homes, I promise that all your demands shall be complied with. But you must give up (reddo) all your prisoners of war, as a guarantee of good faith."
a

and depart

to

use nee fieri potest ut quisquam.

p. 59, 2

158, (h).

300

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XCI.
(Based on Caes.,De Bell.
to be

Gall.^B. K, cc. 41-44; review exercise, done -without the book}.

;

p.

Turn into indirect narration the speeches of Exercise XC. 131 and 134. EXERCISE XCII.
(Based on
Matters had

see

Caes., De Bell. Gall., B. V., cc. 45-49}. now reached such a pitch that there were not men enough to man the walls. The enemy's attack was becoming more and more dangerous every day, and we began to be afraid that we

should not be able to get a

ters (83, 6) to inform

letter to the

him of our danger.

general in his winter quarThere was in the camp a

known

who had often before proved his fidelity to us and was be possessed of great courage. This slave was induced by the promise of freedom, to carry a letter through the hostile lines, although the envoys, who had already been sent out, had without exception, 1 been taken and tortured to death. The letter
Gallic slave
to

was written

in

Greek characters, with the idea of preventing 2 the

enemy from learning our plans in case he intercepted the envoy. The messenger passed through the besiegers' 3 camp without and, within five days, we saw from our camp by exciting suspicion
;

the

smoke

of the conflagrations they spread, 4 that our

us.
2

army was
4

marching towards
Conines
p. 187,
i,

ad unum.
end.

p.

12,

2,

and

note.

*rel.j

159, k.

omit

EXERCISE XCIII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell.

to be

Gall., B. K, cc. 45-49 j review exercise done without the book).

',

five o'clock in the afternoon, word was brought him On the following massacre of our army (157, c). day at dawn, he set out from his camp and advanced by forced marches into the enemy's territory, marching at He sent an envoy to the rate of twenty miles every day. 1 the besieged with the news that he was on his way and would

About
the

of

soon come up to their aid. 2 mation of his advance, they

When
at

the

enemy

ascertained infor-

once raised the siege and turned

EXERCISES ON CAESAfi.
all

the morning collect. They were descried all the legions should and less than sixty thousand strong not were from our camp. They wher, va a of side ley, other the had taken up their position on for us cona somewhat hazardous proceedmg it would have been

their forces

upon him, thinking

that they ought not to delay

till'

make an attack character of the ground, to sidering the unfavorable once withdrew at them saw when
upon them.

Our men,

they

behind the rampart with great advancmg to and fro. Some camp aU might be seen hurrying to deliberate what others hastening the rampart, (55, 4) to fortify The enemy they should adopt pan" of defence (use defendo) allured and by these for us, with contempt accordingly were filled drew up the* and dawn at stream the crossed

affectation of alarm. Inside

--

they hurle But, before they of our camp. forces before the gates t to the proclaim round camp a spear, they sent a crier come to free he was wished to come over to them,
artifices,
if
till

had passed, they began their nine o'clock. When this hour beat a retreat. till midnight and then they held out attack affair the may be mBut the courage with which they managed dead left was upoi man tenth ferred from the fact that every'

any one

We

^say "a
(conficio\

miles every day being completed" journey of twenty 6' ' "P'p. 69, 8.

'p. 104, (top).

3',

EXERCISE XCIV.
(Based on
Cats.,

DC

to be

Bell. Gall., B. V., cc. 4549>' done without the book}.

iei

exercise,

with admiration and he reached the camp, he was filled -both commander and soldiers -as their gallant praised all a meetmg of fl Thereupon, he called conduct had deserved. their valor had bee that them told he which whole army at the kindness of Heaven, both most conspicuous and that, through the enemy had not been oi of their own sorrow and the rejoicing would at once be forces

When

(he said)' the Roman long duration. All had been so senous that back into winter quarters; the uprising without' returning as them with winter to he himself would have some message without usual that year to Italy. No day passed the following day (he On him. to of an uprising being brought

1,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

said) he would pursue rsue the enemy, as he had just learned from the pnsoners of war r that they were now twenty miles away. '
'p.

138, 4-

p. 140, i.

EXERCISE XCV.
Gall., B. K, cc. 54-58). After the of this completion business, they sent ambassadors to TheSC Pr Claimed everywhere that we had lost the fnendsh.p of all their states ; that a great part of Ur adb CUt tOPieCeS; thSt the '-"f-e-nts we had e n for had d not arnved and that without them we would not tempt ^ent Fortune again in the field. At the same time, they promised rewards of money to all who should cross the river and join them tate ielded to tlieir 8 persuasi ns <*' <> ae ba has sadors returned to their states. These

(Based on

Cues.,

De

Bell.

To'Th^

,?'"%
,

tTh

r
1

IT ; Ved nevertheless Rome^rT Rome T' had been the They

'

a-

though baulked to P-Pare for war with

states,

(,62; 4).

first

to

before,

and they enjoyed great influence with

make
their

war' upon her

consequence,' being considered superior in courage to of the states that lie beyond the Rhine.
'p.

countrymen
all

in

the rest

n,

2.

use itaque or quamobrem.

EXERCISE XCVI.
(Based on Goes., De Bell. Gall, B. VI., cc. 1 6). That winter a levy of troops was held in the city and four new leg-ons were organized.' It was of the utmost impor.ance to the country (64, 4) that the loss we had sustained should be repaired and we felt that, m order to teach the barbarians what wonders (169 2 )
,

the resources of
1

Rome
'

could achieve, the

'

destttolr sist nom their

against

inCr?aSed

preparat.ons

before- they could muster their forces. hoped in th,s way to be able to fire their villages and, getting possession of the,r cattle to force them to surrender, or at any rate,' despairing of safety, to take refuge in their swamps and woods. Accordingly, our army entered their territory by forced marches in three divisions and

them

number of cohorts should kneW that "^ W u)d "<* and we were determined to march

We

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.

303

before they could send word to their troops to assemble at the rendezvous (use eo quo), we began to lay waste their lands, firing The enemy cattle. (co-ord. vb.) their houses and slaughtering their 5 4 sent an embassy to pray for pardon and were ordered to furnish

hostages.

The
:

soldiers
p. 168,
i.

made an enormous amount

2

of booty.
5

!use active

p.

104, 8.

*certe.

p. 109, 2.

p. 72, lo.

EXERCISE XCVII.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell,

to be

Gall., B. VI., cc. 1-6; review exercise, done without the book).

Word was

brought

us

that

all

these

states

were making

It was preparations for war and plotting with their neighbors. ascertained that they intended (53, i) to meet us in battle and that they had promised money and booty to all who would join them.
1 But, before their arrangements were completed, we suddenly marched into their territory. Some of their forces took refuge

(157, c) in the

towns
for

others sought the protection of the forest.

The

rest

asked

and obtained peace.

No

state ventured

to

meet us

The whole business was pushed through with such speed that our army was led back into winter quarters before some of the insurgent 2 states had received word that we had reached the point at which they had been ordered to assemble.
in the field.
*p. 104, 8
;

157,

c.

say "the states which had renewed the war,"

EXERCISE XCVIII.
(Based on
Goes.,

De Bell

Gall., B.

VI., cc. 7-10).

The enemy's strength was such that our general did not wish to fight, unless he could catch them on disadvantageous ground. But he hoped that their rashness would soon give him an
Between the opportunity of engaging them in such a position. two armies lay a river with steep banks 1 here he pitched his camp At the same and waited, in the hope that the enemy would cross. time, in order to inspire them with the suspicion that we were He announced in afraid, he resorted to the following stratagem camp that he would not expose himself to risk by attacking such a Woro^ of this was at once large force with such a small one.
j
:

304

LATIN"

PROSE COMPOSITION.
2

carried to the enemy's chieftains and, next morning at dawn, raising a loud shout, they drew up their line in front of our camp, intend-

ing to attack us with

*use abl.\
p. 62,
i.

all their forces. 3

2

p. 51, 2.

p. 53,

i.

EXERCISE XCIX.
(Based on
Caes.,

De
to

Bell. Gall., B. VI.

hi,

cc. 7-10; review exercise, done 'without the book).

,

that such would be the result, 1 and, a brief exhortation 1 to the army, he led all his forces out of the encampment. Two squadrons of horse were detached to guard the
after

Our general had suspected

baggage

2
;

the

rest

of

the

Though

the ground

was so unfavorable
;

cavalry was posted on the wings. to the enemy, they did not

hesitate to

engage us

but calling out (clamo) to each other that

the point of retreating and that all preparations had been already made for decamping, they attacked us, foot and horse.
3 calmly advanced, hurling our spears. They were at once put to flight, and, retreating, sought the shelter of the adjacent* forest. The innocent and guilty alike were punished. gave no quarter.

we were on

We

We

Their loss was enormous.

J

use verb.

p. 69, 8.

p. 51, 2.

p.

169, 4.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

C.
cc.

De Bell.

Gall, B. VI.,

11-14).

1 all, these clergy see large numbers of young men flocking to them from all parts for education some and they often voluntarily, others sent by their parents or guardians

Held

in

high honor by

twenty years. The young men obey the decrees of the priest while they remain under his instruction. He teaches a good deal about the world and the stars, and the

remain under instruction

for

universe, thinking that from this subject the young men will learn 3 of the power of God. They are persuaded, too, to give some attention to literature and to learn by heart verses of poetry in their

much

youth.

They must
It is

you

trust too

much

learn the verses by heart on the ground that if to the written letter, you will weaken your

memory.

supposed that their system of education was invented

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
in Britain

305

and transplanted
2

to the continent.
it,

Those who seek a

tnorough acquaintance with

1

resort to the former country.

3

use druides.

use distributive numeral.

p. 72, 10.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

CI.
,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

to be

cc. 11-14; review exercise ^ done without the book).

VI.

The rights of the commons in this country are not highly regarded. The common people are found in the army and are not excused
;

from military service but they are not admitted to the council of They pay taxes and are almost crushed by them but if they venture on any enterprise on their own responsibility, they 2 A noble has nearly are considered to have committed a crime.
the nation.
;

the

same power over them that a master has over his slaves. They have therefore been in the habit, from time immemorial, of joining

themselves to some of the greatest of the nobles that they may not be When they are loaded with debt, altogether without assistance.
they are often made over to him like slaves. When a dispute arises between the commons and the nobility, it is decided by the nobility 3 and, if the commons do not submit, they are excluded from the
;

religious functions of the nation.

1

say,
terdico.

"nor do they have exemption."

use admitto.

use in-

EXERCISE
(Base don Caes.>

CII.
cc.

De

Bell. GalL, B. VI.,

15-26).

Every knight, in proportion to his rank, surrounds himself with 1 These all take part as is well known large number of retainers.

in war, which is an event of almost yearly occurrence. But they have instituted the monstrous practice of human sacrifices and the
1 knights often offer up their retainers alive as victims to the gods. 2 When a man is very ill or when he is about to be exposed to serious

3 danger, he vows to offer

life

for

life, it

being thought that such a

gift

is
I

pleasing to Heaven though how they can imagine such a thing, do not know. The victims are placed in images of wicker-work
to death.

and burned

At the decease of any personage of

dis-

206

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

living things

tinguished rank, they usually pile upon the flames not only other which the dead man loved in life, but also certain of

his slaves

and
2

retainers.
affecttas (afficio,
;

^clientes.

use morbo

put in a state^.

3
z';z

gravi-

oribus pericults versaturus

78, 9.

EXERCISE
(Based on
Caes.,

CIII.

De

Bell. Gall., B. VI.,

to be

cc. 15-20; review exercise, done without the book}.

One good custom

one
is

The

No that they have established by law, is this allowed to speak on politics unless in the national assembly. reason they give is, that (as they say) 1 men are often driven to
:

crime when they hear others discussing political subjects and they consider it a scandal (adj.) that this should be a matter of constant 2 occurrence. If any one lays before a magistrate any information he
;

has received from hearsay, that magistrate

it

may

either conceal

it,

if

seems good to him, or bring it before the assembly. These people do not neglect commerce they believe that it brings in large returns to a nation, and tends (est with gen. 59, 2) to the acquisition of wealth, 3 making 4 it possible to bear the burdens of war. Accord;
;

ingly they hold that Mercury, the the gods.

z
3

god cf
4

trade,

is

supreme among

'p. 138, 4.

referre.

157, c

43, 7-

co-ord. vb.

EXERCISE CIV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. VI.,

cc.

21-29).

These people

differ considerably

from others.
;

clergy to preside at religious functions

any gods they cannot see. War is attention to. They do not care for agriculture.
of his

They have no and they do not believe in the only thing they give any

No man

has land

every year the chiefs assign a definite allotment to each individual but, a year after, he must go elsewhere. The rich have no thought of acquiring large estates or of evicting the humble
;

own

and the humble are kept in contentment 1 from their holdings These because they cannot see wealth greater than their own. men do not build cities, though they use small houses as a 2 They train their young men for war from protection against cold.
;

EXERCISES ON CAESAR.
childhood 3 by the hunt and the foray, excellence (157, a great source of credit.
l

SO'/'

c) in

wh.cn

iii

ammi aequitas.

use causa with gerundive.

a pueris.

EXERCISE CV.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B. VI., cc.

to be

21-29; review exercise, done without the book\

track (he said) extends 1 a nine days' journey parallel Jn with the stream ; then it runs for the same distance to the left.

This

fertile

known to fame and enjoying a high reputation These men think that it is the and rugged endurance. chief part of virtue to live in poverty and contentment they have no wealth and no desire for it. They have no knowledge of the luxuries 2 that come from over sea, and are the occasion of so much
it

dwells a nation well

for justice

dissension
sors
in

made

among other nations. They are never the aggreswar, though they can defend themselves when war is But from the fact that a vast wilderness upon them.
is

surrounds (say

round} their

territory,

they enjoy considerable

immunity from war.

*resj
161,
2.

EXERCISE CVI.
(Based on Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall.,

B. VI.,

cc.

2i-2g).

From childhood

and live mostly on flesh and milk. Once th^y used to send out colonies beyond the Rhine, but now they see the Their chief delight colonies of other races settling among them.
is hunting and they have a wood there which surpasses in size all woods we know. It is the haunt of many species of wild beasts, many of which differ in form and habits from those known to us.

ing) that toil They dress in skins

they are inured to toil, it being thought (say thinkincreases the strength and stature and steels the sinews.

The
not

stag seen in this

lie

wood has

taller antlers

than our stag.

It

can

knocked 2 down by any accident, it cannot rise. There, too, dwells the wild ox, which is as large as an elephant and has the strength of the bull and the speed of the stag.
;

down

if it is

a pueris,

use

affligo,

308

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE CVII.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell.

Gall, B.

VI., cc. 29-34).

And now the enemy were dispersed in every direction and were unable to defend themselves. Most of them had sought refuge (157,0)
in the forest, retreated into

impassable morasses, or concealed them-

tide. They no longer had any 2 1 all their hopes of inflictthought of settling the issue in the field ing injury on us were now centred in laying secret ambuscades and

selves in islands

formed by the

in

preventing us from entering their woods in a solid body and This was the only plan they surrounding their scattered bands. could form for escaping death and extirpation. The minds of all our
soldiers (especially the recent levies) were burning for revenge, and 3 precaution had to be exercised to prevent their eagerness for The hope of slaughter from luring them too far into the woods.

booty called out

states.

many

These
all

surrounded

of the natives themselves from the adjacent the woods in large numbers and

plundered
1

of their countrymen
2

who were
out in

killed.
3

use cogitare.

say to fight it

battle.

p. 12, 2,

note.

EXERCISE CVII I.
(Based on
Caes.,

De

Bell. Gall., B.

VI., cc. 35-44).

'I

Fortune has a wonderful influence 1

already shown

in war.

he enemy

as

every direction, and our legions were marching through the land, laying waste their fields. Word of this was carried to the Germans beyond the Rhine, and, lured by the
in

had dispersed

hope of booty, one of their band crossed the river, some thirty miles below the bridge. There they secured a large number of cattle which 2 Thence they at once advanced upon the they hid in a wood. Roman camp before which they suddenly appeared at a time when most of the men were three miles away collecting corn. The camp was defended with the greatest difficulty, and it was not till after many of them haid fallen that they abandoned the attack. Thus these Germans, who had crossed the river to invade Gaul, really
conferred a kindness upon the Gauls by almost destroying a

Roman

camp.

imultum

valere.

use in with ace.

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

309

EXERCISES ON LIVY.
EXERCISE
I.

(Based on Livy, B. XXI,

1

cc.

I and 2).

When the African war was over, Carthage (p. 162, 4) transferred her army to Spain, where, under the generalship of the high2 spirited Hamilcar, she extended her dominions, not by arms, but She did not attack the Spanish nations but won them by
policy.^

over through the friendship of their chiefs. Thus new tribes joined her empire and increased her power and resources. It was clear,
all those years she was meditating war with Rome. The loss 3 of Sicily and the cession of Sardinia galled her rulers who knew (scio) that she had been subjected to rapacious and

however, that

tyrannical exactions (use imperito, order; p. 38, 3) by Rome. (Jjhe imposition of the tribute and the seizure ot Sardinia -were especially
galling to

invaded Italy himself,

*p.52,6.
2

Hamilcar who would have, 4 at the earliest opportunity, if his death had not postponed the wariW
p. 3,

8;

62,

i.

p. 50, 14.

*p. 123, III.

EXERCISE

II.

(Based on Livy, B. XXI,

cc.

j-j).

The senate appointed Hannibal to the command of the army in 1 Spain after the assassination of Hasdrubal. The aristocratic party had however exerted themselves to prevent (ne) the command from 2 being conferred upon him they were afraid that he would
;

succeed to

all his father's influence.

Numbers, however, as usual

;

Hannibal was manifestly destined to carried the day (173, 3). be a great leader. He won the veterans at once they saw his father in him he had the same animated expression and the same
:

3 piercing eye. They felt the utmost confidence in him. best foot-soldier and the best horse-soldier in the army

He was
;

the

and when

he gave an
x

order,
2

it

was obeyed.
s

p. 50, 14.

I7,

i.

omit the

adjs., as

implied;

p. 187,

I,

end.

*p. 161,

i.

310

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B. 27,
cc.

III.

1-5 ; review exercise, to be done without

the book).

There

is

a story that the father bound the son by an oath to

invade Italy at the earliest opportunity and that, on the same occasion, the son declared that he would be the eternal (use semper)

enemy
indeed

of

Rome.

When
the

(89,

7) with

sent to Spain after his father's death not consent of the rulers it could not be

without difficulty (use facile} decided 1 whether general or common soldier put more confidence in him. He had wonderful 2 skill in

winning men's hearts, a wonderful genius for command, and a wonderful power of enduring hardship. Historians state that it was 3 only the time that remained after doing his work which he gave
to sleep.
a

p.

170,7.
3

say very

words

like this, instead of the

p. 43, 7.

much Latin constantly uses colorless more picturesque or specific English

\

phrase.

EXERCISE IV
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

j-/ ).

Between him and the enemy lay a river and this he believed the would soon cross. Accordingly, he posted his cavalry on the bank with instructions (vb.) not to attack until the enemy were in the stream. They had not long to wait (45, 4) the enemy were naturally and thinking 1 that they were already victors and high-spirited that the Carthaginians would retreat before them, they raised a shout and rushed pell-mell into the river. The fight was not an
latter
;
;

equal one or very successful for them. Some were trampled down others were carried away by the current and by the cavalry drowned few found a safe retreat to their own bank.
;

'49, 10.

EXERCISE V.
(Based on Livy, B.
21,
cc.

j-/y review
the book}.

exercise, to be

done without

then

The envoys were introduced to the senate by the consuls, who moved that the House consider the political situation. It was clear to all that Hannibal had determined to make war upon Rome.

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

311

1 sowing seeds of strife by attacking her allies, laying waste and storming and plundering their towns. Everybody saw that, without doubt, war was impending. The opinion was expressed by some that he ought to be attacked at once both by Others thought that action should not be taken sea and land. So it was resolved 2 that an rashly in so important a matter. 3 to abstain from attacking the warn Hannibal be sent to embassy

He was

their lands,

allies of

Rome.
2

!p. 43,

7.

p.

6, 5.

p. 16,

i.

EXERCISE VI.
{Based on Livy, B. 21,
c.

7 ; review exercise, to be done 'without

the book}.

tal (say city),

In the midst of these preparations and deliberations 1 at the capithe enemy began his operations, attacking (use co-ord.

and planting his batteries opposite an angle of the wall where the ground sloped down into the open His first attempts met with poor success. The point valley. attacked was defended by a large fort, a great height of wall, and a picked body of troops. The besieged 2 were even encouraged to make a sally upon the enemy's pickets and siege-works and in the skirmish that ensued, their loss (vb.) was not numerically greater
vb.) the place in three divisions
;

The general, himself, in(use plures) than that of the enemy. cautiously approaching (use dum) too near the wall, received a
spear
1

wound
161,
i.

in the thigh

a disaster which (161,

3

2)

almost led to

a general 4 abandonment 5 of the works.

2

p.

p.

142,
adjs.,
4

8.

acc.; this
5

is

used by Livy with

ace.

but not by Caes. or Cic.

all.

a poetical construction It is called the

of specification.

say

p. 50, 14.

EXERCISE VII.
(Based on Livy, B.
2i,*cc.

8-10; review exercise, to be done without

the book).

From Spain the embassy went straight to Carthage, to plead the Roman cause in the Carthaginian senate They represented that
1

Hannibal had already broken the treaty .by capturing the towns of

312
the allies of Rome, the senate that
it

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

and tampering with peaceful states. They warned was the walls of Carthage that he was battering with his engines. It was clear that, if the senate wished to please R j-ne, 3 they must* surrender Hannibal. Some were of the opinion that an embassy should be sent to apologise to the Roman senate but it was thought by the majority that such an embassy would be
unsuccessful.
!p. 44, note.
2

use say.

p.

135

p. 162, 4.

*p. 45, 4.

EXERCISE VIII.
(Based on Livy, B. 21
,

cc.

8-10 ; review exercise, to be done without the book).

Meantime

the people of the town

1

had

offered a brave

and unex-

pected resistance, and their spirits rose accordingly. But there was no cessation 1 of hostilities (arma). One side (hi) was fired with
the other with despair. The one party believed that if they put forth some effort, they would take the town the other would not give ground, because it was seen 2 that, if they allowed them to enter the place, 3 the Carthaginians would take vengeance upon the

hope

town

for its brave resistance (use quia

to
in

113, 2).

The
;

defenders,

however, were unable

superiority of the

defend their whole wall because of the

enemy

battered
l

down
c.

at

many

points

numbers (use plures) by the ram.

"video.
4

and

it

was soon

p. 157,

*use appareo for pass, of

first.

p.

135, 2, 2, (a)

get the direct narration

use

townsmen ;

p. 187, 2.

EXERCISE IX.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

11-15).

The ramparts resounded

in

with confused cries, but no one

knew

engines stripped the walls of their defenders, and, on the side where they had not been cemented with mortar, the pick-axe was slowly undermining them

what direction

1 to cariy assistance.

The

from

below.

Seizing

an elevated position inside the

it

city,

the

enemy had surrounded

the heart of the town.

and thus they had a fort in Scarcity of supplies was growing greater
with a wall
;

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

313

3 every day, and the prospect of help from abroad was growing every day less. Their only hope was far away. Thinking that there

attack,

should be no longer delay, Hannibal gave the signal for a general and in a moment carried the city. No quarter* was given.
fell

All the booty

1

to the soldiers.
:

it

The subjunctive here must do double duty 3 2 adj. p. 49, 10. expresses (a) the indir. ques., (b) the delib. ques. 4 use Eng. phrases of place and time are often expressed by adjs.
p. 24,
;

p. 30, 3.

parco j

72, 10.

EXERCISE X.
(Based on Livy, B. ^7,
cc.

11-15 ; review exercise, to be done without

the book}.

There was one man among Hannibal's soldiers who thought that he ought (45, 4) to try and realise (tempto, make trial of) this hope He knew that tears would have no influence 1 with the of peace.
but cruel Carthaginian their town almost in the
;

he hoped that the Saguntines, seeing 2 hands of the enemy, would accept even

the severe

conditions of peace offered them.. He accordingly approached the town before the eyes of all, gave up his sword to

He told the senate, before the sentry, and crossed the lines. which he was conducted, that resistance 1 was no longer possible 1 (i 1 1, 6, c, note), and he stated the demands the enemy made. "He
" asks you," he said, to

make

restitution to the Turdetani

city

to give

up all your gold and silver, and to leave your where he shall bid you " \fut. perf.)
!p. 157,
c.
2

and build another

p. 49, 10.

EXERCISE XI.
(Based on Livy, B. ^/,
cc.

16-20).

brought to Rome of the sack of Saguntum, there was universal (use omnes) excitement and confusion. Rome had never met a more warlike enemy than the Carthaginians. They had
1

When word was

been trained by military service of more than twenty years duration they had an active leader of the most spirited temper and all the nations of Spain were paying them tiibute. The Romans were
;
;

filled

ruins of

with shame, 2 too, at the destruction of their allies. The Saguntum were a mournful object-lesson to Spain not to

314

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

Rome (use nc). When she had once taken under her protection, 3 she should have assisted it and not 2 betrayed it to the enemy. All the allies were tired of such friendput any further faith in
that city

ship.
2

'p. 157,

<:.

p. 66, 3.

p. 107, 3.

EXERCISE XII.
(Based on Livy, B.
21,
cc.

16-20

review exercise,

to be

done

ivitJiout

the book\
1 Receiving these instructions, the venerable ambassadors departed No sooner 3 had they reached that city than a hearing

for Carthage. 2

was given them by the senate, from which they inquired whether or not Hannibal's attack upon Saguntum had been made with the
authority of the state. "
said,
:

"

If

it

we must demand

satisfaction."

was made upon your authority," they To this the following answer
;

was given "It is our business to punish our own citizens the question for you to settle is, whether, in accordance with the treaties between us, the attack was justifiable." The ambassadors returned
5 Rome, where they found that all preparations had been completed for making war with both land and naval forces.

to

*p. 49, 10

157,

c.

p.

83,4

p. 102, 4.

p. 30, 2.

p. 157, c.

EXERCISE XIII.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

21-25}.

At the beginning of spring, therefore, the forces assembled. The almost all the soldiers had gone to see rest had been very grateful 1 (44) their friends. It was generally known that the army was likely to invade Italy but precautions had also to be taken for keeping A fleet was given to Hannibal's frica and Spain. the enemy from
;
;
.

2 brother for the protection of the sea-coast, under the conviction that the war would be carried on by both sea and land. Envoys

were sent to the Gallic chiefs to ask them march through their territories, and to say was not coming as an enemy, but as a friend to draw the sword until 4 he reached Italy.
p. 54, 2.
2

to allow

the

army

to

that the Carthaginian

;

that he did not wish

p. 157, c.

p.

6, i.

p. 105, note.

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

315

EXERCISE XIV.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

to be done without 21-25; review exercise,

the book}.

:-" You have asked of these ambassadors spoke as follows this large army through your lead to wish we me chieftain, why 1 are are going to invade Italy. lands (30, i). I will tell you. 2 Our resentment of Rome. enemies the are we not your enemies Rome has tampered with our allies, conquere is of long standing. colonies in our midst, and our towns, placed garrisons and planted are more afraid citizens. her lands among distributed our the mountains therefore, we have crossed war of than and, slavery have come to cities. her to attack our enemy and besiege territory. a your ask through to and passage of peace, you to treat Heaven's good help, we do not wish to begin the war until, with

One

We

We

We

We

We

arrive in Italy."
!p. 54, 2.
2

p. 162, 4-

EXERCISE XV.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
c.

22; review
the book).

exercise, to be

done without

It is

the tradition, here, according to

i

youth of angelic beauty (62, him to by Heaven to guide

"

),

who announced
(so

Italy.

youth,

and

follow."

At

first

he saw in his sleep a that he had been sent " Fix your eyes on me," said the the story says) he was afraid, and
1

that

behind nor followed, looking neither

aiound.

But, after a while

2

he he began to wonder what the marvel could be, (deinde), when crash the amid looked back and saw a huge serpent moving along He asked the A storm-cloud and thunder followed. of trees " It is the devastation of he said, it meant (so, i), and what youth He was much cheered, the story says, by the vision. Italy."
*use vb.; p. 138,
2

4-

see Ex. IX.,

i.

EXERCISE XVI.
(Based on Livy, B.
21,
cc.

26-30).
:

On Rome

" The senate of as follows this occasion his words were the crossed have Pyrenees, and has heard, soldiers, that you

316

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

that you are now about to cross the Alps (53, i). They are filled with wonder and fear, and all is excitement (use trepido) in that city. 1 But, for my part, I wonder that the same fear should have assailed You have you. conquered all the tribes of Spain you have crossed mountains you have subdued the might of rivers and you have marched here to deliver (44) the world from slavery, and to blot out the name of Rome. Why do you halt before her very gates ? No
;
;

is insurmountable to the human race. Men have crossed these mountains before; why cannot we cross them now? must not yield in valor to the tribes 3 we have so often conquered. have come here to attack the capital of the world ; let not fear delay our enterprise (26, 3)."

obstacle 2

We

We
l

ego;

p. 87, i.

p.

161,

2.

p. 8, 2.

EXERCISE XVII.
Turn
N.B.
into indirect narration the speech of Exercise

XVI.

-.

Turn the vocative

into the accusative before inf.

"

'

EXERCISE XVIII.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

31-34).

Their march often lay through deep valleys or under ridges upon which the brave mountaineers had taken up their position. 1 These
with missiles
attacked the column in front and rear, both hand to hand and they even rolled down rocks upon it from the hills.
;

2 Again it often lay along defiles with precipices on both sides, from which men and horses and beasts of burden continually fell.

The woods, echoing

too, of treachery.

with the discordant shouts of the natives, 3

at

increased the confusion and alarm.

Cne day

They had some experience, dawn some venerable chieftains met

them and offered them guides. These were accepted at once. But a number of armed men had been posted on a height that overhung the road, and there is no doubt that, if the army had not advanced in fighting order, it would have been brought to destruction. 4
1

p. 157,

c.

p. 170, 8.

use barbari.

p. 22,

140,

3.

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

31 1

EXERCISE XIX.
(Based on Livy, B. 21 ,
cc.

31-34; review
the book}.

exercise^ to be

done without

.sea,

Next day at dawn, they decamped and retired further from the advancing in a straight line (recta regione) along the river bank. Though it carries a large volume of water, this river is not
navigable; nor does
days' advance,
2
1 After a three offer any safety for crossing. mountains. arrived at the The mountaineers they are uncivilized but kind, and they assisted the army with clothes

it

and food.
guide* the

They

also offered hostages,

defiles.

and stated

column through the

that they would Blind credence'2 was not

3 put in their word, but the general availed himself of the services of the guides. Rumor usually exaggerates ; but the ice and snow

of the mountains were frightful to see.

to haft j^rand .the
1

The army was ordered

camp was
c.

pitched in a deep- valley.

4

s p. .4<3V>.

]*5^

*utor.

p. 16, i.

EXERCISE XX.
(Based on Livy, B. 21
',

cc.

And now the time for the setting 1 of the Pleiades was near and snow was beginning to fall. Soon the whole route was blocked with it and the advance of the column was extremely slow. Despair 2 appeared on every face. But just here Hannibal showed what an admirable general he was. 3 The whole army was exhausted with fighting and the toil of road making (use munio), but they had at last reached the summit', and now Italy was almost in sight. A rest of two days was allowed to recruit, and the camp was pitched upon the top of the ridge. During these two days, he drew up the lines on a height, which commanded a distant view, and pointed
"These mountains," he
are once* scaled, the
this

out the level plains of Italy, stretching beneath the mountains. said, "are the ramparts of Italy; when they

Roman

citadel will soon

be

in
left

our power."
their
note.

In

way he encouraged
1

the soldiers before they

;

camp.
3

**>., their setting at

sunrise

Oct. 26.

p. 177, 4,

p. 30, I.

*p.

06,

i,

note.

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XXI.
{Based on Livy, B. 21,
It is
cc.

JJ-J^y review exercise, to be done without

the book).

generally agreed that he lost many men in crossing the mountains. There is no doubt 1 that some were carried off by

and many by the sword of the mountaineer. Rhone and before he men. There is no agreement, however, among the authorities (157, c) as to what his numerical strength was (use quotj 32), when he descended from the Alps. Some say he had one hundred thousand foot and thirty thousand horse and the statement of these writers is more' probable than that of those who say that he had only twenty thousand foot and six thousand horse. The route, also, by which he crossed the mountains is uncertain. Authorities, who usually have much 2 weight with me, are not worthy to be believed with regard to th^
starvation,
cold,

some by

writers state that, after he crossed the arrived in Italy, he lost thirty-six thousand

Some

matter.
'p. 22, I.
2

p.

in, b;

38,

3.

EXERCISE XXII.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

40-43).

When Rome
more

(162, 4) saw the Carthaginians taking up arms once against her, she well knew that they were not to be despised.
;

They had conquered Spain and Gaul

spirited
tribes
;

they had
;

of these lands tributary

made the highthey had crossed lofty

mountains and rapid streams they had an army which had been hunting cattle and campaigning for twenty years among the hills of Lusitania and they had an illustrious general who was the foster;

child, as

it

1 were, of the camp, to

whom

not a single soldier in the

army was unknown. This dreaded erferny had to be met with an army of recruits, which had been beaten in the field the previous summer. The Roman general was unknown to the army, and the army was unknown to its general. He was, however, a man of high 3 2 spirit, and he advanced with all possible speed to meet the enemy,
encouraging his
their
1

men
4

to fight (16, i) as

if

they were fighting against

4

own
J

slaves.
2

P-

73, 5-

P- 62,

p.

190, 4,

c.

/8, 9, note.

ii7, 3>

&

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

lO

EXERCISE XXIII.
(Based on Livy, B. 21,
cc.

40-43

review exercise,

to be

done without

the book}.

the army was in this state of mind, he addressed them as " You are going to engage (53, i ) an enemy, soldiers, whom you have frequently conquered both by sea and land. They are indeed (quidem) our slaves, and have paid us tribute for twenty years.
follows
:

When

l Fight, therefore, with the feeling that you are fighting against your 2 3 4 slaves. You will say that we might, had we wished, have destroyed

starvation by merely taking our fleet to Africa, we might have blotted out both their city and their name. We might, indeed. And would to Heaven 5 that we had taken this course, instead of 6 Let each of making peace with them and granting them pardon you remember that he is fighting not merely for himself, his wife and

them by

his children, but also for his country.

the ramparts of
will

Rome
2

You are going remember that the eyes and,

3

to fight before

of the country

be upon you."
1

V
J

17, 3,0.

p.

203,/

p. 33, 5-

P- 123, III. b.

p. 25. 2.

use quum.

EXERCISE

XXIV.
XXIV.

Turn

into indirect narration the speech of Exercise

EXERCISE

XXV.
cc.

(Based on Livy, B. 21,

44-48).

With a view to encouraging the

as follows "
:

soldiers,

he spoke on

this

occasion

approaching, and I see that the enemy will give us an opportunity of meeting them in Their allies shall soon be in sight of their camp. the field.
'1

he day of

battle, soldiers, is

We

have been

stirred

up

to revolt,

and

will fly to

arms and desert

to us,

that their lands

we

2 escape devastation. Spare them in the fight ; 3 4 will show no cruelty towards those of them we take prisoners.

may

All the

needed

(142,

8) supplies

have been secured

we have

captured the granary where the Roman general had stored his corn. The general himself has taken up his position beside the stream, where we will soon attack and vanquish him. I now wish to pro-

320

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

I will claim the rewards in expectation of which you will fight. wish land who from to money, to give land, exempt taxation, any
;

those

come
J

To those of our allies who wish to beprefer money. citizens, I will afford the opportunity of becoming citizens."
who
2

p. 12, i.

p. 12, 2, note.

p.

157,

c.

p. 8, 2.

EXERCISE

XXVI.

Turn

into indirect narration the speech of Exercise

XXV.

EXERCISE XXVII.
{Based on Livy, B.
21,
cc.

44-48; review exercise, to be done without

the book}.

At first but, after a little, a dust arose from the advance of such a large number of men and it was clear to us that the enemy were approaching. Orders were at once given to halt and prepare for battle. Great eagerness for the fray was shown The infantry raised a shout, 1 as they advanced in close in our army. order upon the enemy. The cavalry had been ordered to make a short detour and show themselves on the enemy's rear and no sooner 2 had they appeared than the enemy were thrown into confusion 3 and began to fly. The reserves had fled almost before our
neither
; ;

army saw the other

shout was- raised. These latter retired, in broken order, to their 3 camp, where they told the story that the whole army had been cut off. There were some, however, who showed more courage than the and these preferred to find death on the field rather than reserves 4
;

in flight.
river,

Many

retired without disorder, and, advancing to the

loosed the raft with which they crossed in safety.

!p. 38, 2.
2

had spanned the stream, and

4 1

p.

102, 4.

p. 157,

c.

p.

10, 6.

EXERCISE XXVIII.
{Based on Livy, B. 21
',

cc.

49-53}.

sooner was word of Hannibal's arrival 2 carried to Rome (use nuntio) than despatches were sent to the other consul in Sicily
1

No

ordering

him

to reinforce his colleague at his earliest opportunity.

EXERCISES

Otf LIVY.

Successful operations had been carried on in that island even The Carthaginians had sent a fleet to before the consul's arrival. ravage the coast of Sicily and the adjacent islands and to stir up
their old allies.

But the fleet was scattered by a storm, and some of the vessels were captured, without opposition, 3 by King Hiero second fleet had been put to flight, with and towed into port.

the loss of seven ships, by the praetor Aemilius, the Roman governor of the province. As the consul sailed into the strait, King Hiero

met him and promised him

states

his support
;

He said
change.

that the maritime

danger who hoped that there would be a

were

in great

that there were certain parties in

political

them

few days after, 2 they received word of the rout of the Carthaginian fleet. There2 upon the consul took his departure and joined his colleague.

102, 4.

p. 157,

c.

p. 52, 5.

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B.
21.
cc.

XXIX.
to be

49-53; review exercise,

the book}.

done without

The admiral (imperator) had intentionally delayed the advance of the fleet so as to approach the town before daylight. But the

moon shone
at

all through the night and the fleet, as it approached, was once seen from the watch-towers. A call to arms was raised 1 and seamen and marines embarked without delay. The enemy, seeing 2

that

we were

not unprepared, did not hold on his course, but began

to clear his ships for action.

No

sooner 3 had day dawned, than

we

put out against him. turned to

flight.

The

battle did not last long.

;

Seven of his

ships were surrounded

and taken and, perceiving this, the rest Our fleet returned in safety to the harbor. All the marines and seamen taken in the battle were sold as slaves.
l

p. 38, 2.

p. 49, 10.

p. 102, 4.

EXERCISE

XXX.
21, cc. 49-53).

(Based on Ltvy, B.

In this battle they had been successful with the very arm (use pars) with which they had been beaten before. The general was elated accordingly and thought that there should be no further post-

322

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

1 of the elections was approaching and ponement or delay. The day the 2 he was afraid that, by postponing the engagement (abl. abs.\ to others. "Why are we wasting over turned be of victory might glory The empire must time?" he said "why must we delay longer? 3 is no hope of there or have we the with troops either be defended here to liberate our country. come have We it at all. defending
;

in inactivity within our then, are we standing more inactive we shall become. is postponed, the longer the battle for action The enemy's camp is pitched on our native soil the time wont to were fathers our as before us, has come let us drive him 5 his he compelled ago), (use such do." By short-sighted importunity battle. for to order the army to prepare

Why,

lines

The 4

colleague

^.45, 4J

P.

157,*

'P. '7,1-

P-8,2.

118,5-

i57,*

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B.

XXXI.
22,
cc.

I and 2).
its
8

and he The Gauls began quarters them. They saw that himself to against had constantly protect of the war, and it was not pleasing their country had become the seat
to assail

That

spring, he

moved his army

earlier

than usual 1 from

winter

him with

secret plots,

to them.

However,
;

after

forming a conspiracy against him, they

they are characterized usually betrayed it These attacks (insidiae), at any rate (certe),
his

by great fickleness. were one reason for

moving
;

early.
c.}

A
5-

second reason was the rumor of the arrival

5

(use vb.

157,
2

5 of the consul at Arretium. 3

77, 5-

P-74,

P-

49,95

157,

c.

*p.62,i.

p. 83, 4.

EXERCISE XXXII.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

i and 2; review exercise Jo be done without

the book}.

then followed the first had completely covered. The guides went the Numidians the Gauls came the in centre, veterans then,
;

The march lay

;

(use

sum

70, 8) across

a swamp, which the water

marched

last

and closed the column.

halt,

No

hardship was wanting.

They could not

because the

mud was

so deep.

There was no

EXERCISES ON LIVY.
dry land on which (no, seeking a little repose
water and
cattle,
lie

323

on that
of which

they could stretch their weary bodies when they had to pile (45, 4) the baggage in the" or else 1 they had to find a bed on a heap of
6)

killed

many many

this they

had fallen all along the route. Lack of sleep had to endure for four days and three nights. 2

The
1

and even
omit.

chief himself could hardly stand the inclemency of the weather lost the use of one of his eyes.
2

p. 86,

T..

EXERCISE XXXIII.
{Based on Livy, B. 22,
1

cc.

j and 4).

No sooner had he cleared the swamp and pitched his camp than he ascertained, through the instrumentality of 2 his scouts, all that it was for his advantage to ascertain. It was quite clear that the enemy would not remain inactive, and that they felt it a personal 3 (use suus) dishonor that the Carthaginians should be roving through Italy, besieging their towns, and wasting their land with fire and sword and all the horrors of war. The enemy's general, he ascertained* was a man of the most spirited temper, and rather prone to precipiand good fortune had fed his natural recklessness tate action with success in war. All this showed quite clearly that he would not wait for his colleague, but would order the army to attack5
;

immediately.
l

p.
5

102, 4.
1

p. 75, 5,

note

i.

inf.

p.

4 and 55,

I.

p. 138,

4.

p.

6, i,

note.

EXERCISE

XXXIV.

(Based on Livy, B. 22, cc.j and 4; review exercise, to be done without

the book).

Reaching the lake at sundown, they pitched their camp at the very mouth of the pass, and next day entered the defile. They saw some of the enemy in front of them, but they did not know that
others had taken up their position in the rear
that, in fact (use
;

and over-head and atque 201, a) they were completely surrounded. A thick mist from the lake now settled down upon the pass, Between the hills and the lake is a narrow plain, and on this th' but before a shout 2 arose or a sword v/as drawn, line was drawn up
;
j

324
the

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

enemy began to advance in even order upon them. At the same time, fighting began 2 on both flanks, where the enemy's horse had taken up their position.
>p. 49, 10.
2

p.

38, 2.

EXERCISE

XXXV.

(Based on Livy, B. 22, cc. j* and 6). The general, in view of the alarm, 1 showed considerable resolu2 but the word tion, and encouraged the troops to stand their ground of command was drowned by the shouts of panic (173, 3 48, 6) and so thick was the mist that the eye could not see which way Some writers state that an they ought to turn (Ex. IX., note i). earthquake occurred at the same time as the battle but, if it did (use flo), none of the combatants observed it such was the din and confusion that the use of both eye and ear were snatched from them. And now the battle had raged fiercely 3 for three hours, and it was clear that there was no hope of safety. Then their courage failed Some rushed into the lake and them, and all turned to flight. were drowned others, swimming back to land, were cut down by the cavalry a few made a sally, and cut a path through the enemy
; ;
;

with the sword.

J

p.

1 1

8,

6,/

use adv.

p. 38, 2,

note.

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B.
22,
cc,

XXXVI.
6 ; review exercise, to be done

j and

luiiJiout ike book).

" were as follows (use hie) You are on your flank are the lake and the mountain in front and rear are the enemy's lines. But the less fear you have, the less danger there will be (11*, 5) you must win eaven, but by strength and courage." your way out, not by prayers to After this exhortation, he put spurs to his horse, and dashed into the thick of the enemy, wherever 2 he saw his men hard pressed. But it was soon clear that there was no hope of escape. The tide of and when the sun had dispelled the battle 3 turned against him mist and cleared the sky, it revealed to mountain and lake utter ruin and a Roman army cut to pieces upon the plain.

His words on

this occasion

shut

in, soldiers,
;

on

all

sides

p.

i$7,c;

p. 49, 8.

p.

107,

5-

P-

73, 3

use inclino,

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

325

EXERCISE

XXXVII.
22,
cc. 7-9).

(Based on Livy, B.

Such was the celebrated defeat of Rome 1 beside Lake Trasumennus. The loss on both sides was enormous, and many died of their wounds after the battle. The Roman prisoners of war were thrown into chains. The Carthaginian dead were buried the body of the consul, who had fallen on the field, was carefully sought for by the victors, but it could not be found. Although successful in point of issue, the battle had not been an easy one to win for the enemy. A rest of several days had to be given the soldiers to recruit. They were still exhausted from their march across the swamp. After their rest, they marched straight into Umbria and, after laying waste the land, attacked some of its towns. A successful resistance 2 was offered by them to the victorious Carthaginian, who was thus able to form a guess as to what he had to hope for 3 from attacking the towns of Italy.
;
;

*p. 162, 4.

p. 157, c

3
;

p. 38, 3.

see Livy, Exercise IX.,

i.

EXERCISE XXXVIII.
(Based on Livy, B, 22,
cc.

7-9; review exercise, to be done without

the book}.

When word Rome, a multitude of men and women rushed tumultuously into the market-place, inquiring of 1 all they met the meaning of the rumors which had been brought to the city. At first they could get no definite information 2 but at last, when they had waited all day long for the news, it was announced that the consul had been killed that few of the army survived and that these were either scattered in flight or prisoners The terror was overwhelming 3 no one knew what to hope of war. for or what to fear (24, d). The senate-house was thronged and the senate sat for several days from daylight to sunset, considering what was to be done. 4 After the loss of such an army, there were no forces with which resistance 5 could be offered to the victors.
of the disaster reached
;
;

say what were;

3, 2.
*

p.
;

30,

T.

p.
5

161,

i.

say very great; Livy,

Ex.

p. 30,

p. 45, 4.

p. 157,

p. 38, 3,

326

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE

XXXIX.
22, cc. 10-12}.

{Based on Livy^ B.

Then, and not till then (turn demuni) Rome was taught a lesson 1 by her misfortunes, and she sought out a leader of courage firmThis was Fabius who was called (appello), ness, and discretion.
,

because of his sober counsels, "Cunctator."

political condition of the

2 Having brought the

country before the House, they voted that Fabius was to take such action as seemed to him to be for the advantage of the nation. He said that he would enrol two new legions and that he would appoint a day for a general rendezvous.

On the day appointed, the -new legions assembled at Tibur. 3 Some with the of these soldiers he sent to act as a garrison 4 for the city Hannibal at once began others he advanced against the enemy.
;

to

sound

his

of the allies 5
6 decamp and

temper and and burned

to test his firmness.

He

wasted the land

their dwellings

then he would suddenly

retire from sight or send an envoy to announce 7 that he would meet the Romans in the field.
l

p. 62,

and

2.

p.

49,9; use respublica.

7

p.

82,

2.

p. 69,8,

p. 48, 4.

*impf. ind.

p. 109, 2.

EXERCISE XL.
{Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

10-12 ; review exercise, to be done without

the book\

Meantime a despatch was brought to Rome stating that certain merchantmen carrying corn to the army in Spain had been
1 captured by the enemy. Without delay, orders were sent to the consul to man all the ships in Ostia with seamen and marines and and a large numto go at once in pursuit. The order was obeyed
;

ber of

put on board the ships, which at once set out in They had also orders to protect the pursuit of the enemy's fleet. coast of Italy. The fleet afforded a fine spectacle as it sailed (navig-o) showed that the state had not yet forgotten it from harbor
;

men were

2 to protect her armies

and

to afford

complete safety to both

citizen

and

ally.
2 c.

*p. 157,

p.

8, 3.

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

327

EXERCISE XLI.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
"
1

cc.

13-15}.

He made the following representations (use died) The enemy has long been laying waste our lovely

to the officers
fields,

storming

our

He is now by gifts cities and colonies, and burning our villas. 2 and promises winning over our allies, sending men to announce that 3 they will be under a juster rule than ours. We can see him, before our eyes, shut in by hills and streams on every side, and his cavalry are far off on a foray. Why do we hesitate ? Let us engage him
before the horse can return (104,8) let us cut his army to pieces beHe must return 4 by the same pass by which fore they can retreat.
;

he came

as he leads the

he has therefore no hope of escape we can crush him army back over the heights. Let us shake off this The war must be brought to an end by our necks. from yoke courage and action and not by timid prayers and cowardly
;

counsels."

34, 3-

P- 109, 2.

p. 157,

c.

p. 45, 4-

EXERCISE XLII.

Turn

into indirect narration, after dixir, the speech of Ex.

XLI.

EXERCISE XLIII.
(Based on Livy, B.
22,
cc.

16-20).

dawn, word was brought that the enemy's fleet was stationed off the mouth of the river, but that the seamen and marines 1 were strolling upon the shore, without any expectation either of an

Next day

at

or of a battle. Orders were at once given to our fleet to and cruise anchor along the shore towards the river-mouth. weigh No sooner 2 did the men in the look-outs (169, 3) these are towers see us approaching, than that they are said to use against pirates

enemy

they despatched a horseman with orders that all their men should embark without delay and put to sea. But, whem word came that 3 our fleet was close at hand, great confusion arose, and the marines

could hardly seize their arms, go on board and put to sea, before our ships were drawn up in line off the mouth of the river. At the

328
first

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

onset, two of the enemy's ships were captured and four were sunk. rest immediately turned to flight, and were beached by their

The

crews.
battle
l

Of these latter we dragged several out to sea. By this we got command of the whole coast and secured much booty,
c;
p. J40,
i.
2

p. 157,

p. 102, 4.

p. 38, 2.

EXERCISE XLIV.
(Based on Livy, B.
22,
cc.

16-20; review exercise, to be done without

the book}.

And now
would have

the road

was blocked, and

to cross the mountains.

'devised the following ruse. He which he had taken from the country people these he decided to drive ahead of the column, after tying torches to their horns. 1 In
;
;

(48, 4 and 7) he saw that he Before setting out, however, he had in camp a number of oxen,

the dusk of the evening, he decamped and when 2 he reached the foot of the hill, the torches fastened to the horns of the oxen were
lighted,

seemed

and the animals diiven up the hills. The whole forest be in a blaze. When the enemy, who had taken up their position on the top of the hill, saw what seemed to be fire-breathing
to
;

animals rushing in every direction, at first they were rooted to the 4 3 then, leaving their post, they turned and spot with astonishment
fled.
1

And

so the whole column was led across the ridge.

2

p. 52, 6.

p. 107, 3-

P- 49, 10.

p. 48, 4.

EXERCISE

XLV.
cc.

(Based on Livy, B. 22,

21-24}.

In the absence of the dictator, 1 a battle had been fought, in which, though the loss had been nearly equal on both sides, the Romans Hannibal had sent out two-thirds of his had the credit of victory.
2 forces to forage, under the idea that the

to

enemy would not venture But the dictator had gone to Rome, and the Roman army was at once marched down by its general from the Hannibal threw heights and their camp pitched in the plain. forward a body of horse to take possession of3 a piece of rising
meet him
in the field.

ground that commanded the

Roman camp,

at

the

same time

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

329
But next day

moving
the

his

own camp two

miles nearer the enemy.

Romans

own camp

dislodged the Carthaginian horse, and moved their So Hannibal had to retire 5 to his former to the knoll.
with

position, and carry on the war, for a time, in accordance 6 the tactics of Fabius, with more caution than spirit.
J

p. 52, 5.

p. 157,

c.

p 109,

2.

makea

co-ord. vb.; 48,

5.

p.

45, 4.

p. 78, 7-

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

XLVI.

21-24', review exercise, to be done without

the book).

Two circumstances seemed to

The
first

enhance the

dictator's unpopularity.

had its origin (use oriorj 32, i) in the cunning -of Hannibal and in the following manner. Word was brought to that illustrious general (187, i, end), when he was spreading devastation in the neighborhood of the city with fire and sword, that The cunning chief ordered his the dictator had a farm there.
All other soldiery to abstain from violence while on this estate. dwellings in the vicinity were either burned or levelled to the ground ;
It but the dictator's barns and other buildings were unharmed. seemed as if some agreement 1 had been arrived at between the

two

chiefs,

fhe second circumstance was

as follows

Money had

long been owing by Fabius to Hannibal, for the ransom of some Roman captives. The business had been frequently canvassed in

Fabius had not the senate, but the money had not been voted. consulted the House in the matter before the agreement as to the

ransom had been made with the enemy

taking action in so important an
affair.

the senate wanted to

show

him, accordingly, that he ought to wait for their sanction before

157,*

EXERCISE

XLVII.
cc.

{Based on Livy, B. 22,

All this Hannibal
carried
that the
;

25-29). that the bill

;

saw with

delight.

He saw

was

command of the dictator had been divided and command of the master of horse was now equal to that of
that the

the dictator's.

He knew

that,

up

to this point, reason

had ruled

in

330
the enemy's
free

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

and he saw that now recklessness had been set At first he could hardly put credence in the but when he saw that the rumor was true, and that there report was no obstacle 1 now to bar his way, 2 he decided at once what steps had to be taken to entrap the rash Roman into an ambuscade. 1 Nothing escaped him. The information which he did not get from from own he his scouts. Between the two hostile deserters, got camps lay a valley, which, at first sight, seemed useless for laying an ambush but it really contained rocks and recesses in which five thousand men could lie hid. This valley he selected to carry out (exsequor) the object he had in view.

camp

from prison.
;

p.

157,

c.

p. 173, 3-

EXERCISE
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

XL VIII.
exercise, to

25-29 ; review
the book).

be done without

And now the day was drawing near for submitting the bill to the assembly of the people. The proposal was (it seemed) agreeable to the commons but it lacked the support of the better classes, none of whom had sufficient courage to come forward and recommend the measure. 1 Of those who had attained to offices of state, one man This was a alone was found who ventured to take such a step. man, Terentius Varro by name, who had been born not merely in a
;

humble
notice

station, but positively in a

mean

one.

He had come

into

by declaiming in the forum, and by attacking the reputation of better men than himself. And he fancied that he would now gain favor with the people by advocating such a bold proposal as this.
In this he showed no inconsiderable cunning.
l 2 2

p.

187,

i,

end.

use adj.

EXERCISE XLIX.
(Based on Livy,

B 22,

cc.

29-33).

Meanwhile the enemy had wrested a victory from the other consul. The latter had been cruising about the coast of Sardinia
artd Corsica with a fleet of

one hundred and twenty

sail,

when he

EXERCISES ON LIVY.

331

Suddenly formed the resolution (use videor) of making a descent upon Africa. He accordingly crossed over and, disembarking his troops on that continent, began to burn and plunder, just as if there

were no people

in the

place.

No enemy

closed with us

but,

and were straggling in every direction, we suddenly fell into an ambuscade and were surrounded. H earing the 2 shouts of panic and seeing confusion reigning everywhere, the 3 admiral (consul) advanced with a few seamen to our relief. The

when we had

scattered

enemy
back

at first

sounded a

retreat; then, facing about,

they drove us

to our ships.

The

slaughter was

considerable, and

we

lost

about a thousand men.

117, 3>

b.

p. 173,

157,

c.

p.

69, 8.

p. 49, 10.

EXERCISE L.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

29-33 ; review exercise,

the
froo/c).

to be

done without

His language 1 on that occasion was to the following effect (itd] "We have come here to thank you, comrades, for the help you
:

brought us yesterday; we should like you to know (24,^) that, if we have nothing else, we have grateful hearts. You appeared to us in our bewilderment, as if 2 you had dropped from the sky. Consider us worthy to fight once more (rursus) by your side. Let us learn obedi-

ence

the

man who
3

good

advice.

This

is

cannot command, should yield obedience to what we must school 4 our hearts to do. Let

us join our camp to yours and fight once more under the auspices, I see that, though our commands are equal, he of your leader.
is

my

army wishes
c.

The superior, both in courage and good fortune. to thank him for his care and assistance.
2

whole
will

We

carry on the war hereafter on his tactics."

'p. 157,
p. 117, 3, b.
3

p. 48, 6.

p. 173, 3.

EXERCISE LI.

Turn

into indirect narration the speech of Exercise L.

332

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE LII.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

34-38).
;

the elections for the appointing of consuls but only one was chosen, a man of plebeian origin, named Terentius Varro. He had never held the office before, and it was thought by many that

Then came

such an important magistracy should not be conferred upon a new man. 1 The commons, however, had carried the day and he was appointed consul, at a crisis when a man of courage and vigor seemed
to be called for. The senate induced Aemilius Paulus, after a long and vigorous opposition on his part, to become a candidate for the

remaining consulate.

was

elected.
it

mons,
Varro.
1

All the other candidates retired, and he Being (use quum 106, 2) antagonistic to the comseemed likely 2 that he would offer no small opposition 3 to
;

p. 45, 4.

p. 53,

55,

5,

note.

p. 157, c.

EXERCISE LIII.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

34-38 ; review
the

exercise, to be

done without

It was on this occasion that the king received a vote of thanks from the senate. He had felt bitterly the defeat of his allies, and wished to assist them by any means in his power. Accordingly, he With it sent his fleet to Ostia to carry wheat and barley to Rome. was an envoy who was to say to the senate that the king was still their firm and faithful ally, and to beg that they would accept his He said that, while his kingdom had anything at all, his gifts. He added that he felt more allies should never want supplies.
t

admiration for them in adversity than in prosperity that, though an armed enemy had his home in the very vitals' of the country, Rome had carried on the war with the greatest courage, and had
;

The answer spirit. Ymir conduct h\s afforded us the 1 Your offer of support (use quod and polliceor), greatest pleasure. we thank you in the name if in the public interest, we will accept of both the senate and commons of this country."
fought,
if

not always with success, at leastjyith

"
:

of the senate was as follows

use adj.

EXERCISES

Off LIVY.

333

EXERCISE LIV.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc. 39-Jfi).

Hannibal saw what had happened, 1 he was filled (use He saw that one of the consuls was mad. He afficio) with joy. knew that the plan used by Fabius was the only one for carrying on the war that, by sitting still, the Romans would conquer him, But now he knew that because he had no money and no supplies. Fortune would soon give the mad consul into his hands. In the first engagement between them, the Carthaginian loss was greater than that of the Romans. The latter were victorious and would have followed 2 the Carthaginians to their camp, if Paulus had not Varro was indignant, offered opposition 3 to such a course. 4 u exclaiming Why are you letting them slip from your hands ? The war can be brought to a close if you do not hang back."
;
:

When

p. 30, i.

p. 123, III., b.

p.

157,

c.

omit, as implied; words

;

not

strictly necessary to the sense are omitted in Latin

187, i,end.

EXERCISE LV.
(Based on Livy, B. 22,
cc.

39-42 ; review
the book).

exercise^ to be

done without

At break of day, word was brought to the Roman host that the enemy had abandoned his camp,(leaving (co-ord. vb.} all the tents " 1 Let us go standing^) The soldiery at once ordered an advance. " in pursuit," they said let us see what plunder there is to be
1
;

2 got in this camp." Paulus kept exclaiming that they ought to exercise caution and foresight and he threw forward a squadron
;

the tents standing open, and gold and silver thrown carelessly along the streets of the camp. But they were certain that it was the enemy's intention to surprise

of horse to reconnoitre.

They saw

and attack the Roman army while engaged in plundering the camp. They brought back word to this effect 3 to the army.
*p. 152,
c.
2

p. 45, 4.
:

adv.;

notice the frequent use of such

in

Eng. return for (pro\

nouns

in

Cf. in spite of
in

(tamen\

accordance with

(ex, secunduni),

consequence of (pb\ in &c.

334

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISES ON CICERO.
EXERCISE
(Based on
2

I.

Cicero,

Pro Murena,

1-6).

will say a

Gentlemen of the jury. Before I begin the defence 1 of my client, 2 1 few words in my own. The prosecution have found fault

with

me

for

undertaking

this case.

They charge

that

it is

inconsist-

ent with 3 strict morality, that it is inconsistent in one who was himself the author of a measure dealing with bribery and corruption at
elections (ambitus), to undertake the defence of any man charged with that very crime. This criticism I do not deny it 4 affects me

deeply; and, at the request of my friends, I will try to justify to you the reasonableness 5 of my course and show that it is quite consistent with the claims of duty. In the first place, who ought most
naturally to undertake the defence of the first magistrate of the country but the man who has just been first magistrate himself?

bribery,

In the second place, as to my having passed a law dealing with why should that prevent me from undertaking this defence 6 If I defended bribery and corruption, I should be guilty of wrong:
;

doing

but

deny that

any offence

has

been

committed

in

contravention of the law, and Ipray that your judgment, gentlemen, may coincide with mine.
?

*p. 157,*.

p. 88, 4. ,^p. 59, 2.

p.

138,4.
II.

32,

i.

p. 123, III.

EXERCISE

r-6; review (Based on Cicero, Pro Murena, without the book).

Insight into events transpiring in the state

exercise, to be

done

and

foresight with

1 regard to the future, are two necessary qualifications of the highest 2 I certainly do not think that any man without And statesmanship.

such qualifications 3 should be invested with the highest office in the A statesman ought also to possess practised gift of the people. ability in public speaking, not only that he may defend himself
his policy to the country.

against the attacks of his enemies, but also that he may recommend Again it is of the utmost consequence to*

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

335

Che peace, tranquillity, and safety of the state that he should guide his course in accordance with the precedents established by our
fathers. On the other hand, he would be guilty of misconduct, 5 if he did not weigh carefully even the smallest claims of duty, and discharge the functions of his office in accordance with the strictest

morality and the strongest religious sanctions.

59, 2.

p. 162, 3.

,6^

2>

4p 66j
.

4>

p> 157) c

EXERCISE
(Based on
This
of
is

III.
7-7-?).

Cicero,

Pro Murena,
I

my
;

client (use

the reason, gentlemen, why idcirco quod). In the

it

am engaged
first

in the defence

friend
to
if

and

would

argue

the

greatest

place, lack of

he

is

my

principle

be unfaithful to a friend. But I would defend him, even he were a perfect stranger to me. I am not a free man As a reward for my activity as an advocate, in this matter. I have received the highest office in the state. I cannot therefore refuse to bestow my labor freely in defending anyone whose life is in peril. To refuse to do so would be the height of ingratitude.
1

The members of
I

and
I

feel annoyance because and they charge me with having forWith regard to that matter, this is the gotten my relation to them. view I hold 3 No one is bound to refuse, at the request of one friend, I cannot think that they could be so to^defend the life of an other. But if they do, they ought not to obunjust as to demand it.

shall not forget it; But I friendship for me.

I

will

the prosecution are also my friends, pay in full the debt due to their
2

understand they

have undertaken

this defence

tain their request. 4

ip. 59, 2.
2

p. 66, 3.

p I5?)
.

Cm

p- 45? 4>

EXERCISE
(Based on
Cicero,

IV.
exercise, to be

Pro Murena,

7-12; review without the booK).

done

It is always a principle with the prosecution, if their case is weak, A nd this is what- they are doing now. to abuse the opposite party. They accuse my client of having visited the East for the purpose of

336
gratifying

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

a love of luxurious pleasure. If this charge were true, 1 it would be a most serious one as it is false, to make it at all ( 77, note), 2 argues great heartlessness on the part of the prosecution. No young man with any sense of duty could have avoided visiting the East when my client did. He went there to serve a campaign under the command of his own father. If he had not gone, he would have incurred the suspicion of cowardice and of lack of enterprise. His 3 willingness to serve under his father was in keeping with his character for filial affection. His living to share in that father's 4 triumph was consistent with his usual good fortune. May he be no
;
1

less fortunate

now, gentlemen,

in his struggle to

maintain his

civil

Certainly nothing could criticism of his private life.

rights
!

be

more
4

frivolous than

this

p. 123, III.

p. 59, 2.

p. 157,

c.

p. 25, 2.

EXERCISE V.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murcna,
ij-iS}.

The Good
he

candidate

following are the qualifications in reliance upon which a may sue for the highest office in the gift of the people
:

birth, integrity,

and energy.
;

When he has these

qualifications,
It is "well for

may
if

consider a firm foundation laid for his canvass.

all

him

he has

three

if

1 not, he^must not

assume that the doors 2

of

office

are closed to him, or that he will be left in obscurity. Many a man, who has received from his ancestors no distinction either of
or name, has broken through the barriers raised by the
nobility against him and defeated opponents of the highest merit and the greatest influence. If only he is loyal and honest, if no 2 extravagance can be laid at his door, no love of pleasure, no riotous
living, he will be counted worthy by the people of obtaining the highest honors. In this country, both in ancient and in modern times, there has always been a fair field open to men of true merit, in which they could come to the front and receive recognition.

birth

*p. 121, 6.

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

337

EXERCISE VI.
(Based on Cicero,

Pro Murena,

13-18; review exercise, to be done without the book}.

1

I did not expect, gentlemen, that my client would be reproached Such a charge savors 2 both of with being a political upstart. vehement accusation and malevolent abuse. 3 If you claim that

no one but the members of the old nobility is entitled to be regarded In any comparison as noble, you will bring on another secession.
of rank, my client's family will not fall behind the noblest families It is a family known to the student of literature in the country. and to the antiquarian; but its praises are constantly sounded by

men

of our

own

day.

My
office,

client's father

held a high

office

of state

and, after filling that the field, and handed

won

distinguished military successes in

from

all this,

down an illustrious name to his son. But, apart would not an avenue of distinction have stood open,
;

as our ancestors wished, to merit as well as to nobility ? My own father was a member of the middle class yet I managed by my

unaided

efforts to

be elected

to the highf st office in the gift of the

title

people, without anyone ever daring to apply the

4 upstart to me.
J

of political

p. 88, 4.

p. 59, 2.

p. 162, 3.

p. 139,

i.

EXERCISE VII.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena,
19-23).
is

Of all
for

professions, the military profession

the best calculated

The soldier's life is a hard one. He winning popular favor. watches late, but is wakened by the bugle before daybreak. He inarches off at the head of his army to reach the rendezvous (say He engages the enemy and the point he is marchingfor] in time.
hand to hand. He repels hostile attacks and prevents 1 It is he who extends our (caveo ne) the capture of our cities. 1 frontiers, compels universal obedience to our rule, and wins imperoften fights

ishable glory for the empire. the aegis of the art of war

All other arts nestle in safety under

;

can anyone doubt then that this art will confer dignity and honor upon a commander who is engaged in Are you not laboring under a carrying on an important war?

338

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

will

mistake when you assert that military distinction

harm

rather

than assist a political candidate? This nation, at all events, has always considered its great soldiers as every way worthy of the
highest offices in
l

its gift.

p. 157, c.

EXERCISE VIIL
{Based on
Cicero,

Pro Murena,

19-23

review exercise,

to be

done

without the book}.

The
he
is

lawyer's

life,

gentlemen,

is

wakened

at cock-crow.

He a hard one. His whole day is

sits
full

up

late;

but

of incessant

He gives advice to those who come to consult him ; he gives written opinions to others he is eternally laying actions, or in some In short, he is at the other way serving the interest of his client.
labor.
;

beck and

call

of everybody, has to put up with their folly and in-

If the professions and pursolence, and pocket their ill-humor. suits that are calculated to gain popular favor are to be compared,

is

then the law will be found to be superior to many others. man, who always ready to serve others, keeps his merits before the public eye. 1 If the lawyer were long away from Surely that is a great advantage.

the courts, 2 you have no idea

how
;

it

make his home become known.

fore,
l

in

them

this is the only

would injure him he must, thereway that he can

;

p.

157,*.

p.

123, II.

EXERCISE

IX.
cc.

(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena,

This
is

11-13).

the reason, gentlemen, why the orator's faculty takes 1 precedence of that of the lawyer, as regards the attainment of (ad)
office.

This
in

is

the reason

why

the orator

is
;

so

much admired.

Many consequence wish to become orators but, failing in their Many, after long endeavors, come down to the legal profession. in but make little very few public speaking proficiency practice,
;

have reached eminence in it so difficult is eloquence of attainIt is directed to ment. What dignity and influence it carries with it or to of minds the confirming overturning the decrees juries, swaying of senates and nations, to quelling the incendiarism (furor) of
-I

EXERCISES ON CICERO.
2

339

demagogues, to guiding angry mobs, to stemming the tide of corIs it to be ruption, and to instituting salutary regulations by law. wondered at that so many men of genius should consider the cultivation of oratory a great achievement ?
!p. 157,
c.
2

p. 173, 3-

EXERCISE X.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro Murena,

cc.

11-13 ; review exercise, to be done

'without the book}.

Law is
letters

a paltry science chiefly concerned with

It

trifles like single

was admired in the past on this account, namely, because the days on which actions could be 1 brought were a secret known to very few. When that mystery was and punctuation marks.
It is full of divulged, the science sank at once into contempt. prolix formulas and absurd forms of words, altogether devoid of

sense and put together with this object by the lawyers, the science might not be accessible to all, but that that namely, 2 they themselves might have a finger in every lawsuit. It has

common

abandoned the
based on
J

spirit

fictions
i.
2

of equity and clings to the invented by the mind of man. 3

3

letter,

and

it

is

p. 32,

P- 173, 3-

P- 165, i, b.

EXERCISE XI.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena,
Is
cc.

14-16).

be condemned, gentlemen, because he is a soldier? You and I hold a very different opinion. 1 We maintain that the profession of arms is a most honorable and a most useful

my

client

to

one,

and not

in

any respect deserving of

ridicule.

To

it,

to say

nothing else, this country owes its pre-eminence among the nations (use on account of which and a vb.), and our cities their

freedom from the dangers of storm and

all

siege.

In time of war

other

professions

and pursuits sink

comparison (use prae). We wars against other nations and the records of ancient history assure us that our generals have often been elected to the first offices in the state so high is the estimate which the country sets upon its
soldiers.

insignificance in send out our greatest men to conduct

into

But

my

client is not only

soldier,

he

is

a good soldier

340

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

field his

and on many a hard-fought

discretion have been a shining mark.

courage, his activity, and his He has defeated hostile

fleets, crushed armies, defended your provinces and allies, and extended the resources and military strength of the country. Consider the distinction and achievements of your great commanders, and do not forget that it is our present object to defend a man of

the

same character

as they.

EXERCISE XII.
(Based on
Cicero,
1

Pro Murena,

cc.

17-20).

But what considerations, gentlemen, do weigh with the people at an election? What qualifications are of advantage to a seeker after Men of rank and men of ability have office in his candidature? often been beaten in the competition when there was no possibility
(use

possum;

ill,

c.,

note) of discovering the reason for

first

such

a result.
poll

But, in the

place, a candidate

who

is

to

must have people's good word and good will, must secure by good nature, justice, and honesty. Let him, therefore, be at the service of his friends; let him conand avoid shocking the feelings of anyone. ciliate kindness, In the second place, he must have influence. Many men prefer a candidate who has influence to one who has none and for one who
he
;

head the and these

affects (dico) to despise this, the

be impaired. The populace take great delight'2 in the display of gaining office. munificence, and nothing is more pleasing to them and more influential than credit for this. kind of thing.
ip. 161, 2.
2

enthusiasm of friends is xery apt to In the next place, generosity is a great aid towards

p. 157,

c.

EXERCISE XIII.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena, cc. 17-20; review without the book}.
exercise, to be

done

What
she

a difference there

is

in the destinies of

men

One man
on another

Fortune permits (sino)

to live in the

midst of pleasure

One man owes to chance imposes the severest labors. him a^ ability, wisdom, rank, good fortune; his country gives

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

341

opportunity of showing his integrity, good nature, and generosity ; and he is raised by the enthusiasm of admiring friends to the highAnother man owes nothing to chance, est positions in the country.

and Fortune always seems to be opposed to him. He has no luck, no ability, no rank, no influence, nothing, in short, in which people Can anyone take delight and by which they are specially attracted. wonder then that their countrymen should refuse to give such men a place of honor at an election ?

EXERCISE XIV.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena,
cc.

21-24).

To

this is

added the
;

fact that
I

my

able friend does not

know how
'

have frequently remarked in his own 1 indeed often It (enimvero) happens that a candidate shows hearing. both courage and magnanimity and yet shocks the kindly feelings 2 to his opof friends and supporters and gives an advantage and candidate down-hearted see a If men dejected, if ponent.
to run

an election

this

they see that he has lost hope of his 3 damped and they vote for some one else.
that

own success, their ardor is And this was the mistake

my friend

half-way.

he simply met dissatisfaction and defeat Turning aside from his canvass, he began to collect evihere

made

dence against his opponent, threatening (Caes. Ex. 40, 2) to prosecute him for bribery. He showed in this way that he had lost confidence
in himself

and

in his friends.

The consequence was that (quare) some

of the latter transferred their aid and influence to his opponent, and others reserved themselves for the trial. I know myself by experience
6 the difficulty of contesting an election and I have learned that to damp the enthusiasm of friends is simply to block the path of

success.
2

*p. 52, 5.

p.

157,

c.

p.

173,

3-

P-

161,

i.

P-

49,

io-

P-

48,4-

EXERCISE XV.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena, cc. 21-24; re-view done without the book}.
exercise,

to be

What we ought
1

to

ask for

jio possibility

of the

House

and there is a law against bribery 2 unless our demand, they wish refusing
is
;

342
to

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

put a weapon against themselves into the hands of their enemies. All loyal men 3 should feel indignant to think that this
evil is a standing (use semper) menace to the country, and should lend us their zealous offices in driving it forth from amongst us. I have shown that no one man is equal to the work of carrying any
let all then unite in repelling this common danger, and give us law which 4 will check arrogance and crime. Let its provisions be of the strictest and the penalty nothing less than banishment.^! You say that it will cause commotion 5 among the poor. No matter^

law
a

(z's)

(use at}.

My

conclusion

is

that bribery

is

paving the way to

calamity and that, unless we apply the axe to the root of (omit} the evil, madness and discord and secret hatred will soon be stalking
(versor) in our midst.
1

P-

I 5)

5-

P- I2

3-

*optimus quisque.

p.

no,

5
5.

p. 157, c.

EXERCISE XVI.
cc.

on Cicero, Pro Murena,

25-2?}.

Who can
a
life

ever
to

tell
?

of ambition

(say

the anxiety, misery, and hardship involved in how much is). In their greed of honor

what depths 1 will men not descend ? Candidates, before been guilty of any delinquency, 2 have in the bitter struggle for office been led to wrong even a friend, and to engage in political feuds with men possessed of every virtue. We all remember a noble youth, who should have been a tower1 of protection to all, accusing an honorable friend of corruption in the courts, simply because this man had been a competitor of his own. In lust of office, and to secure his own election, many a man has made himself the standard-bearer of conspirators and political outlaws and thus become a menace to the safety of the Is it to be wondered at, then, that anyone should turn country. aside from personal animosities, hatreds, and ambitious pursuits, and betake himself joyfully to a life of peaceful tranquility ?

and wealth,

who have never

P- 173, 3-

P- l6l >

'-

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

343

EXERCISE XVII.
{Based on
Cicero,

Pro Murena,

cc.

25-27 ; reinew exercise, to be done

tJie

without

book}.

You remember, gentlemen, that, on hearing these facts, the House on the 2 ist of March resolved, on my motion, that the election
should not be held upon the day they had originally wished to hold All the loyal party (boni) voted for the motion it. they were
;

thoroughly roused and feared that the country had been brought to a dangerous pass. Next day I demanded in a crowded House what
action

was to be taken in the premises. You recollect that I entered a brief protest and complained that so many honorable members 1

had refused
us
I

to accept my story. 2 I declared that these had inspired I said that with terror and with despair of the public safety. had long known there was conspiracy (162,3) in our midst and
all

had

often stated that there

was not the remotest

4

possibility

of

discovering who the nefarious parties were unless members believed And yet that many in the House the evidence laid before them.
those, too, men who had never been opposed in spirit to the had, for some reason or other, refused to lend credence loyal party to the disclosures I had made.

and

p. 3, 8.

use vb.

15, 5.

p. 30,

and

3.

EXERCISE XVIII.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro Mureita,

cc.

28-30).

But if Nature herself had given him distinguished virtues, if she had fashioned him a great man in all noble qualities, education had done no less. A man naturally of the highest ability and integrity, he also possessed eloquence and culture and everyone admits that these high gifts and attainments carried wonderful weight 1 in a court of justice. History indeed tells us 2 that he delivered a speech in behalf of an innocent man who was accused of crime, and rescued him from his accusers who were bent on his destruction. It is said that he even induced the prosecution to abandon their resolution and yield to entreaty. He said that it was the part 3 of men to and that these were the attributes of good pity pardon
;
;

Cod

himself;

if

they destroyed the prisoner at the bar, they would

344
be
filled

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

with remorse 4
let them, therefore, look forward to the ; establish such an unjust principle to their own

future

and not

destruction (say against themselves}.

2

*p. 173, 3.

say

/'/

is

handed down

to

memory.

p. 59, 2.

p. 66, 3.

EXERCISE XIX.
{Based on
Cicero,

Pro Murena,

cc.

28-30; review exercise, to be done

book).

without

tJie

Stoic system is rather too harsh and severe to have much In fact its principles and weight with the unlettered multitude. 1 precepts are of too exalted a kind to serve as a rule of conduct for
2 Its able and learned teachers do not any but the greatest minds. attempt to reform and influence men they wish to change them. " Do not be angry," they say "do not yield to entreaty do not do not grant pardon or indulgence." feel compassion A man if he was a fool, he becomes wise professes the Stoic philosophy if he was a beggar, he becomes rich if a slave, he becomes a king. But such doctrines neither nature nor truth will admit. If 3 compassion and leniency are crimes, the good and bad cannot be
;
;

The

if all offences are equal, then to kill unnecessarily distinguished a barn-yard fowl is as atrocious an act as to throttle a man.
;

*p.

in,
5

c.

say 'that any but (nisi) the greatest should live

by

them.'

p. 157, c

EXERCISE XX.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Murena,
cc.

31-34).

Within

the

memory
at

of

remembrance, bribery
;

fathers, nay within our own elections was not deemed a very re-

our

Candidates felt no self-reproach 1 in buying prehensible act. supporters the poor man felt none in selling his support ; the 2 public at large expressed no surprise, indignation, or complaint
;

and

statutes

were ekher a mild construction put upon them by the courts. It is not, therefore, But time very wonderful, if the offence was once a common one.
has changed
all that.

acts of parliament, intended to punish the offence, opposed by the official class (nobiles), or, if passed, had

and

Bribery

is

now seen and declared

to

be not

EXERCISES ON CICERO.
only unnecessary, unjust,

345

and

illegal,

punished by
that the

fine

and
is

incarceration.

And

but a grave offence, to be there can be little doubt

3 prove a blessing to

new law
2

a salutary one and

.

likely to

the country.
'p. 66, 3.

p. 157,

p. 69, 8.

EXERCISE XXI.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro Murena,

cc.

35-37}.

Gentlemen of the

jury,

It is

country that public offices should be awarded upon the merit alone. I loudly protest 2 that it is not right, that

of the utmost consequence 1 to the ground of

it

is

most

immoral, that men's minds should be influenced or cajoled in this matter by money, pleasure, or any other consideration. Why, in
short, should a candidate canvass

he not rather wait

until

take the helm of state

anyone for his support? Should he receives an invitation from the people to and to place himself in authority over them ?
;

It is no slight task that he is undertaking. He is engaging to do work and encounter peril for the public good his thoughts will have to be on the administration of the government night and day and he will have to face strong opposition, countermine the plots of the disloyal, and keep the country safe from danger.
;

*p. 66, 4.

p.

66,

c.

EXERCISE XXII.
(Based on
Exalted
Cicero,
is

Pro Murena,

cc.

38-4.1).

exposed though why it should be so I fail to see it ought rather to excite universal 2 commiseration. 3 Dangers threaten it\>n every side It is at the mercy of the cabals of treason, the secret machinations of conspiracy, and the fire and sword of the public enemy. The
;

1 political station

to almost universal envy, 1

madness of the demagogue

stalks in the

senate-house and the

market-place, seeking to shake the government to its foundations. 4 Those, therefore, who hold the helm of state, though seemingly the
favorites of Fortune,

have no light task to perform. In the interests of peace and domestic tranquility, they must make war upon the public enemy abroad and upon the enemy of order at home they
;

must defend the country from the

evils that are continually

breaking

346
forth,

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

and they must safeguard the

lives

5 grant that our worthy magistrates fortunate both i arms and in a civil capacity

citizens.

God

and property of the may be no less

!

p. 162, 3.

use

all.

p. 66, 3.

p.

166, d.

2$,

2.

EXERCISE XXIII.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic /,
cc.

I and 2).

surprised, that his subsequent conduct should have shown such strange 1 inconsistency with so noble a beginning. From that day to this, he has admitted to his councils none but
I

And

am

blackguards and

traitors. Not a single act of public administration (use respublica) has been submitted to this House and that, too, 2 though he published a notice demanding our attendance. After
2 giving the country, by the abolition of despotism, a solemn pledge 2 that he desired its freedom, he has, by means of the popular

assembly, usurped absolute power for himself.

incentives 2 to

He

is

now

offering

the safety of this city and declaring that he will bring to nothing the authority of this House.

runaway slaves
implied

to

menace
end.
2

it

adj. as

187,

i,

p. 157, c.

EXERCISE XXIV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic I, cc. i and 2j review done 'without the book\
exercise, to be

To

the other chief of the executive

intend to

move a

vote of
I

thanks in the most complimentary terms at ask the House to support the motion and pass
I

my command, and
it

without discussion.

will explain briefly the secret of

my

enthusiasm (use cur and an

adj.).

has always consulted the good of the country and the Like a sentry at his post ( 1 73, 5) he has stood interests of this House.
with his eye fixed upon the public administration. been his language, how elevated his sentiments

He

How
!

noble has

to him (say through /izm) we The disloyal have been punished civil dangers that menaced us. an evil which was beginning to creep in strife has been appeased among us and was spreading further and further every day the foundations of future peace, in short, have been well laid, and the

Thanks

(use voluntas) have been delivered from the

;

yoke of slavery has been dashed from our necks.

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

347

EXERCISE XXV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
/,
cc.

3 and 4).

Those gentlemen,
first

sir,

3 lend an agreeable flavor

to their

added certain inventions 2 of their own to news but it was from them that t
;

learned the tenor of the magistrate's public address, the read4

ing of which gave me great satisfaction, as it showed every indication of moderation. There were many dangers threatening, he explained
1 but he was not much alarmed. An understanding 38, 4) would be arrived at he would guarantee that. He was buoyed up by a consciousness of his own devotion to the country and hoped to 5 gain credit for himself and to recommend his course of action to all. With regard to the political situation, he said little. There would be a meeting of the House on the tst and he hoped that there would be His intention was to repudiate all his evil couna full attendance. He hoped sellors and submit himself once more to your authority.

(dico;

to receive a general 6 support.

l

uszpatres conscripti.
6 use all.

p.

161,

I.

p. 173,

3.

p. 50, 14.

use

re I.

EXERCISE XXVI.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic /, cc. 3 and 4; be done without the book).

review

exercise, to

On

the ist of August he arrived at Brundisium and from there

crossed over to Syracuse in Sicily, to which city he made a very 1 Will it be matter for surprise if his stay there rapid passage. 2 lasted longer than one night? What possible motive could he have

had for immediate (use statiiri) departure ? The city was bound to him by the closest possible ties, and the townsmen would have 2 protested had he dreamt of leaving he was staying at the house of friend who an intimate esteemed him highly on public grounds he was waiting for a fair wind and, in any case, had he set out, he would have been driven back to the point of embarkation. 1 Was he
;

afraid that his remaining there might have given rise to suspicion ? Or that he would not be able to return to Rome in time to offer his
1

congratulations
*p.
1

to the country

57,

p. 173,3-

348

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XXVII.
{Based on Cicero, Philippic
If
I

I, cc.

j and

6\.

had been

in this

House when the question of peace was

under consideration,

I should have endeavored (conor) to maintain the dignity of the country and to show myself worthy of the many honorable distinctions I have received at the hands of the people. " Do you wish, gentlemen" (I should have said), 2 " to be suspected of cowardice and to be untrue to your high position ? What possible

motive can the magistrate have for bringing this matter before so This peace is not necessary; it simply means thin a House? 1 voluntary servitude. Would to Heaven we had men here like the

famous Appius who history tells us 2 in spite of 3 blindness and old age was carried down to the debate on the peace with Pyrrhus He could not have been induced to support (use quum 108, 6). a motion which would have brought upon the country not only war but pestilence and famine as well. Such a motion I, for my part (use ego\ will never support, not even if it were introduced by the man who first delivered this country from the despotism of
;

kings."
J

p. 25, 2.

p.

138,4.

p. 115, ii.

EXERCISE XXVIII.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic
/,
cc.

j and

review exercise,

to be

done without the book].

I knew, sir, that the question of appointing a solemn thanksgiving would be brought before you but, as I was tired after my journey and in ill-humor besides, I did not attend the meeting of
;

senate.

Attendance, indeed, on such occasions

Further, usually I would, not unwillingly, have supported the ing on the subject mover of so excellent a motion. In any case (certe}, I was not the
;

as the

House

is

full.

had no

is almost optional, intention of speak-

only

member

absent.

Why,

then,

was

summoned

in

such

in-

temperate language by the

first

magistrate to attend yesterday's

1 2 meeting ? Why had he the audacity to say in your hearing that he would send public employees to tear down my residence, a

residence erected at the expense of the state?

No misdemeanor

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

349

I regret very much can possibly merit treatment like this, and of your approval sanction the received have could that such severity 3 the conto enable him to trample upon not was It (use probo\ of summit the to man this raised stitution that the people

greatness.
J

May Heaven
2

forgive

him

p. 157,

6-.

p. 52, 4.

p. 173, 3-

EXERCISE XXIX.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic At a mistake,
sir,

/, cc.

and 8).
;

of this kind

can connive

but

will not

submit to the abrogation of colonial governorstatesman we ever had. The law limiting our his judicature act is even excellent one an was two to years, ships and must not be interfered with or more useful and
;

the most salutary law of the ablest

necessary,

changed.

It

was submitted

to the people in the popular

assembly

and

was engraved on brass. No was say (use at enim\ you required, A property qualification 2 notdoubt (at 203,7). But k met with universa11 approbation, an important matter, account withstanding. And, surely, in such
as the expression of the people's will
;

of his property. should be taken not only of a man's position, but also To whom by the new law is the* bench thrown open? To common here himself I wish the first magistrate were ? And
soldiers.

why

to inform us.

he not calling such persons to the bench in the 2 What an impartial verdict? hope that they will not dare to give will find that he has he I think But distinction an insulting and that, in proportion to a man's apparent made a
Is
!

mistake,
will
2
1

meanness,

be his
57,
c.

strict impartiality in
3
1

pronouncing judgment.

18,5.

EXERCISE XXX.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic /,
cc.

and 8; review
his
life-time

exercise, to be

done 'without the book).

He made many
even

more

favors

promises than he

in

made

promises.

and conferred However 2 unit,

he always kept just or useless a promise seemed, it (Caes., it in his note-book in order to remember

entering
40,
2).

ex.

350

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

The more importunate a suppliant was, the more kindly and gladly he listened to him. Money he never made account of and would to Heaven all he spent were still in the 3 It was no doubt the treasury price of blood but, now that he is
;
!

might be restored to its rightful owners, or, in a crisis like In a civil capacity, this, it would have been useful to the country. he enacted many useful measures, and proposed many salutary laws,
dead,
it

the abrogation 5 of which now would endanger the constitution. The express wishes of the people, he never treated with contempt, and

he always endeavored to obtain for his measures the general 6 sanction. For my own part, I think, and am free to affirm, that even in the palmy days of the country's history, none of our states-

men
1

ever earned greater distinction (use adj.)

i6r,
i.
2

p.

p. 115, ir.

p. 89, 7.

*rel.

p. 50, 14.

use

all.

EXERCISE XXXI.
\

(Based on
1

Cicero, Philippic /,

cc.

and 10).

It is the duty, sir, of every true friend of his country to point out rocks ahead 2 that may be avoided. are not as yet committed in the matter but the passing of this law will be tantamount to

We

the rescinding of

all laws, for it abrogates the laws on which the 2 laws which are the glory of this country. very constitution is built In whose interest, 3 therefore, is it that such a law should remain

upon the statute-book ?

loyal.

The

interest of the factionist

and the

dis-

Under
4

it,

impossibility.

prosecution for high treason will be simply an 5 Allowing, as it does, an appeal to the people, it

renders nugatory the statute which makes banishment the penalty of conviction for treason. Allowing an appeal to the people, it

holds out to persons already convicted in a court of law of using violence, an inducement to have recourse to the same violence

No jury which they have already been found guilty of using. will ever venture, by finding a verdict of guilty, to expose itself to This law then is intended as a machine for fury of a hired mob. 6 making our young men bad and factious citizens.

V
6

59,
;

2.

p.

173,

3
3.

p.

66, 4.

p.

15,

5.

177, 4, note.

173, 3

use id agitur ut.

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

351

EXERCISE XXXII.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic 7, cc. 9 and 10; review exercise, done without the book).
to be

1 perfect unanimity in the public mind as to what the publid No one approves of these measures; still, the safety requires. 1 opinion is universal that in the interest of peace and concord they

There

is

ought to be maintained.
remonstrate, and
I

We

do seriously deprecate such abuses.

;

have, however,- at least the right to Good laws

have been abrogated or invalidated the privilege of citizenship has been conferred without the authority of the senate state revenue has been lost by the granting of endless exemptions the the religious safeguards of the veto has been disregarded N ou will constitution set aside. say that these institutions are
;
; ;

of a by-gone age. Not so (at). The very existence of If our magistrates are honest ; is bound up with them. if they will shield the country by the veto and the religious safeguards that we have received from our ancestors, we may rest inthe
follies

the country

tranquility.

EXERCISE

XX XXHI.
/, cc.

(Based on Cicero, Philippic

11-13^)

2 you had taken for your model in this matter your worthy grandfather Do you think that he would have used arms within the city limits, even in self-defence ? A man of the loftiest aims, 3 his chief desire was not unlawful authority, not it was the respect lucre, not influence achieved by violent means and affection of his countrymen. No day dawned that did not find

Would

to

Heaven

that

him conferring some gift upon his country and he reaped the reward of right action when all classes high and low, rich and poor crowded to congratulate and thank him for his distinguished Uo you think that he would have resigned such an public services. honorable position for money or unlawful authority? Therefore I can not pass unnoticed the mistake you are making. You know by experience what the love and respect of your fellow-citizens means, but you seem to be tired of* this distinction. No one can say, how5 ever, that he has ever seen any meanness or baseness in your
;

352

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

character, and the country declares itself ready to forget the acts which have given offence and to lay aside all feeling of indignation She asks you to cease from hostilities against her and, (dolor.)
,

2 using such language, ought she not to obtain her request

'p. 25,

2.

p. 157, r.

p. 161, i.

*p. 66,

3.

p.

60,

i.

EXERCISE XXXIV.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic I, cc. 11-13

review without the book}.

'

exercise, to be

done

You know by experience 1 how great the satisfaction of right action You have received the thanks of parliament for distinguished Are you already tired of such distinction? Can public service. you lay it down with equanimity? Would to Heaven you would
is.

recall that day on which, by giving your son as a hostage for peace, you cleared your country from an overwhelming dread (use great*) Can you have forgotten it ? Can you prefer all these latter months to If anyone were to fancy that you were now happy, that one day ? his opinion would differ very much from mine. No one can be happy without the affection of his countrymen. Some say that you have an eye for money, which great men have always despised in proportion to their greatness. But I know that this is an error. Show, then, that, though you have not been able to avoid the suspicion of this crime, you can at all events keep clear of the guilt of it.
\

EXERCISE XXXV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
/, cc.

14 and 75).

I am afraid that of, is this. you may fancy absobe a great and glorious thing, even if combined 1 with But what an odious universal detestation (use ita...ut\\%2, J, a).

What I am afraid
power
to

lute

Would to Heaven, then, thing to be the object of universal hatred you would change your course and administer the government in
!

commend yourself to your countrymen They would not, then, grieve to think that you had ever been born. You can not be happy. No one can be happy who does not advance his You have had a unanimous verdict from the country's interests.
sucn a way as to
!

EXERCISES ON CICERO.
people.

353
if

Can you not

weight

divine

its

meaning ?

But

you believe that

this is of small tive ear to

my

though it is of the greatest, lend an atten1 would not testimony accept immortality itself on
:

condition of being an object of apprehension 2 to my country. If you think that the solicitude of the loyal with regard to your course of
If not, then no has some significance, listen to my words. words can accomplish anything or weigh with you one jot.
life
1

say on this condition to be hated by

2

all,

that

you alone may have

power.

p. 157,

c.

EXERCISE XXXVI.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic
/, cc. 14 and 15 ; review exercise, to be done without the book).

Though he despised the applause so often bestowed upon demagogues, he was not ignorant of the path that leads to true distincTrue glory and happiness, in his opinion, while implying tion.
precedence in point of honour, implied also equality in point of His life consisted of disinterested public service, and he liberty.
reaped his reward
in the respect

and

affection of his country.

is

On

unanimous. Other statesmen have been esteemed, other statesmen have been honored, Statues and popular but he is enshrined in the nation's heart.
this point the testimony of his

countrymen

ballads will long keep his memory green, 1 but we shall not easily find consolation 2 for our grief at the death of our great liberator,
1

173, 3

use memini

'157,

c.

EXERCISE XXXVII.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic II, cc. 1-3).

1 public issues to discuss, sir, it required no great self-con.rol on that occasion to refrain from personality and abuse. Had I indeed chosen to take the opposite course, 2 what theme could have

With

been more

fruitful ? My controversy was with a traitor who had among fapud^ men of his own rank for overturning the who had passed laws for his own advantage who in constitution his private life had declared war upon modesty and good name

won

credit

354

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

2 who, in short (denique), had treated with contempt the exalted station in which he had been placed by his country and this honorable House. I I preferred, however, to take a different course.

my
1

preferred to recollect and acknowledge that he had once been under instruction that he had once called himself my friend, and
;

that

had once accepted kindness

2

at his

hands.

USQ respublica.

p. 157,

c.

EXERCISE XXXVIII.
(Based onicero, Philippic
II, cc. 1-4; review without the book). exercise, to be

done

Has distinguished public service 1 ever received anything but abuse

from treason and disloyalty (use ecquis).

What

is

the end

and

object (idcirco) of all these attacks of our enemies but to make in2 terest with men of their own stamp and obtain a passport' to the hearts of the mob ? Nothing else, certainly. During the last score

of years it has been my fortune to encounter many of the enemies of the country. Such a result 3 in view of the high position in which I

have been placed by from attacking those

this

whom

House was inevitable. Could I refrain 4 I saw attempting the subversion of the

If I had, I should never have reaped such an abunconstitution ? dant harvest of glory as I have. Whenever5 I saw a traitor, I attacked him without hesitation (idtro\
2

*p. 162,

3.

p. 173, 3.
5

p.

161,

i.

p. 157,*-;

use pres. to ex-

press an attempt.

p. 107, 5.

EXERCISE XXXIX.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic II,
cc.

4-6).

magistrate of this country, sir, he commended himself by moral earnestness (gramtas) and consistency, not only to the House,

As

first

but to the nation at large. And why? Clearly because every measure of his public administration was taken in accordance with the wishes
of the people on the one hand (cum 108, 9) and the suggestions of the senate on the other because he never even formed a resolution on
;

a public matter

till

he had referred

it

to the

many men
House

of ability

and

insight

who

at that time constituted this

(105, 8, note).

He

received, in consequence

of his loyalty, the thanks of parlia-

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

355

ment, which credited him with the preservation of the country. Such a distinction, from time immemorial, had never been conferred upon any member of the House, acting in a civil capacity.

EXERCISE XL.
(Based on
Cicero
>,

Philippic II,

cc.

4-6 j review exercise, to be done

without the book).

has lately been deprived of many men of genius. recently passed away, these two in particuGifted (use lar were men of high culture and moral worth. no exercised statesmen ever and with insight, praeditus) eloquence

This country,

sir,

Of those who have most

greater influence in this House ; from it, indeed, they both received " the title of (appello) father," an honor conferred upon no one before them since the beginning of our history. Of great amiabilityj

no statesman ever referred any matter of state to them without receiving advice and many credited them with the salvation -of the country and, indeed, of their lives and fortunes. Their influence will not soon die, and our countrymen will never allow us to forget them. I must now refer briefly to the rest, and I beg that you will listen to me with attention and indulgence (adv.).
;

EXERCISE XLI.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic 77, cc. 7-9}. would show very little sense, sir, who would attempt to It js_notj_rideed_what it once was, when, in intimidate this House. but it has not so comits palmy days, it governed the whole world

A man

1 pletely lost alt self-respect as to yield to the intimidation of the be Could therethan to recommend such a greater folly disloyal.

We still know what is for the advantage of the country know what is likely to bring credit to the nation's name we still know what a wide gulf there is (use intersum) between treasonable decrees and those that make for common liberty and safety.
course
?
;

we

still

Does it not, therefore, argue consummate audacity 2 to assert that we have entered into a conspiracy 1 to subvert the constitution? What punishment does such a shameless attack (vb.) upon honor
able
1

(tails)

men
2

merit at our hands

P- 59,
2.

P- IS?,*-

356

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

EXERCISE XLII.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic 77,
cc.

10-12).

Sir, daily view of his ancestral portrait-gallery should have stirred him up to great achievements. Among his ancestors, some famous, some no doubt (sane) obscure, there was not one who was

The

not distinguished for his devotion to his country's interests. Born in such a glorious fellowship, it was to be expected that he would

emulate their noble acts

that

he would understand what a wide

;

gulf there is between fomenting war and fostering peace that he should leave no stone unturned (as far as any act or endeavor on his part could go) to effect a compromise. The honorable gentle-

man

has preferred to take a different course. He has preferred to sever his connection with the loyal party, and hand himself over to
1

men who are waging an impious war upon the constitution. I pray that he may yet see that it is the part of common sense to prefer that he may yet incite the country to the liberty to tyranny
;

2 recovery of

its
2

freedom.
p. 43, 7.

p.

59,2.

EXERCISE XLIII.
(Based on Cicero Philippic
>,

77, cc. 10-12; review exercise, to be done without the book}.

Nor

1 This, sir, is a probable story, but it is not new to this House. are we under any obligation to those gentlemen for starting it

With the exception of those two men who feel pleasure to think that the country should have fallen into such a miserarjle condition as it has, was there any one of us who was not opposed
now.
to this proceeding in the first instance, and who has not followed indeed with his reprobation ever since ? It is likely, therefore
it

both being disaffected 2 that where the one rejoiced, the other also and there is no differrejoiced. That is the necessary inference All that ence between recommending an act and approving of it.
;

was wanting
1

to its
2

performance, was courage and opportunity.

p.

161^]

[*

p. io6y

21 use mail,

disloyal-

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

357

EXERCISE XLIV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
sir,

//,

cc.

13-15)-

of that distinguished patriot is well known to My opinion, I confess that I was his friend and that he often took this House.

counsel with
against

rejoice to think that there was no 2 He had only one in this city who more fully enjoyed his esteem. one object in view 3 during his lifetime namely, to relieve the destiOf that tution of his countrymen and free his country from debt.
I

me a fact which me by his enemies.

is

now made a matter

of reproach

8 country he entertained the highest hopes, and believed frat it would one day be great, If he had only lived to see this, he would have felt that he had reaped the noblest enjoyment which life can give.

but the loss of

2

Death took him while the country was still in poverty and gloom life only freed him from anxiety and trouble.
3

'p. 9, 9.

p. 157,

<r.

p.

161,

i.

EXERCISE XLV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
//, cc.

13-15; review exercise,

to be dons,

'without the book).

I

assert, sir, that the joy felt at his

all*

death was general.

It

ex-

tended, certainly, to
really

king

and

those,

who objected to servitude. 1 who took upon themselves the

For he was
responsibility

of his death, are regarded as the liberators of their country. To have been included in that glorious fellowship can never be made a
unless indeed (nisi forte) a man could be reproach to anyone been among the Greek leaders in the with having reproached Trojan horse. No more glorious act was ever performed either in this country or in the whole world. Posterity will never forget it
:

it

will

be honored (prosequor) with undying remembrance

literature.

in the

pages of
l

vb.

EXERCISE XLVI.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
1

//,

cc.

16-19).

All men require relaxation, and, even in sorrow and trouble, they If then I jested, even in the midst of our grief and will jest. I could not have annoyed misery, it is not a very"serious charge.

358

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

anyone. Certainly material for the exercise of wit was ready to hand. But the fact that, instead 2 of I to
criticising,

preferred

jest,

a convincing proof of my moderation. Would to Heaven I could jest now Sad as the time then was, it is worse now. Men now feel justified in committing against their country sacrilegious crimes which then they would never have attempted crimes which can not even be referred to by one with any sense of decency. Ten thousand acres of land and sixty millions of serterces 3 have been wrested from the state and given to the vilest of the vile. Can
is
! -

any man wonder, then, that our hearts are

lessness 4 itself
1

full

of anxiety

when

reck-

is at

the
f.

helm of state
2

(use g-uberno.)
3

p. 170,

6;

p. 157,

p.

108,

6.

p.

151,^.

162, 3.

EXERCISE XLVII.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
It is

II,

c.

20-23).

with a view to effecting the ruin and subversion of the constitution, he immediately sold himself to 1 the enemy. Posterity can never forget that by disregard of the
sir, that,

a matter of history,

veto, by gagging
rights,

No

members of parliament by abrogating the people's he gave the disloyal an excuse for taking up arms against us^ 2 entreaty of ours, no warning^no effort at compromise could

affect him.

We

mourn
at his

the loss of

many men

of distinction

their

destruction

lies
;

door. 3

We

mourn the

loss of armies of

men he is responsible. In accordance, therefore, with ancient use and wont, this House has put into the hands of the first magistrate a weapon to use against him ; and I Heaven that
brave

pray

he
1

may not
P- 43 7-

be able to escape
2

it

(25, 5).
etc.
3

say we, by entreaty,

p.

73, 3.

EXERCISE XLVII I.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
II, cc. 23-26}.

army from Thessaly and all waited to see what course he would pursue. Many did not hesitate to believe that all his enemies would be put to the sword and that the country would be handed over to the soldiery to be trampled under
with his
1

The conqueror returned

EXERCISES ON CICERO.
foot.

3">9

2 terror was universal many even now are of the opinion would not have shrunk, had he dared, from committing any 3 But the country was sacred even in the eyes of the mad enormity. had he killed the great men who had proved her and soldiery 4 with the veterans, salvation, he would have incurred unpopularity whose interests he was so anxious to consult. Some unfortunates he even restored from exile, though he seized and sold by auction of others, and these, too, men whose valor had made the

The

that he

property

the. name of this

1

country a

name

of terror

among

foreign nations.
*

P-

73> 3-

2sav a H things were held by fear.

161,

i.

*"vb.

EXERCISE XLIX.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic II,
cc.

27-29).

He claims, sir, that he has now become a virtuous and

citizen.

respectable
that 1 he has

He

pretends

(dictito) that this is

a just claim

ceased owing money, that he has given up revelling and heaping How men What assurance losses at the gambling-table.

up
of

will

presents arms pass pernicious laws ? to take up in the or the in What one's party position country? against As I like these ? country can he expect to have for achievements As the country to which he belongs. live, I pity the party, I pity that by the know owe to ceased his to you money, having (quod) 2 destruction of many nobles of distinction, he has become suddenly

laugh

Is

it

consistent with strict morality to

?

make

money

to actors

to

rich.

But you also know that

itself

Charybdis

"ill got is ill spent," and that could not engulf the sea with as much speed (adv.}

as he will run through

!p. 129,
8.
2

and devour

this ill-acquired property.

p. 157,^-.

EXERCISE
(Based on
This policy,
to
sir

L.
cc.

Cicero, Philippic II,

30-32.).

desirous as I was (177, 4, note) of being of that no I said country I criticised at length. surrendered have ever would honor of sense with official state any 1 one of our colonies to the public enemy. If our first magistrate
service

the

360

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

had endorsed such a proposal, he had no knowledge of the duty of a first magistrate if he had made any such surrender, he had As to his gone much further than he was justified in going.
;

solemn assertion 2 that the people were prepared to make the surrender, we should at any rate have been consulted before 3 any action had been taken by the government in the matter. In.claim4 ing the ability to forecast our policy, they have usurped one of our most sacred prerogatives. The country no doubt (at emm ; 203, /) was poor and loaded with debt. Does that justify her in surrend-

ering her colonies and selling her honor (honor) ? " would show so base a spirit. Seek, then," I order the colony to be recovered conciliation with us
;

No
said,
;

nation "
re-

and do not

let

such a
*P-

our children's children weep to hear that our country has received wound at the hands of one of her citizens."
!

35?

3>

&

P-

99) 6.

p.

105, note.

*say

what we would

have done;

p. 140, 3.

EXERCISE

LI.
cc.

(Based on Cicero, Philippic //,

33-35.

Mark now,

sir,

the extent 1 of his presumption.

He approached the

platform with a crown, which he had brought from home, in his hand; He said and, holding it out to the people, he began a harangue.

was a golden day for our country which would see a diaplaced upon the brows of her most distinguished and loyal He hoped that his enemies would not attempt to disturb citizen.
that that

dem

but if they did, he would know what course to take. He the peace was not planning a crime or an impiety he knew what the people
;
;

would submit to and what they would not. What he was proposing was a monarchy, not an absolute despotism this was the mandate he had received from his countrymen. Let them not fancy that he wished to do away with the law; he wished rather to strengthen it. If kings had been banished because they had aimed at the enslavement 3 of the country, kings might be reinstated in order to prove its
;

deliverance. 3
'p. 32,
i.
2

p.

173,3-

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

361

EXERCISE LI I.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
Sir
77, cc. 36-38}.

Provided that the House does not require a defence of the member's acts at our hands, I feel that this matter is no particular concern of mine. We have been asked lately to defend a good

many
fend
is

decline to dethings which a scrupulous man would perhaps a such no one can but request as this which successfully urge ; now made, without 1 the destruction 2 of government. Laws have
;

been passed without our consent taxes, direct and indirect, have been remitted both to individuals and to whole nations citizenship has been sold for money exemptions have been granted to disloyal I do force of arms. provinces, and exiles have been restored by not wish to bear hardly upon any man's misfortune but, if such acts Again. are to stand, nothing can save the country from shipwreck.
;
;
;

Where
it

is

the million of

money

that

waiving in the treasury

Has

been restored to its rightful owners ? 4 ~By no means. It has been in my given to abandoned and disloyal men. This House, sir, it is going to do in the what consider soon must (brevi) opinion,
5 at the helm of premises (say as to the matter}. With wisdom losses our be favors may be recouped, withdrawn, may state, unjust

and our empire once more firmly established.

^se gum (p.

22, 4.)

*vb.

p. 151,

c.

*rel. cl.; p. 159, k.

p. 162, 3.

EXERCISE LI II.
(Based on
Cicero, Philippic 77, cc. 39-41}-

In the interest of peace,

an investigation 1 into the whole matter

be made by the magistrate with the help of a parliamentary committee. Many members were cited to appear before No language them, and many others were consulted by letter. describe the vehemence (use vehementer) with which can

was ordered

to

all

adequately attacked the dead senator.

2

Not one

of his measures,

said,

ought to

be

ratified

by parliament.

He had sullied

they the glory

On his authority, lands producing a revenue to of his high office. he had settled in our colonies his own inthe state had been sold famous boon companions he had seized the estates and holdings
;

of his neighbors.

Was

it

not within the knowledge of

all,

that

he

pu
362
had harassed the
flicted the

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

free towns, profaned our holy religion, and indeepest wounds upon the country? If they declared that the acts of such a man were valid, no one would be safe. Let

them (they begged)

*p. 157,
c.
2

restore the country

its

rights (indirect; 127).

p. 138, 4.

EXERCISE LIV.
(Based on Cicero, Philippic
It is

//, cc. 42-44).

within the knowledge of

ran

his colleague 1

all, sir, that during the absence of absence which he did not feel in the least he

rescinded some of that colleague's most important acts, and that too

money in his own pocket, or else He passed laws he disturbing the public peace. rendered laws null and void. Statues and paintings, left as a legacy to the nation, he -carried off before our very eyes to his own house.
with the intention either of putting
of violently
;

He

is

convinced
to

that,

through force of habit, we have grown callous

that the fear of violence
is

to such enormities,

and

universally

felt.

Would
cause
!

Heaven
Let

that the country

their

would

at last

avenge her own

peace, have thought

and

let

who, in the interest of duty to withdraw from among us $ her remember that there is a wide gulf 2 fixed between,
it
2

her recall

her defenders

peace and slavery.

*p. 52, 4.
p. 173,

3.

EXERCISE LV.
{Based on
Cicero, Philippic

II; review
the book).

exercise, to be

done without

He imagined, sir, that in this way he would best recommend himself to men of his own stamp. 1 He thought that, by declaring war upon me, he would show himself not only my enemy but his
1 by attacking me, he would secure a passport for himBut what charge did he bring self to tb^' hearts of the disloyal. In the first place, that I was guilty of ingratitude. 2 against me? This, I consider a most grave accusation and I will answer it In what was I ungrateful? After accepting kindness at his first. What was the kindness? His hands, I opposed his candidature. But if that giving me my life when he might have taken it away,

country's

that

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

363

had been a kindness, our glorious liberators would not have earned For did they not take away his the distinction they .have earned.
life

from a tyrant who had given them their own

I73> 3*<*dj.

EXERCISE LVI.
(Based on
Cicero,
I

Pro Milone,

cc.

I and

2).

Therefore, gentlemen,
fears.

1 solemnly beseech you, lay aside your

You have often declared by word and look that you are devoted to the public interest, that you sympathize with the loyal make your sentiments party to-day, by your acts and ballots, From the day that the prisoner at the bar clearer than the light. was first induced to enter the political arena, he has always been In comparison with your distinguished for noble public service. as dust safety, he regards the loudest clamors of your enemies
;

balance 2 he has therefore earned consideration at your hands. 3 Decide, then, whether he shall still suffer under the oppression of 5 4 he shall to-day, through your instrumentality, villainy, or whether
in the
;

awaken to a new life. 2 Do not be disturbed, I pray you, by the unwonted appearance of the forum the troops stationed there are
;

not intended to intimidate, they are intended simply to protect.

1

p.

166, c;
i.

p.

138, 4-

P-

173,

3-

^-

P-

162,

3.

p.

75,

note

EXERCISE LVI I.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Milone, cc. i and 2; review done without the book}.
exercise, to be

You have been selected, gentlemen, from the three honorable orders
of the state, to there are some
sit in

who wish

your finding shall 3 those who sympathize with the party of order there

judgment upon a worthy and loyal citizen, and to terrorize you, and to dictate to you what be. 1 But I want to give you this warning 2 Of all
:

is

not one but

4 feels that the question at issue to-day in this court concerns, not

himself and his children alone, but the safety of the country as well. Do not think that it is consistent with 5 wisdom or justice to arm an angry mob officially with power to decide with regard to the
disfranchisement (solus) of anyone
not to say, of one

who has

364

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

cause.

already been distinguished for patriotism and devotion to the loyal I urge you, then, to sit in judgment upon the case yourselves, and to bring in a verdict (vb.) that, will be a credit to you
2

and not a disgrace.

*use iudico.
-z/&;

161,

I.

boni.

*"vb.\

161, 2.

59, 2.

EXERCISE LVIII.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Milone,
cc.

3-5).

of force, gentlemen, citizens of the same by/ 2 country against each other is impossible ^without serious conse3 quences resulting to the state / and the endorsation of such a pro-

The employment

ceeding by any of you will be a most periloivs step. Everybody knows that simply 4 in order to prevent people from avenging their own wrongs instead 5 of seeking legal redress our laws refuse

weapons. But further any one who takes the life of a fellow-citizen, even in self-defence, is, with us at least, almost universally 6 regarded as guilty of crime.
to sanction the carrying of concealed
:

do not doubt there are some countries call them free, if you which hold out the sword to their citizens to use against each other. But such states, if there are such, pay no light penalty, and are never wholly exempt from danger. Do not forget 7 that the voice of the law is not heard amid the din of arms that if men are accorded permission to repel force with force, force will often be employed; and, lastly, that your own lives will be exposed to treachery and violence which you will be powerless to suppress.
I

will (sane)

p. 50, 14.
6

p. 22, 4.
all.
7

use probo.

p.

177, 4, note.

p. 108, 6,

note.

use

p. 26, 3.

EXERCISE LIX.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Milone, cc. 3-3; review without the book}.
exercise, to be

done

Remember,
fault

too, gentlemen,

how

often your enemies

have found

with me.

Owing

to
I

my

slight personal influence,

services to the country, I have some 1 believe, in the House and in the courts
it

of law
it

and

have always employed

and always

shall

employ
dis-

in the

defence of

members of

the loyal party.

This the

EXERCISES

Otf

CICERO.

365

by

long ago loyal can never forget, and they would have crushed 2 force of arms (165, b), if they could have put me out of the way
with impunity. They assert that no one should be allowed to live who has such a preponderating influence in the country that the 3 government in its decrees simply registers his views. Such are the
4 treasonable and invidious utterances

me

made by these men

4

every day.

p. 138, 4-

173,

3-

P- 32,

i.

p. 161,

i.

EXERCISE LX.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro Milone,

cc.

6-8).

always one who afforded convincing proofs of patriotism, honor, and a sense of justice. As a juror in the courts of law, he showed great moral courage and, when moving motions before
;

He was

the people, he showed utter fearlessness in the expression He held strongly to the conviction 2 that sentiments. 1

of his
it

was

the duty of the leading men of the country to set themselves in 3 to the rashness and fickleness of the mob ; and, opposition
therefore, his political career associated

him

closely

with the loyal

It party, with which he always possessed the greatest influence. was his belief that, unless the mad extravagances of radical politicians (use tribunus) could be checked, the country would be

ruined

and certainly no words can express the measure of his contempt (use quam and vb.Y for a demagogue. Still he was 5 never known to take any step 8 in the interest of his supporters,
;

as against the general advantage.

*p. 32,
1

i.

say
c.

illied
&

enim

sibi

persuasum habuit ;

p. 89, 8.

p.

S7* c-

P- *66,

suz.

EXERCISE LXI.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Milone, cc. 6-8 ; review without the book).
exercise, to be

done

High and low, parliament and people, deplore his death, and amid the general regret, all are incensed with indignation to think that he should have perished by treachery and violence without
reaching the natural limit of his
life.

His

name

will often

be upon

men's

lips.

Posterity will mention

him

as a

man

of profound, nay

36(5

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

almost prophetic insight, of striking (say high; p. 173, 3) moral earnestness and the finest culture. In these respects, indeed, he
1 2 with our greatest men. challenge comparison They will recall the roads and other public monuments he built for the service (use utor) of the people and they will wish if it were only The distinguished and the possible that he had been immortal. obscure are alike liable to death 3 but what a difference there is

will

in the
J

worthiness of their lives

I

P-

73> 35

use dignus qui

p.

in,

b.

verb.

p. 45, 4.

EXERCISE LXII.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro

Milone,

cc.

9-12}.

Human

nature

is

so constituted 1 that

mankind are never drawn

(139,

to
i).

the commission of crime without

Lend me your
briefly the

attention,

some expectation of gain therefore, gentlemen, and I will

indicate

2 advantages which this unprincipled villain would have derived from my client's death. If you have a clear conception (use 3 plane) of these, you will acquit the defendant of the criminal charge and not bring in a different verdict 3 from what all loyal men would

wish. There is really no other question than this before the court, no other matter demanding from you (p 45, 4) investigation and settlement. 3 The thought occurred to him, then, that he would have if my client were put out of the way the power to hold office for a full year, that he would have a free hand to develop the mad schemes 2 which he had already in his mind, and that he would be able to submit to the people and impose upon the
4 country, with your connivance if not with your support, those wonderful laws of his, every one of which, he boasted, was of his

own
x

invent'on. 5
2

p. 170, 8.

i6i,

i.

p. 157, c.

p. 52, 5.

''use vb.

EXERCISE LXIII.
(Based on Cicero, Pro Milone,
cc.

13-16).

You will ask, gentlemen

In the
first

1 of the jury, the reasons for his banishment.

wishing to

enemies were exasperated against him, and, 2 punish him, they wreaked their cruelty upon him in that
place, his

EXERCISES ON CICERO.

way

if our would have been in the interest of the country, if they had allowed him to remain and had intercession prevailed and his own distinguished but wholly unmoved by our prayers forth from his home and country. him thrust public service, they of the day of the election was at hand, the day the second

It

In place, And the highest office in the gift of the people. competition for 2 if my friend assert to that, the had who audacity there were those
;

and that he would here were elected, a revolution was impending was he unless expelled from be elected, in spite of this opposition,
the country

"Free your country from danger" (they said to as long as this wretch lives in mob); "avenge your wrongs;
place,

tr

the

you will be
i.
2

crushed to the earth

c.

by

his

mad schemes,

(indtr.)

ip. 32,

p. 157,

p. 66, 4.

EXERCISE LXIV.
(Based on
Cicero,

Pro Milone,

cc. 17-20).

consider, gentlemen, if the story hangs together from the witnesses who have given evidence heard have which you better to After doing this, you will be able the upon this point. the aggressor (use was two the really of which parties determine for themselves and usually carry Mus) The facts always speak stateelse. But, first, what was this more weight than anything no intention c had 1 originally client said) (they ment? My 2 In spite of this, he suddenly within a week. the

You must now

returning to

city

returned immediately. Why (they asked) changed his plans and Why did he set out for the city by night did he take this step ? had ascertained, in the and in so much haste? Why? Because he because he wished to back was his coming that enemy
interval,
;

until the unfortunate man skulk in the neighborhood of the city In short, the accused, if he down. him cut approached and then 1 in his heart, would never have malicious had thoughts not had 3 their statement ; was Such all. returned that night to the city at
let
a

us

now examine
*
2

its

consistency.
8

p. '57>

2 P- 54'

P'

I77 > 4 > note

'

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO

LIBRARY

Acme
Under

Library Card Pocket

Pat.

" Ref. Index File."

Made by LIBRAEY BTTEEAU